LTE ENB (Indoor Macro) Command Description Pkg2.0.0 Ver.1.0 RIL en

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.
LTE eNB(Indoor Macro)
Command Description_pkg2.0.0
2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
COPYRIGHT
This manual is proprietary to SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd. and is protected by copyright.
No information contained herein may be copied, translated, transcribed or duplicated for any commercial
purposes or disclosed to the third party in any form without the prior written consent of SAMSUNG Electronics
Co., Ltd.
TRADEMARKS
Product names mentioned in this manual may be trademarks and/or registered trademarks of their respective
companies.
This manual should be read and used as a guideline for properly installing and operating the product.
All reasonable care has been made to ensure that this document is acc urate. If you have any comments on
this manual, please contact our documentation centre at the following address:
Address: Document & Training Center 3rd Floor Jeong-bo-tong-sin-dong. 129, Samsung-ro, Yeongtong-gu, Suwon-si,
Gyeonggi-do, Korea 443-742
Homepage: http://www.samsungdocs.com
©2013 SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights reserved.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION
Purpose
This document provides descriptions for the Commands executed from the LSM for the LTE
eNB(Indoor Macro) system.
Document Content and Organization

This document defines each of LTE eNB(Indoor Macro) commands, shows the command for-
mat and describes the input/output parameter.
Revision History
Version Date of Issue Remark
1.0 06. 2013. First Version.
© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd. page 3 of 813

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C0062 RETRIEVE BULKCM SESSION STATUS ............................................................................ 17
C0063 RETRIEVE CALL STATE/STATUS ...................................................................................... 18
C0101 CHANGE CELL CONFIGURATION ...................................................................................... 19
C0102 CHANGE SYSTEM CONFIGURATION ................................................................................ 21
C0133 EXPORT AND UPLOAD PART OF CONFIGURATION ....................................................... 23
C0136 RESTORE PLD ...................................................................................................................... 24
C0137 BACKUP PLD ........................................................................................................................ 25
C0138 IMPORT CONFIGURATION FILE ......................................................................................... 27
C0139 EXPORT CONFIGURATION FILE ........................................................................................ 28
C0152 ACTIVATE FIRMWARE BATCH ........................................................................................... 29
C0153 ACTIVATE NE SOFTWARE PACKAGE ............................................................................... 30
C0154 ACTIVATE SOFTWARE UNIT .............................................................................................. 31
C0155 ACTIVATE SOFTWARE BATCH .......................................................................................... 32
C0156 RETRIEVE ALL THE ACTIVE SOFTWARE UNIT ................................................................ 33
C0157 CHANGE ENVIRONMENT DATA ......................................................................................... 35
C0158 DOWNLOAD FIRMWARE UNIT ........................................................................................... 36
C0159 DOWNLOAD FIRMWARE BATCH ....................................................................................... 37
C0160 DOWNLOAD SW PKG .......................................................................................................... 38
C0161 DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE .................................................................................................... 39
C0162 DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE BATCH ...................................................................................... 40
C0163 RETRIEVE ENVIRONMENT DATA ....................................................................................... 41
C0164 RETRIEVE PROCESSOR FIRMWARE LIST ........................................................................ 42
C0165 RETRIEVE PROCESSOR INVENTORY LIST ...................................................................... 44
C0166 UPLOAD INVENTORY .......................................................................................................... 46
C0167 LIST UP THE ACTIVE PACKAGE VERSION ....................................................................... 47
C0168 DELETE ALL THE PASSIVE PACKAGE VERSION ............................................................ 48
C0169 RESET THE SYSTEM ........................................................................................................... 49
C0170 RESET PROCESSOR UNIT .................................................................................................. 50

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C0171 RESET SOFTWARE UNIT ..................................................................................................... 51
C0172 RETRIEVE ALL THE SOFTWARE UNIT'S INFORMATION ................................................. 52
C0173 LIST UP ALL THE DIRECTORY INFORMATION ................................................................. 54
C0174 LIST UP LOADING TIME INFORMATION ............................................................................ 56
C0176 PROCESSOR FIRMWARE UPDATE STATUS ..................................................................... 57
C0185 RETRIEVE RET DEVICE DATA LIST ................................................................................... 58
C0186 CHANGE RET DEVICE DATA .............................................................................................. 60
C0188 ACTIVATE FIRMWARE ......................................................................................................... 61
C0193 RESET RRH ........................................................................................................................... 63
C0198 RESET RET ........................................................................................................................... 64
C0204 ACTIVATE RET FIRMWARE ................................................................................................. 65
C0206 ACTIVATE RRH FIRMWARE ................................................................................................ 66
C0220 RETRIEVE RRH INVENTORY LIST ...................................................................................... 67
C0222 RETRIEVE GPS INVENTORY LIST ...................................................................................... 69
C0224 RETRIEVE SFP INVENTORY LIST ....................................................................................... 71
C0238 RETRIEVE RET INVENTORY LIST ....................................................................................... 73
C0246 RESET DSP ........................................................................................................................... 75
C0247 RESET GPS ........................................................................................................................... 76
C0249 RESET SCTP ......................................................................................................................... 77
C0300 RETRIEVE FILE LIST ............................................................................................................ 78
C0350 RESUME MEASUREMENT JOB ........................................................................................... 80
C0351 SUSPEND MEASUREMENT JOB ......................................................................................... 81
C0352 DISPLAY MEASUREMENT JOB INFORMATION ................................................................ 82
C0353 CHANGE MEASUREMENT JOB DATA ............................................................................... 83
C0356 RETRIEVE PM FILE DATA ................................................................................................... 86
C0357 CHANGE PM FILE DATA ...................................................................................................... 87
C0506 EXECUTE INTERNAL PING TEST ....................................................................................... 88
C0507 EXECUTE EXTERNAL PING TEST ...................................................................................... 89
C0508 MONITOR TEST STATUS ..................................................................................................... 91
C0510 EXECUTE TRACE ROUTE TEST ......................................................................................... 93
C0511 RETRIEVE ONLINE TEST PARAMETER ............................................................................. 94
C0512 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST INFORMATION ............................................ 96
C0513 RETRIEVE INTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST INFORMATION .............................................. 98
C0515 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST RESULT ....................................................... 99

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C0516 RETRIEVE INTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST RESULT ....................................................... 102
C0517 RETRIEVE TRACE ROUTE ONLINE TEST RESULT ......................................................... 104
C0520 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL PING TEST THRESHOLD DATA ................................................. 106
C0521 CHANGE ONLINE TEST PARAMETER .............................................................................. 107
C0522 CHANGE EXTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST INFORMATION ............................................. 110
C0523 CHANGE INTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST INFORMATION .............................................. 112
C0525 CHANGE EXTERNAL PING TEST THRESHOLD DATA ................................................... 113
C0529 RETRIEVE ETHERNET OAM CONFIGURATION ............................................................... 115
C0530 CHANGE ETHERNET OAM CONFIGURATION ................................................................. 117
C0531 EXECUTE ETHERNET LOOPBACK TEST ......................................................................... 120
C0534 CREATE ONLINE TEST LIST ............................................................................................. 121
C0535 DELETE ONLINE TEST LIST .............................................................................................. 124
C0536 CHANGE TRACE ROUTE ONLINE TEST INFORMATION ................................................ 125
C0537 RETRIEVE TRACE ROUTE ONLINE TEST INFORMATION .............................................. 127
C0550 START CELL TRAFFIC TRACE .......................................................................................... 129
C0551 STOP CELL TRAFFIC TRACE ............................................................................................ 131
C0552 CHANGE CSL INFORMATION ............................................................................................ 132
C0553 DISPLAY TRACE JOB LIST ................................................................................................ 134
C0554 RETRIEVE CSL INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 136
C0650 ADD SUBSCRIPTION .......................................................................................................... 137
C0651 DELETE SUBSCRIPTION ................................................................................................... 139
C0654 RESUME SUBSCRIPTION .................................................................................................. 140
C0655 SUSPEND SUBSCRIPTION ................................................................................................ 141
C0656 RETRIEVE SUBSCRIPTION ................................................................................................ 142
C0657 EXPORT NOTIFICATION LOG RECORDS ......................................................................... 144
C0661 CHANGE EMS CONFIGURATION ...................................................................................... 145
C0662 RETRIEVE EMS CONFIGURATION .................................................................................... 146
C0700 RETRIEVE ALARM INHIBITION CONFIGURATION .......................................................... 147
C0701 CHANGE ALARM INHIBITION CONFIGURATION ............................................................ 149
C0704 RETRIEVE ALARM SEVERITY CONFIGURATION ............................................................ 151
C0705 CHANGE ALARM SEVERITY CONFIGURATION .............................................................. 153
C0706 RETRIEVE ALARM THRESHOLD CONFIGURATION ....................................................... 155
C0707 CHANGE ALARM THRESHOLD CONFIGURATION ........................................................ 157
C0708 RETRIEVE USER DEFINED ALARM DATA ....................................................................... 159

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C0709 CHANGE USER DEFINED ALARM DATA ......................................................................... 160
C0710 RETRIEVE USER DEFINED CONTROL DATA .................................................................. 162
C0711 CHANGE USER DEFINED CONTROL DATA .................................................................... 163
C0712 RETRIEVE ACTIVE ALARMS ............................................................................................. 164
C0713 RETRIEVE ALARM LOGS .................................................................................................. 166
C0714 RETRIEVE ALARM INFORMATION ................................................................................... 168
C0750 RETRIEVE PROCESSOR STATUS .................................................................................... 169
C0751 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL LINK STATE/STATUS .................................................................. 170
C0752 RETRIEVE CPU UTILIZATION ............................................................................................ 171
C0753 RETRIEVE MEMORY UTILIZATION ................................................................................... 172
C0754 RETRIEVE DISK UTILIZATION ........................................................................................... 173
C0850 RETRIEVE SYSTEM CONFIGURATION ............................................................................ 175
C0851 RETRIEVE SYSTEM PHYSICAL RESOURCE(BOARD,UNIT) CONFIGURATION ........... 177
C0853 RETRIEVE DB VERSION .................................................................................................... 179
C0859 RETRIEVE CELL CONFIGURATION .................................................................................. 180
C0860 RETRIEVE NTP CONFIGURATION .................................................................................... 182
C0861 CHANGE NTP CONFIGURATION ...................................................................................... 183
C1743 CREATE VLAN CONFIGURATION ..................................................................................... 184
C1744 DELETE VLAN CONFIGURATION ..................................................................................... 186
C1745 CHANGE VLAN CONFIGURATION .................................................................................... 187
C1746 RETRIEVE VLAN CONFIGURATION ................................................................................. 188
C1747 CHANGE EXTERNAL LINK CONFIGURATION ................................................................. 189
C1748 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL LINK CONFIGURATION .............................................................. 192
C1749 CREATE LAG CONFIGURATION ....................................................................................... 194
C1750 DELETE LAG CONFIGURATION ....................................................................................... 195
C1751 CHANGE LAG CONFIGURATION ...................................................................................... 196
C1752 RETRIEVE LAG CONFIGURATION .................................................................................... 197
C1905 RETRIEVE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ..................................................................... 198
C1906 CREATE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ........................................................................ 200
C1907 DELETE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ......................................................................... 203
C1908 RETRIEVE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ................................................................. 204
C1909 CREATE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION .................................................................... 206
C1910 DELETE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ..................................................................... 209
C1911 RETRIEVE IPV4 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY CONFIGURATION ............................................ 210

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C1912 CHANGE IPV4 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY CONFIGURATION ............................................... 211
C1913 RETRIEVE IP ROUTE CONFIGURATION .......................................................................... 212
C1914 CREATE IP ROUTE CONFIGURATION .............................................................................. 213
C1915 DELETE IP ROUTE CONFIGURATION .............................................................................. 214
C1916 RETRIEVE IPV6 ROUTE CONFIGURATION ...................................................................... 215
C1917 CREATE IPV6 ROUTE CONFIGURATION ......................................................................... 216
C1918 DELETE IPV6 ROUTE CONFIGURATION .......................................................................... 217
C1919 CHANGE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ........................................................................ 218
C1920 CHANGE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION ................................................................... 221
C1921 RETRIEVE IPV6 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY CONFIGURATION ............................................ 224
C1922 CHANGE IPV6 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY CONFIGURATION ............................................... 225
C1970 RETRIEVE ACL RULE ......................................................................................................... 226
C1971 CREATE ACL RULE ............................................................................................................ 229
C1972 DELETE ACL RULE ............................................................................................................ 234
C1973 RETRIEVE ACL CONFIGURATION .................................................................................... 235
C1974 CREATE ACL CONFIGURATION ....................................................................................... 236
C1975 DELETE ACL CONFIGURATION ........................................................................................ 237
C1976 RETRIEVE QoS CLASS ......................................................................................................238
C1977 CREATE QoS CLASS ......................................................................................................... 239
C1978 DELETE QoS CLASS .......................................................................................................... 240
C1979 RETRIEVE QoS POLICY .....................................................................................................241
C1980 RETRIEVE SYSTEM IP SELECTION .................................................................................. 243
C1981 CHANGE SYSTEM IP SELECTION .................................................................................... 245
C1982 RETRIEVE BH QOS CONFIGURATION ............................................................................. 246
C1983 CREATE BH QOS CONFIGURATION ................................................................................ 247
C1984 DELETE BH QOS CONFIGURATION ................................................................................. 248
C1985 RETRIEVE BH RATE CONFIGURATION ........................................................................... 249
C1986 CREATE BH RATE CONFIGURATION ............................................................................... 250
C1987 DELETE BH RATE CONFIGURATION ............................................................................... 251
C1990 CREATE QoS POLICY ........................................................................................................ 252
C1991 DELETE QoS POLICY ......................................................................................................... 254
C1992 RETRIEVE SYSDSCP INFORMATION ............................................................................... 255
C1993 CHANGE SYSDSCP INFORMATION .................................................................................. 257
C2001 RETRIEVE SUBCELL UE COUNT ...................................................................................... 259

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C2002 RETRIEVE TIMER INFORMATION ..................................................................................... 261
C2004 RETRIEVE EUTRAN CELL CONF IDLE ............................................................................. 267
C2008 RETRIEVE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMATION ........................................................... 271
C2009 RETRIEVE CELL ACCESS INFORMATION ....................................................................... 273
C2010 RETRIEVE CELL RESELECT INFORMATION ................................................................... 275
C2011 RETRIEVE CELL SELECT INFORMATION ........................................................................ 276
C2012 RETRIEVE CSG PCI IDLE INFORMATION ........................................................................ 278
C2013 RETRIEVE SIB SCHEDULING INFORMATION ................................................................. 280
C2014 RETRIEVE MOBILITY STATE INFORMATION .................................................................. 284
C2015 RETRIEVE UE TIMER CONSTANTS INFORMATION ........................................................ 285
C2025 RETRIEVE CELL ACCESS IDLE INFORMATION .............................................................. 290
C2027 RETRIEVE SIB SCHEDULING IDLE INFORMATION ........................................................ 291
C2028 RETRIEVE CELL CAC FUNCTION ..................................................................................... 292
C2029 RETRIEVE ENB CAC FUNCTION ....................................................................................... 295
C2030 RETRIEVE QOS CAC PARAM FUNCTION ........................................................................ 297
C2031 RETRIEVE SON ANR PARAMETERS ................................................................................ 299
C2033 RETRIEVE SRB RLC INFORMATION ................................................................................ 301
C2034 RETRIEVE QCIDSCPMAP INFORMATION ........................................................................ 303
C2035 RETRIEVE DSCPCOSMAP INFORMATION ...................................................................... 304
C2038 RETRIEVE QCI VALUE INFORMATION ............................................................................. 305
C2039 RETRIEVE LOGICAL CH INFORMATION .......................................................................... 307
C2040 RETRIEVE RLC INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 309
C2041 RETRIEVE PDCP INFORMATION ...................................................................................... 311
C2042 RETRIEVE GTP INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 313
C2043 RETRIEVE PCCH CONFIGURATION ................................................................................. 315
C2044 RETRIEVE PDSCH CONFIGURATION ............................................................................... 316
C2045 RETRIEVE PHICH CONFIGURATION IDLE ....................................................................... 317
C2046 RETRIEVE PRACH CONFIGURATION .............................................................................. 318
C2047 RETRIEVE PUSCH CONFIGURATION ............................................................................... 319
C2048 RETRIEVE RACH CONFIGURATION ................................................................................. 321
C2049 RETRIEVE TIME ALIGNMENT INFORMATION ................................................................. 323
C2050 RETRIEVE SOUNDING RS UPLINK CONFIGURATION .................................................... 324
C2051 RETRIEVE UPLINK POWER CONTROL PARAMETER .................................................... 325
C2052 RETRIEVE BCCH CONFIGURATION ................................................................................. 327

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C2053 RETRIEVE PUSCH CONFIGURATION IDLE ...................................................................... 328
C2054 RETRIEVE RACH CONFIGURATION IDLE ........................................................................ 329
C2055 RETRIEVE CQI REPORTING INFORMATION .................................................................... 330
C2056 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY PUSCH INFORMATION ..................................................... 332
C2057 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY SPS INFORMATION ........................................................... 333
C2058 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY SR INFORMATION ............................................................. 335
C2059 RETRIEVE DEDICATED UL PWR CTRL INFORMATION .................................................. 336
C2060 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY UL SRS INFORMATION ..................................................... 338
C2061 RETRIEVE DPHY RLF INFORMATION .............................................................................. 339
C2062 RETRIEVE DRX INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 340
C2063 RETRIEVE DL SCHEDULER INFORMATION .................................................................... 343
C2064 RETRIEVE UL SCHEDULER INFORMATION .................................................................... 344
C2065 RETRIEVE TRNSPORT CH BSR INFORMATION .............................................................. 345
C2066 RETRIEVE TRNSPORT CH INFORMATION ...................................................................... 346
C2067 RETRIEVE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION ............................................................ 347
C2068 RETRIEVE MEASUREMENT INFORMATION .................................................................... 352
C2069 RETRIEVE MEASUREMENT GAP INFORMATION ........................................................... 354
C2073 RETRIEVE EUTRA A1CRITERIA INFORMATION ............................................................. 355
C2078 RETRIEVE EUTRA PERIOD CRITERIA INFORMATION ................................................... 365
C2088 RETRIEVE QUANTITY CONFIG EUTRA ............................................................................ 367
C2097 RETRIEVE ROHC INFORMATION ...................................................................................... 368
C2098 RETRIEVE SECURITY INFORMATION .............................................................................. 371
C2100 RETRIEVE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION .................................................................... 372
C2105 RETRIEVE MME CONFIGURATION ................................................................................... 374
C2106 RETRIEVE SON FUNCTION CELL CONTROL FLAGS ..................................................... 376
C2107 RETRIEVE SON DL ICIC PARAMETERS ........................................................................... 378
C2108 RETRIEVE SON UL ICIC PARAMETERS ........................................................................... 379
C2111 RETRIEVE ES SCHEDULE ................................................................................................. 380
C2112 RETRIEVE SON MRO .......................................................................................................... 382
C2113 RETRIEVE CLOCK CONTROL INFORMATION ................................................................. 384

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C2114 RETRIEVE QCI BH BW INFO ............................................................................................. 385
C2115 RETRIEVE SCTP PARAMETER ......................................................................................... 387
C2116 RETRIEVE SVC GRP BH BW INFO .................................................................................... 389
C2117 RETRIEVE SON SELF OPTIMIZATION PARAMETERS .................................................... 391
C2120 CHANGE ENB INFORMATION ........................................................................................... 393
C2121 CHANGE HANDOVER OPTION INFORMATION ............................................................... 395
C2122 CHANGE TIMER INFORMATION ....................................................................................... 397
C2124 CHANGE EUTRAN CELL CONF IDLE ............................................................................... 407
C2128 CHANGE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMATION .............................................................. 413
C2129 CHANGE CELL ACCESS INFORMATION ......................................................................... 415
C2130 CHANGE CELL RESELECT INFORMATION ..................................................................... 417
C2131 CHANGE CELL SELECT INFORMATION .......................................................................... 419
C2132 CHANGE CSG PCI IDLE INFORMATION ........................................................................... 422
C2133 CHANGE SIB SCHEDULING INFORMATION .................................................................... 424
C2134 CHANGE MOBILITY STATE INFORMATION ..................................................................... 432
C2135 CHANGE UE TIMER CONSTANTS INFORMATION .......................................................... 434
C2145 CHANGE CELL ACCESS IDLE INFORMATION ................................................................ 441
C2147 CHANGE SIB SCHEDULING IDLE INFORMATION ........................................................... 442
C2148 CHANGE CELL CAC FUNCTION ....................................................................................... 444
C2149 CHANGE ENB FUNCTION .................................................................................................. 449
C2150 CHANGE QOS CAC PARAM FUNCTION .......................................................................... 452
C2151 CHANGE SON ANR PARAMETERS .................................................................................. 454
C2153 CHANGE SRB RLC INFORMATION ................................................................................... 458
C2154 CHANGE QCIDSCPMAP INFORMATION .......................................................................... 463
C2155 CHANGE DSCPCOSMAP INFORMATION ......................................................................... 464
C2158 CHANGE QCI VALUE INFORMATION ............................................................................... 465
C2159 CHANGE LOGICAL CH INFORMATION ............................................................................ 468
C2160 CHANGE RLC INFORMATION ........................................................................................... 471
C2161 CHANGE PDCP INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 479
C2162 CHANGE GTP INFORMATION ........................................................................................... 481
C2163 CHANGE PCCH CONFIGURATION ................................................................................... 483
C2164 CHANGE PDSCH CONFIGURATION ................................................................................. 484
C2165 CHANGE PHICH CONFIGURATION IDLE ......................................................................... 486
C2166 CHANGE PRACH CONFIGURATION ................................................................................. 487

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C2167 CHANGE PUSCH CONFIGURATION ................................................................................. 489
C2168 CHANGE RACH CONFIGURATION ................................................................................... 491
C2169 CHANGE TIME ALIGNMENT INFORMATION .................................................................... 495
C2170 CHANGE SOUNDING RS UPLINK CONFIGURATION ...................................................... 496
C2171 CHANGE UPLINK POWER CONTROL PARAMETER ....................................................... 497
C2172 CHANGE BCCH CONFIGURATION ................................................................................... 500
C2173 CHANGE PUSCH CONFIGURATION IDLE ........................................................................ 501
C2174 CHANGE RACH CONFIGURATION IDLE .......................................................................... 502
C2175 CHANGE CQI REPORTING INFORMATION ...................................................................... 503
C2176 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY PUSCH INFORMATION ........................................................ 505
C2177 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY SPS INFORMATION ............................................................. 506
C2178 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY SR INFORMATION ............................................................... 510
C2179 CHANGE DEDICATED UL PWR CTRL INFORMATION .................................................... 511
C2180 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY UL SRS INFORMATION ....................................................... 513
C2181 CHANGE DPHY RLF INFORMATION ................................................................................. 515
C2182 CHANGE DRX INFORMATION ........................................................................................... 517
C2183 CHANGE DL SCHEDULER INFORMATION ....................................................................... 524
C2184 CHANGE UL SCHEDULER INFORMATION ....................................................................... 525
C2185 CHANGE TRNSPORT CH BSR INFORMATION ................................................................ 526
C2186 CHANGE TRNSPORT CH INFORMATION ......................................................................... 528
C2187 CHANGE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION ............................................................... 530
C2188 CHANGE MEASUREMENT INFORMATION ....................................................................... 539
C2189 CHANGE MEASUREMENT GAP INFORMATION .............................................................. 541
C2193 CHANGE EUTRA A1CRITERIA INFORMATION ................................................................ 543
C2198 CHANGE EUTRA PERIOD CRITERIA INFORMATION ...................................................... 559
C2208 CHANGE QUANTITY CONFIG EUTRA .............................................................................. 562
C2217 CHANGE ROHC INFORMATION ........................................................................................ 563
C2218 CHANGE SECURITY INFORMATION ................................................................................. 568
C2220 CHANGE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION ....................................................................... 569
C2221 CHANGE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL FDD INFORMATION ............................................. 572

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C2225 CHANGE MME CONFIGURATION ..................................................................................... 579
C2226 CHANGE SON FUNCTION CELL CONTROL FLAGS ....................................................... 582
C2227 CHANGE SON DL ICIC PARAMETERS ............................................................................. 585
C2228 CHANGE SON UL ICIC PARAMETERS ............................................................................. 586
C2230 CHANGE ES SCHEDULE ................................................................................................... 587
C2231 CHANGE SON MRO ............................................................................................................ 590
C2232 CHANGE CLOCK CONTROL INFORMATION ................................................................... 593
C2233 CHANGE QCI BH BW INFO ................................................................................................ 594
C2234 CHANGE SCTP PARAMETER ............................................................................................ 597
C2235 CHANGE SVC GRP BH BW INFO ...................................................................................... 599
C2236 CHANGE SON SELF OPTIMIZATION PARAMETERS ...................................................... 602
C2237 CHANGE SIGNAL DSCP INFORMATION .......................................................................... 604
C2238 CREATE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMATION ............................................................... 605
C2239 RETRIEVE SIGNAL DSCP INFORMATION ........................................................................ 607
C2244 CREATE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION ....................................................................... 608
C2245 CREATE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL FDD INFORMATION ............................................. 611
C2249 DELETE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMATION ............................................................... 618
C2255 DELETE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION ........................................................................ 619
C2256 DELETE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL FDD INFORMATION .............................................. 620
C2260 RETRIEVE SON FUNCTION ENB CONTROL FLAGS ....................................................... 621
C2261 CHANGE SON FUNCTION ENB CONTROL FLAGS ......................................................... 622
C2266 RETRIEVE SON RO ............................................................................................................ 624
C2267 CHANGE SON RO ............................................................................................................... 627
C2272 RETRIEVE HYBRID PCI RANGE INFORMATION ............................................................. 633
C2273 CHANGE HYBRID PCI RANGE INFORMATION ................................................................ 635
C2274 RETRIEVE OPEN PCI RANGE INFORMATION ................................................................. 637
C2275 CHANGE OPEN PCI RANGE INFORMATION ................................................................... 639
C2276 RETRIEVE POSITIONING CONFIGURATION .................................................................... 641
C2277 CHANGE POSITIONING CONFIGURATION ...................................................................... 643
C2287 RETRIEVE SUBCELL STATE/STATUS ............................................................................. 646
C2288 RETRIEVE SUB CELL THROUGHPUT .............................................................................. 648
C2289 RETRIEVE SUBCELL CONFIGURATION .......................................................................... 649
C2290 RETRIEVE CDD CONFIGURATION ................................................................................... 651
C2291 CHANGE CDD CONFIGURATION ...................................................................................... 652

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C2292 RETRIEVE SRS NEIGHBOR CELL CONFIGURATION ..................................................... 653
C2298 RETRIEVE UL RESOURCE TABLE CONFIGURATION .................................................... 654
C2303 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL FDD INFORMATION .......................................... 655
C2304 RETRIEVE SYSTEM UE COUNT ........................................................................................ 659
C2305 RETRIEVE HANDOVER OPTION INFORMATION ............................................................. 660
C2306 RETRIEVE CELL UE COUNT .............................................................................................. 662
C2307 CHANGE SRS INFORMATION ........................................................................................... 664
C2308 RETRIEVE SRS INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 665
C2310 RETRIEVE SON LB INFORMATION ................................................................................... 666
C2311 CHANGE SON LB INFORMATION ..................................................................................... 669
C2312 RETRIEVE SCHEDULER SERVER CONFIGURATION .................................................... 674
C2313 CHANGE SCHEDULER SERVER CONFIGURATION ....................................................... 675
C2314 RETRIEVE SON SRS PARAMETERS ............................................................................... 677
C2315 CHANGE SON SRS PARAMETERS .................................................................................. 678
C2316 RETRIEVE SMARTCELL AND SCHEDULER INTERWORKING CONFIGURATION ....... 680
C2317 CHANGE SMARTCELL AND SCHEDULER INTERWORKING CONFIGURATION .......... 681
C2333 RETRIEVE EUTRAN CELL INFORMATION ....................................................................... 682
C2334 CHANGE EUTRAN CELL INFORMATION ......................................................................... 686
C2335 RETRIEVE EMERGENCY AREA ID .................................................................................... 692
C2336 CHANGE EMERGENCY AREA ID ...................................................................................... 695
C2343 RETRIEVE INTERWORKING OPTION ............................................................................... 699
C2344 CHANGE INTERWORKING OPTION .................................................................................. 700
C2350 RETRIEVE MBMSMCE CONFIGURATION ........................................................................ 702
C2351 CHANGE MBMSMCE CONFIGURATION ........................................................................... 703
C2358 RETRIEVE M2 SESSION STATUS ..................................................................................... 704
C2374 RETRIEVE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION ............................................................ 705
C2375 CHANGE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMATION ............................................................... 706
C2400 RETRIEVE DIAG CALL CONFIGURATION ........................................................................ 707
C2401 CHANGE DIAG CALL CONFIGURATION ......................................................................... 709
C2412 CHANGE SRS NEIGHBOR CELL CONF ............................................................................ 711
C2418 CHANGE UL RESOURCE TABLE CONFIGURATION ....................................................... 713
C2432 RETRIEVE PUCCH CONFIGURATION .............................................................................. 714
C2433 CHANGE PUCCH CONFIGURATION ................................................................................. 715
C2435 RETRIEVE UL RESOURCE CONFIGURATION ................................................................. 716

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C2436 CHANGE UL RESOURCE CONFIGURATION ................................................................... 717
C2477 RETRIEVE CELL THROUGHPUT ....................................................................................... 718
C2480 CHANGE ACCESS BARRING PARAMETERS .................................................................. 719
C2481 RETRIEVE ACCESS BARRING PARAMETERS ................................................................ 730
C2484 RETRIEVE QOS CAC QCI PARAM FUNCTION ................................................................. 736
C2485 CHANGE QOS CAC QCI PARAM FUNCTION ................................................................... 738
C2499 RETRIEVE ENB INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 741
C2516 RETRIEVE RRH CONFIGURATION ................................................................................... 743
C2517 CHANGE RRH CONFIGURATION ...................................................................................... 746
C2518 RETRIEVE DURU PORT CONFIGURATION ...................................................................... 750
C2530 RETRIEVE SYSTEM STATE/STATUS ................................................................................ 751
C2531 RETRIEVE CELL STATE/STATUS ..................................................................................... 752
C2532 CHANGE SUBCELL CONFIGURATION ............................................................................. 754
C2533 RETRIEVE CELL DATA ...................................................................................................... 756
C2614 RETRIEVE REMOTE DEVICE ALARM INHIBITION CONFIGURATION ........................... 757
C2615 CHANGE REMOTE DEVICE ALARM INHIBITION CONFIGURATION ............................. 759
C2632 RETRIEVE RRH STATUS ................................................................................................... 760
C2635 RETRIEVE GPSR STATUS ................................................................................................. 762
C2637 RETRIEVE S1 STATUS ....................................................................................................... 764
C2639 RETRIEVE PRB USAGE ..................................................................................................... 766
C2641 RETRIEVE ANTENNA HDLC IF .......................................................................................... 769
C2647 RETRIEVE X2 STATUS ....................................................................................................... 771
C2651 RETRIEVE ACTIVE RET ALARMS ..................................................................................... 772
C2652 RETRIEVE M2 STATUS ...................................................................................................... 773
C2705 RETRIEVE ENB MCCH CONFIGURATION ........................................................................ 774
C2706 CHANGE ENB MCCH CONFIGURATION .......................................................................... 775
C2718 ACTIVATE EEPROM FIRMWARE ...................................................................................... 776
C2719 RETRIEVE EXT FIRMWARE VERSION .............................................................................. 777
C2803 RETRIEVE CELL COMMON CHANNEL STATE ................................................................ 779
C2807 RETRIEVE SUBCELL COMMON CHANNEL STATE ......................................................... 781
C2808 RETRIEVE TX POWER ONLINE TEST RESULT ............................................................... 783
C2809 TERMINATE ONGOING TEST ............................................................................................ 786
C2811 EXECUTE BER TEST .......................................................................................................... 787
C2814 EXECUTE LOOPBACK TEST ............................................................................................. 789

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
C2815 EXECUTE MODEL TEST ..................................................................................................... 791
C2816 EXECUTE OCNS TEST .......................................................................................................793
C2817 EXECUTE OPTIC DATA TEST ............................................................................................ 794
C2818 MEASURE THE CELL TRANSMITTED POWER ................................................................ 795
C2819 MEASURE THE ANTENNA VSWR ..................................................................................... 797
C2820 CALIBRATE RET ................................................................................................................. 799
C2821 CHANGE TX POWER ONLINE TEST INFORMATION ....................................................... 800
C2822 RETRIEVE TX POWER ONLINE TEST INFORMATION .................................................... 802
C2823 CHANGE RET INFORMATION ............................................................................................ 803
C2824 RETRIEVE RET INFORMATION ......................................................................................... 805
C2870 RETRIEVE ENB MBMS INFORMATION ............................................................................. 807
C2871 CHANGE ENB MBMS INFORMATION ............................................................................... 808
C2872 RETRIEVE ENB MBMS TIMER INFORMATION ................................................................. 809
C2873 CHANGE ENB MBMS TIMER INFORMATION ................................................................... 811

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
Command Description
C0062 RETRIEVE BULKCM SESSION STATUS
Command Format
RTRV-BKCM-SESS;
Command Description
Retrieves the last execution result in the Bulk CM session. The user can retrieve the session ID,
session execution state and detailed execution session state.
TIMEOUT 30
Input Parameter Description

No input parameter.
Output Parameter Description

ID The Bulk CM session ID.
STATE The state of the last executed Bulk CM (uploadCompleted,

downloadCompleted, activationCompleted).
STATE_DETAIL The detailed state of the last executed BulkCM.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0063 RETRIEVE CALL STATE/STATUS
Command Format
RTRV-CALL-STS: CELL_NUM, [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves E-RAB (E-Utran Radio Access Bearer) by QCI [QoS (Quality of Service) Class Identi-
fier] of the calls in a cell. The command displays the cumulative E-RAB count for 256 QCIs per
cell.
TIMEOUT 10
Parameter Description Range Unit Default

CELL_NUM The cell number. This value must not 0~8 NONE 0
exceed the maximum number of cells sup-
ported by the system. It is determined by
FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum
capacity provided to the carrier per system
is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are sup-
ported.
QCI QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
standard QCIs defined in the standard doc-
uments is 1 to 9. The user can use QCI val-
ues 0 and 10-255.

CELL_NUM The cell number. This value must not exceed the maximum num-
ber of cells supported by the system. It is determined by FA/Sec-
tor. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to the
carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 cells are supported.
QCI QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. The standard QCIs
defined in the standard documents is 1 to 9. The user can use
QCI values 0 and 10-255.
DRB_CNT The number of E-RABs (E-Utran Radio Access Bearers) set per
QCI.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0101 CHANGE CELL CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-CELL-CONF: CELL_NUM, [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE];
Command Description
Changes the cell ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE parameter. The user can enter CELL_NUM to
select the cell to be changed. The user can control the cell service by changing the
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE parameter of the cell to LOCKED, UNLOCKED or SHUTTING
DOWN. When a cell is set to LOCKED, the cell terminates the current call and stops servicing
calls. When a cell is set to UNLOCKED, the cell starts call services. When a cell is set to SHUT-
TING DOWN, the cell stops receiving further call service requests. When the current call process
is complete, the cell enters the LOCKED state and does not service any calls.
TIMEOUT 10

ported.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

ADMINISTRATI The administrative state of the cell config- LOCKED/UNLOCKED/ NONE locked
VE_STATE ured by the user. The initial value is SHUTTING DOWN/
LOCKED when growing the system. This
can be changed later by the user.
- LOCKED: A transitional state in the cell
grow/degrow process. In this state,
resources are grown in the PLD but no call
services are offered. The user can delete
resources or change them to the UNLOCK
state so that a call service can be offered.
- UNLOCKED: The cell growth is complete.
The grown resources are available in the
PLD to offer a call service.
- SHUTTING DOWN: A transitional state in
the cell degrowth process. In this state, the
grown resources in the PLD continue to
offer the call service of the previous
UNLOCKED state but does not offer any
new call services. When the current call
service is complete, the resources auto-
matically change to the LOCKED state.

ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE The administrative state of the cell configured by the user. The
initial value is LOCKED when growing the system. This can be
changed later by the user.
- LOCKED: A transitional state in the cell grow/degrow process.
In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call services
are offered. The user can delete resources or change them to the
UNLOCK state so that a call service can be offered.
- UNLOCKED: The cell growth is complete. The grown
resources are available in the PLD to offer a call service.
- SHUTTING DOWN: A transitional state in the cell degrowth
process. In this state, the grown resources in the PLD continue to
offer the call service of the previous UNLOCKED state but does
not offer any new call services. When the current call service is
complete, the resources automatically change to the LOCKED
state.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0102 CHANGE SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-SYS-CONF: [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE];
Command Description
Changes the system ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE parameter. The user can control the system
service by changing the ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE parameter of the system to LOCKED,
UNLOCKED or SHUTTING DOWN. When a system is set to LOCKED, the system terminates
the current call and stops servicing calls. When a system is set to UNLOCKED, the system starts
call services. When a system is set to SHUTTING DOWN, the system stops receiving further call
service requests. When the current call process is complete, the system enters the LOCKED state
and does not service any calls.
TIMEOUT 10

ADMINISTRATI The administrative state of the system con- LOCKED/UNLOCKED/ NONE locked
VE_STATE figured by the user. SHUTTING DOWN/
- LOCKED: A transitional state in the sys-
tem grow/degrow process. In this state,
- UNLOCKED: The system resource
growth is complete. The grown resources
are available in the PLD to offer a call ser-
vice.
the system resource degrowth process. In
this state, resources are grown in the PLD
and continue to offer the call service of the
previous UNLOCKED state but no call ser-
vices are offered. When the current call

ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE The administrative state of the system configured by the user.
- LOCKED: A transitional state in the system grow/degrow pro-

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
cess. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call ser-
vices are offered. The user can delete resources or change them
to the UNLOCK state so that a call service can be offered.
- UNLOCKED: The system resource growth is complete. The
grown resources are available in the PLD to offer a call service.
- SHUTTING DOWN: A transitional state in the system
resource degrowth process. In this state, resources are grown in
the PLD and continue to offer the call service of the previous
UNLOCKED state but no call services are offered. When the
current call service is complete, the resources automatically
change to the LOCKED state.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0133 EXPORT AND UPLOAD PART OF CONFIG-

URATION
Command Format
UPLD-CONF-FILE: [DATA_FILE_REF], [MO_XPATH];
Command Description
Uploads the data stored in the System system database to the EMS in XML format. The user must
enter the path of the EMS data file in the DATA_FILE_REFERENCE parameter. To upload only
part of the data, the data name must be specified in the MO_XPATH parameter. If this parameter
is not specified, the entire data in the System database is included in the XML file for uploading.
When the System system receives this command, it sends a response to the EMS immediately.
When the upload is complete, a separate notification is sent to the EMS. When the upload is suc-
cessfully complete, the user can see the XML data file in the specified EMS directory.
TIMEOUT 10

DATA_FILE_RE The path of the configuration data file to be 256 NONE -
F uploaded in the EMS. For example, if the
user enters /log/conf/{neTYPE}/123/data-
file.xml, the file named datafile.xml will be
uploaded to the /log/conf/{neTYPE}/123
directory.
MO_XPATH The name of the data to be uploaded from 256 NONE *
the System system database. For example,
if the user enters ManagedElement, the
ManagedElement (the basic NE informa-
tion) data in the system is stored as the file
specified in the DATA_FILE_REF parame-
ter.

No output parameter.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0136 RESTORE PLD
Command Format
RST-PLD: PLD_BACKUP_FILE_REF, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Restores the database by applying the backup database stored in the EMS to the System. In the
PLD_BACKUP_FILE_REF parameter, the user must enter the file name and location where the
backup database is to be stored in the EMS. If it is not entered, an error occurs. The user can give
any value to the INVOCATION_ID parameter. This value is included in the result notification
after the command execution. If the same command is executed by more than one user, this is
useful for identifying the users who executed the command. When the System system receives
this command, it sends a response to the EMS immediately. When the restore is complete, a sepa-
rate notification is sent to the EMS. The backup database is a tar of the binary data files constitut-
ing the database compressed in the GZIP format. Note that a system error may occur if the user
specify a file other than the backup database.
TIMEOUT 10

PLD_BACKUP_ The location of the backup PLD file in the 128 NONE -
FILE_REF EMS, which will be restored to the System.
For example, if the user enter /log/bak/pld/
{neTYPE}/123/{neTYPE}123.20110319-
173100.backup.db.tar.gz, the NE system
database is restored using the file named
{neTYPE}123.20110319-
173100.backup.db.tar.gz in the /log/bak/
pld/{neTYPE}/123 directory of the EMS.
INVOCATION_I The invocation ID used during PLD restore 0 ~ NONE NONE NONE
D and when returning the result. For exam-
ple, if the user enter 1234 for the invocation
ID, 1234 is displayed in the invocation item
of the PLD restore notification sent to the
EMS.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0137 BACKUP PLD
Command Format
BKUP-PLD: [PLD_BACKUP_FILE_REF], [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Backs up the System database to the EMS. In the PLD_BACKUP_FILE_REF parameter, the user
must enter the file name and location where the backup database is to be stored in the EMS. If
nothing is entered, the default directory and file name are specified automatically as follows:.
- Directory: /log/bak/pld/{neTYPE}/{neID}.
- File name: {neTYPE}{neID}.yyyymmdd-hhMMss.backup.db.tar.gz.
- File information: yyyy: Year, mm: Month, dd: Day, hh: Hour, MM: Minute, ss: Second. The
user can give any value to the INVOCATION_ID parameter. This value is included in the result
notification after the command execution. If the same command is executed by more than one
user, this is useful for identifying the users who executed the command. When the System system
receives this command, it sends a response to the EMS immediately. When the backup is com-
plete, a separate notification is sent to the EMS. The backup database is a tar of the binary data
files constituting the database compressed in the GZIP format.
TIMEOUT 10

PLD_BACKUP_ The location in EMS where the PLD file of 128 NONE -
FILE_REF the System will be backed up. For example,
if the user enter /log/bak/pld/{neTYPE}/123/
{neTYPE}123.20110319-
173100.backup.db.tar.gz, the NE system
database is backed up using the file named
{neTYPE}123.20110319-
173100.backup.db.tar.gz in the /log/bak/
pld/{neTYPE}/123 directory of the EMS.
INVOCATION_I The invocation ID used during PLD backup 0 ~ NONE NONE NONE
D and when returning the result. For exam-
ple, if the user enter 1234 for the invocation
ID, 1234 is displayed in the invocation item
of the PLD backup notification sent to the
EMS.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0138 IMPORT CONFIGURATION FILE
Command Format
IMPT-CONF-FILE: PLD_IMPORT_FILE_REF, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Import EMS XML PLD file to the System.
TIMEOUT 10

PLD_IMPORT_ It specify the EMS PLD Xml file path to 128 NONE -
FILE_REF apply for System. The file path must
include a full directory path and a file name.
For example, if the user enters /log/conf/
{neTYPE}/123/datafile.xml, the file named
datafile.xml in the directory /log/conf/
{neTYPE}/123 will be applied to the sys-
tem.
INVOCATION_I It used to identify the command result of 0 ~ NONE NONE NONE
D Import PLD Xml file.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0139 EXPORT CONFIGURATION FILE
Command Format
EXPT-CONF-FILE: [PLD_EXPORT_FILE_REF], [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Export Xml file of System PLD to the EMS storage
TIMEOUT 10

PLD_EXPORT_ It specify the file path to store the System 128 NONE -
FILE_REF Exported PLD Xml file. The file path must
include a full directory path and a file name.
For example, if the user enters /log/conf/
{neTYPE}/123/datafile.xml, the file named
datafile.xml will be uploaded to the /log/
conf/{neTYPE}/123 directory.
INVOCATION_I It carries PLD backup invocation ID from 0 ~ NONE NONE NONE
D IRP Manager. InvocationId shall reusing
when issuing notification after PLD backup


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0152 ACTIVATE FIRMWARE BATCH
Command Format
UDT-FW-BAT: BATCH_FILE, [APPLY_ACTION], [MAX_CPU_LOAD], [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Applies the firmware in a batch format. If this command is executed, the NE downloads the batch
file specified by the parameter and starts applying the firmware files included in the batch file.
Devices are applied directly to the main board while firmware files are applied to the sub boards
in parallel. After applying the firmware, the user must reset the target unit to run the applied firm-
ware. Before executing this command, the DNLD-FW(-BAT) command must be executed in
advance and all the specified firmware files must be downloaded to the NE.
TIMEOUT 10

BATCH_FILE The batch file name. It must be the full 256 NONE -
name of the file including the directory
name and the actual file name.
APPLY_ACTIO An action to be taken after applying the NONE/REBOOT/ NONE NONE
N firmware. The unit must be reset after
applying the firmware. The user can
choose to apply the firmware without reset
in order to avoid frequent resets.
- NONE: The firmware is applied without
reset.
- REBOOT: The firmware is applied and the
target unit is reset subsequently.
MAX_CPU_LO It carries post action after firmware fusing. 50 ~ 90 NONE 50
AD
INVOCATION_I The command execution result ID assigned 0 ~ NONE NONE 0
D when executing the command. It is
recorded in the result notification after the
command execution and used when receiv-
ing and processing the command execution
result notification in the GUI.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0153 ACTIVATE NE SOFTWARE PACKAGE
Command Format
UDT-PKG: PACKAGE_VERSION, RELEASE_VERSION, ACTIVATION_MODE, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Applies a package to the NE. The package can be applied in two methods. The first is the online
upgrade method. This upgrade method does not restart the entire system but only restarts the soft-
ware components when upgrading them. The advantage is the short activation time, but this
method cannot be used when there are changes to the operating system or the firmware. The sec-
ond method is upgrade by rebooting. This upgrade method reboots the entire system. The disad-
vantage is the long activation time, but this method guarantees stable upgrading. Before
executing this command, the DNLD-PKG command must be executed at least once and two or
more versions of the package must be available in the NE.
TIMEOUT 10

PACKAGE_VE The package version to be used for 128 NONE -
RSION upgrading the package.
RELEASE_VE The release version to be used for upgrad- 128 NONE -
RSION ing the package
ACTIVATION_ The package activation mode. The user REBOOT/AP_RESET/ NONE REBOO
MODE can finish the package activation by reboot- T
ing the system or restarting the software
units while the operating system is running.
- REBOOT: The package is activated by
rebooting the system.
- AP_RESET: The package is activated by
resetting the application software.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0154 ACTIVATE SOFTWARE UNIT
Command Format
UDT-SW: SW_UNIT_NAME, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Applies the software unit to NE. The software unit can be applied in two methods. The first
method is to apply the software unit to data files. This usually involves applying files stored in the
storage, for example configuration files. When the command is executed for these files, the new
files replace the old files. The data files are then applied after the NE restarts. The second method
involves applying the software unit running in demon. This replaces the runnable software units
with new software unit and restarts it. Before executing this command, the DNLD-SW(-BAT)
command must be executed in advance.
TIMEOUT 10

SW_UNIT_NA The name of the software unit to be 128 NONE -
ME applied. It must be the full name of the
actual file name.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0155 ACTIVATE SOFTWARE BATCH
Command Format
UDT-SW-BAT: BATCH_FILE, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Applies the software unit in batch format. If this command is executed, the NE downloads the
batch file specified by the parameter and starts applying the software unit included in the batch
file. The software unit running on the main board is updated on the main board and the software
unit running on the sub board is updated on the sub board. The software unit running both on the
main board and on the sub board is updated on the both boards simultaneously. Before executing
this command, the DNLD-SW(-BAT) command must be executed in advance and the specified
software unit must be downloaded to the NE.
TIMEOUT 10



2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0156 RETRIEVE ALL THE ACTIVE SOFTWARE

UNIT
Command Format
RTRV-ACT-SW: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the currently activated software unit. The software units included in the software list
are either data units or active units. The data units are stored in the disk for reference by active
software units and the active units run as demons on the eNB. This command can be used for
retrieving the status of the software units running as demons.
TIMEOUT 20

PRC_UNIT_TY The processor unit type to be retrieved. If UMP/ECP/MRP/ NONE UMP
PE no type is entered, all units are selected.
- UMP: The main processor of the system.
- ECP: The channel card processor for call
processing.
- MRP : MAC and RLC Processor . (only
apply in server equipped system)
PRC_UNIT_ID The ID of the processor unit to be retrieved. 0~2 NONE 0
If no ID is entered, all unit IDs are selected.
- 0 if the processor unit type selected is
UMP.
- 0 to 2 if the processor unit type selected is
ECP.
MRP (only apply in server equipped sys-
tem)

PRC_UNIT_TYPE The type of the processor unit where the active software unit is
running.
- UMP: The main processor of the eNB.
- ECP: The channel card processor of the eNB.
- MRP : MAC and RLC Processor . (only apply in server

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
equipped system)
PRC_UNIT_ID The ID of the processor unit where the active software unit is
running.
ID The list ID of the active software unit running on the retrieved

processor unit. (The list order is the same as the order of the
active software unit in the software list.)
NAME The name of the disk where the active software unit is stored.
SIZE The file size of the software unit existing as a file. (The file can
be validated by the size value.)
CHKSUM The checksum value of the software unit existing as a file (the
file can be validated by the chksum value).
VERSION The package version of the software unit existing as a file. (The
file is validated by the version value.)
RELVER The release version of the software unit existing as a file. (The
file can be validated by the relver value.)
ACTIVATION_TIME The activation time of the active software unit.
STATUS The current state of the active software unit.

- DEACT: The software unit is deactivated.
- ACT: The software unit is activated.
- DISABLED: The software unit is inhibited from reactivation
because it was deactivated 10 times or more for 3 minutes.
DEACT_COUNT The deactivation count of the active software unit.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0157 CHANGE ENVIRONMENT DATA
Command Format
CHG-ENV-INF: ENV_NAME, [ENV_VALUE];
Command Description
Changes environment variables of the NE. If only envName is specified, the selected envName is
deleted from the environment variables. If both envName and envValue are specified, the speci-
fied environment information is recorded in the flash memory.
TIMEOUT 10

ENV_NAME The name of the environment variable. 128 NONE -
ENV_VALUE The value of the environment variable. If 128 NONE -
the variable value is not entered, the speci-
fied environment variable is deleted from
the flash memory.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0158 DOWNLOAD FIRMWARE UNIT
Command Format
DNLD-FW: FW_UNIT_NAME, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Downloads the firmware file to the NE. Firmwares such as Booter, Kernel, RFS, RFS_RAW, RU/
RRH, IF-FPGA, post, EPLD, and GPS can be downloaded to the NE as well as to various devices
included in the NE.
TIMEOUT 10

FW_UNIT_NA The name of the firmware unit to be 128 NONE -
ME applied. It must be the full name of the file
including the directory name and the actual
file name.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0159 DOWNLOAD FIRMWARE BATCH
Command Format
DNLD-FW-BAT: BATCH_FILE, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Downloads the firmware recorded in the batch file on the main board of the NE. This command
downloads firmware files to the NE. Firmwares such as Booter, Kernel, RFS, RFS_RAW, RU/
RRH, IF-FPGA, post, EPLD, and GPS can be downloaded to the NE as well as to various devices
included in the NE.
TIMEOUT 10



2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0160 DOWNLOAD SW PKG
Command Format
DNLD-PKG: PACKAGE_VERSION, RELEASE_VERSION, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Downloads the package. The user must enter the package version and release version to down-
load the package. When the software units of the new package are downloaded, the database
managed by the NE is automatically migrated into the new package's database. This procedure
ensures that the configuration information in the older version of the NE is maintained in the new
package.
TIMEOUT 10

PACKAGE_VE The new package version to be down- 128 NONE -
RSION loaded to the NE.
RELEASE_VE The new release version to be downloaded 128 NONE -
RSION to the NE.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0161 DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE
Command Format
DNLD-SW: SW_UNIT_NAME, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Downloads the software unit to the system. When a software patch for the system is distributed,
this command is used for downloading the necessary software unit to apply the patch. The soft-
ware units available for download to the NE are included in the software list. A software unit not
included in the software list cannot be downloaded.
TIMEOUT 10

SW_UNIT_NA The name of the software unit included in 128 NONE -
ME the software list. It must be the full name of
the file including the directory name and the
actual file name.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0162 DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE BATCH
Command Format
DNLD-SW-BAT: BATCH_FILE, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Downloads the software unit included in a batch file. When a software patch for the system is dis-
tributed, the software unit necessary for applying the patch is included in a batch file and down-
loaded on the main board of the NE. The software unit available for download to the NE is
included in the software list. A software unit not included in the software list cannot be down-
loaded.
TIMEOUT 10



2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0163 RETRIEVE ENVIRONMENT DATA
Command Format
RTRV-ENV-INF;
Command Description
Retrieves the environment information of the NE. This command is used for retrieving all envi-
ronment information recorded in the flash memory.
TIMEOUT 20

No input parameter.

ID The ID of the environment information displayed in the environ-
ment variable list of the NE. (The list order is the same as the
order of the environment variables stored in the flash memory of
the NE.)
ENV_NAME The environment variable name.
ENV_VALUE The environment variable value.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0164 RETRIEVE PROCESSOR FIRMWARE LIST
Command Format
RTRV-PRC-FW: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID], [LOC_TYPE];
Command Description
Retrieves the firmware version of the processor unit. The retrieved information is stored in the
flash memory. The following firmware types are available for the processor unit: BOOTER,
KERNEL, RFS_RAW, RFS, POST, IF-FPGA, CLOCK_CPLD, and CTRL_CPLD.
TIMEOUT 20

PRC_UNIT_TY The type of the processor unit for which the UMP/ECP/ NONE UMP
PE firmware version is to be retrieved. If no
type is entered, all processor units are
selected.
PRC_UNIT_ID The ID of the processor unit for which the 0~2 NONE 0
firmware version is to be retrieved. If no ID
is entered, all unit IDs are selected.
LOC_TYPE The type of the location where the firmware FLASH/RUNNING/ NONE FLASH
version is to be retrieved. Either the version
stored in the flash memory or the currently
running firmware version can be retrieved.
- FLASH: The firmware version stored in
the flash memory.
- RUNNING: The currently running firm-
ware version.

PRC_UNIT_TYPE The processor unit where the firmware version is retrieved (If no
unit is specified, all processor units are selected).
PRC_UNIT_ID The board ID of the processor unit where the firmware version is
retrieved. (If not ID is specified, all unit IDs are selected.)
PRC_UNIT_SIDE It specify the side of the processor unit that the firmware is
belonged in.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
PRC_UNIT_CPU_ID It specify the cpu id of the processor unit that the firmware is
belonged in.
LOC_TYPE The type of the location where the firmware version is retrieved
(if no location is specified, both the version stored in the flash
memory and the currently running firmware version can be
selected).
- FLASH: The firmware version stored in the flash memory.
- RUNNING: The currently running firmware version.
ID The list ID of the firmware version retrieved.
TYPE The type of the firmware unit existing as a file.
NAME The file name of the firmware unit existing as a file.
VERSION The package version of the firmware unit existing as a file. (The
file can be validated.)
REL_VER The release version of the firmware unit existing as a file. (The
file can be validated.)
FILE_SIZE The file size value of the firmware unit existing as a file. (The
firmware can be validated.)
CHKSUM The checksum value of the firmware unit existing as a file. (The
firmware can be validated.)
BUILD_TIME The build date of the firmware unit existing as a file. (The build
date of the firmware can be checked.)

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0165 RETRIEVE PROCESSOR INVENTORY LIST
Command Format
RTRV-PRC-INVT: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the inventory information of the processor unit. Each field replaceable unit (FRU) has
its unique inventory information which includes the serial number, hardware/firmware version,
unit type, unit ID, family type, and install date. The inventory information suggested by
TS32.692 can be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 20

PRC_UNIT_TY The type of the processor unit for which the UMP/ECP/MRP/ NONE UMP
PE firmware version is to be retrieved. If no
selected.
processing.
PRC_UNIT_ID It carries id of processor unit. 0~2 NONE 0

PRC_UNIT_TYPE The processor unit where the firmware version is retrieved (If no
unit is specified, all processor units are selected).
equipped system)
PRC_UNIT_ID The board ID of the processor unit where the firmware version is
retrieved. (If not ID is specified, all unit IDs are selected.)
UNIT_ID The ID of the inventory unit (unique in the eNB).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
FAMILY_TYPE The vendor family type of the inventory unit.
TYPE_NUM The vendor type number of the inventory unit (the same unit
unique number as PBA_ID).
VERSION The version of the inventory unit (hardware or firmware ver-

sion).
SERIAL The serial number of the inventory unit.
VENDOR The vendor name of the inventory unit.
MNF_DATE The manufactured date of the inventory unit.
INSTALL_DATE The installation date of the inventory unit (the date the unit was
installed on the field).
SERV_DATE The last service date of the inventory unit.
SERV_DATA The last service data of the inventory unit.
POSITION The location of the inventory unit.
MNF_DATA Additional information provided by the manufacturer for the

inventory unit.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0166 UPLOAD INVENTORY
Command Format
UPLD-INVT: FILE_NAME, [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Upload files which exported inventory information to Management System.
TIMEOUT 20

FILE_NAME It carries the inventory file name include 256 NONE -
directory path to be saved.
INVOCATION_I It carries software unit activation invocation 0 ~ NONE NONE 0
D ID from IRP Manager. InvocationId shall
reusing when issuing notification after acti-
vation


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0167 LIST UP THE ACTIVE PACKAGE VERSION
Command Format
RTRV-PKG-VER;
Command Description
Retrieves the package version. A software package has its unique version according to its func-
tions and features. This command can be used for verifying the software package running on the
NE. There are two types of version information: package version and release version. The pack-
age version is determined by the main features provided by the NE. When features are added or
changed, most of them are no longer compatible with the previous functions and therefore the
package must be upgraded. The release version is used as an auxiliary identifier when a revision
is made in the same package version.
TIMEOUT 20

No input parameter.

ID The list ID of the package version, which indicates the list order
of the package version.
PKG_VER The package version of the currently active package in the NE.
REL_VER The release version of the currently active package in the NE.
STATUS Indicates package activation status.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0168 DELETE ALL THE PASSIVE PACKAGE

VERSION
Command Format
DLT-PASV-PKG;
Command Description
Delete all the system passive package version
TIMEOUT 20

No input parameter.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0169 RESET THE SYSTEM
Command Format
INIT-SYS: [RESET_MODE], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
Resets the system. Two methods are available for the system reset. The first is a software reset
which resets the software without disconnecting the power. The second is a hardware reset which
involves disconnecting the power and connecting it back.(The systems which do not have hard-
ware reset are not supported.)
TIMEOUT 10

RESET_MODE The reset method. Hardware and software SW/HW/ NONE SW
resets are supported.
- SW: Reset without disconnecting the
power.
- HW: Reset by disconnecting the power
and connecting it back. The systems which
do not have hardware reset are not sup-
ported.
FORCED_MOD It carries forced reset mode. OFF/ON/ NONE OFF
E - OFF: Do check environment and PLD
before Reset.
- ON: Do Not check environment and PLD
before Reset.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0170 RESET PROCESSOR UNIT
Command Format
INIT-PRC: PRC_UNIT_TYPE, [PRC_UNIT_ID], [RESET_MODE];
Command Description
Resets the processor unit of the system. Two methods are available for the system reset. The first
is a software reset which resets the software without disconnecting the power. The second is a
hardware reset which involves disconnecting the power and connecting it back.
TIMEOUT 10

PRC_UNIT_TY The processor unit type to be reset. UMP/ECP/MRP/ NONE UMP
PE - UMP: The main processor of the system.
processing.
PRC_UNIT_ID The ID of the processor unit to be reset. 0~2 NONE 0
UMP.
ECP.
tem).
RESET_MODE The reset method. Hardware and software SW/HW/ NONE SW
resets are supported.
- SW: Reset without disconnecting the
power.
- HW: Reset by disconnecting the power
and connecting it back.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0171 RESET SOFTWARE UNIT
Command Format
INIT-SW: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID], [SW_UNIT_NAME];
Command Description
Resets the software unit. The software unit only running on the main board is reset on the main
board and the software unit only running on the sub board is reset on the sub board. The software
unit running on both the main board and the sub board is reset on both the main board and the sub
board.
TIMEOUT 10

PRC_UNIT_TY The processor unit type to be reset. UMP/ECP/MRP/ NONE UMP
PE - UMP: The main processor of the system.
processing.
PRC_UNIT_ID The ID of the processor unit to be reset. 0~2 NONE 0
UMP.
ECP.
tem).
SW_UNIT_NA The name of the software unit included in 128 NONE -
ME the software list. Only the file name must be
entered without the directory name.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0172 RETRIEVE ALL THE SOFTWARE UNIT'S

INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-SW-INF: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the software unit information. Each software unit downloaded to the eNB has a unique
version number assigned by the image creation system for software image creation. The software
version retrieval function extracts and displays the unique version of each software unit. This
command is used for checking whether appropriate software units are running on appropriate
boards.
TIMEOUT 20

PRC_UNIT_TY The type of the processor unit for which the UMP/ECP/MRP/ NONE UMP
PE software version is to be retrieved. If no
selected.
processing.
- MRP : MAC and RLC Processor. (only
PRC_UNIT_ID The board ID of the processor unit for 0~2 NONE 0
which the software version is to be
retrieved. If no board ID is entered, all unit
IDs are selected.
- 0 if proUnitType selected is UMP.
- 0 to 2 if prcUnitType selected is ECP.
tem).

PRC_UNIT_TYPE The processor unit for which the software version is retrieved.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

equipped system)
PRC_UNIT_ID The board ID of the processor unit for which the software ver-
sion is retrieved.
ID The list ID of the software units retrieved on each board
NAME The name of the software unit stored in the disk.
SIZE The size on the disk of the software unit existing as a file
CHKSUM The checksum value of the software unit created.
INSTALL_TIME The time at which the software unit is downloaded to the eNB
and stored in the package directory.
VERSION The unique version of the software unit.
RELVER The release version of the software unit existing as a file
BUILD_TIME The build time of the software unit.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0173 LIST UP ALL THE DIRECTORY INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-DIR-INF: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID];
Command Description
List up all the directory information stored at
TIMEOUT 60

PRC_UNIT_TY It carries type of processor unit. UMP/ECP/ NONE UMP
PE

PRC_UNIT_TYPE It carries type of processor unit.
PRC_UNIT_ID It carries id of processor unit.
PRC_UNIT_SIDE It carries side of processor unit.
PRC_UNIT_CPU_ID It carries cpu id of processor unit.
ID Software list index.
FILE_PATH The name of software unit(Directory Name + File Name) stored

at Managed Element.
SIZE Indicates the software unist's file size. (Byte)
INSTALL_TIME The time when the software unit was stored on that System.
Time format: -> YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss (e.g,) 2009-05-
23T11:23:55

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
VERSION Version string on the software unit. Version format -> A.B.C

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0174 LIST UP LOADING TIME INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-LDTIME-INF: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID];
Command Description
List up loading time information
TIMEOUT 60

PRC_UNIT_TY It carries type of processor unit. UMP/ECP/ NONE UMP
PE

PRC_UNIT_TYPE It carries type of processor unit.
PRC_UNIT_ID It carries id of processor unit.
PRC_UNIT_SIDE It carries side of processor unit.
PRC_UNIT_CPU_ID It carries cpu id of processor unit.
START_TIME The time when the loading start. Time format: -> YYYY-MM-
DDThh:mm:ss (e.g,) 2009-05-23T11:23:55
END_TIME The time when the loading end. Time format: -> YYYY-MM-
DDThh:mm:ss (e.g,) 2009-05-23T11:23:55

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0176 PROCESSOR FIRMWARE UPDATE STA-

TUS
Command Format
RTRV-PRC-FWUDTSTS: [PRC_UNIT_TYPE], [PRC_UNIT_ID];
Command Description
List up all firmware update status in processor unit.
TIMEOUT 60

PRC_UNIT_TY It carries type of processor unit that the UMP/ECP/ NONE NONE
PE firmware is belonged in.
PRC_UNIT_ID It carries id of processor unit that the firm- 0~2 NONE 0
ware is belonged in.

PRC_UNIT_TYPE It carries type of processor unit that the firmware is belonged in.
PRC_UNIT_ID It carries id of processor unit that the firmware is belonged in.
PRC_UNIT_SIDE It specify the side of the processor unit that the firmware is
belonged in.
PRC_UNIT_CPU_ID It specify the cpu id of the processor unit that the firmware is
belonged in.
NAME Indicates Firmware Name
ERASE Indicates Current Erasing Progress(%)
WRITE Indicates Current Writing Progress(%)
VERIFY Indicates Current Verifying Progress(%)

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0185 RETRIEVE RET DEVICE DATA LIST
Command Format
RTRV-ALDEV-INF: CONN_BD_ID, CONN_PORT_ID, RET_ID, ANT_INDEX;
Command Description
List up device Data information in specified RET unit.
TIMEOUT 40

CONN_BD_ID It carries id of board connected RET 0~2 NONE 0
CONN_PORT_I It carries id of port connected RET 0~2 NONE 0
D
RET_ID It carries RET ID. 0~1 NONE 0
ANT_INDEX It carries Antenna ID of RET. 1~2 NONE 1

CONN_BD_ID It carries id of board connected RET
CONN_PORT_ID It carries id of port connected RET
CASCADE_ID It carries cascade id of RET
RET_ID It carries RET ID.
ANT_INDEX It carries Antenna ID of RET.
UNIT_ID Indicates identification name of inventory unit.
ANT_MODEL_NUM It carries Antenna Model Number of RET.
ANT_SERIAL_NUM It carries Antenna Serial Number of RET.
ANT_OPERATING_BAND It carries Antenna Operation Band of RET.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
BEAM_WIDTH It carries Antenna Beamwidth of RET.
GAIN It carries Antenna Gain of RET.
MAX_TILT_VALUE It carries Antenna max tile value of RET.
MIN_TILT_VALUE It carries Antenna min tile value of RET.
INSTALL_DATE It carries Antenna installDate of RET.
INSTALLER_ID It carries Antenna installerId of RET.
BASE_STATION_ID It carries Antenna baseStationId of RET.
SECTOR_ID It carries Antenna sectorId of RET.
ANT_BEARING It carries Antenna antBearing of RET.
INSTALLED_TILT It carries Antenna installedTilt of RET.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0186 CHANGE RET DEVICE DATA
Command Format
CHG-ALDEV-INF: CONN_BD_ID, CONN_PORT_ID, RET_ID, ANT_INDEX, [INSTALL_DATE],
[INSTALLER_ID], [BASE_STATION_ID], [SECTOR_ID], [ANT_BEARING],
[INSTALLED_TILT];
Command Description
Change device Data information in specified RET unit.
TIMEOUT 40

CONN_BD_ID It carries id of board connected RET 0~2 NONE 0
CONN_PORT_I It carries id of port connected RET 0~2 NONE 0
D
RET_ID It carries RET ID. 0~1 NONE 0
ANT_INDEX It carries Antenna ID of RET. 1~2 NONE 1
INSTALL_DATE It carries Antenna installDate of RET. 6 NONE -
INSTALLER_ID It carries Antenna installerId of RET. 5 NONE -
BASE_STATIO It carries Antenna baseStationId of RET. 32 NONE -
N_ID
SECTOR_ID It carries Antenna sectorId of RET. 32 NONE -
ANT_BEARING It carries Antenna Bearing of RET. 0 ~ 65535 NONE 0
INSTALLED_TI It carries Antenna installedTilt of RET. -32768 ~ 32767 NONE 0
LT


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0188 ACTIVATE FIRMWARE
Command Format
UDT-FW: FW_UNIT_NAME, APPLY_UNIT_TYPE, APPLY_UNIT_ID, [APPLY_SIDE],
[APPLY_ACTION], [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Updates the firmware. This command is used for applying the downloaded eNB firmware unit to
the actual Flash memory or the target device unit. When the command is executed, the specified
firmware is verified first and then it is applied to the Flash memory or to the specified device unit
through the specified proprietary interface. After applying the firmware, the user must reset the
target unit to run the applied firmware.
TIMEOUT 10

FW_UNIT_NA The name of the firmware unit to be applied. 256 NONE -
ME
APPLY_UNIT_T The unit type to which the firmware is to be UMP/ECP/GPS/ NONE UMP
YPE applied. FCM_D/
APPLY_UNIT_I The unit ID to be applied to the firmware unit. This 0~2 NONE 0
D is used for identifying each unit when multiple
units exist in the eNB. The following values are
used depending on the apply unit type selected.
- 0 if the apply unit type selected is UMP.
- 0 to 2 if the apply unit type selected is ECP.
- 0 if the apply unit type selected is MRP (only
apply in server equipped system).
- 0 to 5 if the apply unit type selected is RU.
- 0 if the apply unit type selected is GPS.
- 0 if the apply unit type selected is ECM.
- 0 if the apply unit type selected is FAN.
- 0 if the apply unit type selected is EAIU.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

APPLY_SIDE The side to which the firmware is to be applied. If NONE/A_SIDE/ NONE NONE
this side is in redundancy, select A_SIDE, B_SIDE/BOTH/
B_SIDE, or BOTH for applying the firmware. If the
unit type does not support redundancy, select
NONE.
- NONE: The firmware apply unit is not in redun-
dancy.
- SIDE_A: The firmware apply unit is in redun-
dancy and the firmware is applied to side A.
- SIDE_B: The firmware apply unit is in redun-
dancy and the firmware is applied to side B.
- BOTH: The firmware apply unit is in redundancy
and the firmware is applied to both side A and
side B.
APPLY_ACTIO An action to be taken after applying the firmware. NONE/REBOOT/ NONE NONE
N The unit must be reset after applying the firm-
ware. The user can choose to apply the firmware
without reset in order to avoid frequent resets.
- NONE: The firmware is applied without reset.
- REBOOT: The firmware is applied and the target
unit is reset subsequently.
INVOCATION_I The invocation ID assigned when applying the 0 ~ NONE NONE 0
D firmware. This ID is recorded in the execution
result notification for easy retrieval of the result.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0193 RESET RRH
Command Format
INIT-RRH: [CONN_BD_ID], [CONN_PORT_ID];
Command Description
Resets the RRH of the eNB. The RRH reset is done by the VSS reset. One or multiple RRHs can
be reset.
TIMEOUT 10

CONN_BD_ID The ID of the board connected to the RRH 0~2 NONE 0
to be reset. If no board ID is entered, all
boards are selected.
CONN_PORT_I The port ID of the board connected to the 0~2 NONE 0
D RRH to be reset. If no port ID is entered, all
ports are selected.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0198 RESET RET
Command Format
INIT-RET: CONN_BD_ID, CONN_PORT_ID, RET_ID;
Command Description
Resets the remote electrical tilting (RET) device. Each RU/RRH can be connected to up to 2 RET
devices, each of which can operate independently.
TIMEOUT 20

CONN_BD_ID The ID of the board connected to the RET 0~2 NONE 0
to be reset.
D RET to be reset.
RET_ID The ID of the RET to be reset 0~1 NONE 0


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0204 ACTIVATE RET FIRMWARE
Command Format
UDT-RET-FW: FW_UNIT_NAME, CONN_BD_ID, CONN_PORT_ID, RET_ID;
Command Description
Applied the firmware on the RET. If this command is executed, the specified firmware is verified
first and then applied to the RET through the specified proprietary interface. After applying the
firmware, the user must reset the target unit to run the applied firmware.
TIMEOUT 10

ME applied.
to which the firmware is to be applied.
D RET to which the firmware is to be applied.
RET_ID The ID of the RET to which the firmware is 0~1 NONE 0
to be applied


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0206 ACTIVATE RRH FIRMWARE
Command Format
UDT-RRH-FW: FW_UNIT_NAME, [CONN_BD_ID], [CONN_PORT_ID], [APPLY_ACTION],
[INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Updates the RRH firmware. If this command is executed, the specified firmware is verified first
and then applied to the RRH through the specified proprietary interface. After applying the firm-
ware, the user must reset the target unit to run the applied firmware.
TIMEOUT 10

ME applied.
CONN_BD_ID The ID of the board connected to the RRH 0~2 NONE 0
to which the firmware is to be applied.
D RRH to which the firmware is to be applied.
APPLY_ACTIO An action to be taken after applying the NONE/REBOOT/ NONE NONE
N firmware. The unit must be reset after
applying the firmware. The user can
choose to apply the firmware without reset
in order to avoid frequent resets.
- NONE: The firmware is applied without
reset.
- REBOOT: The firmware is applied and the
target unit is reset subsequently.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0220 RETRIEVE RRH INVENTORY LIST
Command Format
RTRV-RRH-INVT: [CONN_BD_ID], [CONN_PORT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the inventory information of the RRH unit. Each field replaceable unit (FRU) has its
unique inventory information which includes the serial number, hardware/firmware version, unit
type, unit ID, family type, and install date. The inventory information suggested by TS32.692 can
be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 20

CONN_BD_ID The ID of the board connected to the RHH 0~2 NONE 0
for which the firmware version is to be
retrieved.
D RHH for which the firmware version is to be
retrieved.

CONN_BD_ID The ID of the board connected to the RHH for which the firm-
ware version is retrieved.
CONN_PORT_ID The port ID of the board connected to the RHH for which the
firmware version is retrieved.
CASCADE_ID The cascade ID connected to the port of the board connected to

the RHH for which the firmware version is retrieved.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

sion).
FW_VERSION The firmware version of the inventory unit.
MNF_DATE Additional information provided by the manufacturer for the

inventory unit.

inventory unit.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0222 RETRIEVE GPS INVENTORY LIST
Command Format
RTRV-GPS-INVT;
Command Description
Retrieves the inventory information of the GPS unit. Each field replaceable unit (FRU) has its
be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 20

No input parameter.

FAMILY_TYPE Indicates vendor family type of inventory unit.

sion).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

inventory unit.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0224 RETRIEVE SFP INVENTORY LIST
Command Format
RTRV-SFP-INVT;
Command Description
Retrieves the inventory information of the SFP module which is an optic module of the eNB.
Each field replaceable unit (FRU) has its unique inventory information which includes the serial
number, hardware/firmware version, unit type, unit ID, family type, and install date. The inven-
tory information suggested by TS32.692 can be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 20

No input parameter.

PRC_UNIT_TYPE The type of the processor unit for which the inventory informa-
tion is retrieved.
PRC_UNIT_ID The ID of the processor unit for which the inventory information
is retrieved.
PORT_ID The port ID on which the SFP module is mounted.
unique number as BA_ID).
VERSION The hardware version of the inventory unit.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

inventory unit.
WAVELENGTH Tx/Rx optical wavelength supported by the SFP module.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0238 RETRIEVE RET INVENTORY LIST
Command Format
RTRV-RET-INVT: CONN_BD_ID, CONN_PORT_ID, RET_ID;
Command Description
Retrieves the inventory information of the RET unit. Each field replaceable unit (FRU) has its
be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 20

to be retrieved.
D RET to be retrieved.
RET_ID The ID of the RET to be retrieved. 0~1 NONE 0

CONN_BD_ID The ID of the board connected to the RET which is retrieved.
CONN_PORT_ID The port ID of the board connected to the RET which is

retrieved.
CASCADE_ID The cascade ID connected to the port of the board connected to

the RET retrieved.
RET_ID The ID of the RET which is retrieved.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
VERSION The hardware version of the inventory unit.
ANT_NUM The number of antennas on the RET.
POSITION Indicates position of inventory unit.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0246 RESET DSP
Command Format
INIT-DSP: [BD_ID], [DSP_ID];
Command Description
Resets the DSP. The DSP reset is done by disconnecting the power and connecting it back to the
DSP. One or multiple DSPs can be reset.
TIMEOUT 10

BD_ID The board ID of the DSP to be reset. If no 0~2 NONE 0
board ID is entered, all boards are
selected.
DSP_ID The ID of the DSP to be reset. If no DSP ID 0~2 NONE 0
is entered, all DSPs are selected.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0247 RESET GPS
Command Format
INIT-GPS;
Command Description
Resets the GPS. The GPS reset is done by disconnecting the power and connecting it back to
GPS.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0249 RESET SCTP
Command Format
INIT-SCTP: TYPE, INDEX, INDEX;
Command Description
Reset SCTP.
TIMEOUT 10

TYPE It carries type of sctp to reset. S1/X2/ NONE S1
INDEX It carries index of mme(or nbr) to reset. 0 ~ 15 NONE 0
INDEX It carries index of mme(or nbr) to reset. 0 ~ 255 NONE 0


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0300 RETRIEVE FILE LIST
Command Format
RTRV-FILE-LIST: [ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the list of NE files. The NE can create the following 8 categories of files, which can be
retrieved by this command. The files created in the NE are uploaded to the EMS and then deleted.
If all the files uploaded to EMS, command execution result can be empty(NO DATA).
- CG: Charging files.
- CM: Configuration files (except for inventory).
- CT: Call trace files (subscriber and equipment trace).
- IM: Inventory management files.
- NL: Notification log files.
- OT: Other files.
- PM: Performance data files.
- TE: Test management files.
TIMEOUT 10

ID The list ID of the file created by the NE. If 0 ~ 127 NONE 0
no ID is entered, all files are selected.

ID The list ID of the file created by the NE.
MANAGEMENT_DATA_TYPE The category of the file created (CG/CM/CT/IM/NL/OT/PM/

TE).
SIZE The file size on the disk.
COMPRESSION The compression method of the file.
READY_TIME The creation time of the file.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
EXPIRATION_TIME The expiration time of the file created. (The file is automatically
deleted after the expiration time.)
FORMAT The file format (the format information such as XML/TXT/

ASN.1).
LOCATION Directory name + File Name. (e.g., /tmp/Hello.World)

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0350 RESUME MEASUREMENT JOB
Command Format
START-MEAS;
Command Description
The command changes OPM_SUSPEND, which is statistic collecting status, to OPM_ACTIVE.
When the statistic collecting status is OPM_SUSPEND, no data will be collected. NOK will be
returned when you execute the command if its formal status was OPM_ACTIVE.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0351 SUSPEND MEASUREMENT JOB
Command Format
STOP-MEAS;
Command Description
The command changes OPM_ACTIVE, which is statistic collecting status, to OPM_SUSPEND.
When the statistic collecting status is OPM_SUSPEND, no data will be collected. NOK will be
returned when you execute the command if its formal status was OPM_SUSPEND.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0352 DISPLAY MEASUREMENT JOB INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-MEAS-JOB;
Command Description
The command retrieves statistic collecting status (OPM_ACTIVE/OPM_SUSPEND), each fam-
ily collecting status (OPM_ENABLE, OPM_DISABLE) and statistic data collecting period.
When statistic collecting status is OPM_SUSPEND, no data will be collected. Statistic data of the
family that collecting status is OPM_DISABLE will not be collected even though its statistic col-
lecting status is OPM_ACTIVE. The family which is not collected will be printed “ND” regard-
less of occurring real data when you retrieve statistics in EMS.
TIMEOUT 30

No input parameter.

FAMILY_ID Family Id
FAMILY_STATUS Data collection status for the family.

- OPM_ENABLE: Data is collected for the family.
- OPM_DISABLE: Data is not collected for the family
GRANULARITY_PERIOD Granularity Period.
STATUS It specifies the status of Measurement Job.

- OPM_ACTIVE : Data is collected for Measurement Job.
- OPM_SUSPEND: Data is not collected for Measurement Job.
GRANULARITY_PERIOD Granularity Period.
STATUS It specifies the status of Measurement Job.

- OPM_ACTIVE : Data is collected for Measurement Job.
- OPM_SUSPEND: Data is not collected for Measurement Job.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0353 CHANGE MEASUREMENT JOB DATA
Command Format
CHG-MEAS-JOB: FAMILY_ID, [STATUS];
Command Description
Change statistics collection status (OPM_ENABLE, OPM_DISABLE) of family
TIMEOUT 10

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

FAMILY_ID The measurement family STAT_RRC_ESTAB/ NONE STAT_R
ID. Retrieves and changes STAT_RRC_RECONFIG/ ESOUR
the statistics collection sta- STAT_RRC_REESTAB/ CE
tus (STOP/START) of the STAT_RRC_RELEASE/
faimly. STAT_RRC_CONN/STAT_RRC_TIME/
STAT_RRC_RESETUP_TIME/
STAT_ERAB_ESTAB/
STAT_ERAB_ESTAB_ADD/
STAT_ERAB_TIME/
STAT_ERAB_ERASE_ENB/
STAT_ERAB_ERASE/STAT_ERAB_MOD/
STAT_ERAB_REL_ENB/
STAT_ERAB_REL/STAT_ERAB_NUM/
STAT_HO_INTRA/STAT_HO_X2_OUT/
STAT_HO_X2_IN/STAT_HO_S1_OUT/
STAT_HO_S1_IN/
STAT_HO_INTER_RAT_OPT_HRPD/
STAT_HO_TIME/STAT_CALL_DROP/
STAT_CSL/STAT_MRO_RLF/
STAT_S1SIG/STAT_PAGING/
STAT_CP_PACKET/STAT_SRB/
STAT_ACTIVE_UE/STAT_PDCP_DROP/
STAT_PDCP_LOSS/STAT_IP_LATENCY/
STAT_PDCP_DELAY/
STAT_GTP_SN_QCI/
STAT_GTP_SN_ENB/
STAT_GTP_FW_ENB/STAT_RESOURCE/
STAT_PACKET/STAT_NET_HISTOGRAM/
STAT_AIR_RLC_BYTES/
STAT_AIR_MAC_BYTES/STAT_PRB_QCI/
STAT_PRB_TOTAL/
STAT_CELL_UNAVAILABLE/
STAT_POWER/STAT_RNTP/STAT_RA/
STAT_TRANSMISSION/STAT_MIMO/
STAT_MCS/STAT_DL_MCS/
STAT_DL_LAYER/STAT_DL_CQI/
STAT_DL_PMI/STAT_DL_RI/
STAT_DL_ACK_NACK_DTX_RATIO/
STAT_IOT_9LEVEL/
STAT_ERAB_SESSION_UE/
STAT_ERAB_SESSION_QCI/
STAT_HO_INTER_RAT_UTRAN_OUT/
STAT_HO_INTER_RAT_UTRAN_IN/
STAT_CSFB_PSHO_UTRAN_OUT/
STAT_CSFB_REDIR_UTRAN_OUT/
STAT_ACCESSIBILITY/
STAT_RETAINABILITY/STAT_INTEGRITY/
STAT_AVAILABILITY/STAT_MOBILITY/
STAT_MBMS_ENB_SIG/
STAT_THRU_DISTRIBUTION/
STAT_DELAY_DISTRIBUTION/
STAT_DROP_DISTRIBUTION/
STAT_CQI_DISTRIBUTION/
STAT_MBMS_ENB_SYNC/STAT_LOAD/
STAT_LBHO/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

STATUS Data collection status for OPM_ENABLE/OPM_DISABLE/ NONE OPM_E
the family. NABLE
- OPM_ENABLE: Data is
collected for the family.
- OPM_DISABLE: Data is
not collected for the family

FAMILY_ID The measurement family ID. Retrieves and changes the statistics
collection status (STOP/START) of the faimly.
STATUS Data collection status for the family.

- OPM_ENABLE: Data is collected for the family.
- OPM_DISABLE: Data is not collected for the family

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0356 RETRIEVE PM FILE DATA
Command Format
RTRV-MEAS-FILEDATA;
Command Description
The command retrieve information relating to mesurement file backup. The user can retrieve disk
usage threshold, measurement file backup time and etc.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

PM_FILE_DATA_ID PM_FILE_DATA index
DISK_USAGE_THR Disk usage threshold. If disk usage is higher than or equal to this
threshold, measurement files are removed
BACKUP_TIME_THR Measurement file backup time.
BACKUP_MODE Measurement file backup mode.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0357 CHANGE PM FILE DATA
Command Format
CHG-MEAS-FILEDATA: [DISK_USAGE_THR], [BACKUP_TIME_THR];
Command Description
The command change information relating to mesurement file backup. The user can change disk
usage threshold, measurement file backup time and etc.
TIMEOUT 10

DISK_USAGE_ Disk usage threshold. If disk usage is 1 ~ 100 % 95
THR higher than or equal to this threshold, mea-
surement files are removed
BACKUP_TIME Measurement file backup time. 1~8 hour 8
_THR

PM_FILE_DATA_ID
DISK_USAGE_THR Disk usage threshold. If disk usage is higher than or equal to this
threshold, measurement files are removed
BACKUP_TIME_THR Measurement file backup time.
BACKUP_MODE Measurement file backup mode.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0506 EXECUTE INTERNAL PING TEST
Command Format
TEST-IPING: UNIT_ID;
Command Description
Performs the internal ping test which tests the IPC (inter processor communication) paths
between the main and sub processors. It performs the ping test on the master board of the selected
eNB for the CPU of UNIT_TYPE and UNIT_ID (destination) specified by the user and then
returns the ping test result. When there is a ping echo reply, the test result is returned as normal.
TIMEOUT 10

UNIT_ID The ID of the target board on which the 0~2 NONE 0
internal ping test is to be performed.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0507 EXECUTE EXTERNAL PING TEST
Command Format
TEST-EPING: DST_IP_VER, [DST_IP_ADDR_V4], [DST_IP_ADDR_V6], [DSCP], [PKT_SIZE],
[PKT_PER_SEC], [TRY_SEC];
Command Description
Performs the external ping test for the network connection between the system and external hosts.
The external ping test generates Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) packets to monitor
the performance of the external interface (Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet) and returns frame delay,
frame delay min, max, avg and frame loss. The user can perform the external ping test and deter-
mine that the external interface is working properly if the test result shows that there is no packet
loss. The delay in the test result indicates the round trip time (from time sent to time received).
The user can check min, max, avg and variance of the packet delay.
TIMEOUT 10

DST_IP_VER The IP address version of the external host IPV4/IPV6/ NONE IPV4
to be tested. Select IPV4 if the host uses an
IPv4 address; IPV6 if the host uses an IPv6
address.
DST_IP_ADDR The IP address of the external host to be IPv4 Address NONE 0.0.0.0
_V4 tested. A version 4 address must be
entered in this parameter.
DST_IP_ADDR The IP address of the external host to be IPv6 Address NONE 0:0:0:0:
_V6 tested. A version 6 address must be 0:0:0:0
DSCP The Differentiated Services Code Point 0 ~ 63 NONE 0
(DSCP) specified to assign services of dif-
ferent levels in the network traffic.
PKT_SIZE The size of packets transmitted during the 56 ~ 1024 NONE 56
external ping test. 56 to 1024 bytes can be
entered. The default is 56 bytes.
PKT_PER_SEC The number of packets transmitted per sec- 1~5 NONE 1
ond during the external ping test. 1 to 5
packets can be sent per second.
TRY_SEC The maximum duration of the external ping 1 ~ 10 NONE 1
test. The test can be performed for from 1
to 10 seconds.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0508 MONITOR TEST STATUS
Command Format
MON-TEST: [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the on-going tests in the eNB. This command is used for retrieving tests related to the
TM. Note that this command is not used for retrieving online tests because the RTRV-TEST-LIST
command can be used for retrieving the scheduler registration status. When a test command is
executed, it is added to the monitor test list; when the test is complete and the result notification
message is sent, the command is deleted from the monitor test list. Once it is deleted, the com-
mand cannot be retrieved by the monitor test command. If there is no on-going test command, the
command displays 'NO_DATA'.
TIMEOUT 10

INVOCATION_I The ID assigned when the command is executed in 0 ~ 128 NONE 0
D the LSM or the CLI. At the time the command is exe-
cuted, the smallest number among the invocation IDs
managed by the TM is assigned. When executing
MON-TEST, enter an invocation ID to display the com-
mand list for the ID. If none is entered, the entire com-
mand list is displayed.

INVOCATION_ID The ID assigned by the TM during command execution. It is the
same as the value displayed in the result notification message
which shows the test execution result.
STATE The command state at the time of retrieval by the monitor test
command.
- TEST_STATE_INITIALIZING: Receiving and initializing the
command.
- TEST_STATE_TESTING: Executing the command.
- TEST_STATE_TERMINATING: Terminating the command
after completion.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
TEST_OUTCOME The normal execution after the TM block has successfully

received the command (TEST_OUTCOME_PASS).
TEST_TYPE The type of the currently executing command.

- TEST_TYPE_EXTPING: External ping test.
- TEST_TYPE_INTPING: Internal ping test.
- TEST_TYPE_TXPOWER: PAU Tx power test.
- TEST_TYPE_VSWR: PAU VSWR test.
- TEST_TYPE_TEST_MODEL: Virtual traffic generation test.
- TEST_TYPE_TEST_OCNS: Virtual call generation test.
- TEST_TYPE_TRACERT: Trace route test for the IP path.
- TEST_TYPE_OPTIC_DATA: Optical distance and wave-
length measurement test.
- TEST_TYPE_DURULB : DU-RU loopback test.
- TEST_TYPE_BER: DU-RU BER test.
- TEST_TYPE_ANT: Antenna calibration test.
- TEST_TYPE_BATT: Battery test.
- TEST_TYPE_ETHLB: IEEE802.3ah Ethernet loopback test.
ATT_LIST The list of commands entered by the user.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0510 EXECUTE TRACE ROUTE TEST
Command Format
TEST-TRC-ROUTE: DST_IP_VER, [DST_IP_ADDR_V4], [DST_IP_ADDR_V6], [DSCP];
Command Description
Performs the trace route test for the network path between the system and external hosts. When
performing the trace route test, the user can enter a destination IP address and check the hops
between the destination and the NE. The user can identify network elements with problems on the
external network by checking the gateway or route address and delay time for each hop. Option-
ally, the destination IP version and the DSCP (Differentiated Services Code Point) value can be
specified. The test result is normal if the state of all hops to the destination is normal. If the test
execution result is NOK, it indicates that the path to the target is broken.
TIMEOUT 10

address.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0511 RETRIEVE ONLINE TEST PARAMETER
Command Format
RTRV-TEST-LIST: [OT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the added online test schedules. Unlike on-demand tests, online tests are performed at
regular intervals according to the registered schedules. Test start/end and execution result (start,
end, success, fail) are sent to the LSM according to the notify information added to the test list.
TIMEOUT 10

OT_ID The ID of the online test schedule. Up to 50 0 ~ 49 NONE 0
can be added.

OT_ID The ID of the online test schedule.
STATE The state of the online test scheduler (The scheduler is enabled
and the test is performed at the specified interval only when the
state is RUN_ONLINE).
- RUN_ONLINE: The scheduler is enabled to execute the test
command at the specified interval.
- STOP_ONLINE: The scheduler is stopped by the user. (Even if
before END_TIME, the scheduler is stopped and no further tests
are performed.)
TEST_ID The online test that can be performed on the system (ex.
EXT_PING_TEST/INT_PING_TEST/TX_POWER_TEST
etc.).
TI_ID The test item ID assigned to each online test.
PERIOD The online test interval in seconds.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
START_TIME The online test start time.
END_TIME The online test end time.
START_NOTIFY The notify flag for the online test start. (USED_FLAG_ON/
USED_FLAG_OFF)
END_NOTIFY The notify flag for the online test end. (USED_FLAG_ON/
USED_FLAG_OFF)
SUCCESS_NOTIFY The notify flag for the online test success. (USED_FLAG_ON/
USED_FLAG_OFF)
FAIL_NOTIFY The notify flag for the online test fail. (USED_FLAG_ON/
USED_FLAG_OFF)

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0512 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST

INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-EPING-INF: [TI_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the external ping online test. The test item
ID provides the information such as destination IP version and address, DSCP, ping duration,
packet count per second, which is used as a reference by the external ping command. Entering a
TI_ID value displays the information corresponding to TI_ID. If none is entered, information for
all (10) test items is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

TI_ID The ID for identifying the information added for online 0~9 NONE 0
external ping tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines
the detailed execution method of the external ping online
test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in advance.

TI_ID The ID for identifying the information added for online external
ping tests.
DST_IP_VER The IP address version (IPV4/IPV6) of the external host to be

tested.
DST_IP_ADDR_V4 The IP address of the external host to be tested. A version 4

address must be entered in this parameter.

DSCP The Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) specified to

assign services of different levels in the network traffic.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
PKT_SIZE The size of packets transmitted during the external ping test.
PKT_PER_SEC The number of packets transmitted per second during the exter-
nal ping test.
TRY_SEC The maximum duration of the external ping test.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0513 RETRIEVE INTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST

INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-IPING-INF: [TI_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the internal ping online test. The test item ID
provides the information such as target board type (UNIT_TYPE) and target board ID (unit ID),
which is used as a reference by the internal ping command. Entering a TI_ID value displays the
information corresponding to TI_ID. If none is entered, information for all (10) test items is
retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

TI_ID The ID for identifying the information added for online 0~9 NONE 0
internal ping tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID
defines the detailed execution method of the Internal
ping online test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in
advance.

TI_ID The ID for identifying the information added for online internal
ping tests.
UNIT_TYPE The type of the target processor board on which the internal ping
test is to be performed.
UNIT_ID The ID of the target processor board (UNIT_ID) on which the

internal ping test is to be performed.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0515 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST

RESULT
Command Format
RTRV-EPING-RSLT: TI_ID, [RESULT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the external ping online test results. It retrieves the results of the external ping test per-
formed by the test schedule added by the CRTE-TEST-LIST command. Each test item ID
(TI_ID) can have up to 30 results. Lower the result ID, the more recent the results are. Even when
the online test scheduler is added, if the actual test has not been performed, the result retrieval
returns NO_DATA with NOK processing. The online test results are saved only after the actual
test is executed. If the test is interrupted by STOP_ONLINE, for example, the result is not
updated.
TIMEOUT 10

TI_ID The ID for identifying the information added 0~9 NONE 0
for online external ping tests. Up to 10 can
be added. TI_ID defines the detailed exe-
cution method of the external ping online
test (TEST_ID). This is set by the user in
advance.
RESULT_ID The result ID in which order the external 0 ~ 29 NONE 0
ping online test result is saved after the test
is executed. The smaller the result ID, the
more recent the result is. Each ID can have
up to 30 results. If more than 30 online
tests are performed, the oldest data is
deleted first.

ping tests.
RESULT_ID The result ID in which order the external ping online test result is
saved after the test is executed. The smaller the result ID, the

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
more recent the result is. Each ID can have up to 30 results. If

more than 30 online tests are performed, the oldest data is
deleted first.
TIME_STAMP The execution time of the external ping online test.
DST_IP_VER The IP address version of the external host to be tested.
DST_IP_ADDR_V4 The IP address of the external host to be tested.

nal ping test.
SRC_IP_VER The IP address version of Source host.
SRC_IP_ADDR_V4 The IP address of the source which the test is performed.
ERROR_REASON The error reason when the external ping test result is NOK.
- TM_ICMP_DEST_UNREACHABLE: The destination is
unreachable.
- TM_ICMP_PARTIALTIMEOUT: Only some of the packets
transmitted are received.
- TM_ICMP_TIMEOUT: None of the packets transmitted are
received.
- TM_PKTLOSS_VIOLATION: The packet loss threshold
defined in the PLD is exceeded.
- TM_RTT_VIOLATION: The round trip time threshold defined
in the PLD is exceeded.
- TM_RTT_JITTER_VIOLATION: The round trip jitter (delay
variance) threshold defined in the PLD is exceeded.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
TOTAL_PKT The number of packets transmitted during the external ping test.
SEND_PKT The number of packets successfully transmitted during the exter-

nal ping online test.
RECV_PKT Total packets received during the external ping test.
DELAY_AVG (msec) The average delay (round trip) in milliseconds for the external
ping test. The average delay of all ICMP packets received during
the external ping test (TRY_SEC).
DELAY_MAX (msec) The maximum delay (round trip) in milliseconds for the external
ping test. The maximum delay of all ICMP packets received dur-
ing the external ping test (TRY_SEC).
DELAY_MIN (msec) The minimum delay (round trip) in milliseconds for the external
ping test. The minimum delay of all ICMP packets received dur-
ing the external ping est (TRY_SEC).
DELAY_VARIANCE The jitter value (standard deviation) of the average delay (round
trip) for the external ping test. The delay standard deviation
(msec) of all ICMP packets received during the external ping test
(TRY_SEC).
PKT_LOS_THR (%) The threshold for the packet loss ratio during the external ping
test.
RTT_THR (msec) The threshold for round trip time (delay average for each packet)
during the external ping test.
RTT_JIT_THR (msec) The threshold for round trip jitter (delay standard deviation for
each packet) during the external ping test.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0516 RETRIEVE INTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST

RESULT
Command Format
RTRV-IPING-RSLT: TI_ID, [RESULT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the internal ping online test results. It retrieves the results of the internal ping test per-
formed by the test schedule added by the CRTE-TEST-LIST command. Each test item ID
(TI_ID) can have up to 30 results. Lower the result ID, the more recent the results are. Even when
the online test scheduler is added, if the actual test has not been performed, the result retrieval
returns NO_DATA with NOK processing. The online test results are saved only after the actual
test is executed. If the test is interrupted by STOP_ONLINE, for example, the result is not
updated.
TIMEOUT 10

for online internal ping tests. Up to 10 can
cution method of the internal ping online
advance.
RESULT_ID The result ID in which order the internal 0 ~ 29 NONE 0
ping online test result is saved after the test
is executed. The smaller the result ID, the
deleted first.

ping tests.
RESULT_ID The result ID in which order the internal ping online test result is

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
more recent the result is. (Each ID can have up to 30 results. If

deleted first.)
TIME_STAMP The execution time of the internal ping online test.
UNIT_ID The ID of the target processor board on which the internal ping
ERROR_REASON The error reason if the internal ping test result is NOK.
- TM_ICMP_DEST_UNREACHABLE: The destination is
unreachable.
- TM_ICMP_PARTIALTIMEOUT: Only some of the packets
transmitted are received.
- TM_ICMP_TIMEOUT: None of the packets transmitted are
received.
DELAY The delay (round trip) in milliseconds for the internal ping test.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0517 RETRIEVE TRACE ROUTE ONLINE TEST

RESULT
Command Format
RTRV-TRC-RSLT: TI_ID, [RESULT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the trace route online test results. It retrieves the results of the trace route test performed
by the test schedule added by the CRTE-TEST-LIST command. Each test item ID (TI_ID) can
have up to 30 results. Lower the result ID, the more recent the results are. Even when the online
test scheduler is added, if the actual test has not been performed, the result retrieval returns
NO_DATA with NOK processing. The online test results are saved only after the actual test is
executed. If the test is interrupted by STOP_ONLINE, for example, the result is not updated.
TIMEOUT 10

TI_ID Test Item ID(0 to 9) 0~9 NONE 0
RESULT_ID Trace Route Test Result ID(0 to 29) 0 ~ 29 NONE 0

TI_ID Test Item ID(0 to 9)
RESULT_ID Trace Route Test Result ID(0 to 29)
TIME_STAMP Executed time of the test
DST_IP_VER IP Version for the Destination.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
SRC_IP_VER The IP address version of Source host.
ERROR_REASON Error reason.
HOP_CNT HOP Count. Maximum number of Hops allowed is 30
HOP_IP_VER Ip version of HOP Ip address.
HOP_ADDR IP Address of each HOP
HOP_DELAY Echo Delay Average Time(msec)

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0520 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL PING TEST

THRESHOLD DATA
Command Format
RTRV-TEST-THR;
Command Description
Retrieves the thresholds set for delay average, jitter and packet loss ratio measured during the
external ping test to determine the test result (OK or NOK). The thresholds used for the external
ping test are as follows.
- Packet Loss Threshold: The threshold for packets received over total packets transmitted (0-
100%).
- Round Trip Time Threshold: The threshold for RTT (round trip time) of ICMP packets (1000
msec).
- RTT Jitter Threshold: The threshold for RTT jitter of ICMP packets (1000 msec).
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

RTT_THR The threshold for round trip time (delay average for each packet)
RTT_JIT_THR The threshold for round trip jitter (delay standard deviation for
PKT_LOS_THR The threshold for the packet loss ratio during the external ping
test.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0521 CHANGE ONLINE TEST PARAMETER
Command Format
CHG-TEST-LIST: OT_ID, [STATE], [TEST_ID], [TI_ID], [PERIOD], [START_TIME],
[END_TIME], [START_NOTIFY], [END_NOTIFY], [SUCCESS_NOTIFY], [FAIL_NOTIFY];
Command Description
Changes the added schedules for performing online tests. Up to 50 online tests can be added in
the schedule. The additions/changes are stored in the PLD so that the tests are performed even
when the system restarts.
TIMEOUT 10

can be added.
STATE The state of the online test scheduler. The RUN_ONLINE/ NONE STOP_
scheduler is enabled and the test is per- STOP_ONLINE/ ONLINE
formed at the specified interval only when
the state is RUN_ONLINE.
- RUN_ONLINE: The scheduler is enabled
to execute the test command at the speci-
fied interval.
- STOP_ONLINE: The scheduler is
stopped. Schedules in STOP_ONLINE
state are not retrieved. The periodic tests
are also not performed.
TEST_ID The following online tests can be performed EXT_PING_TEST/ NONE EXT_PI
in the system. For example, if the user wish INT_PING_TEST/ NG_TE
to perform Tx power online test, the CHG- TRC_ROUTE_TEST/ ST
TXPWR-INF command can be used to TX_POWER_TEST/
specify the target for the Tx power test and
enter TX_POWER_TEST for the test ID
parameter of the CHG-TEST-LIST com-
mand to have the online test performed at
the specified time.
for online tests. Up to 10 can be added.
TI_ID defines the detailed execution
method of the online test (TEST_ID). This
is set by the user in advance.
PERIOD The online test interval in seconds. 60 ~ 720 seconds 60

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

START_TIME The online test start time. START_TIME - yyyy/ -
must be earlier than END_TIME. The time mm/
input format is YYYY/MM/DD_HH:MM. For dd_hh:
example, 2010/03/29_16:47. mm
END_TIME The online test end time. END_TIME must - yyyy/ -
be later than the current time and later than mm/
START_TIME. The time input format is dd_hh:
YYYY/MM/DD_HH:MM. For example, mm
2010/12/27_19:18.
START_NOTIF The notify flag for the online test start. If this USED_FLAG_OFF/ NONE USED_
Y flag is on, when the online test start time USED_FLAG_ON/ FLAG_
(START_TIME) is reached and the sched- OFF
ule starts, the online test start notification
message is sent to the EMS
(USED_FLAG_ON:1,
USED_FLAG_OFF:0).
END_NOTIFY The notify flag for the online test end. If this USED_FLAG_OFF/ NONE USED_
flag is on, when the online test end time USED_FLAG_ON/ FLAG_
(END_TIME) is reached and the schedule OFF
ends, the online test end notification mes-
sage is sent to the EMS
(USED_FLAG_ON:1,
USED_FLAG_OFF:0).
SUCCESS_NO The notify flag for the online test success. If USED_FLAG_OFF/ NONE USED_
TIFY this flag is on, when the online test result is USED_FLAG_ON/ FLAG_
OK, the online test success notification OFF
(USED_FLAG_ON:1,
USED_FLAG_OFF:0).
FAIL_NOTIFY The notify flag for the online test fail. If this USED_FLAG_OFF/ NONE USED_
flag is on, when the online test result is USED_FLAG_ON/ FLAG_
NOK, the online test fail notification mes- OFF
(USED_FLAG_ON:1,
USED_FLAG_OFF:0).

STATE The state of the online test scheduler.

- RUN_ONLINE: The scheduler is added to execute the test
- STOP_ONLINE: The scheduler is stopped. Schedules in
STOP_ONLINE state are not retrieved. The periodic tests are
also not performed.
TEST_ID The online test that can be performed on the system.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
PERIOD The online test interval in seconds.
USED_FLAG_OFF)
USED_FLAG_OFF)
USED_FLAG_OFF)
USED_FLAG_OFF)

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0522 CHANGE EXTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST

INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-EPING-INF: TI_ID, DST_IP_VER, [DST_IP_ADDR_V4], [DST_IP_ADDR_V6], [DSCP],
[PKT_SIZE], [PKT_PER_SEC], [TRY_SEC];
Command Description
Specifies or changes the specified content in the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the exter-
nal ping online test. The test item ID can set or change the information such as destination IP ver-
sion and address, DSCP, ping duration, packet count per second, which is used as a reference by
the external ping command. Up to 10 test items can be added.
TIMEOUT 10

for online external ping tests. Up to 10 can
cution method of the external ping online
advance.
address.
PKT_SIZE The size of packets transmitted during the 56 ~ 1024 bytes 56
external ping test. 56 to 1024 bytes can be
entered. The default is 56 bytes.
PKT_PER_SEC The number of packets transmitted per sec- 1~5 packets/ 1
ond during the external ping test. 1 to 5 second
packets can be sent per second.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

TRY_SEC The maximum duration of the external ping 1 ~ 10 seconds 1
test. The test can be performed for from 1
to 10 seconds.

ping tests.
DST_IP_VER The IP address version (IPV4/IPV6) of the external host to be

tested.



nal ping test.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0523 CHANGE INTERNAL PING ONLINE TEST

INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-IPING-INF: TI_ID, [UNIT_ID];
Command Description
Sets or changes the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the internal ping online test. The test
item ID can set or change the information such as target board type (UNIT_TYPE) and target
board ID (unit ID), which is used as a reference by the internal ping command. Up to 10 test
items can be added.
TIMEOUT 10

for online internal ping tests. Up to 10 can
cution method of the Internal ping online
advance.
UNIT_ID The ID of the target processor board 0~2 NONE 0
(UNIT_ID) on which the internal ping test is
to be performed.

ping tests.
UNIT_ID The ID of the target processor board on which the internal ping

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0525 CHANGE EXTERNAL PING TEST THRESH-

OLD DATA
Command Format
CHG-TEST-THR: [RTT_THR], [RTT_JIT_THR], [PKT_LOS_THR];
Command Description
Sets or changes the thresholds for delay average, jitter and packet loss ratio measured during the
external ping test to determine the test result (OK or NOK). The thresholds applied in external
ping tests are as follows.
- Packet Loss Threshold: The threshold for packets received over total packets transmitted (0-
100%).
- Round Trip Time Threshold: The threshold for RTT (round trip time) of ICMP packets (1000
msec).
- RTT Jitter Threshold: The threshold for RTT jitter of ICMP packets (1000 msec).
TIMEOUT 10

RTT_THR The threshold for round trip time (delay 1 ~ 1000 NONE 100
average for each packet) during the exter-
nal ping test in milliseconds.
RTT_JIT_THR The threshold for round trip jitter (delay 1 ~ 1000 NONE 100
standard deviation for each packet) during
the external ping test in milliseconds.
PKT_LOS_THR The threshold for the packet loss ratio dur- 0 ~ 100 NONE 1
ing the external ping test in %.

RTT_THR The threshold for round trip time (delay average for each packet)
RTT_JIT_THR The threshold for round trip jitter (delay standard deviation for
PKT_LOS_THR The threshold for the packet loss ratio during the external ping

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
test.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0529 RETRIEVE ETHERNET OAM CONFIGURA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-ETHOAM-CONF: [PORT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the PLD ETHOAM CONF information. EtherOAM provides Ethernet link monitoring
according to the standard defined in IEEE 802.3ah. It uses the OAMPDU (Ethernet OAM Proto-
col Data Unit) to perform discovery, remote fault indication, link monitoring and remote loop-
back for maintenance of geographically remote Ethernet network elements. This command is
used for retrieving the EFM parameter information changed by the CHG-ETHOAM-CONF com-
mand.
TIMEOUT 10

PORT_ID The port ID of the external link on which the 0~5 NONE 0
Ethernet loopback is to be performed.

PORT_ID The port ID of the external link on which the Ethernet loopback
is performed.
ETH_OAM_ADMIN_STATE The administrator state of the EFM (Ethernet in the First Mile).
ETH_OAM_LAYER_STATE The layer state of the EFM.

- Active: Discovery is performed through the external link and
the Ethernet loopback command is also available for execution.
- Passive: Cannot be triggered directly by the eNB. It only
responds to the EFM packets transmitted through the external
port.
ETH_OAM_PDU_MAX_RATE The maximum OAMPDU count transmitted per second on the

OAM layer. Any OAMPDUs exceeding this value are dropped.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
ETH_OAM_PDU_MIN_RATE The minimum OAMPDU count transmitted per second on the

OAM layer.
ETH_OAM_CLIENT_TIMEOUT The timeout for determining disconnection from the remote sta-
tion. The remote station is determined as disconnected if the
OAMPDU is not received within the time specified.
ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_WINDOW The frame window size set for link fault processing by the OAM
layer (this value multiplied by 1000 is the actual window size).
ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_THR_HI High threshold for the frames with errors.
ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_THR_LO Low threshold for the frames with errors.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0530 CHANGE ETHERNET OAM CONFIGURA-

TION
Command Format
CHG-ETHOAM-CONF: PORT_ID, [ETH_OAM_ADMIN_STATE], [ETH_OAM_LAYER_STATE],
[ETH_OAM_PDU_MAX_RATE], [ETH_OAM_PDU_MIN_RATE], [ETH_OAM_CLIENT_TIMEOUT],
[ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_WINDOW], [ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_THR_HI],
[ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_THR_LO];
Command Description
Changes the PLD EtherOAM CONF information. EtherOAM provides Ethernet link monitoring
according to the standard defined in IEEE 802.3ah. It uses the OAMPDU (Ethernet OAM Proto-
col Data Unit) to perform discovery, remote fault indication, link monitoring and remote loop-
back for maintenance of geographically remote Ethernet network elements. Sets or changes
parameters for providing the EFM function.
TIMEOUT 10

PORT_ID The port ID of the external link on which 0~5 NONE 0
ETH_OAM_AD The administrator state of the EFM. Admin- DOT3_ENABLE/ NONE DOT3_
MIN_STATE State can be entered as Enable or Disable. DOT3_DISABLE/ DIS-
- Enable: The 802.3ah function is available. ABLE
- Disable: The 802.3ah function is unavail-
able.
ETH_OAM_LAY The layer state of the EFM. The OAM layer DOT3_PASSIVE/ NONE DOT3_
ER_STATE state can be entered as Active or Passive. DOT3_ACTIVE/ PAS-
- Active: Discovery is performed through SIVE
the external link and the Ethernet loopback
command is also available for execution.
- Passive: Cannot be triggered directly by
the eNB. It only responds to the EFM pack-
ets transmitted through the external port.
ETH_OAM_PD The maximum OAMPDU count transmitted 1 ~ 10 OAMPD 10
U_MAX_RATE per second on the OAM layer. Any OAMP- U(s)
DUs exceeding the maximum value are
dropped.
ETH_OAM_PD The minimum OAMPDU count transmitted 1 ~ 10 OAMPD 1
U_MIN_RATE per second on the OAM layer. U(s)

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

ETH_OAM_CLI The timeout for determining disconnection 2 ~ 30 seconds 5
ENT_TIMEOUT from the remote station. The remote station
is determined as disconnected if the
OAMPDU is not received within the time
specified.
ERR_FRAME_ The frame window size set for link fault pro- 1 ~ 65535 1000 1000
PERIOD_WIND cessing by the OAM layer. This value multi- Frames
OW plied by 1000 is the actual window size.
ERR_FRAME_ High threshold for the frames with errors. 0 0 ~ 65535 Frames 0
PERIOD_THR_ indicates Disable and a value between 1
HI and 65535 can be entered for Enable state.
ERR_FRAME_ Low threshold for the frames with errors. If 0 ~ 65535 Frames 1
PERIOD_THR_ ErrFramePeriodThrHi is enabled, this value
LO must be smaller than the high threshold.

PORT_ID The port ID of the external link on which the Ethernet loopback
is performed.
ETH_OAM_ADMIN_STATE The administrator state of the EFM.
ETH_OAM_LAYER_STATE The layer state of the EFM.

- Active: Discovery is performed through the external link and
the Ethernet loopback command is also available for execution.
- Passive: Cannot be triggered directly by the eNB. It only
responds to the EFM packets transmitted through the external
port.
ETH_OAM_PDU_MAX_RATE The maximum OAMPDU count transmitted per second on the

OAM layer. Any OAMPDUs exceeding this value are dropped.
ETH_OAM_PDU_MIN_RATE The minimum OAMPDU count transmitted per second on the

OAM layer.
ETH_OAM_CLIENT_TIMEOUT The timeout for determining disconnection from the remote sta-
tion. The remote station is determined as disconnected if the
OAMPDU is not received within the time specified.
ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_WINDOW The frame window size set for link fault processing by the OAM
layer (this value multiplied by 1000 is the actual window size).
ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_THR_HI High threshold for the frames with errors.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
ERR_FRAME_PERIOD_THR_LO Low threshold for the frames with errors.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0531 EXECUTE ETHERNET LOOPBACK TEST
Command Format
TEST-ETH-LB: PORT_ID, DURATION;
Command Description
Performs the loopback test on the EFM function defined in the IEEE 802.3ah standard. During
the process this command, the backhaul link can not receive any packet except OAMPDU for
testing. Therefore the connection to the LSM will be disconnected for a while. The EFM is
responsible for testing the inter-station link directly connected to the eNB. To execute the Ether-
net loopback command, the discovery must be performed. The command can only be triggered in
EFM active mode. If discovery fails or the EFM is in passive mode, this command returns NOK
and does not perform the loopback test.
TIMEOUT 10

PORT_ID The port ID of the backhaul port on which 0~5 NONE 0
DURATION The duration of the Ethernet loopback test. 1 ~ 10 NONE 1
Since performing a loopback test on the
external link results in disconnection of the
external communication, the test duration
must be specified so that the link is auto-
matically restored after the specified dura-
tion. The duration is in seconds.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0534 CREATE ONLINE TEST LIST
Command Format
CRTE-TEST-LIST: OT_ID, [STATE], [TEST_ID], [TI_ID], [PERIOD], START_TIME,
END_TIME, [START_NOTIFY], [END_NOTIFY], [SUCCESS_NOTIFY], [FAIL_NOTIFY];
Command Description
Crteate Online Test List Relation. Adds schedules for a specific command for performing online
tests. Up to 50 online tests can be added in the schedule. The additions are stored in the PLD so
that the tests are performed even when the system restarts.
TIMEOUT 10

can be added.
STATE The state of the online test scheduler. The RUN_ONLINE/ NONE STOP_
scheduler is enabled and the test is per- STOP_ONLINE/ ONLINE
formed at the specified interval only when
the state is RUN_ONLINE.
- RUN_ONLINE: The scheduler is enabled
to execute the test command at the speci-
fied interval.
- STOP_ONLINE: The scheduler is
stopped. Schedules in STOP_ONLINE
state are not performed the periodic tests
either.
TEST_ID The following online tests can be performed EXT_PING_TEST/ NONE EXT_PI
in the target system. For example, if the INT_PING_TEST/ NG_TE
user wish to perform Tx power online test, TRC_ROUTE_TEST/ ST
the CHG-TXPWR-INF command can be TX_POWER_TEST/
used to specify the target for the Tx power
test and enter TX_POWER_TEST for the
test ID parameter of the CHG-TEST-LIST
command to have the online test performed
at the specified time.
for online tests. Up to 10 can be added.
TI_ID defines the detailed execution
method of the online test (TEST_ID). This
PERIOD The online test interval in seconds. 60 ~ 720 seconds 60

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

START_TIME The online test start time. START_TIME - yyyy/ -
must be earlier than END_TIME. The time mm/
input format is YYYY/MM/ dd_hh:
DD_HH:MM.('YYYY' value can not exceed mm
2037.) For example, 2010/03/29_16:47
END_TIME The online test end time. END_TIME must - yyyy/ -
be later than the current time and later than mm/
START_TIME. The time input format is dd_hh:
YYYY/MM/DD_HH:MM.('YYYY' value can mm
not exceed 2037). If START_TIME and
END_TIME are equal, the END_TIME will
be set 6 hours later by START_TIME. For
example, 2010/12/27_19:18
START_NOTIF The notify flag for the online test start. If this USED_FLAG_OFF/ NONE USED_
Y flag is on, when the online test start time USED_FLAG_ON/ FLAG_
(START_TIME) is reached and the sched- OFF
ule starts, the online test start notification
(USED_FLAG_ON:1,
USED_FLAG_OFF:0).
END_NOTIFY The notify flag for the online test end. If this USED_FLAG_OFF/ NONE USED_
flag is on, when the online test end time USED_FLAG_ON/ FLAG_
(END_TIME) is reached and the schedule OFF
ends, the online test end notification mes-
(USED_FLAG_ON:1,
USED_FLAG_OFF:0).
SUCCESS_NO The notify flag for the online test success. If USED_FLAG_OFF/ NONE USED_
TIFY this flag is on, when the online test result is USED_FLAG_ON/ FLAG_
OK, the online test success notification OFF
(USED_FLAG_ON:1,
USED_FLAG_OFF:0).
FAIL_NOTIFY The notify flag for the online test fail. If this USED_FLAG_OFF/ NONE USED_
flag is on, when the online test result is USED_FLAG_ON/ FLAG_
NOK, the online test fail notification mes- OFF
(USED_FLAG_ON:1,
USED_FLAG_OFF:0).

STATE The state of the online test scheduler.

- RUN_ONLINE: The scheduler is added to execute the test
- STOP_ONLINE: The scheduler is stopped. The periodic tests
are not performed either.
TEST_ID The online test that can be performed on the system.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
PERIOD[seconds] The online test interval in seconds.
USED_FLAG_OFF)
USED_FLAG_OFF)
USED_FLAG_OFF)
USED_FLAG_OFF)

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0535 DELETE ONLINE TEST LIST
Command Format
DLT-TEST-LIST: OT_ID;
Command Description
Delete schedules for a specific online test command.
TIMEOUT 10

OT_ID The Online Test schedule ID will be 0 ~ 49 NONE 0
deleted.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0536 CHANGE TRACE ROUTE ONLINE TEST

INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-TRC-ROUTE: TI_ID, DST_IP_VER, [DST_IP_ADDR_V4], [DST_IP_ADDR_V6], [DSCP];
Command Description
Specifies or changes the specified content in the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the trace
route online test. The test item ID can set or change the information such as destination IP ver-
sion, address and DSCP which is used as a reference by the trace route command. Up to 10 test
items can be added.
TIMEOUT 10

for online trace route tests. Up to 10 can be
added. TI_ID defines the detailed execution
method of the trace route online test
(TEST_ID). This is set by the user in
advance.
address.

TI_ID The ID for identifying the information added for online trace
route tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed
execution method of the trace route online test (TEST_ID). This

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
DST_IP_VER The IP address version of the external host to be tested. Select

IPV4 if the host uses an IPv4 address; IPV6 if the host uses an
IPv6 address.




2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0537 RETRIEVE TRACE ROUTE ONLINE TEST

INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-TRC-ROUTE: [TI_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the trace route online test. The test item ID
provides the information such as destination IP version, address and DSCP which is used as a ref-
erence by the trace route command. Entering a TI_ID value displays the information correspond-
ing to TI_ID. If none is entered, information for all (10) test items is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

for online trace route tests. Up to 10 can be
method of the trace route online test
advance.

TI_ID The ID for identifying the information added for online trace
route tests. Up to 10 can be added. TI_ID defines the detailed
execution method of the trace route online test (TEST_ID). This
DST_IP_VER The IP address version of the external host to be tested. Select

IPV4 if the host uses an IPv4 address; IPV6 if the host uses an
IPv6 address.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0550 START CELL TRAFFIC TRACE
Command Format
START-TRC: MCC, MNC, TRACE_ID, [LIST_OF_INTERFACES], DEPTH, CELL_NUM, IP_VER,
[TCE_IPV4], [TCE_IPV6];
Command Description
Registers signaling trace for all active calls within the specified cell. Only one cell per eNB can
be specified for this command. For example, to trace Cell #2 while tracing Cell #1, the user must
delete the trace of Cell #1 and then add the trace of Cell #2. Once added, a trace cannot be
changed. If a change is necessary, the user must delete (STOP-TRC) the existing trace and then
add it again. This command can be executed in the following order. 1. Select Performance at the
top of the main screen. 2. Select Call Trace. 3. Select the target eNB. 4. Select the Register button
and enter parameters.
TIMEOUT 10

MCC Mobile country code. A unique code for 3 NONE -
each country, which is used for trace refer-
ence configuration. For example, Korea:
450, USA: 310 - 316
MNC Mobile network code. A unique code for 3 NONE -
each network, which is used for trace refer-
ence configuration. For example, SKT: 05,
SPRINT: 120
TRACE_ID The trace ID which is unique within the net- 0 ~ 16777215 NONE NONE
work. It is used along with MCC and MNC
for configuring the trace reference.
LIST_OF_INTE The interface for which the signaling trace S1MME/X2/ NONE 100
RFACES data is to be collected. If no interface is S1MME_X2/Uu/
entered, signaling trace data is collected for S1MME_Uu/X2_Uu/
all interfaces. The interfaces available for S1MME_X2_Uu/
data collection include S1MME, X2, and
Uu.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

DEPTH The detail level of the data to be collected. ci_minimum/ NONE NONE
Minimum, Medium, MinimumWithoutVen- ci_medium/
dorSpecificExtension, and MediumWithout- ci_maximum/
VendorSpecificExtension show the trace ci_woVendorSpecificMi
detail data in the XML decoding format. nimum/
Maximum and MaximumWithoutVendor- ci_woVendorSpecificMe
SpecificExtension show the trace detail dium/
data in the XML encoding format. ci_woVendorSpecificMa
ximum/
CELL_NUM The cell number for which trace is to be 0~5 NONE 0
activated.
IP_VER The type of the IP address (IPV4 or IPV6) IPV4/IPV6/ NONE NONE
of the TCE (trace collection entity). The
TCE is the server in which the signaling
trace data is to be collected.
TCE_IPV4 The TCE IP address in the IPv4 format. IPv4 Address NONE -
TCE_IPV6 The TCE IP address in the IPv6 format. IPv6 Address NONE -


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0551 STOP CELL TRAFFIC TRACE
Command Format
STOP-TRC: MCC, MNC, TRACE_ID, CELL_NUM;
Command Description
Deletes the trace registered for cells. When the command is executed, collection of the signaling
trace data for active calls in the specified cell is stopped. This command can be executed in the
following order. 1. Select Performance at the top of the main screen. 2. Select Call Trace. 3.
Select the target eNB 4. Select the Delete button.
TIMEOUT 10

MCC Mobile country code. A unique code for 3 NONE -
each country, which is used for trace refer-
ence configuration. For example, Korea:
450, USA: 310 - 316
MNC Mobile network code. A unique code for 3 NONE -
each network, which is used for trace refer-
ence configuration. For example, SKT: 05,
SPRINT: 120
TRACE_ID The trace ID which is unique within the net- 0 ~ 16777215 NONE NONE
work. It is used along with MCC and MNC
for configuring the trace reference.
CELL_NUM The cell number for which trace is to be 0~5 NONE 0
activated.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0552 CHANGE CSL INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-CSL-INF: [IP_VER], [CSL_IPV4], [CSL_IPV6], [BUFFERING_TIME];
Command Description
Changes the information related to CSL data transmission. The following parameters are avail-
able for change.
- CSL server IP version.
- CSL server IP.
- CSL buffering time. When the user changes any of the parameters above, the eNB immediately
applies the changes to the CSL data and transmits it. The CLS server's IP address supports both
IPV4 and IPV6. The default is eNB-LSM (TruceCall server for MPCS). Multiple CSL servers
cannot be used. The CSL data is transmitted when:.
- the buffering time elapses after data is created.
- the number of data entries buffered reaches 10. When any of the conditions above are met, the
eNB transmits the CSL data to the server. The default CSL buffering timer is 5 (sec).
TIMEOUT 10

IP_VER The type of the IP address of the server for IPV4/IPV6/ NONE IPV4
which CSL data (IPV4 or IPV6) is to be col-
lected.
CSL_IPV4 The CSL server's IP address in the IPv4 IPv4 Address NONE -
format.
CSL_IPV6 The CSL server's IP address in the IPv6 IPv6 Address NONE -
format.
BUFFERING_T The eNB stores the CSL data in the eNB 5 ~ 60 NONE 5
IME memory during the buffering time to reduce
the network load. If the buffering time is set
to 10, all of the CSL data stored in the
memory is sent to the CLS server 10 sec-
onds after the data is created. Note that the
CSL data is also transmitted to the CSL
server when the number of CSL data
entries stored reaches 10 even within 10
seconds of data creation.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

IP_VER The type of the IP address of the server for which CSL data
(IPV4 or IPV6) is to be collected.
CSL_IPV4 The CSL server's IP address in the IPv4 format.
BUFFERING_TIME The eNB stores the CSL data in the eNB memory during the
buffering time to reduce the network load. If the buffering time
is set to 10, all of the CSL data stored in the memory is sent to
the CLS server 10 seconds after the data is created. Note that the
CSL data is also transmitted to the CSL server when the number
of CSL data entries stored reaches 10 even within 10 seconds of
data creation.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0553 DISPLAY TRACE JOB LIST
Command Format
RTRV-TRC;
Command Description
Retrieves the trace information of each cell. This command can also be executed in the following
order. 1) Select Performance at the top of the main screen. 2) Select Call Trace 3) Select the target
eNB 4) If the list is not displayed, select the Refresh button.
TIMEOUT 30

No input parameter.

ID It is a dynamic table index.
TYPE Trace Type 0: Management based Trace(Cell Traffic Trace) 1:

Signaling based Trace
MCC Mobile country code. A unique code for each country, which is
used for trace reference configuration. For example, Korea: 450,
USA: 310 - 316
MNC Mobile network code. A unique code for each network, which is
used for trace reference configuration. For example, SKT: 05,
SPRINT: 120
TRACE_ID The trace ID which is unique within the network. It is used along
with MCC and MNC for configuring the trace reference.
REFERENCE A value constituting MCC, MNC and traceId, which is used for
identifying traces for calls or cells. It is the key information for
identifying the trace and unique within the network.
LIST_OF_INTERFACES The interface for which the signaling trace data is to be col-

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
lected. If no interface is entered, signaling trace data is collected

for all interfaces. The interfaces available for data collection
include S1MME, X2, and Uu.
DEPTH It specifies the trace depth of the Trace Sesseion. 0 : Minimum 1

: Medium 2 : Maximum 3 : MinimumWithoutVendorSpecificEx-
tension 4 : MediumWithoutVendorSpecificExtension 5 : Maxi-
mumWithoutVendorSpecificExtension
CELL_NUM The cell number for which trace is to be activated.
IP_VER The type of the IP address (IPV4 or IPV6) of the TCE (trace col-
lection entity). The TCE is the server in which the signaling
trace data is to be collected.
TCE_IPV4 The TCE IP address in the IPv4 format.
TCE_IPV6 The TCE IP address in the IPv6 format.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0554 RETRIEVE CSL INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-CSL-INF;
Command Description
Retrieves the settings related to CSL data transmission. The following parameters are available
for retrieval.
- CSL Server IP Version.
- CSL Server IP.
- CSL Buffering Time. The CSL data is transmitted when:.
- the buffering time elapses after data is created.
- the number of data entries buffered reaches 10. When any of the conditions above are met, the
eNB transmits the CSL data to the server. The default CSL buffering timer is 5 (sec).
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

IP_VER The type of the IP address of the server for which CSL data
(IPV4 or IPV6) is to be collected.
BUFFERING_TIME The eNB stores the CSL data in the eNB memory during the
buffering time to reduce the network load. If the buffering time
is set to 10, all of the CSL data stored in the memory is sent to
the CLS server 10 seconds after the data is created. Note that the
CSL data is also transmitted to the CSL server when the number
of CSL data entries stored reaches 10 even within 10 seconds of
data creation.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0650 ADD SUBSCRIPTION
Command Format
ADD-SBSC: MGR_REF, TIME_TICK, NOTIFICATION_CATEGORY, LOG_FLAG,
LOG_FTP_REFERENCE;
Command Description
Generates information for the notification manager which receives notifications generated in the
system. This command also forwards the notifications generated in the system according to the
subscription information of the registered notification managers. To create a subscription, the
user must enter the manager reference parameters including the network information for the noti-
fication manager such as the IP address and the port, and the parameters for category information
of the notifications to receive, log collection setting for the notifications, and notification trans-
mission duration. Multiple subscriptions can be created for each notification manager by using
different notification category settings.
TIMEOUT 10

MGR_REF The network information for the 64 NONE x.x.x.x:y
notification manager. It is entered in yyy
the x.x.x.x:yyyy format, where
'x.x.x.x' represents the IP address
of the manager and 'yyyy' repre-
sents the port of the IP address of
the manager. The IP address of the
manager also supports the IPv6
format.
TIME_TICK The timer value for keep receiving 0 ~ 44640 NONE 0
notifications from the time the sub-
scription is registered for the notifi-
cation manager. If 0, the timer is not
used and the subscription is main-
tained until deleted. The value is in
minutes. The value less than 15 is
changed to 15 except for 0.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

NOTIFICATION The category of notifications. NTF_CATEGORY_ALL/ NONE NTF_C
_CATEGORY - NTF_CATEGORY_ALL: All notifi- NTF_CATEGORY_ALARM_IR ATEGO
cation categories. P/NTF_CATEGORY_TM_IRP/ RY_ALL
NTF_CATEGORY_NLM_IRP/
- NTF_CATEGORY_ALARM_IRP:
NTF_CATEGORY_FTM_IRP/
Alarm IRP notification category.
NTF_CATEGORY_PM_IRP/
- NTF_CATEGORY_TM_IRP: TM NTF_CATEGORY_TRM_IRP/
IRP notification category. NTF_CATEGORY_SWM_IRP/
- NTF_CATEGORY_NLM_IRP: NTF_CATEGORY_BULK_CM_
NLM IRP notification category. IRP/
- NTF_CATEGORY_FTM_IRP: NTF_CATEGORY_KERNEL_C
FTM IRP notification category. M_IRP/
- NTF_CATEGORY_PM_IRP: PM NTF_CATEGORY_SON_IRP/
IRP notification category.
- NTF_CATEGORY_TRM_IRP:
TRM IRP notification category.
- NTF_CATEGORY_SWM_IRP:
SWM IRP notification category.
-
NTF_CATEGORY_BULK_CM_IRP
: Bulk CM IRP notification category.
-
NTF_CATEGORY_KERNEL_CM_I
RP: Kernel CM IRP notification cat-
egory.
LOG_FLAG Whether to enable the notification LOG_DISABLED/ NONE LOG_E
log collection function when regis- LOG_ENABLED/ NABLE
tering the notification manager to D
NE.
- LOG_ENABLED: The notification
log collection function is enabled
according to the notification cate-
gory value.
- LOG_DISABLED: The notifica-
tion log collection function is dis-
abled.
LOG_FTP_REF FTP information for transmitting the 256 NONE use-
ERENCE notification log collected in the NE rid:pass
to the notification manager. This wd:/log/
value needs only when LogFlag is system/
set to LOG_ENABLED. It is entered applog
in the
'ftp_username:ftp_password:ftp_pa
th:sftp' format. Enter the user name
of the ftp account in ftp_username,
the password of the ftp account in
ftp_password, the log file upload
path in ftp_path, and the sftp proto-
col in sftp.

SBSC_ID The subscription ID for the notification manager registered in
the notification management system.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0651 DELETE SUBSCRIPTION
Command Format
DLT-SBSC: MGR_REF;
Command Description
Deletes subscriptions for the notification manager information created for receiving the notifica-
tions generated in the system. To delete a subscription, the user must enter the MGR_REF param-
eter which includes the IP address and the port information of the notification manager and the
SBSC_ID which is the ID for the registered subscription. Since multiple subscriptions can be cre-
ated for each notification manager, if the user wants to delete all registered subscriptions for the a
notification manager, only MGR_REF needs to be entered for the registered notification man-
ager. Deleting a registered subscription also deletes the notification log function registered for the
subscription.
TIMEOUT 10

MGR_REF The network information for the notification 64 NONE x.x.x.x:y
manager. It is entered in the x.x.x.x:yyyy yyy
format, where 'x.x.x.x' represents the IP
address of the manager and 'yyyy' repre-
sents the port of the IP address of the man-
ager. The IP address of the manager also
supports the IPv6 format.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0654 RESUME SUBSCRIPTION
Command Format
START-SBSC;
Command Description
Starts the suspended notification services for registered notification managers. To execute the
command, the user must enter the subscription ID information of the notification manager for
which the notification service will be started. The command has no effect on services registered
for other notification categories for the same notification manager. If the TIME_TICK value for
the subscription is not 0, the timer also starts when the subscription is started.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0655 SUSPEND SUBSCRIPTION
Command Format
STOP-SBSC;
Command Description
Stops notification services for registered notification managers. To execute the command, the
user must enter the subscription ID information of the notification manager for which the notifi-
cation service will be stopped. Notification transmission continues for services registered for
other notification categories for the same notification manager. If the TIME_TICK value for the
subscription is not 0, the timer value is reset when the subscription is stopped, and the timer will
start again when the service starts. The command for stopping notification services can only be
executed for subscriptions with active notification services.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0656 RETRIEVE SUBSCRIPTION
Command Format
RTRV-SBSC;
Command Description
Retrieves the subscription information for notification managers registered for receiving the noti-
fications generated in the system. This command displays the notification manager's network
information (IP address and port information), time tick setting, notification log collection func-
tion flag, and FTP information for notification log transmission. The user can also retrieve a spe-
cific subscription by entering a subscription ID for a registered notification manager.
TIMEOUT 30

No input parameter.

NTF_SUBSCRIPTION_ID The subscription ID for the notification manager registered in
the notification management system.
NTF_MANAGER_REFERENCE The network information for the notification manager.
NTF_SUBSCRIPTION_STATE Whether to provide notification for the registered subscription.

- NTF_SUB_STATE_SUSPENDED: Notification is not pro-
vided.
- NTF_SUB_STATE_NOTSUSPENDED: Notification is pro-
vided.
NTF_TIME_TICK The timer value for keep receiving notifications from the time
the subscription is registered for the notification manager.
NTF_NOTIFICATION_CATEGORYThe category of notifications.
NTF_LOG_FLAG Whether to enable the notification log function when registering

notification manager (LOG_ENABLED/LOG_DISABLED)
NTF_LOG_FTP_REFERENCE It is used only when LogFlag is set to LOG_ENABLED. FTP

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
information for transmitting the notification logs collected from

the eNB to the notification manager.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0657 EXPORT NOTIFICATION LOG RECORDS
Command Format
UPLD-NOTI-LOG;
Command Description
Records the notification logs collected for the notification category set for the registered notifica-
tion manager in a file and sends it to the notification manager. Whenever a notification is gener-
ated, the notification log data is saved in the system, which is used for generating a notification
log file at the time of user request according to the registered notification category. Then, this file
is transmitted over FTP. The FTP transmission is performed by referencing the
FTP_REFERENCE information entered at the time of subscription registration for the FTP login
account information and the log file upload path. The name of the notification log file is
NLIRP_XML_Notification.xml and the maximum size is 4MB.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0661 CHANGE EMS CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-EMS-CONF: [IPV4_ADDR], [IPV6_ADDR];
Command Description
Change EMS IP Address.
TIMEOUT 10

IPV4_ADDR EMS IPv4 Address. IPv4 Address NONE 0.0.0.0
IPV6_ADDR EMS IPv6 Address. IPv6 Address NONE 0:0:0:0:
0:0:0:0

DB_INDEX index
IPV4_ADDR EMS IPv4 Address.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0662 RETRIEVE EMS CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-EMS-CONF;
Command Description
Retrieve EMS IP Address.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX index

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0700 RETRIEVE ALARM INHIBITION CONFIGU-

RATION
Command Format
RTRV-ALM-INH: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID], [ALARM_TYPE];
Command Description
Retrieve the alarm inhibition configuration information
TIMEOUT 30

UNIT_TYPE This field indicates the UMP/ECP/GPSR/SYS/ NONE UMP
Unit type.
UNIT_ID This field indicates the 0~2 NONE 0
Unit Id.
ALARM_TYPE This field indicates an MME_COMMUNICATION_FAIL/ NONE CLOCK
alarm type that can be MCE_COMMUNICATION_FAIL/ _FAIL
inhibited. SERVICE_OFF/NTP_UPDATE_ERROR/
FAN_FAIL/UDA/BOARD_DELETION/
POWER_FAIL/FUNCTION_FAIL/
COMMUNICATION_FAIL/CLOCK_FAIL/
MEMORY_FAIL/DSP_FAIL/
DSP_RESTART/SFN_FAIL/OVERLOAD/
DISK_FULL/MEMORY_FULL/
PORT_DOWN/CPRI_FAIL/
OPTIC_TRANSCEIVER_RX_LOS/
OPTIC_TRANSCEIVER_TX_FAULT/
CPU_TEMPERATURE_HIGH/
ANTENNA_FAIL/HOLDOVER_24H/
LOCKING_FAIL/TOD_MSG_MISSED/
TEMPERATURE_HIGH/
SLEEPING_CELL_DETECTION/
PROCESS_DOWN/

UNIT_TYPE This field indicates the Unit type.
UNIT_ID This field indicates the Unit Id.
UNIT_SIDE This field indicates the Unit Side.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
ALARM_TYPE This field indicates an alarm type that can be inhibited.
ALARM_CODE This field indicates an alarm code that can be inhibited.
INHIBIT_STATUS This field indicates a status inhibited of an alarm.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0701 CHANGE ALARM INHIBITION CONFIGU-

RATION
Command Format
CHG-ALM-INH: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID], [ALARM_TYPE], INHIBIT_STATUS;
Command Description
Change the alarm inhibition configuration information.
TIMEOUT 30

UNIT_TYPE This field indicates the UMP/ECP/GPSR/SYS/ NONE UMP
Unit type to which an
alarm inhibition will be
applied.
UNIT_ID This field indicates the 0~2 NONE 0
Unit Id to which an
alarm inhibition will be
applied.
ALARM_TYPE This field describes an MME_COMMUNICATION_FAIL/ NONE CLOCK
alarm type that can be MCE_COMMUNICATION_FAIL/ _FAIL
inhibited. SERVICE_OFF/NTP_UPDATE_ERROR/
FAN_FAIL/UDA/BOARD_DELETION/
MEMORY_FAIL/DSP_FAIL/DSP_RESTART/
SFN_FAIL/OVERLOAD/DISK_FULL/
MEMORY_FULL/PORT_DOWN/CPRI_FAIL/
ANTENNA_FAIL/HOLDOVER_24H/
LOCKING_FAIL/TOD_MSG_MISSED/
TEMPERATURE_HIGH/
PROCESS_DOWN/
INHIBIT_STAT This field describes a ALLOW/INHIBIT/ NONE ALLOW
US status inhibited of an
alarm.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0704 RETRIEVE ALARM SEVERITY CONFIGU-

RATION
Command Format
RTRV-ALM-SEV: [UNIT_TYPE], [ALARM_TYPE];
Command Description
Retrieves the alarm severity state of the NE. The user can use this command to retrieve the alarm
severity state information set by the CHG-ALM-SEV command. When the alarm severity state is
set by the CHG-ALM-SEV command, the severity state is overwritten.
TIMEOUT 10

UNIT_TYPE This field indi- UMP/ECP/RRH/GPSR/SYS/ NONE UMP
cates a unit type.
ALARM_TYPE This field indi- MME_COMMUNICATION_FAIL/ NONE CLOCK
cates an alarm MCE_COMMUNICATION_FAIL/SERVICE_OFF/ _FAIL
type. NTP_UPDATE_ERROR/FAN_FAIL/
BOARD_DELETION/POWER_FAIL/
FUNCTION_FAIL/COMMUNICATION_FAIL/
CLOCK_FAIL/MEMORY_FAIL/DSP_FAIL/
DSP_RESTART/SFN_FAIL/PORT_DOWN/
CPRI_FAIL/OPTIC_TRANSCEIVER_RX_LOS/
CPU_TEMPERATURE_HIGH/DC_INPUT_FAIL/
DISABLED/LNA_FAIL/LOW_GAIN/LOW_POWER/
OVER_POWER/VSWR_FAIL/ANTENNA_FAIL/
HOLDOVER_24H/LOCKING_FAIL/
TOD_MSG_MISSED/TEMPERATURE_HIGH/
PROCESS_DOWN/

UNIT_TYPE This field indicates a unit type.
ALARM_TYPE This field indicates an alarm type.
SEVERITY This field indicates the status severity of an alarm.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
ALARM_CODE This field indicates an alarm code.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0705 CHANGE ALARM SEVERITY CONFIGURA-

TION
Command Format
CHG-ALM-SEV: [UNIT_TYPE], [ALARM_TYPE], SEVERITY;
Command Description
Changes the alarm severity state. You can use this command to change the existing alarm severity
state information. When an alarm occurs, the alarm severity state information changed by the
CHG-ALM-SEV command is displayed on the operator screen. The changed alarm severity state
can be retrieved by the RTRV-ALM-SEV command.
TIMEOUT 30

UNIT_TYPE This is a unit type to UMP/ECP/RRH/GPSR/SYS/ NONE UMP
which an alarm
severity will be
changed.
ALARM_TYPE This field indicates an MME_COMMUNICATION_FAIL/ NONE CLOCK
alarm. MCE_COMMUNICATION_FAIL/ _FAIL
SERVICE_OFF/NTP_UPDATE_ERROR/
FAN_FAIL/BOARD_DELETION/
MEMORY_FAIL/DSP_FAIL/DSP_RESTART/
SFN_FAIL/PORT_DOWN/CPRI_FAIL/
DC_INPUT_FAIL/DISABLED/LNA_FAIL/
LOW_GAIN/LOW_POWER/OVER_POWER/
VSWR_FAIL/ANTENNA_FAIL/
HOLDOVER_24H/LOCKING_FAIL/
TOD_MSG_MISSED/
TEMPERATURE_HIGH/
PROCESS_DOWN/
SEVERITY This field indicates critical/major/minor/warning/ NONE major
the severity of an
alarm.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0706 RETRIEVE ALARM THRESHOLD CONFIG-

URATION
Command Format
RTRV-ALM-THR: [UNIT_TYPE], [ALARM_TYPE];
Command Description
Retrieve the alarm Threshold configuration information
TIMEOUT 10

UNIT_TYPE This field indicates a unit type to which an UMP/ECP/ NONE UMP
alarm Threshold will be applied.
ALARM_TYPE This field indicates an alarm type. OVERLOAD/ NONE OVER-
DISK_FULL/ LOAD
MEMORY_FULL/

UNIT_TYPE This field indicates a unit type to which an alarm Threshold will
be applied.
ALARM_TYPE This field indicates an alarm type.
ALARM_CODE This field indicates an alarm code.
THR_CRI_DEC Critical level threshold for Alarm Declare. ThresholdCriticalDe-

clare value must be greater than the value of ThresholdMajorDe-
clare. ThresholdCriticalDeclare value must be greater than or
equal to the value of ThresholdCriticalClear.
THR_MAJ_DEC Major level threshold for Alarm Declare. ThresholdMajorDe-

clare value must be greater than the value of ThresholdMinorDe-
clare. ThresholdMajorlDeclare value must be greater than or
equal to the value of ThresholdMajorClear.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
THR_MIN_DEC Minor level threshold for Alarm Declare. ThresholdMinorDe-

clare value must be greater than or equal to the value of Thresh-
oldMinorClear.
THR_CRI_CLR Critical level threshold for Alarm Clear. ThresholdCriticalClear

value must be greater than the value of ThresholdMajorClear.
ThresholdCriticalDeclare value must be greater than or equal to
the value of ThresholdCriticalClear.
THR_MAJ_CLR Major level threshold for Alarm Clear. ThresholdMajorClear

value must be greater than the value of ThresholdMinorClear.
ThresholdMajorlDeclare value must be greater than or equal to
the value of ThresholdMajorClear.
THR_MIN_CLR Minor level threshold for Alarm Clear. ThresholdMinorDeclare

value must be greater than or equal to the value of ThresholdMi-
norClear.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0707 CHANGE ALARM THRESHOLD CONFIGU-

RATION
Command Format
CHG-ALM-THR: [UNIT_TYPE], [ALARM_TYPE], [THR_CRI_DEC], [THR_MAJ_DEC],
[THR_MIN_DEC], [THR_CRI_CLR], [THR_MAJ_CLR], [THR_MIN_CLR];
Command Description
Changes the alarm threshold. The user can use this command to change the existing alarm thresh-
old. When a Threshold alarm occurs and if the alarm exceeds the level threshold changed by the
CHG-ALM-THR command, the corresponding alarm level is displayed on the operator screen.
The changed alarm threshold can be retrieved by the RTRV-ALM-THR command.
TIMEOUT 30

UNIT_TYPE This is a unit type to which an alarm sever- UMP/ECP/ NONE UMP
ity will be changed.
ALARM_TYPE This field indicates an alarm. OVERLOAD/ NONE OVER-
DISK_FULL/ LOAD
MEMORY_FULL/
THR_CRI_DEC Critical level threshold for Alarm Declare. 1 ~ 100 NONE 95
ThresholdCriticalDeclare value must be
greater than the value of ThresholdMajor-
Declare. ThresholdCriticalDeclare value
must be greater than or equal to the value
of ThresholdCriticalClear.
THR_MAJ_DE Major level threshold for Alarm Declare. 1 ~ 100 NONE 90
C ThresholdMajorDeclare value must be
greater than the value of ThresholdMinor-
Declare. ThresholdMajorlDeclare value
must be greater than or equal to the value
of ThresholdMajorClear.
THR_MIN_DEC Minor level threshold for Alarm Declare. 1 ~ 100 NONE 85
ThresholdMinorDeclare value must be
greater than or equal to the value of
ThresholdMinorClear.
THR_CRI_CLR Critical level threshold for Alarm Clear. 1 ~ 100 NONE 95
ThresholdCriticalClear value must be
greater than the value of ThresholdMajor-
Clear. ThresholdCriticalDeclare value must
be greater than or equal to the value of
ThresholdCriticalClear.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

THR_MAJ_CLR Major level threshold for Alarm Clear. 1 ~ 100 NONE 90
ThresholdMajorClear value must be
greater than the value of ThresholdMinor-
Clear. ThresholdMajorlDeclare value must
be greater than or equal to the value of
ThresholdMajorClear.
THR_MIN_CLR Minor level threshold for Alarm Clear. 1 ~ 100 NONE 85
ThresholdMinorDeclare value must be
greater than or equal to the value of
ThresholdMinorClear.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0708 RETRIEVE USER DEFINED ALARM DATA
Command Format
RTRV-UDA-DATA: [PORT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the UDA data. The user can install an external device and connect it to the UDA port of
the system to monitor and manage faults on the external device.
TIMEOUT 10

PORT_ID The port ID for which the UDA data is to be 0~8 NONE 0
retrieved. If no port ID is entered, all UDA
data is retrieved.

PORT_ID Port ID for detect UDA Alarm
STATUS The equip status of input port. The input port can be unequipped
or equipped.
ALARM_NAME User-defined alarm name
SEVERITY Alarm severity of UDA.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0709 CHANGE USER DEFINED ALARM DATA
Command Format
CHG-UDA-DATA: PORT_ID, [STATUS], [ALARM_NAME], [SEVERITY];
Command Description
Changes the UDA data. The user can install an external device and connect it to the UDA port of
the system to monitor and manage faults on the external device. When an alarm has occurred on
the UDA port use the CHG-UDA-DATA command to change STATUS to N_EQUIP to clear the
alarm, change ALARM_NAME to clear the alarm of the previous name and have another alarm
occur using the new name, or change severity to clear the alarm of the previous severity level and
have another alarm occur using the new severity level.
TIMEOUT 10

PORT_ID The port ID for which the UDA data is to be 0~8 NONE 0
changed.
STATUS Whether to use the UDA port. N_EQUIP/EQUIP/ NONE N_EQUI
- EQUIP: The UDA port is used. P
- N_EQUIP: The UDA port is not used.
When N_EQUIP is entered, the user is not
notified even when an alarm occurs on the
UDA port.
ALARM_NAME The name of the alarm detected on the 64 NONE -
UDA port.
SEVERITY The severity of the alarm detected on the critical/major/minor/ NONE major
UDA port. warning/

PORT_ID Port ID for detect UDA Alarm
STATUS The equip status of input port. The input port can be unequipped
or equipped.
ALARM_NAME User-defined alarm name

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
SEVERITY Alarm severity of UDA.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0710 RETRIEVE USER DEFINED CONTROL

DATA
Command Format
RTRV-UDA-CTRL: [PORT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieve the User defined control port configuration.
TIMEOUT 10

PORT_ID User defined control port ID to display. 01 NONE 0

PORT_ID User defined control port ID to display.
STATUS The equip status of port.
NAME The Control configuration name of port
TYPE Control type of User defined control port. Supported control

types are on and off.
DURATION Minimum control duration in seconds. Valid range is from 1 sec-

ond to 60 seconds.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0711 CHANGE USER DEFINED CONTROL DATA
Command Format
CHG-UDA-CTRL: PORT_ID, [STATUS], [NAME], [TYPE], [DURATION];
Command Description
Change the User defined control port configuration.
TIMEOUT 10

PORT_ID User defined control port ID to display. 01 NONE 0
STATUS The equip status of port. N_EQUIP/EQUIP/ NONE N_EQUI
P
NAME The Control configuration name of port 64 NONE -
TYPE Control type of User defined control port. OFF/ON/ NONE ON
Supported control types are on and off.
DURATION Minimum control duration in seconds. Valid 1 ~ 60 NONE 1
range is from 1 second to 60 seconds.

PORT_ID User defined control port ID to display.
STATUS The equip status of port.
NAME The Control configuration name of port
TYPE Control type of User defined control port. Supported control

types are on and off.
DURATION Minimum control duration in seconds. Valid range is from 1 sec-

ond to 60 seconds.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0712 RETRIEVE ACTIVE ALARMS
Command Format
RTRV-ALM-LIST: [UNIT_TYPE];
Command Description
Retrieves the list of alarms currently active in the NE. This command retrieves alarm time, alarm
group information, cause information, alarm severity, detailed alarm type, thresholds, and occur-
rence location. It does not retrieve any alarms previously occurred and cleared or alarms inhibited
by user. Only the alarms not inhibited are displayed.
TIMEOUT 30

UNIT_TYPE It is unit type UMP/ECP/RRH/GPSR/ NONE UMP
SYS/

UNIT_TYPE It is unit type
ALARM_TYPE One probableCause can be mapped into several specificProblem

to represent more detailed information.
LOCATION It is provided with the alarm location information using Xpath

expression.
RAISED_TIME Alarm occurrence time.
ALARM_GROUP Alarm group.
PROBABLE_CAUSE Refer to Annex.A of 3GPP TS 32.113.
SEVERITY The severity of alarm
ALARM_CODE AlarmCode.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
INFO It is provided with the alarm information.(if it is threshold alarm,

it is provided threshold and current value)
SEQUENCE_ID The sequence ID of the alarm.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0713 RETRIEVE ALARM LOGS
Command Format
RTRV-ALM-LOG;
Command Description
Retrieves the alarm history in the NE. Up to 100 recent alarms are retrieved. This command
retrieves alarm occurrence time, alarm cleared time, alarm group, cause, detailed alarm type, and
occurrence location. If the alarm has not yet been cleared after its occurrence, the cleared time is
retrieved as '-' in the alarm log.
TIMEOUT 30

No input parameter.

LOG_NO Table index
UNIT_TYPE It is unit type
ALARM_TYPE One probableCause can be mapped into several specificProblem

to represent more detailed information.
LOCATION It is provided with the alarm location information.
RAISED_TIME Alarm occurrence time.
CLEARED_TIME Alarm cleared time (displayed as '-' if the alarm has not yet been
cleared).
ALARM_GROUP Alarm group.
PROBABLE_CAUSE Refer to Annex.A of 3GPP TS 32.113.Some alarm has Samsung

specific probableCause.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
ALARM_CODE This field indicates an alarm code that can be inhibited.
INFO It provides the alarm information.(if it is threshold alarm, it pro-

vides threshold and current value)

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0714 RETRIEVE ALARM INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-ALM-INF: [UNIT_TYPE];
Command Description
This operation is response of the list of available alarm information.
TIMEOUT 30

UNIT_TYPE It is unit type. UMP/ECP/RRH/GPSR/ UMP
SYS/

UNIT_TYPE It is the unit type.
ALARM_TYPE It is a alarm Type.
ALARM_GROUP Alarm Event Type
PROBABLE_CAUSE Probable Cause defined TS32.113 ANNEX-A.
ALARM_CODE Alarm Code
INFO It is provided with the alarm information.(if it is threshold alarm,

it is provided threshold and current value)

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0750 RETRIEVE PROCESSOR STATUS
Command Format
RTRV-PRC-STS: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID];
Command Description
Inquire unit status of system.
TIMEOUT 10

UNIT_TYPE It is unit type. UMP/ECP/ NONE UMP
UNIT_ID It is unit id. 0~2 NONE 0

UNIT_TYPE It is unit type.
UNIT_ID It is unit id.
UNIT_SIDE It is unit side.
CPU_ID It is CPU Id.
RACK_ID It is rack Id.
SHELF_ID It is shelf id.
SLOT_ID It is slot id.
DUAL_STATUS It is dual status of the unit.
OPERATIONAL_STATE It is operational state of the unit.
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE The administrative state of the processor.
TEMPERATURE It is Temperature of the unit.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0751 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL LINK STATE/STA-

TUS
Command Format
RTRV-ELINK-STS: [PORT_ID];
Command Description
Inquire external link status.
TIMEOUT 10

PORT_ID It is port Id. 0~5 NONE 0

UNIT_TYPE The Type of Unit.
UNIT_ID The Unit id.
PORT_ID It is port Id.
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE It is administrative state of link.
OPERATIONAL_STATE It is operational state of link.
INTERFACE_NAME It is the interface name.
RX_UTIL It is rx utilization.
TX_UTIL It is tx utilization.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0752 RETRIEVE CPU UTILIZATION
Command Format
RTRV-CPU-UTIL: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID];
Command Description
Inquire CPU utilization.
TIMEOUT 10


UNIT_SIDE It is Unit side.
CPU_ID It is Cpu Id.
CPU_LOAD It is CPU load.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0753 RETRIEVE MEMORY UTILIZATION
Command Format
RTRV-MEM-UTIL: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID];
Command Description
Inquire memory utilization.
TIMEOUT 10


TOT_SIZE It is total memory size in KB.
USED_SIZE It is used memory size in KB.
FREE_SIZE It is free memory size in KB.
USED_RATE It is used rate of memory.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0754 RETRIEVE DISK UTILIZATION
Command Format
RTRV-DISK-UTIL: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID];
Command Description
Inquire disk utilization.
TIMEOUT 10


RACK_ID It is rack id.
S_DISK_TYPE it is String Disk Type.
TOT_SIZE It is total disk size in KB.
USED_SIZE It is used disk size in KB.
FREE_SIZE It is free disk size in KB.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
USED_RATE It is used rate of disk.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0850 RETRIEVE SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-SYS-CONF;
Command Description
Retrieves the system configuration information. It includes the system ID, status (EQUIP/
N_EQUIP), administrative state (locked, shutting down, unlocked), the type of grown system and
the system version.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX Index
SYS_ID The system ID configured by the user when growing the system
STATUS The system status.

- EQUIP: Grown.
- N_EQUIP: Degrown.
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE The administrative state of the system configured by the user.

- LOCKED: A transitional state in the system grow/degrow pro-
- UNLOCKED: The system resource growth is complete. The
grown resources are available in the PLD to offer a call service.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
TYPE The type of the network element (LTE eNB is set to eNB).
SYS_TYPE The system type set by the user when growing the system. This
includes system information such as indoor/outdoor and inte-
grated/standalone.
USER_LABEL An additional system name given by the user.
SW_VERSION The software version running in the system.
LATITUDE The latitude of the system location. A BBB:CC:DD.DDD

- A : hemisphere. 'N' or 'S'
- BBB : degree. 0~90
- CC : minutes. 0~59
- DD.DDD : seconds. 00.000~59.999
LONGITUDE The longitude of the system location. A BBB:CC:DD.DDD

- A : hemisphere. 'E' or 'W'
- BBB : degree. 0~180
- CC : minutes. 0~59
- DD.DDD : seconds. 00.000~59.999
HEIGHT The altitude of the system location. AAAA.AAm

- AAAA.AA : water elevation.
- 9999.99m ~ 9999.99m unit 'm' must be added. ex) '53.85m'
AC_COMM_FAIL_TX_FLAG Whether to give the output off command to the RF unit when the
Access Control Communication Fail alarm occurs.
SMART_CELL_TYPE The smart cell type configured for growing the system.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0851 RETRIEVE SYSTEM PHYSICAL

RESOURCE(BOARD,UNIT) CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-UNIT-CONF: [UNIT_TYPE], [UNIT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the type, ID, mounting status in the PLD, board type, and mounting location for each
unit of the system.
TIMEOUT 10

UNIT_TYPE The unit type. UMP/ECP/ NONE UMP
UNIT_ID The ID of each unit; a unique value within 0~2 NONE 0
UnitType.

UNIT_TYPE The unit type.
UNIT_ID The ID of each unit; a unique value within UnitType.
SIDE The side information of each unit; Single, A_Side, B_Side
STATUS The mounting status in the PLD for the UnitType and UnitId.
- EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted on the PLD and
available in the system. The unit is also available for loading the
software.
- N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is unmounted on the PLD
and unavailable in the system. The unit is also unavailable for
loading the software.
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE The administrative state of the system unit configured by the

user.
- LOCKED: A transitional state in the system unit grow/degrow

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
process. In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call
services are offered. The user can delete resources or change
them to the UNLOCK state so that a call service can be offered.
- UNLOCKED: The system unit resource growth is complete.
The grown resources are available in the PLD to offer a call ser-
vice.
BOARD_TYPE The board type of the UnitType and UnitId. For the hardware
type of the unit, the same UnitType can have different types of
boards.
RACK_ID The ID of the rack where the UnitType and UnitId are located.
SHELF_ID The ID of the shelf where the UnitType and UnitId are located.
SLOT_ID The ID of the slot where the UnitType and UnitId are located.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0853 RETRIEVE DB VERSION
Command Format
RTRV-DB-VER;
Command Description
Retrieves the version information of the PLD database in the system. This includes the database
schema version and the database data version. It also shows the time of the last database update.
The database schema version is the same as the software version, and the database data version
increments by 1 each time the database is updated.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_SCHEMA_VERSION The version information is changed when the PLD database in
the system is changed structurally. It is the same as the software
version.
DB_DATA_VERSION The version information of the PLD database in the system.
DB_UPDATED_TIME The last update time of the PLD database in the system.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0859 RETRIEVE CELL CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration information of the cells provided by the system. The user can enter
CELL_NUM to select a cell to be retrieved. If no cell is selected, configuration information for
all cells is displayed. The user can retrieve the cell's status, administrative state, sector informa-
tion.
TIMEOUT 10

ported.

STATUS The status information of the cell.

- EQUIP: Indicates that the cell is grown and available in the
system. In the EQUIP state, the user can change the cell status to
LOCKED, UNLOCKED, or SHUTTING DOWN.
- N_EQUIP: Indicates that the cell is degrown and unavailable in
the system.
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE The administrative state of the cell configured by the user. The
initial value is LOCKED when growing the system. This can be

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
changed later by the user.

- LOCKED: A transitional state in the cell grow/degrow process.
In this state, resources are grown in the PLD but no call services
are offered. The user can delete resources or change them to the
UNLOCK state so that a call service can be offered.
- UNLOCKED: The cell growth is complete. The grown
- SHUTTING DOWN: A transitional state in the cell degrowth
process. In this state, the grown resources in the PLD continue to
offer the call service of the previous UNLOCKED state but does
not offer any new call services. When the current call service is
complete, the resources automatically change to the LOCKED
state.
SECTOR_ID The ID of the sector to which the cell belongs (in the range from
0 to 2 in a system supporting 3 sectors).
FA_ID The ID of the FA to which the cell belongs.
CC_ID The ID of the channel card supporting the cell (unique within the
system).
DSP_ID The DSP ID within the channel card supporting the cell (unique
within the channel card).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0860 RETRIEVE NTP CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-NTP-CONF: [SVR_TYPE];
Command Description
Retrieve NTP Server IP Information.
TIMEOUT 10

SVR_TYPE NTP Configuration Table Index. PRIMARY_NTP_SERVER/ NONE PRIMA
SECONDARY_NTP_SERVER/ RY_NT
P_SER
VER

SVR_TYPE NTP Configuration Table Index.
IP_VER NTP Server IP Version
NTP_IPV4 NTP Server V4 IP Address

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C0861 CHANGE NTP CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-NTP-CONF: SVR_TYPE, [IP_VER], [NTP_IPV4], [NTP_IPV6];
Command Description
Change NTP Server IP Information.
TIMEOUT 10

SVR_TYPE NTP Configuration Table Index. PRIMARY_NTP_SERV NONE PRIMA
ER/ RY_NT
SECONDARY_NTP_S P_SER
ERVER/ VER
IP_VER NTP Server IP Version IPV4/IPV6/ NONE IPV4
NTP_IPV4 NTP Server V4 IP Address IPv4 Address NONE 0.0.0.0
NTP_IPV6 NTP Server V6 IP Address IPv6 Address NONE 0:0:0:0:
0:0:0:0

SVR_TYPE NTP Configuration Table Index.
IP_VER NTP Server IP Version

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1743 CREATE VLAN CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CRTE-VLAN-CONF: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [VLAN_ID], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE],
[DESCRIPTION];
Command Description
This command is to activate vlan interface.
TIMEOUT 10

DB_INDEX Index for the VLAN interface. 0 ~ 15 NONE 0
IF_NAME The name of the GE interface connected to 24 NONE -
the VLAN interface (e.g. ge_0_0_0). The
VLAN interface is created as a combination
of the GE interface name and VLAN_ID.
VLAN_ID The ID of the VLAN interface (for example, 1 ~ 4094 NONE 1
to create ge_0_0_0.100, VLAN_ID is 100).
ADMINISTRATI The administrative state for determining linkLocked/linkUn- NONE linkUn-
VE_STATE usage of the VLAN interface. locked/ locked
- linkLocked: The port is disabled.
- linkUnlocked: The port is enabled.
DESCRIPTION The description of the VLAN interface 32 NONE -
usage. Up to 32 characters can be entered.

DB_INDEX Index for the VLAN interface.
IF_NAME The name of the GE interface connected to the VLAN interface

(e.g. ge_0_0_0). The VLAN interface is created as a combina-
tion of the GE interface name and VLAN_ID.
VLAN_ID The ID of the VLAN interface (for example, to create

ge_0_0_0.100, VLAN_ID is 100).
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE The administrative state for determining usage of the VLAN

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
interface.
DESCRIPTION The description of the VLAN interface usage. Up to 32 charac-

ters can be entered.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1744 DELETE VLAN CONFIGURATION
Command Format
DLT-VLAN-CONF: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
This command is to deactivate vlan interface.
TIMEOUT 10



2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1745 CHANGE VLAN CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-VLAN-CONF: DB_INDEX, [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE];
Command Description
This command is to change vlan interface
TIMEOUT 10

ADMINISTRATI The administrative state for determining linkLocked/linkUn- NONE lin-
VE_STATE usage of the VLAN interface. locked/ kLocked


interface.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1746 RETRIEVE VLAN CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-VLAN-CONF: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
This command is to retrieve vlan interface.
TIMEOUT 10


IF_NAME The name of the GE interface connected to the VLAN interface

(e.g. ge_0_0_0). The VLAN interface is created as a combina-
tion of the GE interface name and VLAN_ID.
VLAN_ID The ID of the VLAN interface (for example, to create

ge_0_0_0.100, VLAN_ID is 100).

interface.
DESCRIPTION The description of the VLAN interface usage. Up to 32 charac-

ters can be entered.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1747 CHANGE EXTERNAL LINK CONFIGURA-

TION
Command Format
CHG-ELINK-CONF: PORT_ID, [STATUS], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE], [CONNECT_TYPE],
[SPEED_DUPLEX], [MTU], [FLOW_CONTROL], [LAG_ID], [DESCRIPTION];
Command Description
This command is to change External Link. You have to delete IP address before
degrow(N_EQUIP) an External Link.
TIMEOUT 10

PORT_ID The port ID of the external link. 0~5 NONE 0
STATUS The EQUIP information for the backhaul N_EQUIP/EQUIP/ NONE N_EQUI
interface port. P
- EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted
on the PLD and available in the system.
- N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is
unmounted on the PLD and unavailable in
the system.
ADMINISTRATI The administrative state. linkLocked/linkUn- NONE linkUn-
VE_STATE - linkLocked: The port is disabled. locked/ locked
CONNECT_TY The connect type of the external link. Backhaul/UDE/ NONE Back-
PE haul
SPEED_DUPL The speed and duplex of the backhaul port. AUTO/S10_HALF/ NONE AUTO
EX - AUTO: The speed is determined by auto- S10_FULL/
negotiation. S100_HALF/
S100_FULL/
- S10_HALF: A speed of 10 Mbps, half-
S1000_FULL/
duplex mode.
S10G_FULL/
- S10_FULL: A speed 10 Mbps, full-duplex
mode.
- S100_HALF: A speed of 100 Mbps, half-
duplex mode.
- S100_FULL: A speed of 100 Mbps, full-
duplex mode.
- S1000_FULL: A speed of 1000 Mbps, full-
duplex mode.
MTU The maximum transmission unit of the 68 ~ 8270 NONE 1500
external link. The default is 1500 (bytes).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

FLOW_CONTR Whether flow control of the external link is False/True/ NONE False
OL enabled.
- False: Flow control is disabled.
- True: Flow control is enabled.
LAG_ID The link aggregation ID (0 means it is not 0~2 NONE 0
link aggregation).
DESCRIPTION Describes the use of the external link. Up to 32 NONE -
32 characters are allowed.

UNIT_TYPE The Type of Unit
UNIT_ID The ID of Unit
PORT_ID The port ID of the external link.
STATUS The EQUIP information for the backhaul interface port.

available in the system.
and unavailable in the system.
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE The administrative state.

CONNECT_TYPE The connect type of the external link.
SPEED_DUPLEX The speed and duplex of the backhaul port.

- AUTO: The speed is determined by auto-negotiation.
- S10_HALF: A speed of 10 Mbps, half-duplex mode.
- S10_FULL: A speed 10 Mbps, full-duplex mode.
- S100_FULL: A speed of 100 Mbps, full-duplex mode.
MTU The maximum transmission unit of the external link. The default
is 1500 (bytes).
FLOW_CONTROL Whether flow control of the external link is enabled.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
LAG_ID The link aggregation ID (0 means it is not link aggregation).
MEDIA_TYPE The media type of the external link, which is set automatically.
DESCRIPTION Describes the use of the external link. Up to 32 characters are

allowed.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1748 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL LINK CONFIGURA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-ELINK-CONF: [PORT_ID];
Command Description
This command is to retrieve External Link.
TIMEOUT 10

PORT_ID The port ID of the external link. 0~5 NONE 0

UNIT_TYPE The Type of Unit
UNIT_ID The ID of Unit
PORT_ID The port ID of the external link.
STATUS The EQUIP information for the backhaul interface port.

ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE The administrative state.

CONNECT_TYPE The connect type of the external link.
SPEED_DUPLEX The speed and duplex of the backhaul port.

- AUTO: The speed is determined by auto-negotiation.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

- S10_FULL: A speed 10 Mbps, full-duplex mode.
MTU The maximum transmission unit of the external link. The default
is 1500 (bytes).
FLOW_CONTROL Whether flow control of the external link is enabled.

LAG_ID The link aggregation ID (0 means it is not link aggregation).
MEDIA_TYPE The media type of the external link, which is set automatically.
DESCRIPTION Describes the use of the external link. Up to 32 characters are

allowed.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1749 CREATE LAG CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CRTE-LAG-CONF: DB_INDEX, [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE], [LAG_ID], [DESCRIPTION];
Command Description
This command is to activate LINK AGGREGATION.
TIMEOUT 10

DB_INDEX This field indicates dbIndex 0~1 NONE 0
ADMINISTRATI The administrative state for determining linkLocked/linkUn- NONE linkUn-
VE_STATE usage of the LAG interface. locked/ locked
LAG_ID This field indicates Link aggregation Inter- 1~2 NONE 1
face ID
DESCRIPTION The description of the LAG interface usage. 32 NONE -
Up to 32 characters can be entered.

DB_INDEX This field indicates dbIndex
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE The administrative state for determining usage of the LAG inter-
face.
LAG_ID This field indicates Link aggregation Interface ID
DESCRIPTION The description of the LAG interface usage. Up to 32 characters

can be entered.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1750 DELETE LAG CONFIGURATION
Command Format
DLT-LAG-CONF: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
This command is to deactivate LINK AGGREGATION.
TIMEOUT 10



2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1751 CHANGE LAG CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-LAG-CONF: DB_INDEX, [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE];
Command Description
This command is to change LINK AGGREGATION
TIMEOUT 10

ADMINISTRATI The administrative state for determining linkLocked/linkUn- NONE lin-
VE_STATE usage of the LAG interface. locked/ kLocked

face.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1752 RETRIEVE LAG CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-LAG-CONF: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
This command is to retrieve LINK AGGREGATION.
TIMEOUT 10


face.
LAG_ID This field indicates Link aggregation Interface ID
DESCRIPTION The description of the LAG interface usage. Up to 32 characters

can be entered.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1905 RETRIEVE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-IP-ADDR: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves the IP address set for interface.
TIMEOUT 10

DB_INDEX Index for setting the IP address. 0 ~ 29 NONE 0

DB_INDEX Index for setting the IP address.
IF_NAME The name of the interface to be set with the IP address. Enter the
name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for
the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or sa1
for the LAG interface.
IP_ADDR The IP address to be set.
IP_PFX_LEN The prefix length of the IP address determining the network

mask. If the network mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.
OAM Attribute of the IP address, whether to use the IP address entered

for OAM.
- False: The IP address is not used for OAM.
- True: The IP address is used for OAM.
LTE_SIGNAL_S1 Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address

entered for S1 signals.
- False: The IP address is not used for S1 signals.
- True: The IP address is used for S1 signals.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
LTE_SIGNAL_X2 Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address

entered for X2 signals.
- False: The IP address is not used for X2 signals.
- True: The IP address is used for X2 signals.
LTE_BEARER Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use the IP address

entered for bearer.
- False: The IP address is not used for bearer.
- True: The IP address is used for bearer.
LTE_BEARER_M1 Attribute of the IP address. Determine how to use the IP address

entered for eMBMS M1 bearer.
- NONE: The IP address is not used for M1 bearer.
- ACTIVE: The IP address is used for M1 Active bearer.
- STANDBY: The IP address is used for M1 Standby bearer.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1906 CREATE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CRTE-IP-ADDR: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [IP_ADDR], [IP_PFX_LEN], [OAM],
[LTE_SIGNAL_S1], [LTE_SIGNAL_X2], [LTE_BEARER], [LTE_BEARER_M1];
Command Description
Sets the IP address for an interface. The interface must be grown before setting the IP address.
TIMEOUT 10

IF_NAME The name of the interface to be set with the 24 NONE -
IP address. Enter the name of the interface
grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for
the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the
VLAN interface, or sa1 for the LAG inter-
face.
IP_ADDR The IP address to be set. IPv4 Address NONE 0.0.0.0
IP_PFX_LEN The prefix length of the IP address deter- 1 ~ 30 NONE 24
mining the network mask. If the network
mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.
OAM Attribute of the IP address, whether to use False/True/ NONE True
the IP address entered for OAM.
- False: The IP address is not used for
OAM.
LTE_SIGNAL_ Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use False/True/ NONE True
S1 the IP address entered for S1 signals.
- False: The IP address is not used for S1
signals.
- True: The IP address is used for S1 sig-
nals.
X2 the IP address entered for X2 signals.
- False: The IP address is not used for X2
signals.
- True: The IP address is used for X2 sig-
nals.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

LTE_BEARER Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use False/True/ NONE True
the IP address entered for bearer.
bearer.
LTE_BEARER_ Attribute of the IP address. Determine how NONE/ACTIVE/ NONE NONE
M1 to use the IP address entered for eMBMS STANDBY/
M1 bearer.
- NONE: The IP address is not used for M1
bearer.
- ACTIVE: The IP address is used for M1
Active bearer.
- STANDBY: The IP address is used for M1
Standby bearer.



for OAM.



2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

entered for bearer.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1907 DELETE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION
Command Format
DLT-IP-ADDR: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
Deletes the IP address set for an interface. Once the IP address is deleted, the IP communication
is no longer provided with the outside using the IP address.
TIMEOUT 10



2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1908 RETRIEVE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-IPV6-ADDR: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves the IPv6 address set for interface.
TIMEOUT 10

DB_INDEX Index for setting the IPv6 address. 0 ~ 29 NONE 0

DB_INDEX Index for setting the IPv6 address.
IF_NAME The name of the interface to be set with the IPv6 address. Enter
the name of the interface grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0
for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the VLAN interface, or
sa1 for the LAG interface.
IPV6_ADDR The IPv6 address to be set.
IPV6_PFX_LEN The prefix length of the IPv6 address.
OAM Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set
for OAM.
LTE_SIGNAL_S1 Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set
for S1 signals.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
LTE_SIGNAL_X2 Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set
for X2 signals.
LTE_BEARER Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to use the IPv6 address set
for bearer.
LTE_BEARER_M1 Attribute of the IPv6 address. Determine how to use the IPv6
address entered for eMBMS M1 bearer.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1909 CREATE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CRTE-IPV6-ADDR: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [IPV6_ADDR], [IPV6_PFX_LEN], [OAM],
Command Description
Sets the IPv6 address for the interface. The interface must be grown before setting the IPv6
address.
TIMEOUT 10

IPv6 address. Enter the name of the inter-
face grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0
for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the
face.
IPV6_ADDR The IPv6 address to be set. IPv6 Address NONE 0:0:0:0:
0:0:0:0
IPV6_PFX_LEN The prefix length of the IPv6 address. 1 ~ 127 NONE 64
OAM Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to False/True/ NONE True
use the IPv6 address set for OAM.
OAM.
LTE_SIGNAL_ Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to False/True/ NONE True
S1 use the IPv6 address set for S1 signals.
signals.
nals.
X2 use the IPv6 address set for X2 signals.
signals.
nals.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

LTE_BEARER Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to False/True/ NONE True
use the IPv6 address set for bearer.
bearer.
LTE_BEARER_ Attribute of the IPv6 address. Determine NONE/ACTIVE/ NONE NONE
M1 how to use the IPv6 address entered for STANDBY/
eMBMS M1 bearer.
bearer.
Active bearer.
Standby bearer.

for OAM.
for S1 signals.
for X2 signals.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
for bearer.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1910 DELETE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURATION
Command Format
DLT-IPV6-ADDR: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
Deletes the IPv6 address set for an interface. Once the IPv6 address is deleted, the IPv6 commu-
nication is no longer provided with the outside using the IP address.
TIMEOUT 10



2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1911 RETRIEVE IPV4 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY

CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-IPV4-PRIOR: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves configured IP priority for each IP attribute which is OAM and Signal.
TIMEOUT 10

DB_INDEX Index of the IP attribute for which IP priority 0~2 NONE 0
is to be changed.

DB_INDEX Index of the IP attribute for which IP priority is to be changed.
ATTRIBUTE IP Attribute Type.
PRI_IPV4_ADDR Primary IPv4 Address.
SEC_IPV4_ADDR Secondary IPv4 Address.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1912 CHANGE IPV4 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY

CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-IPV4-PRIOR: DB_INDEX, [PRI_IPV4_ADDR], [SEC_IPV4_ADDR];
Command Description
Changes configuration of IP priority for each IP attribute which is OAM and Signal.
TIMEOUT 10

DB_INDEX Index of the IP attribute for which IP priority 0~2 NONE 0
is to be changed.
PRI_IPV4_ADD Primary IPv4 Address. IPv4 Address NONE 0.0.0.0
R
SEC_IPV4_AD Secondary IPv4 Address. IPv4 Address NONE 0.0.0.0
DR

DB_INDEX Index of the IP attribute for which IP priority is to be changed.
ATTRIBUTE IP Attribute Type.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1913 RETRIEVE IP ROUTE CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-IP-ROUTE: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves static IP route.
TIMEOUT 10

DB_INDEX Index for the IP route. 0 ~ 127 NONE 0

DB_INDEX Index for the IP route.
IP_PREFIX IP route to be created.
IP_PFX_LEN The prefix length of the IP route determining the network mask.
If the network mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.
IP_GW The nexthop IP (or gateway IP) address of the IP route.
DISTANCE The distance of the IP route. Entered between 1 and 255. The
default is 1. Smaller the distance value, the higher the priority of
the route becomes.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1914 CREATE IP ROUTE CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CRTE-IP-ROUTE: DB_INDEX, [IP_PREFIX], [IP_PFX_LEN], [IP_GW], [DISTANCE];
Command Description
Creates static IP route.
TIMEOUT 10

IP_PREFIX IP route to be created. IPv4 Address NONE 0.0.0.0
IP_PFX_LEN The prefix length of the IP route determin- 0 ~ 32 NONE 0
ing the network mask. If the network mask
is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.
IP_GW The nexthop IP (or gateway IP) address of IPv4 Address NONE 0.0.0.0
the IP route.
DISTANCE The distance of the IP route. Entered 1 ~ 255 NONE 1
between 1 and 255. The default is 1.
Smaller the distance value, the higher the
priority of the route becomes.

DB_INDEX Index for the IP route.
IP_PREFIX IP route to be created.
IP_PFX_LEN The prefix length of the IP route determining the network mask.
If the network mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.
IP_GW The nexthop IP (or gateway IP) address of the IP route.
DISTANCE The distance of the IP route. Entered between 1 and 255. The
the route becomes.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1915 DELETE IP ROUTE CONFIGURATION
Command Format
DLT-IP-ROUTE: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
Deletes static IP route.
TIMEOUT 10



2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1916 RETRIEVE IPV6 ROUTE CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-IPV6-ROUTE: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves static IPv6 route.
TIMEOUT 10

DB_INDEX Index for the IPv6 route. 0 ~ 127 NONE 0

DB_INDEX Index for the IPv6 route.
IPV6_PREFIX IPv6 route to be created.
IPV6_PFX_LEN The prefix length of the IPv6 route determining the network
mask.
IPV6_GW The nexthop IPv6 (or gateway IPv6) address of the IPv6 route.
DISTANCE The distance of the IPv6 route. Entered between 1 and 255. The
the route becomes.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1917 CREATE IPV6 ROUTE CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CRTE-IPV6-ROUTE: DB_INDEX, [IPV6_PREFIX], [IPV6_PFX_LEN], [IPV6_GW], [DIS-
TANCE];
Command Description
Creates static IPv6 route.
TIMEOUT 10

IPV6_PREFIX IPv6 route to be created. IPv6 Address NONE 0:0:0:0:
0:0:0:0
IPV6_PFX_LEN The prefix length of the IPv6 route deter- 0 ~ 128 NONE 0
mining the network mask.
IPV6_GW The nexthop IPv6 (or gateway IPv6) IPv6 Address NONE 0:0:0:0:
address of the IPv6 route. 0:0:0:0
DISTANCE The distance of the IPv6 route. Entered 1 ~ 255 NONE 1
between 1 and 255. The default is 1.
Smaller the distance value, the higher the
priority of the route becomes.

DB_INDEX Index for the IPv6 route.
IPV6_PREFIX IPv6 route to be created.
IPV6_PFX_LEN The prefix length of the IPv6 route determining the network
mask.
IPV6_GW The nexthop IPv6 (or gateway IPv6) address of the IPv6 route.
DISTANCE The distance of the IPv6 route. Entered between 1 and 255. The
the route becomes.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1918 DELETE IPV6 ROUTE CONFIGURATION
Command Format
DLT-IPV6-ROUTE: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
Deletes static IPv6 route.
TIMEOUT 10



2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1919 CHANGE IP ADDRESS CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-IP-ADDR: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [IP_ADDR], [IP_PFX_LEN], [OAM],
Command Description
Changes the IP address for an interface. The changes made to the IP addresses are applied to the
system immediately. Therefore, the user must check that the new IP address conforms to the net-
work IP configuration to avoid IP communication problems after making changes.
TIMEOUT 10

IP address. Enter the name of the interface
grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0 for
the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the
face.
IP_ADDR The IP address to be set. IPv4 Address NONE 0.0.0.0
IP_PFX_LEN The prefix length of the IP address deter- 1 ~ 30 NONE 24
mining the network mask. If the network
mask is 255.255.255.0, the length is 24.
OAM Attribute of the IP address, whether to use False/True/ NONE True
the IP address entered for OAM.
OAM.
S1 the IP address entered for S1 signals.
signals.
nals.
X2 the IP address entered for X2 signals.
signals.
nals.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

LTE_BEARER Attribute of the IP address. Whether to use False/True/ NONE True
the IP address entered for bearer.
bearer.
LTE_BEARER_ Attribute of the IP address. Determine how NONE/ACTIVE/ NONE NONE
M1 to use the IP address entered for eMBMS STANDBY/
M1 bearer.
bearer.
Active bearer.
Standby bearer.



for OAM.



2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

entered for bearer.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1920 CHANGE IPV6 ADDRESS CONFIGURA-

TION
Command Format
CHG-IPV6-ADDR: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [IPV6_ADDR], [IPV6_PFX_LEN], [OAM],
Command Description
Changes the IPv6 address set for an interface. To change an IPv6 address, an interface with an
IPv6 address must exist. Enter the new address in the DB_INDEX parameter. Since any changes
to IPv6 addresses are applied in the system immediately, the user must check that the new IPv6
address conforms to the external network configuration in order to avoid communication inter-
ruptions after changing the address.
TIMEOUT 10

IPv6 address. Enter the name of the inter-
face grown. For example, enter ge_0_0_0
for the GE interface, ge_0_0_1.100 for the
face.
IPV6_ADDR The IPv6 address to be set. IPv6 Address NONE 0:0:0:0:
0:0:0:0
IPV6_PFX_LEN The prefix length of the IPv6 address. 1 ~ 127 NONE 64
OAM Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to False/True/ NONE True
use the IPv6 address set for OAM.
OAM.
S1 use the IPv6 address set for S1 signals.
signals.
nals.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

X2 use the IPv6 address set for X2 signals.
signals.
nals.
LTE_BEARER Attribute of the IPv6 address, whether to False/True/ NONE True
use the IPv6 address set for bearer.
bearer.
LTE_BEARER_ Attribute of the IPv6 address. Determine NONE/ACTIVE/ NONE NONE
M1 how to use the IPv6 address entered for STANDBY/
eMBMS M1 bearer.
bearer.
Active bearer.
Standby bearer.

for OAM.
for S1 signals.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
for X2 signals.
for bearer.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1921 RETRIEVE IPV6 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY

CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-IPV6-PRIOR: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves configured IPv6 priority for each IPv6 attribute which is OAM and Signal.
TIMEOUT 10

DB_INDEX Index of the IPv6 attribute for which IPv6 0~2 NONE 0
priority is to be changed.

DB_INDEX Index of the IPv6 attribute for which IPv6 priority is to be
changed.
ATTRIBUTE IPv6 Attribute Type.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1922 CHANGE IPV6 ATTRIBUTE PRIORITY

CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-IPV6-PRIOR: DB_INDEX, [PRI_IPV6_ADDR], [SEC_IPV6_ADDR];
Command Description
Changes configuration of IPv6 priority for each IPv6 attribute which is OAM and Signal.
TIMEOUT 10

DB_INDEX Index of the IPv6 attribute for which IPv6 0~2 NONE 0
priority is to be changed.
PRI_IPV6_ADD Primary IPv6 Address. IPv6 Address NONE 0:0:0:0:
R 0:0:0:0
SEC_IPV6_AD Secondary IPv6 Address. IPv6 Address NONE 0:0:0:0:
DR 0:0:0:0

DB_INDEX Index of the IPv6 attribute for which IPv6 priority is to be
changed.
ATTRIBUTE IPv6 Attribute Type.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1970 RETRIEVE ACL RULE
Command Format
RTRV-ACL-RULE: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieve created rules in the ACL(Access Control List)
TIMEOUT 10

DB_INDEX Index of ACL rule for create, delete and 0 ~ 511 NONE 0
retrieve.

DB_INDEX Index of ACL rule for create, delete and retrieve.
IP_VERSION Set the IP version of ACL rule. ACL can has ACL rules with
same IP version.
- IPV4 : Set the IP version of ACL rule to IPv4.
SEQ_NO Set the priority of rule in the ACL. This parameter of rules in the
same ACL can't be duplicated.
ACL_NAME Set the name of ACL. This parameter is used for inserting a rule
in the ACL or attaching the ACL on the interface.
ACTION Set the action of the packet that satisfy all condition of this rule.
- DENY: Discard the packet.
- PERMIT: Transmit the packet.
PROTOCOL Set the protocol number condition of this rule.

- any: Skip checking protocol number of the packet. (Any proto-
col number of the packet satisfy this condition).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- 0~255: If the packet protocol number and this parameter are

the same, this condition is satisfied.
- tcp: If TCP packet, this condition is satisfied.
- udp: If UDP packet, this condition is satisfied.
- ip: If IP packet, this condition is satisfied.
- icmp: If ICMP packet, this condition is satisfied.
- icmpv6: If IPv6 ICMP packet, this condition is satisfied.
SRC_HOST_TYPE Set whether to check source IP address of the packet.

- ANY: Skip checking source IP address of the packet.
- IP_ADDRESS: Check source IP address of the packet and
source IP condition of this rule are the same.
SRC_IPV4_ADDR Set the IPv4 source IP address condition of this rule. If

SRC_HOST_TYPE parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION param-
eter is IPV6, this paramter is not available.
SRC_IPV4_PFX_LEN Set the prefix length of IPv4 source IP address condition of thie
rule.

rule.
SRC_PORT Set the source port number condition of this rule. If PROTOCOL
parameter is not any, tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter is not
available.
- any: Skip checking source port number of the packet.
- 0~65535: If the packet source port number and this parameter
are the same, this condition is satisfied.
- MIN-MAX: If the packet source port number is between MIN
and MAX, this condition is satisfied.
DST_HOST_TYPE Set whether to check destination IP address of the packet.

- ANY: Skip checking destination IP address of the packet.
- IP_ADDRESS: Check destination IP address of the packet and
destination IP condition of this rule are the same.
DST_IPV4_ADDR Set the IPv4 destination IP address condition of this rule. If

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
DST_HOST_TYPE parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION param-

DST_IPV4_PFX_LEN Set the prefix length of IPv4 destination IP address condition of

thie rule.

DST_HOST_TYPE is ANY parameter or IP_VERSION param-

thie rule.
DST_PORT Set the destination port number condition of this rule. If PRO-
TOCOL parameter is not any, tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter
is not available.
- any: Skip checking destination port number of the packet.
- 0~65535: If the packet destination port number and this param-
eter are the same, this condition is satisfied.
- MIN-MAX: If the packet destination port number is between
MIN and MAX, this condition is satisfied.
DSCP_TYPE Set whether to check DSCP number of the packet.

- NONE: Skip checking DSCP number of the packet.
- DSCP: Check DSCP number of the packet and
DSCP_NUMBER parameter are the same.
DSCP_NUMBER Set the DSCP number condition fo this rule. If DSCP_TYPE

parameter is NONE, this parameter is not available.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1971 CREATE ACL RULE
Command Format
CRTE-ACL-RULE: DB_INDEX, [IP_VERSION], [SEQ_NO], [ACL_NAME], [ACTION], [PROTO-
COL], [SRC_HOST_TYPE], [SRC_IPV4_ADDR], [SRC_IPV4_PFX_LEN], [SRC_IPV6_ADDR],
[SRC_IPV6_PFX_LEN], [SRC_PORT], [DST_HOST_TYPE], [DST_IPV4_ADDR],
[DST_IPV4_PFX_LEN], [DST_IPV6_ADDR], [DST_IPV6_PFX_LEN], [DST_PORT],
[DSCP_TYPE], [DSCP_NUMBER];
Command Description
Create a new rule and insert in the ACL(Acess Control List). ACL rule has 6 tuple(Protocol
Number/Source IP/Destination IP/Source Port/Destination Port/DSCP) condition and set the
action(permit/deny) of an incoming or outgoing packet that satisfy all conditions. When a new
rule is inserted in the ACL, it can be selected by ACL_NAME parameter. Multiple rules can be
inserted in the ACL and priority of a rule in the ACL can be set by SEQ_NO parameter. A new
rule can't be inserted in the ACL that is attached on the interface.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieve.
IP_VERSION Set the IP version of ACL rule. ACL can IPV4/IPV6/ NONE IPV4
has ACL rules with same IP version.
- IPV4 : Set the IP version of ACL rule to
IPv4.
- IPV6 : Set the IP version of ACL rule to
IPv6
SEQ_NO Set the priority of rule in the ACL. This 1 ~ 127 NONE 1
parameter of rules in the same ACL can't
be duplicated.
ACL_NAME Set the name of ACL. This parameter is 32 NONE -
used for inserting a rule in the ACL or
attaching the ACL on the interface.
ACTION Set the action of the packet that satisfy all DENY/PERMIT/ NONE DENY
condition of this rule.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

PROTOCOL Set the protocol number condition of this 16 NONE any
rule.
- any: Skip checking protocol number of the
packet. (Any protocol number of the packet
satisfy this condition).
- 0~255: If the packet protocol number and
this parameter are the same, this condition
is satisfied.
- tcp: If TCP packet, this condition is satis-
fied.
- udp: If UDP packet, this condition is satis-
fied.
- icmp: If ICMP packet, this condition is sat-
isfied.
- icmpv6: If IPv6 ICMP packet, this condi-
tion is satisfied.
SRC_HOST_T Set whether to check source IP address of ANY/IP_ADDRESS/ NONE ANY
YPE the packet.
- ANY: Skip checking source IP address of
the packet.
- IP_ADDRESS: Check source IP address
of the packet and source IP condition of this
rule are the same.
SRC_IPV4_AD Set the IPv4 source IP address condition of IPv4 Address NONE 0.0.0.0
DR this rule. If SRC_HOST_TYPE parameter
is ANY or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV6,
this paramter is not available.
SRC_IPV4_PF Set the prefix length of IPv4 source IP 0 ~ 32 NONE 0
X_LEN address condition of thie rule.
SRC_IPV6_AD Set the IPv6 source IP address condition of IPv6 Address NONE 0:0:0:0:
DR this rule. If SRC_HOST_TYPE parameter 0:0:0:0
is ANY or IP_VERSION parameter is IPV4,
this paramter is not available.
SRC_IPV6_PF Set the prefix length of IPv6 source IP 0 ~ 128 NONE 0
SRC_PORT Set the source port number condition of this 16 NONE any
rule. If PROTOCOL parameter is not any,
tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter is not
available.
- any: Skip checking source port number of
the packet.
- 0~65535: If the packet source port num-
ber and this parameter are the same, this
condition is satisfied.
- MIN-MAX: If the packet source port num-
ber is between MIN and MAX, this condi-
tion is satisfied.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

DST_HOST_TY Set whether to check destination IP ANY/IP_ADDRESS/ NONE ANY
PE address of the packet.
- ANY: Skip checking destination IP
address of the packet.
- IP_ADDRESS: Check destination IP
address of the packet and destination IP
condition of this rule are the same.
DST_IPV4_AD Set the IPv4 destination IP address condi- IPv4 Address NONE 0.0.0.0
DR tion of this rule. If DST_HOST_TYPE
parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION param-
DST_IPV4_PF Set the prefix length of IPv4 destination IP 0 ~ 32 NONE 0
DST_IPV6_AD Set the IPv6 destination IP address condi- IPv6 Address NONE 0:0:0:0:
DR tion of this rule. If DST_HOST_TYPE is 0:0:0:0
ANY parameter or IP_VERSION parameter
is IPV4, this paramter is not available.
DST_IPV6_PF Set the prefix length of IPv6 destination IP 0 ~ 128 NONE 0
DST_PORT Set the destination port number condition 16 NONE any
of this rule. If PROTOCOL parameter is not
any, tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter is not
available.
- any: Skip checking destination port num-
ber of the packet.
- 0~65535: If the packet destination port
number and this parameter are the same,
this condition is satisfied.
- MIN-MAX: If the packet destination port
number is between MIN and MAX, this con-
dition is satisfied.
DSCP_TYPE Set whether to check DSCP number of the NONE/DSCP/ NONE NONE
packet.
- NONE: Skip checking DSCP number of
the packet.
- DSCP: Check DSCP number of the
packet and DSCP_NUMBER parameter
are the same.
DSCP_NUMBE Set the DSCP number condition fo this rule. 0 ~ 63 NONE 0
R If DSCP_TYPE parameter is NONE, this
parameter is not available.

DB_INDEX Index of ACL rule for create, delete and retrieve.
IP_VERSION Set the IP version of ACL rule. ACL can has ACL rules with
same IP version.
- IPV6 : Set the IP version of ACL rule to IPv6

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
SEQ_NO Set the priority of rule in the ACL. This parameter of rules in the
same ACL can't be duplicated.
ACL_NAME Set the name of ACL. This parameter is used for inserting a rule
in the ACL or attaching the ACL on the interface.
ACTION Set the action of the packet that satisfy all condition of this rule.
PROTOCOL Set the protocol number condition of this rule.

- any: Skip checking protocol number of the packet. (Any proto-
col number of the packet satisfy this condition)
- 0~255: If the packet protocol number and this parameter are the
same, this condition is satisfied.
- tcp: If TCP packet, this condition is satisfied.
- udp: If UDP packet, this condition is satisfied.
- icmp: If ICMP packet, this condition is satisfied.
- icmpv6: If IPv6 ICMP packet, this condition is satisfied.
SRC_HOST_TYPE Set whether to check source IP address of the packet.

- ANY: Skip checking source IP address of the packet.
- IP_ADDRESS: Check source IP address of the packet and
source IP condition of this rule are the same.

rule.

rule.
SRC_PORT Set the source port number condition of this rule. If PROTOCOL
parameter is not any, tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter is not

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
available.
- any: Skip checking source port number of the packet.
- 0~65535: If the packet source port number and this parameter
are the same, this condition is satisfied.
- MIN-MAX: If the packet source port number is between MIN
and MAX, this condition is satisfied.
DST_HOST_TYPE Set whether to check destination IP address of the packet.

- ANY: Skip checking destination IP address of the packet.
- IP_ADDRESS: Check destination IP address of the packet and
destination IP condition of this rule are the same.

DST_HOST_TYPE parameter is ANY or IP_VERSION param-

thie rule.

DST_HOST_TYPE is ANY parameter or IP_VERSION param-

thie rule.
DST_PORT Set the destination port number condition of this rule. If PRO-
TOCOL parameter is not any, tcp(6) or udp(17), this parameter
is not available.
- any: Skip checking destination port number of the packet.
- 0~65535: If the packet destination port number and this param-
eter are the same, this condition is satisfied.
- MIN-MAX: If the packet destination port number is between
MIN and MAX, this condition is satisfied.
DSCP_TYPE Set whether to check DSCP number of the packet.

- NONE: Skip checking DSCP number of the packet.
- DSCP: Check DSCP number of the packet and
DSCP_NUMBER parameter are the same.
DSCP_NUMBER Set the DSCP number condition fo this rule. If DSCP_TYPE

parameter is NONE, this parameter is not available.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1972 DELETE ACL RULE
Command Format
DLT-ACL-RULE: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
Delete created rule from ACL(Access Control List). Rule of the ACL that is attached on the inter-
face, can't be deleted.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieve.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1973 RETRIEVE ACL CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-ACL-CONF: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieve attached ACL(Access Control List) on the interface.
TIMEOUT 10

DB_INDEX Index of ACL for attach, delete and retrieve. 0 ~ 39 NONE 0

DB_INDEX Index of ACL for attach, delete and retrieve.
IF_NAME Set the interface name that will be attached ACL
ACL_NAME Set the ACL name for attaching on a direction of the interface.
DIRECTION Set the direction of the interface that will be attached ACL.
- IN: Apply ACL on inbound packet of the interface.
- OUT: Apply ACL on outgoing packet of the interface.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1974 CREATE ACL CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CRTE-ACL-CONF: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [ACL_NAME], [DIRECTION];
Command Description
Attach ACL(Access Control List) on a direction(in/out) of the interface. ACL is selected by
ACL_NAME parameter of CRTE-ACL-RULE command. An incoming or outgoing packet is
compared with rules of the ACL and handled by the action(permit/deny) of the matched rule. If
the packet is not matched with every rules of the ACL, it is discarded.
TIMEOUT 10

IF_NAME Set the interface name that will be attached 24 NONE -
ACL
ACL_NAME Set the ACL name for attaching on a direc- 32 NONE -
tion of the interface.
DIRECTION Set the direction of the interface that will be IN/OUT/ NONE IN
attached ACL.
- IN: Apply ACL on inbound packet of the
interface.
- OUT: Apply ACL on outgoing packet of the
interface.

DB_INDEX Index of ACL for attach, delete and retrieve.
IF_NAME Set the interface name that will be attached ACL
ACL_NAME Set the ACL name for attaching on a direction of the interface.
DIRECTION Set the direction of the interface that will be attached ACL.
- IN: Apply ACL on inbound packet of the interface.
- OUT: Apply ACL on outgoing packet of the interface.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1975 DELETE ACL CONFIGURATION
Command Format
DLT-ACL-CONF: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
Delete attached ACL(Access Control List) from the interface.
TIMEOUT 10



2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1976 RETRIEVE QoS CLASS
Command Format
RTRV-QOS-CLASS: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieve configuration of DSCP mapping to the Class.
TIMEOUT 10

DB_INDEX Index of DSCP mapping to Class for add, 0 ~ 511 NONE 0
delete and retrieve.

DB_INDEX Index of DSCP mapping to Class for add, delete and retrieve.
CLASS_NAME Set the Class name for adding a new DSCP mapping. This
parameter is used for adding multiple DSCP number to the Class
or including in the Policy.
DSCP_NUMBER Set the DSCP number for adding to the Class. A Class can have
multiple DSCP mapping.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1977 CREATE QoS CLASS
Command Format
CRTE-QOS-CLASS: DB_INDEX, [CLASS_NAME], [DSCP_NUMBER];
Command Description
Add a new DSCP mapping to the Class. Packets that are transmitted through the backhaul inter-
face are classified to Class by IP header DSCP value. This Class is included in a Policy with QoS
policy configuration. Class is selected by Class Name and a Class can have multiple DSCP map-
ping. A new DSCP mapping can't be added to the Class that is included in Policy.
TIMEOUT 10

CLASS_NAME Set the Class name for adding a new 32 NONE -
DSCP mapping. This parameter is used for
adding multiple DSCP number to the Class
DSCP_NUMBE Set the DSCP number for adding to the 0 ~ 63 NONE 0
R Class. A Class can have multiple DSCP
mapping.

DB_INDEX Index of DSCP mapping to Class for add, delete and retrieve.
CLASS_NAME Set the Class name for adding a new DSCP mapping. This
parameter is used for adding multiple DSCP number to the Class
DSCP_NUMBER Set the DSCP number for adding to the Class. A Class can have
multiple DSCP mapping.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1978 DELETE QoS CLASS
Command Format
DLT-QOS-CLASS: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
Delete DSCP mapping from the Class. DSCP mapping can't be deleted from the Class that is
included in Policy.
TIMEOUT 10



2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1979 RETRIEVE QoS POLICY
Command Format
RTRV-QOS-POLICY: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieve Policy including Class with QoS policy configuration.
TIMEOUT 10

DB_INDEX Index of Policy including Class for add, 0 ~ 319 NONE 0

DB_INDEX Index of Policy including Class for add, delete and retrieve.
POLICY_NAME Set the Policy name for adding a new Class. This parameter is
used for attaching the Policy on the interface.
CLASS_NAME Set the Class name that will be added to the Policy.
SCHEDULER_TYPE Set the scheduler type of the Class(Queue).

- NONE: This Class is not used for scheduler configuration.
- SPQ: Strict Priority Queue. Packet in the SPQs is sent out
according to the priority of Class(Queue) that is set by
QUEUE_PRIORITY paramter.
- DRR: Deficit Round Robin. Packet in the DRR Classes is sent
out over percentage of bandwidth that is set by
BW_PERCENTAGE at least.
QUEUE_PRIORITY Set the priority of SPQ in the Policy. If SCHEDULER_TYPE

parameter is not SPQ, this parameter is not available.
BW_PERCENTAGE Set the minimum guaranteed bandwidth percentage of DRR

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
Class. If SCHEDULER_TYPE parameter is not DRR, this

QUEUE_RATE Set the bandwidth limitation rate of the Class(Queue). If this

class traffic rate is over QUEUE_RATE, it is shaped. This
parameter should be multiples of 128 and range is 1024 ~
999936 kbps.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1980 RETRIEVE SYSTEM IP SELECTION
Command Format
RTRV-SYSIP-SEL;
Command Description
Retrieves selected system IP addresses for each attribute.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX Index for System IP Selection
OAM_IPVER The IP version for OAM.
SIG_IPVER The IP version for Signal.
OAM_IPV4_ADDR The IPv4 address for OAM.
S1_PRI_IPV4_ADDR The primary IPv4 address for S1 signal.
S1_SEC_IPV4_ADDR The secondary IPv4 address for S1 signal.
X2_PRI_IPV4_ADDR The primary IPv4 address for X2 signal.
X2_SEC_IPV4_ADDR The secondary IPv4 address for X2 signal.
OAM_IPV6_ADDR The IPv6 address for OAM.
S1_PRI_IPV6_ADDR The primary IPv6 address for S1 signal.
S1_SEC_IPV6_ADDR The secondary IPv6 address for S1 signal.
X2_PRI_IPV6_ADDR The primary IPv6 address for X2 signal.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
X2_SEC_IPV6_ADDR The secondary IPv6 address for X2 signal.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1981 CHANGE SYSTEM IP SELECTION
Command Format
CHG-SYSIP-SEL: [OAM_IPVER], [SIG_IPVER];
Command Description
Change system IP version.
TIMEOUT 10

OAM_IPVER The IP version for OAM. IPV4/IPV6/ NONE IPV4
SIG_IPVER The IP version for Signal. IPV4/IPV6/ NONE IPV4

DB_INDEX Index for System IP Selection
OAM_IPVER The IP version for OAM.
SIG_IPVER The IP version for Signal.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1982 RETRIEVE BH QOS CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-BHQOS-CONF: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieve the Policy attached on the backhaul interface.
TIMEOUT 10

DB_INDEX Index of Policy of backhaul interface for 0 ~ 39 NONE 0
attach, delete and retrieve.

DB_INDEX Index of Policy of backhaul interface for attach, delete and
retrieve.
IF_NAME Set the backhaul interface name for attaching a new Policy.
POLICY_NAME Set the Policy name for attaching on the backhaul interface.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1983 CREATE BH QOS CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CRTE-BHQOS-CONF: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [POLICY_NAME];
Command Description
Attach the Policy on the backhaul interface. The Policy is selected by POLICY_NAME parame-
ter of CRTE-QOS-POLICY command. Packets that are transmitted through the backhaul inter-
face are classified to Class of the Policy by IP header DSCP value and handled by QoS Policy of
each Class.
TIMEOUT 10

IF_NAME Set the backhaul interface name for attach- 24 NONE -
ing a new Policy.
POLICY_NAME Set the Policy name for attaching on the 32 NONE -
backhaul interface.

DB_INDEX Index of Policy of backhaul interface for attach, delete and
retrieve.
IF_NAME Set the backhaul interface name for attaching a new Policy.
POLICY_NAME Set the Policy name for attaching on the backhaul interface.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1984 DELETE BH QOS CONFIGURATION
Command Format
DLT-BHQOS-CONF: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
Delete the Policy from the backhaul interface.
TIMEOUT 10



2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1985 RETRIEVE BH RATE CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-BHRATE-CONF: [DB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieve the bandwidth limitaion rate of the backhaul interface.
TIMEOUT 10

DB_INDEX Index of the bandwidth limitation rate of 0~3 NONE 0
backhaul interface for set, delete and
retrieve.

DB_INDEX Index of the bandwidth limitation rate of backhaul interface for
set, delete and retrieve.
IF_NAME Set the backhaul interface name for setting bandwidth limitation
rate.
PORT_RATE Set the rate of bandwidth limitation. This parameter should be

multiples of 128 and range is 1024 ~ 999936 kbps.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1986 CREATE BH RATE CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CRTE-BHRATE-CONF: DB_INDEX, [IF_NAME], [PORT_RATE];
Command Description
Set the bandwidth limitation rate of the backhaul interface. If this backhaul interface traffic rate is
over PORT_RATE, it is shaped.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieve.
IF_NAME Set the backhaul interface name for setting 24 NONE -
bandwidth limitation rate.
PORT_RATE Set the rate of bandwidth limitation. This 1024 ~ 999936 kbps 999936
parameter should be multiples of 128 and
range is 1024 ~ 999936 kbps.

DB_INDEX Index of the bandwidth limitation rate of backhaul interface for
set, delete and retrieve.
IF_NAME Set the backhaul interface name for setting bandwidth limitation
rate.
PORT_RATE Set the rate of bandwidth limitation. This parameter should be

multiples of 128 and range is 1024 ~ 999936 kbps.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1987 DELETE BH RATE CONFIGURATION
Command Format
DLT-BHRATE-CONF: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
Delete the bandwidth limitaion rate of the backhaul interface.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieve.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1990 CREATE QoS POLICY
Command Format
CRTE-QOS-POLICY: DB_INDEX, [POLICY_NAME], [CLASS_NAME], [SCHEDULER_TYPE],
[QUEUE_PRIORITY], [BW_PERCENTAGE], [QUEUE_RATE];
Command Description
Add a new Class to the Policy and set the QoS policy of the Class. Class is selected by
CLASS_NAME parameter of CRTE-QOS-CLASS command. Policy can include up to 7 Classes
and a new Class can't be added to the Policy that is attached on the interface.
TIMEOUT 10

POLICY_NAME Set the Policy name for adding a new 32 NONE -
Class. This parameter is used for attaching
the Policy on the interface.
CLASS_NAME Set the Class name that will be added to 32 NONE -
the Policy.
SCHEDULER_ Set the scheduler type of the NONE/SPQ/DRR/ NONE NONE
TYPE Class(Queue).
- NONE: This Class is not used for sched-
uler configuration.
- SPQ: Strict Priority Queue. Packet in the
SPQs is sent out according to the priority of
Class(Queue) that is set by
- DRR: Deficit Round Robin. Packet in the
DRR Classes is sent out over percentage
of bandwidth that is set by
QUEUE_PRIO Set the priority of SPQ in the Policy. If 0~6 NONE 0
RITY SCHEDULER_TYPE parameter is not
SPQ, this parameter is not available.
BW_PERCENT Set the minimum guaranteed bandwidth 1 ~ 99 % 1
AGE percentage of DRR Class. If
SCHEDULER_TYPE parameter is not
DRR, this parameter is not available.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

QUEUE_RATE Set the bandwidth limitation rate of the 1024 ~ 999936 kbps 999936
Class(Queue). If this class traffic rate is
over QUEUE_RATE, it is shaped. This
parameter should be multiples of 128 and
range is 1024 ~ 999936 kbps.

DB_INDEX Index of Policy including Class for add, delete and retrieve.
POLICY_NAME Set the Policy name for adding a new Class. This parameter is
used for attaching the Policy on the interface.
CLASS_NAME Set the Class name that will be added to the Policy.
SCHEDULER_TYPE Set the scheduler type of the Class(Queue).

- NONE: This Class is not used for scheduler configuration.
- SPQ: Strict Priority Queue. Packet in the SPQs is sent out
according to the priority of Class(Queue) that is set by
- DRR: Deficit Round Robin. Packet in the DRR Classes is sent
out over percentage of bandwidth that is set by
QUEUE_PRIORITY Set the priority of SPQ in the Policy. If SCHEDULER_TYPE

parameter is not SPQ, this parameter is not available.
BW_PERCENTAGE Set the minimum guaranteed bandwidth percentage of DRR

Class. If SCHEDULER_TYPE parameter is not DRR, this
QUEUE_RATE Set the bandwidth limitation rate of the Class(Queue). If this

class traffic rate is over QUEUE_RATE, it is shaped. This
parameter should be multiples of 128 and range is 1024 ~
999936 kbps.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1991 DELETE QoS POLICY
Command Format
DLT-QOS-POLICY: DB_INDEX;
Command Description
Delete a Class from the Policy. A Class can't be deleted from the Policy that is attached on the
interface.
TIMEOUT 10



2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1992 RETRIEVE SYSDSCP INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-SYSDSCP-DATA: [CLASS_ID];
Command Description
Retrieve the DSCP mapping information with control and management traffic type. If
CLASS_ID parameter is inserted, DSCP value of the system traffic corresponding to the parame-
ter is displayed. If CLASS_ID parameter is blank, DSCP values of all system traffic type are dis-
played.
TIMEOUT 10

CLASS_ID The index defined to set the DSCP map- 0~6 NONE 0
ping information with control and manage-
ment traffic type. 7 traffic types are defined
as follows depending on the ClassId.
- 0: SNMP.
- 1: SSH.
- 2: sftp/ftp.
- 3: OAM traffic, CSL, Trace.
- 4: ICMP (Ping).
- 5: Network control traffic.
- 6: IEEE 1588 traffic

CLASS_ID The index defined to set the DSCP mapping information with
control and management traffic type. 7 traffic types are defined
- 0: SNMP.
- 1: SSH.
- 2: sftp/ftp.
- 4: ICMP (Ping).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
DSCP The DSCP value that will be mapped with the specified control
and management traffic type.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C1993 CHANGE SYSDSCP INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-SYSDSCP-DATA: CLASS_ID, [DSCP];
Command Description
Change the DSCP mapping information with control and management traffic type. The system
traffic type can be selected by CLASS_ID parameter and the value of DSCP parameter is mapped
to the system traffic type.
TIMEOUT 10

CLASS_ID The index defined to set the DSCP map- 0~6 NONE 0
ping information with control and manage-
ment traffic type. 7 traffic types are defined
- 0: SNMP.
- 1: SSH.
- 2: sftp/ftp.
- 4: ICMP (Ping).
DSCP The DSCP value that will be mapped with 0 ~ 63 NONE 26
the specified control and management traf-
fic type.

CLASS_ID The index defined to set the DSCP mapping information with
control and management traffic type. 7 traffic types are defined
- 0: SNMP.
- 1: SSH.
- 2: sftp/ftp.
- 4: ICMP (Ping).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
DSCP The DSCP value that will be mapped with the specified control
and management traffic type.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2001 RETRIEVE SUBCELL UE COUNT
Command Format
RTRV-SCELL-UECNT: [SUB_CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the number of UE that is connected to the SubCell. This command number of Active
UE of RRC Establishment cause and HO (Handover) is separated by a command to query.
TIMEOUT 10

SUB_CELL_NU The subcell number. This value must not 0 ~ 17 NONE 0
M exceed the maximum number of subcells
supported by the system. It is determined
by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum
is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 subcells are sup-
ported.

SUB_CELL_NUM The subcell number. This value must not exceed the maximum
number of subcells supported by the system. It is determined by
FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum capacity provided to
the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3 subcells are sup-
ported.
ACTIVE_UECOUNT The number of calls assigned to the subcell.
EMER_AC_UECOUNT It is emergency access UE count.
H_PRIORITY_AC_UECOUNT It is high priority access UE count.
M_TERM_AC_UECOUNT It is mobile terminating access UE count.
M_ORG_SIGNAL_AC_UECOUNT It is mobile originating signalling access UE count.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
M_ORG_DATA_AC_UECOUNT It is mobile originating data access UE count.
RELOCATE_HOCOUNT It is relocated handover count.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2002 RETRIEVE TIMER INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-TIMER-INF;
Command Description
Retrieves the timer values used by the ECCB blocks in the eNB. The user can retrieve the timer
value used for exchanging messages with the UE, MME and Naver eNB, and by other ECCB
blocks when a call is set up.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX Index to change the timer information. The default is 0.
RRC_CONNECTION_SETUP The time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionSetupCom-

plete message after sending the RrcConnectionSetup message
from the eNB to the UE.
RRC_CONNECTION_RECONFIG The time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionRecofigura-

tionComplete message after sending the RrcConnectionRecofig
message from the eNB to the UE.
RRC_CONNECTION_RE_ESTABLISHThe time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionReestab-

lishmentComplete message after sending the RrcConnection-
Reestablishment message from the eNB to the UE.
RRC_SECURITY_MODE_COMMANDThe time to wait for reception of the SecurityModeComplete

message after sending the SecurityModeCommand message
RRC_UE_CAPABILITY_ENQUIRYThe time to wait for reception of the UeCapabilityInformation

message after sending the UeCapabilityEnquiry message from
the eNB to the UE.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
RRC_CONNECTION_RELEASE The time to wait for reception of the message from the PDCB
block confirming that the RrcConnectionRelease message was
successfully sent after sending it from the eNB to the UE.
RRC_HANDOVER_PREPARATIONThe time to wait for reception of the RrcULHandoverPrepara-

tionTransfer message after sending the RrcHandoverFromEU-
TRAPreparationRequest message from the eNB to the UE.
RRC_UE_INFORMATION_REQUESTThe time to wait for reception of the InformationResponse

message after sending the InformationRequest message from the
eNB to the UE.
S1_SETUP The time to wait for reception of the S1SetupResponse message

or the S1SetupFailure message after sending the
S1SetupRequest from the eNB to the MME.
S1_UPDATE The time to wait for reception of the EnbConfigurationUp-

dateAcknowledge message or the EnbConfigurationUpdateFail-
ure message after sending the EnbConfigurationUpdate from the
eNB to the MME.
S1_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT The retry count for the eNB configuration update procedure
when the eNBConfigurationUpdateFailure message is received
from the MME or when time out occurs after sending the eNB-
ConfigurationUpdate message from the eNB.
S1_UPDATE_TIME_TO_WAIT The TimetoWait value included in MMEConfigurationUpdate-

Failure transmission.
S1_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP The time to wait for reception of the InitialContextSetupRequest

message after sending the InitilUE from the eNB to the MME.
S1_ERAB_RELEASE_INDICATIONThe time to wait for reception of the ERABReleaseCommand

message after sending the E_RABReleaseIndication from the
eNB to the MME.
S1_UE_CONTEXT_RELEASE The time to wait for reception of the UEContextReleaseCom-

mand message after sending the UEContextReleaseRequest
from the eNB to the MME.
S1_PATH_SWITCH The time to wait for reception of the PathSwitchRequestAc-

knowledge message after sending the PathSwitchReques from

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
the eNB to the MME.
S1_HANDOVER_PREPARATION The time to wait for reception of the HandoverCommand mes-

sage after sending the HandoverRequired from the eNB to the
MME.
S1_RELOC_OVERALL The time to wait for the UEContextReleaseCommand message

from the MME after the HandoverCommand message from the
eNB is received by the MME and handover is complete.
S1_HANDOVER_CANCEL The time to wait for reception of the HandoverCancelAcknowl-

edge message after sending the HandoverCancel from the eNB
to the MME.
X2_SETUP The time to wait for the X2SetupResponse message or the

X2SetupFailure message after sending the X2SetupRequest
from the eNB to another eNB.
X2_SETUP_TIME_TO_WAIT The TimetoWait value included in the X2SetupFailure message

sent by the eNB which received an X2SetupRequest message.
X2_UPDATE The time to wait for the EnbConfigurationUpdateAcknowledge

message or the EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure message after
sending the EnbConfigurationUpdate from the eNB to another
eNB set as a neighbor.
X2_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT The retry count for the X2 eNB configuration update procedure
from the MME or when time out occurs after sending the X2
eNBConfigurationUpdate message from the eNB.
X2_UPDATE_TIME_TO_WAIT The TimetoWait value included in ENBConfigurationUpdate-

Failure transmission (The default is 5 seconds).
X2_HANDOVER_PREPARATION The time to wait for the HandoverRequestAcknowledge mes-

sage after sending the HandoverRequest message from the
source eNB to the target eNB.
X2_RELOC_OVERALL The time to wait for the UEContextRelease message from the
target eNB after receiving the HandoverRequestAcknowledge
message from the target eNB and handover is complete.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
X2_STORE_UE_CONTEXT The time during which to determine whether the Handover

Report message is sent when the RLF Indication message is
received by the SON MRO (Mobility Robustness Optimization)
function.
INTERNAL_RESOURCE_SETUP The time to wait for a response after sending the setup message
to internal entities (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for setting up
resources inside the eNB.
INTERNAL_RESOURCE_RELEASEThe time to wait for a response after sending the release mes-
sage to internal entities (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for releasing
INTERNAL_SECURITY_CONTROLThe time to wait for a response after sending the control mes-
sage to the PDCP entity for security control inside the eNB.
INTERNAL_RRC_DATA_TRANSFERThe time to wait for reception of the data transfer confirm

message from the PDCP entity after sending RrcConnectionRe-
configuration to the UE at intra-cell handover.
INTERNAL_FORWARDING_PATH_SETUPThe time to wait for a response after sending the setup

message to the GTP entity for unlink and downlink path setup at
handover.
INTERNAL_REESTALISH_CONTROLThe time to wait for a response after sending the control

message for controlling the entities inside the eNB at reestablish.
INTERNAL_BUFFER_FLUSH The time between buffer flush message transmission and recep-
tion of its response. The flush message is sent to flush the buffer
of the PDCP entity after receiving UEContextRelease (X2) and
UEContextReleaseCommand (S1) at handover.
INTERNAL_DATA_TRANSFER_STARTThe time to wait for a response after sending the control

message notifying HandoverComplete to the target PDCP entity
after the X2, S1 handover.
INTERNAL_DATA_FORWARD_END_INDThe time to wait for reception of DataForwardEndInd

from the PDCP entity indicating that data forwarding is com-
plete after transmitting UEContextRelease to X2 and Handover-
Notify to S1.
INTERNAL_REESTABLSH_TIME_TO_WAITThe time to wait for reception of RrcReestablishRe-

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
quest from the UE after RLF is received from MACB or Max

Retransmission Ind is received from RLCB.
INTERNAL_USER_INACTIVITY The user inactivity time triggered by MAC because there is no

traffic at the UE attached for a certain period of time.
INTERNAL_SIGNALING_INACTIVITYThe signaling inactivity time triggered when enb has no

signaling message for a certain period of time.
INTERNAL_NO_WAIT_RETRY The time to wait for resending the message to S1 or X2 when the
failure message received from S1 or X2 (S1SetupFailure,
X2SetupFailure, S1EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure,
X2EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure) does not contain timer
information.
INTERNAL_RRC_RESET The time to wait for multiple UEs to be released after sending
the RrcConnectionRelease to the UEs at eNB reset.
INTERNAL_ENB_RESET The time to wait for a response after sending the CallDelete mes-
sage to the internal entities for releasing the entities inside the
eNB at eNB reset.
INTERNAL_SOLICIT_MEASUREMENT_REPORTThe time to wait for reception of the Measure-

ment Report message from the UE according to the Solicit Mea-
surement Report procedure.
INTERNAL_RTDINFO_REQ The time to wait for reception of the RTDInfoCnf message after
sending RTDInfoReq to MAC for obtaining the RTD informa-
tion.
RIM_RIR The time to wait for a response after sending MME Direct Infor-
mation Transfer (RAN-INFORMATION-REQUEST) to the
MME.
RIM_RIAE The time to wait for a response after sending MME Direct Infor-
mation Transfer (RAN-INFORMATION-APPLICATION-
ERROR) to the MME.
INTERNAL_SUB_CELL_CHANGEThe time to wait for a response after sending msgCmacPhySub-

CellChangeCnf to MAC. Only Sub Cell Type Applicable
INTERNAL_SUB_CELL_PDCP_CONTROLThe time to wait for a response after sending msgCpd-

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
cpControl to PDCB. Only Sub Cell Type Applicable

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2004 RETRIEVE EUTRAN CELL CONF IDLE
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the E-UTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network) cell information
in the eNB. The parameters defined in this PLD include the essential information for operating E-
UTRAN cells.
TIMEOUT 10

CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed or 0~8 NONE 0
retrieved.

CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed or retrieved.
CELL_IDENTITY This parameter defines cell Identity.
PHY_CELL_ID Physical cell ID. It is used for UE to distinguish the cell in a

wireless network, and is also used to recover cell-specific refer-
ence signals. It should be assigned to avoid conflicts between
neighboring cells.
CELL_TYPE Type of cell operation.

- macroCell: Operates multiple common cells.
- openCell: Operates a single common cell.
- hybridCell: Operates closed subscriber group (CSG) cells as
well as common ones.
- csgCell: Operates CSG cells only.
DUPLEX_TYPE Communication method for cell operation.

- ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- ci_TDD: Time division duplex.
DL_ANT_COUNT Tx antenna count used by the active cell.

- ci_n1TxAntCnt: 1 Tx antenna is used.
- ci_n2TxAntCnt: 2 Tx antennas are used.
UL_ANT_COUNT The Rx antenna count used by the active cell.

- ci_n2RxAntCnt: 2 Rx antennas are used.
EARFCN_DL Downlink ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Num-

ber) used by the EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio
Access Network) system in the active cell. The center frequency
should be changed to E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Chan-
nel Number (EARFCN). See 5.7.3 in 3GPP TS 36.101.
EARFCN_UL Uplink ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number)

used by the EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio
should be changed to EARFCN. See 5.7.3 in 3GPP TS 36.101.
DL_BANDWIDTH Downlink bandwidth used by the active cell.

- ci_SystemBandwidth_n6: 1.4MHz bandwidth that uses 6 phys-
ical resource blocks.
- ci_SystemBandwidth_n15: 3MHz bandwidth that uses 15
physical resource blocks.
- ci_SystemBandwidth_n25: 5 MHz bandwidth using 25 physi-
cal RBs.
cal RBs.
cal RBs.
- ci_SystemBandwidth_n100: 20 MHz bandwidth using 100
physical RBs.
UL_BANDWIDTH Uplink bandwidth used by the active cell.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

cal RBs.
cal RBs.
cal RBs.
physical RBs.
FREQUENCY_BAND_INDICATORFrequency band indicator including the frequency of the active

cell. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 1.
GROUP_ID This parameter defines Carrier groupId for the cell
SUBFRAME_ASSIGNMENT TDD subframe assignment of the cell in operation. The assign-

ment is only valid if the cell's duplex is TDD. See 4.2 of 3GPP
TS 36.211 for the UL/DL configuration.
- ci_subframeAssignment_sa0: TDD uses UL/DL Configuration
0.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
SPECIAL_SUBFRAME_PATTERNSTDD special subframe of the cell in operation. The information

is only valid if the cell in operation's duplex is TDD. See 4.2 in
3GPP TS 36.211 for the special subframe configuration.
- ci_specialSubframePattern_ssp0: TDD uses Special Subframe
0.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
FORCED_MODE This parameter defines forced mode for changed value.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2008 RETRIEVE BLACK LISTED CELL INFOR-

MATION
Command Format
RTRV-BLACK-LIST: [CELL_NUM], [BLACK_LIST_IDX];
Command Description
Retrieves the blacklist cell information for each cell in the eNB. The blacklist cell information for
each cell in the eNB is transmitted to the UE when performing basic call actions.
TIMEOUT 10

CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed. 0~8 NONE 0
BLACK_LIST_I Index for the blacklist cell. 0 ~ 127 NONE 0
DX

CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed.
BLACK_LIST_IDX Index for the blacklist cell.
STATUS Whether tuple information is valid.

- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.
PCI_TYPE Physical cell ID type of the blacklist cell.

- ci_singlePci: Single PCI.
- ci_rangedPci: PCI range.
START_PCI The starting physical cell ID for the blacklist cell.
PCI_RANGE Range from the starting physical cell ID of the blacklist cell. Not
used if it is a single physical cell ID type.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
EARFCN_UL Uplink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel

Number) of the blacklist cell.
EARFCN_DL Downlink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency

Channel Number) of the blacklist cell.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2009 RETRIEVE CELL ACCESS INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-ACS: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the cell access information in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE through
SIB (System Information Block) 1.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.

CELL_BARRED Whether the cell is barred.

- ci_barred: The cell is barred.
- ci_notBarred: The cell is not barred. When the cell status turns
to Shutdown, or the operator sets this parameter value to
ci_barred, the cellBarred value of SIB1 is broadcast as ci_barred.
INTRA_FREQ_CELL_RESELECT The reselection status of the intra-frequency cell if the cell

selected by the UE is barred.
- ci_intraFreqReselect_allowed: An intra-frequency cell is rese-
lected.
- ci_intraFreqReselect_notAllowed: An intra-frequency cell is
considered barred.
BARRING_CTR_USAGE Whether barring control type is applied when setting the ac-Bar-
ringInfo for SIB2.
- barringOff : Not assigns the ac-BarringInfo parameter.
- manualCtrl : using manual barring control.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- cpuStatusCtrl : using auto barring control according to CPU

Overlad.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2010 RETRIEVE CELL RESELECT INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-RSEL: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the cell reselection information in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE
through SIB (System Information Block) 3.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.

Q_HYST Offset value added to the current serving cell from the cell rese-
lection reference. ci_q_Hyst_dB1 indicates 1dB, and
ci_q_Hyst_dB2 2dB.
Q_HYST_SFMEDIUM The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst added to the current
serving cell is Medium in the cell reselection condition. This
parameter, in order to apply to change,
SPEED_STATE_RESEL_PARAMS_USAGE of CHG-MOBIL-
STA is set to CI_use.
Q_HYST_SFHIGH The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst added to the current
serving cell is High in the cell reselection condition.
ci_Q_HystSF_dB_6 indicates -6dB, and ci_Q_HystSF_dB_4 -
4dB. This parameter, in order to apply to change,

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2011 RETRIEVE CELL SELECT INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-SEL: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the cell selection information in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE
through SIB (System Information Block) 1.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.

Q_RXLEV_MIN The threshold added to the current measured cell in the cell
selection condition.
Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE The offset value added to qRxlevmin in the cell selection condi-
tion.
- CI_no_use: qRxlevminoffset value is not added to qRxlevmin.
- CI_use: qRxlevminoffset value is added to qRxlevmin.
Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET The offset value added to qRxlevmin in the cell selection condi-
tion. The range is 8, where 1 indicates 2dB, and 8 indicates 16dB
(IE value*2[dB]).
P_MAX_USAGE Whether UE can use the maximum power for uplink transmis-
sion in cells.
- CI_no_use: UE uses the maximum power according to its
capability.
- CI_use: UE uses the maximum power set in pMax.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
P_MAX The value used for limiting uplink transmission power and cal-
culating the compensation (see 5.2.3.2 of 3GPP TS 36.304)
parameter.
REL9_SEL_INFO_USAGE Whether to use Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter of the cell in the

eNB.
- CI_no_use: Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter is not used.
- CI_use: Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter is used.
Q_QUAL_MIN The threshold added to the current measured cell in the cell
selection condition. The value is in dB.
Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE Whether to set the offset value added to qQualMin based on the
cell selection condition.
- CI_no_use: The qQualMinOffset value is not added to qQual-
Min.
- CI_use: The qQualMinOffset value is added to qQualMin.
Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET The offset value added to qQualMin in the cell selection condi-
tion. The value is in dB.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2012 RETRIEVE CSG PCI IDLE INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-CSGPCI-IDLE: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves the PCI related to CSG (close subscriber group) of the cell. If the cell type is set to
CSG, the PCI value or the PCI range of the CSG is included in the SIB for transmission. Also, if
the cell type is set to Macro, whether to include SIB is determined by the usage.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
FA_INDEX EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can 0~7 NONE 0
be assigned per cell.

FA_INDEX EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs can be assigned per cell.
CSG_PCIRANGE_USAGE Whether to use PCI range of the CSG cell.

- CI_no_use: The PCI range is not used.
- CI_use: The PCI range is used.
PCI_TYPE The PCI type of a CSG cell. Determines whether to use CSG
PCI as a range or single.
- ci_singlePci: CSG PCI is used as a single.
- ci_rangedPci: CSG PCI is used as a range.
CSG_PCISTART The PCI start value of the CSG cell.
CSG_PCIRANGE The PCI range of the CSG cell. The range includes the start
value.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2013 RETRIEVE SIB SCHEDULING INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-SIB-INF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the SIB period of the cell. SIB2-SIB12 is sent as an SI (System Information) message
and the mapping information for SIB and SI messages of SIB2-SIB12 is included in schedul-
ingInfoList of SIB1. Each SIB is included in its own SI message and SIBs of the same period are
mapped to the same SI message. Multiple SI messages may also be transmitted in the same
period. SIB2 is always mapped to the first SI message in the SI message list of schedulingInfo-
List.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.

SIB2_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type 2
of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_not_used: SIB2 is not sent.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms. ci_not_used: SIB8 is not sent.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
SIB10_PERIOD The transmission period for the system information block type
10 of the cell in the eNB.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.

- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
SI_WINDOW The system information window size of the cell in the eNB.
Each SI message is related with one SI window, and does not
overlap with SI windows of other SI messages. I.e, one SI is sent
in each SI window. All SI messages have the same window size.
Corresponding SI messages within the SI window are sent
repeatedly. The range is as follows:.
- ci_si_WindowLength_ms1: 1 ms.
WARNING_MSG_TYPE This is the value of Warning Message Type

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2014 RETRIEVE MOBILITY STATE INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-MOBIL-STA: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the mobility state information. If the CELL_NUM parameter is entered, the informa-
tion only for the corresponding mobility state is retrieved. If not, the information for all mobility
states are retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.

SPEED_STATE_RE_SEL_PARS_USAGEWhether to use the speedStateReselectonPars field of the

cell in the eNB.
- CI_no_use: The speedStateReselectonPars field is not used.
- CI_use: The speedStateReselectonPars field is used.
T_EVALULATION The evaluation time of the cell in the eNB.
T_HYST_NORMAL The hyst normal time of the cell in the eNB.
N_CELL_CHANGE_MEDIUM The number of cell change in medium mobility state of the cell
in the eNB.
N_CELL_CHANGE_HIGH The number of cell change in high mobility state of the cell in
the eNB.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2015 RETRIEVE UE TIMER CONSTANTS INFOR-

MATION
Command Format
RTRV-TIME-INF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the UE timer constant in the eNB. This information includes the UE-timers and con-
stants broadcasted to SIB2 and the UE-specific timer information. The timer values broadcasted
to SIB are t300, t301, t310, n310, and n311. All other values are UE-specific timer values which
are included in the RRC message.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.

T300 Timer t300 of the cell in the eNB. The UE starts the t300 timer
after sending RRC Connection Request. When it receives the
RRC Connection Setup message or the RRC Connection Reject
message, the timer is cleared. When the t300 timer terminates,
UE resets the MAC, clears the MAC configuration, and re-estab-
lishes the RLC. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by
the operator.
- ci_t_300_ms100: 100 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms300: 300 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms400: 400 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms600: 600 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms1000: 1000 ms.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- ci_t_300_ms1500: 1500 ms.

- ci_t_300_ms2000: 2000 ms.
after sending RRC Connection Reestablishment Request. When
it receives the RRC Connection Reestablishment message or the
RRC Connection Reestablishment message, the timer is cleared.
When the t301 timer terminates, UE becomes idle. The default is
200 ms, and can be changed by the operator.
- ci_t_301_ms100: 100 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms300: 300 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms400: 400 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms600: 600 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms1500: 1500 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms2000: 2000 ms.
T302 The timer value which starts after the UE receives the RRC Con-
nection Reject message. The timer terminates when UE status
becomes RRC_Connect or a cell is reselected. When the timer is
cleared, the UE treats the cell as barred and performs cell rese-
lection. The default is 8 seconds, and can be changed by the
operator.
- ci_t_302_s1: 1 second.
- ci_t_302_s2: 2 seconds.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
T304 The timer started by UE after receiving RRC Connection Recon-

figuration message during the handover. The timer terminates
when the handover to EUTRA succeeds. The default is 200 ms,
and can be changed by the operator.
- ci_t_304_ms50: 50 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms100: 100 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms150: 150 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms500: 500 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms2000: 2000 ms.
CCO_T304 The timer started by UE after receiving Mobility From EUTRA

Command message during the handover. The timer terminates
when the command to change the cell to inter-RAT succeeds.
The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator.
- ci_cco_t_304_ms100: 100 ms.
- ci_cco_t_304_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_cco_t_304_ms500: 500 ms.
- ci_cco_t_304_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_cco_t_304_ms2000: 2000 ms.
- ci_cco_t_304_ms4000: 4000 ms.
- ci_cco_t_304_ms8000: 8000 ms.
T310 The timer value which starts after the UE continuously receives
out-of-syncIndication as much as N310. Cleared if in-sync indi-
cation is received continuously as much as N311, if handover is
triggered, or if the reestablishment procedure is triggered.
- ci_t_310_ms0: 0 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms50: 50 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms100: 100 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms500: 500 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms2000: 2000 ms.
T311 The timer started by UE when initiating a reestablishment proce-

dure. The timer is cleared if a suitable EUTRA cell or an inter-
RAT cell is found. If the timer is cleared without finding a suit-
able cell, it enters RRC_IDLE state. The default is 10000ms, and
can be changed by the operator.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- ci_t_311_ms1000: 1000 ms.

- ci_t_311_ms3000: 3000 ms.
- ci_t_311_ms5000: 5000 ms.
- ci_t_311_ms10000: 10000 ms.
- ci_t_311_ms15000: 15000 ms.
- ci_t_311_ms20000. 20000ms.
- ci_t_311_ms30000: 30000 ms.
T320 The timer started by UE when receiving a t320 timer value. It

also starts when cell reselection occurs from another RAT to
EUTRA, and terminates when UE status becomes
RRC_CONNECTED. The default is 30 minutes, and can be
changed by the operator.
- ci_t_320_min5: 5 minutes.
N310 The maximum count of out-of-syncIndication the UE receives

from lower-layer. The default is 10, and can be changed by the
operator.
- ci_n_310_n1: 1.
- ci_n_310_n2: 2.
- ci_n_310_n3: 3.
- ci_n_310_n4: 4.
- ci_n_310_n6: 6.
- ci_n_310_n8: 8.
- ci_n_310_n10: 10.
- ci_n_310_n20: 20.
N311 The maximum count of In-syncIndication the UE receives from

lower-layer. The default is 1, and can be changed by the operator.
- ci_n_311_n1: 1.
- ci_n_311_n2: 2.
- ci_n_311_n3: 3.
- ci_n_311_n4: 4.
- ci_n_311_n5: 5.
- ci_n_311_n6: 6.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- ci_n_311_n8: 8.
- ci_n_311_n10: 10.
-

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2025 RETRIEVE CELL ACCESS IDLE INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-CAS-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the CSG cell ID. The parameters retrieved are broadcasted to the UE through SIB (Sys-
tem Information Block) 1.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.

CSG_IDENTITY The ID of the cell. This is available only if it is a Closed Sub-

scriber Group (CSG) cell.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2027 RETRIEVE SIB SCHEDULING IDLE INFOR-

MATION
Command Format
RTRV-SIB-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the max size of the packed SI for transmission in the cell. The size for SIB information
transmission is determined by considering downlink bandwidth, DCI formation type, SIB recep-
tion time at cell edge, and payload size.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.

MAX_PACKED_SI_SIZE The maximum size of the packed SI for transmission in the cell.
This value takes into account the DL RB count by bandwidth,
maximum RB count allocated to each SI message, PDSCH RE
count for each RB, payload size of DCI Format 1A, max aggre-
gation level and PDCCH coderate. Recommend values are 9 for
1.4 MB (i.e., mega bytes); 26 for 3 MB; 49 for 5 MB; 97 for 10
MB; 141 for 15 MB; 217 for 20 MB.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2028 RETRIEVE CELL CAC FUNCTION
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-CAC: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the CAC (call admission control) parameter information of the cells operating within
the eNB. As cell-level CACs, backhaul based CAC, call count based CAC, DRB count based
CAC, and QoS based CAC are performed. Retrieves threshold, CAC option, and preemption sta-
tus for performing CAC at the cell level.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.

CELL_COUNT_CAC_USAGE Whether to execute the call count-based CAC function, which is

one of the capacity-based Call Admission Control (CAC) func-
tions per cell.
- CI_no_use: The capacity-based CAC function per cell is not
performed.
- CI_use: The capacity-based CAC function per cell is per-
formed.
MAX_CALL_COUNT The call count limit in the capacity based CAC (call admission
control) at the cell level. The number of calls that can be allowed
by the cell.
CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe percentage of the allowable calls to the total normal

calls. When a normal call is requested, if the number of con-
nected calls exceeds MAX_CALL_COUNT *

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL, the Capacity-based

CAC Fail is generated.
CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOEmergency call availability of total handover calls in per-

centage. When a normal call is requested, if the number of con-
CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO, the Capacity-based
DRB_COUNT_CAC_USAGE Whether to execute the E-UTRAN Radio Access Bearer (E-

RAB)-based CAC function, which is one of the capacity-based
Call Admission Control (CAC) functions per cell.
- CI_no_use: The E-RAB count-based CAC function per cell is
not executed.
- CI_use: The E-RAB count-based CAC function per cell is exe-
cuted.
MAX_DRB_COUNT The limit for the E-RAB (E-UTRAN Radio Access Bearer)
count in capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the cell
level. The number of E-RABs (E-Utran Radio Access Bearers)
allowed in the cell.
DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe percentage of the allowable calls to the total normal calls.

When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected
calls exceeds 'MAX_DRB_COUNT *
DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL', the Capacity-based
DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOEmergency call availability of total handover calls in per-

nected calls exceeds 'MAX_DRB_COUNT *
DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO', the Capacity-based
QOS_CAC_OPTION The policy of the QoS (Quality of Service) based CAC (call
admission control) at the cell level.
- QoSCAC_option0: The QoS based CAC function at the cell
level is not used.
- QoSCAC_option1: The QoS-based CAC function per cell is
used.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
QOS_POLICY_OPTION The policy used when executing the Quality of Service (QoS)-
based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell.
- QoSPolicy_option0: For a GBR bearer newly requested, the
PRB usage is calculated based on the resource type (GBR or
non-GBR) of the QCI. Then CAC is executed based on the cal-
culated PRB usage. Non-GBRs are always allowed.
PRB usage is calculated based on the priority of the QCI. Then
CAC is executed based on the calculated PRB usage. Non-GBRs
are always allowed.
PRB_REPORT_PERIOD PRB (Physical Resource Block) report period for QoS CAC at
the cell level.
ESTIMATION_OPT The policy of the Expected PRB usage calculation. (0: auto,
1:manual).
- EstimationOption_auto(0) : The PRB Usage is automatically
calculated.
- EstimationOption_manual(1) : The PRB Usage is manually
calculated.
PREEMPTION_FLAG Whether to use preemption at the cell level.

- CI_no_use: The Preemption function per cell is disabled.
- CI_use: The Preemption function per cell is enabled.
BH_BW_CAC_USAGE Whether to use backhaul bandwidth based CAC at the cell level.
- CI_no_use: Backhaul Bandwidth-based CAC function per cell
is not used.
- CI_use: Backhaul Bandwidth-based CAC function per cell is
used.
BH_BW_CAC_OPTION The policy used when executing the Backhaul-based Call

Admission Control (CAC) function per cell.
- bhBwCac_QCI_only: QoS-based CAC.
- bhBwCac_ServiceGroup_only: Service group-based CAC.
- bhBwCac_Both_QCI_ServiceGroup: QoS amp; Service
group-based CAC.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2029 RETRIEVE ENB CAC FUNCTION
Command Format
RTRV-ENB-CAC;
Command Description
Retrieves the capacity based CAC (call admission control) parameter information of the eNBs in
the BS. This command performs call count based CAC at the eNB level. It also retrieves the
threshold information and the MAX call count information required for CAC at the eNB level.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX The index to be changed or retrieved.
CALL_COUNT_CAC_USAGE Whether to execute the Capacity-based Call Admission Control

(CAC) function per cell.
- CI_no_use: The capacity-based CAC function per base station
is not performed.
- CI_use: The capacity-based CAC function per base station is
performed.
MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT The limit for capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the
eNB level. The number of calls that can be allowed by the eNB.

nected calls exceeds MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT *


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

CHECK_UE_ID_USAGE Whether to execute the SAE Temporary Mobile Station Identi-

fier (S-TMSI) Duplication Check function for a new call.
- CI_no_use: The S-TMSI Duplication Check function is not
performed.
- CI_use: The S-TMSI Duplication Check function is performed.
If a call is found as a duplicate, the existing call is released and
the new call is accommodated.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2030 RETRIEVE QOS CAC PARAM FUNCTION
Command Format
RTRV-QCAC-PARA: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the active QoS (Quality of Service) CAC (call admission control) parameter in the
eNB. QoS CAC is performed at the cell level, for QCI of each GBR bearer. Retrieves the thresh-
old by QCI for performing QoS CAC and retrieves the threshold for determining congestion state
of the active cell.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.

DL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_NORMALThe threshold of downlink calls that can be assigned per cell.

It is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB
percentage'. When a new call is requested, if the downlink GBR
PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is
generated.
DL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO The threshold of downlink Handover calls that can be assigned

per cell. It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calcu-
lated as 'PRB percentage. When a Handover call is requested, if
the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the
QoS CAC Fail is generated.
UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_NORMALThe threshold of uplink calls that can be assigned per cell. It

is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB per-
centage'. When a new call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is gener-
ated.
UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO The threshold of uplink Handover calls that can be assigned per
cell. It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calculated
as 'PRB percentage'. When a Handover call is requested, if the
uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2031 RETRIEVE SON ANR PARAMETERS
Command Format
RTRV-SON-ANR;
Command Description
Retrieves the parameter information for the SON ANR function.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX Index
MAX_NRTSIZE The maximum size of Neighbor Relation Table (NRT) per cell.
ANR manages the ranking of NRs that are within this size. If an
added NR exceeds the size, ANR adds the existing NR of the
lowest rank to the blacklist to limit the number of NRs to
MAX_NRTSIZE.
LSM_USAGE_FLAG Whether to use the ECGI and IP processing procedures in the

LSM during operation.
- FALSE (0): The procedures are not executed through the LSM
but are executed through UE.
- TRUE (1): The procedures are executed through the LSM or
UE.
DEFAULT_WEIGHT The default weight for a new neighbor relation (NR). A neigh-
boring cell newly added has a disadvantage in both of the hando-
ver attempt rate and the handover success rate, when
determining its priority. Therefore, the default weight specified
by this parameter value is given to the newly added neighboring
cells during the specified period of time (DEFAULT_PERIOD).
DEFAULT_PERIOD A period of time for which the default priority is applied to a

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
new Neighbor Relation (NR) in a unit of day. During this period

of time, the default weight (DEFAULT_WEIGHT) is given to
the newly added NRs and they are handled so that they are not
added to the blacklist.
HO_ATTEMPT_WEIGHT The weight given to a handover attempt rate when calculating

the NR ranking. The NR ranking is determined by default in
consideration of handover success and failure rates of each
neighboring cell with attempt rates weighted.
HO_SUCCESS_WEIGHT The weight given to the handover success rate when calculating
neighboring cell with success rates weighted.
LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE The lowest attempt rate that applies the handover blacklist. NRs
that fail to meet HO KPI are added to the HO blacklist to prevent
a handover to the neighboring cell. The NRs whose attempt rate
is lower than this parameter value, and whose success rate is
lower than LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI are included in
the handover blacklist.
LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI The lowest success rate that applies the handover blacklist. NRs
a handover to the neighboring cell. The NRs whose success rate
is lower than the HO KPI multiplied by this parameter value, and
whose attempt rate is lower than
LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE are included in the handover
blacklist.
UPPER_HO_TO_BLACK_RATE The upper limit of the handover attempt rate to the black cell to
be deleted from the blacklist. During handover from cell A to
cell B, if the handover to wrong cell event occurs and the fre-
quency of reconnecting to neighboring cells managed by the
blacklist exceeds this parameter, the NR is returned to NRT from
the blacklist.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2033 RETRIEVE SRB RLC INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-SRB-RLC: [SRB_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the parameters required to operate the RLC protocol. The number of AMD PDU
retransmissions per SRB ID. PollByte and PollPDU for poll triggering, the poll retransmission
timer, the loss detection timer, and the STATUS_PDU prohibit timer can be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

SRB_ID The ID of SRB to retrieve. 1~2 NONE 1
- 1: Information on SRB1.

SRB_ID The ID of SRB to retrieve.
TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT The timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity.
POLL_PDU The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC

entity.
POLL_BYTE The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an

AM_RLC entity.
MAX_RETRANSMISSION_THRESHOLDThe threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU

retransmission in a transmitting AM_RLC entity.
TIMER_REORDERING The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC
entity.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT The timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a

receiving AM_RLC entity.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2034 RETRIEVE QCIDSCPMAP INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-QCIDSCP-MAP: [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) mapping by QCI.
TIMEOUT 10

QCI QCI(Qos Class Identifier) value for which 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
the DSCP mapping information will be set.

QCI QCI(Qos Class Identifier) value for which the DSCP mapping
information will be set.
DSCP DSCP value that will be set for the specified traffic type (QCI).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2035 RETRIEVE DSCPCOSMAP INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-DSCPCOS-MAP: [DSCP];
Command Description
Retrieves the COS mapping information by Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP). The
COS value mapped to a DSCP value is marked as VLAN TAG.
TIMEOUT 10

DSCP DSCP value for which the COS mapping 0 ~ 63 NONE 0

DSCP DSCP value for which the COS mapping information will be set.
COS The CoS value that will be set for the specified DSCP value.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2038 RETRIEVE QCI VALUE INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-QCI-VAL: [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The information is used by the
Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (EUTRAN) in the eNB. The configuration
parameters of each QCI consist of Status, Resource Type, Priority, Packet Delay Budget (PDB)
and Backhaul Service Group.
TIMEOUT 10

ues 0 and 10-255.

STATUS Whether the QoS Class Identifier (QCI) is used.

- EQUIP: The QCI is used in the eNB.
- N_EQUIP: The QCI is not used in the eNB.
RESOURCE_TYPE The resource type of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI).

- Ci_NonGBR: The resource type of the QCI is set to non-GBR
(Guaranteed Bit Rate).
- Ci_GBR: The resource type of the QCI is set to GBR (Guaran-
teed Bit Rate).
PRIORITY The priority of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The range is
between 1 and 16. 1 indicates the highest priority.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
PDB Packet Delay Budget (PDB) of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI).
- ci_pdb50msec: PDB of the QCI to 50 msec.
BH_SERVICE_GROUP The service group of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The entered
parameter values is used in the backhaul Call Admission Control
(CAC).
- voipService: The QCI uses the Voice of Internet Protocol
(VoIP) service.
- videoService: The QCI uses the video service.
SCHEDULING_TYPE The schedulin type of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The
entered parameter values is used in scheduling by MAC Layer.
- Dynamic_scheduling: The QCI uses the Dynamic scheduling.
- SPS_scheduling: The QCI uses SPS scheduling.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2039 RETRIEVE LOGICAL CH INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-LOCH-INF: [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate logical channels.
TIMEOUT 10

QCI QCI (QoS Class Identifier) index. 0 ~ 255 NONE 0

QCI QCI (QoS Class Identifier) index.
PRIORITIZED_BIT_RATE The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It is a

minimum transmission rate that must be secured per logical
channel. The parameter by which UE increases the bucket for
each logical channel.
- ci_kBps0: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI is 0 kBps.
- ci_prioritizedBitRate_infinity: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI
is infinity.
BUCKET_SIZE_DURATION The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It

determines the maximum length of a bucket per UE's logical
channel.
- ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms50: Bucket Size Duration of the

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
QCI is 50 ms.
QCI is 100 ms.
QCI is 150 ms.
QCI is 300 ms.
QCI is 500 ms.
QCI is 1000 ms.
LOGICAL_CHANNEL_PRIORITY The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It

determines an allocation order per logical channel. The range is
from 1 to 16.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2040 RETRIEVE RLC INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-RLC-INF: [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate the RLC protocol. The RLC mode per QCI, number of
the AMD PDU retransmission in the eNB and UE, the PollByte and PollPDU settings for poll
triggering, the poll retransmission timer, the loss detection timer, and the STATUS_PDU prohibit
timer settings can be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10


RLC_MODE The mode information (AM/UM) on RLC.
ENB_TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMITThe timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity.
ENB_POLL_PDU The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC

entity.
ENB_POLL_BYTE The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an

AM_RLC entity.
ENB_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU
ENB_TIMER_REORDERING The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC
entity.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
ENB_TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBITThe timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a

UE_TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT The timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity.
UE_POLL_PDU The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC

entity.
UE_POLL_BYTE The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an

AM_RLC entity.
UE_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU
UE_TIMER_REORDERING The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC
entity.
UE_TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT The timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a

SN_FIELD_LENGTH The field size of UM sequence number.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2041 RETRIEVE PDCP INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-PDCP-INF: [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves information of the PDCP. The PDCP information to be retrieved are the UM SN size by
QoS class, discard timer, and forward end timer. If a QoS class is not specified, the entire infor-
mation on 256 QoS classes is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

ues 0 and 10-255.

UM_SN_SIZE The size of PDCP Sequence Number (SN) in RLC UM mode.

- ci_len7bits: Uses the size of 7 bits (0 to 127).
- ci_len12bits: The size of 12 bits (0 to 4095) is used (Default).
DISCARD_TIMER The Discard timer value for a packet buffer managed per RB in
RLC AM mode. If ACK is not received from the RLC within a
specified period of time, the packet is discarded.
- ci_discardTimer_ms50: 50 msec.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

- ci_discardTimer_infinity: The discard timer is disabled.
(default).
FWD_END_TIMER A period of time when PDCP of target eNB waits for end marker
upon receiving a HO_COMPLETE message. in milliseconds.
STATUS_REPORT_REQUIRED This value determines whether or not to send SN Status Report.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2042 RETRIEVE GTP INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-GTP-INF;
Command Description
Retrieves information of the GTP. This command can retrieve whether to use keep alive, the
timeout interval, and the sequence number. If KeepAlive is set, the GTP ECHO-REQ message is
sent to S-GW at a specified interval (T3_TIMER_LONG). If the GTP ECHO-RESP message is
not received from S-GW until the next message is sent, transmission is repeated for
N3_REQUEST times at T3_TIMER interval.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX db index
T3_TMR The interval at which transmission of the ECHO-REQ message

is repeated if a response message to ECHO-REQ, which is sent
for Keep Alive, is not received. The range is between 0 and
60000 msec. The default is 5000 (5 seconds). This timer runs
only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.
T3_TMR_LONG The interval at which the ECHO-REQ message is sent for peri-
odic Keep Alive. The range is between 60000 and 600000 msec.
The default is 60000 (60 seconds). This timer runs only if
KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.
N3_REQUEST The maximum retransmission number of the GTP ECHO-REQ

message. This timer runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.
KEEP_ALIVE Whether the GTP ECHO-REQ message at specified intervals

(Keep Alive) is sent.
- 0: The ECHO-REQ message is not sent.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- 1: The ECHO-REQ message is sent(default).
SNN Whether the GTP sequence number is used.

- 0: The GTP sequence number in the eNB is not used.
- 1: The GTP sequence number in the eNB is used.
ECN Whether the Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) function is

used.
- 0: The ECN function in the eNB is not used.
- 1: The ECN function in the eNB is used.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2043 RETRIEVE PCCH CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-PCCH-CONF;
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of the Paging Control Channel (PCCH) in the eNB. Paging is used
when initiating a mobile-terminating connection or triggering UE to re-obtain the system infor-
mation, as well as for sending the Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System (ETWS) indication.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX Index
DEFAULT_PAGING_CYCLE When DRX is used, UE monitors a single paging occasion per

DRX cycle. If UE-specific DRX is not set by the upper layer,
defaultPagingCycle is applied as the default DRX cycle.
N_B The parameter required to calculate the paging frame and paging
occasion using the TS 36.304 method, which is a multiple of
defaultPagingCycle.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2044 RETRIEVE PDSCH CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-PDSCH-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) in the eNB. The
power ratio between a Resource Element (RE) transmitting a reference signal and a RE transmit-
ting data can be set in PDSCH.
TIMEOUT 10

CELL_NUM The cell number for which the command 0~8 NONE 0
was executed.

CELL_NUM The cell number for which the command was executed.
DL_POWER_OPTION The power setting option. The power of the RS per resource grid
is set to a multiple of the power of the data per resource grid.
- ci_pwrOpt_Same: The power of the RS per resource grid is the
same as that of the data per resource grid.
- ci_pwrOpt_OneHalf: The power of the RS per resource grid is
one and a half times as much as that of the data per resource grid.
- ci_pwrOpt_Twice: The power of the RS per resource grid is
two times as much as that of the data per resource grid.
- ci_pwrOpt_Half: The power of the RS per resource grid is a
half times as much as that of the data per resource grid.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2045 RETRIEVE PHICH CONFIGURATION IDLE
Command Format
RTRV-PHICH-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of the Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH) in the eNB.
This command can retrieve PHICH duration and resource settings.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.

PHICH_DURATION The PHICH duration set in accordance with Table 6.9.3-1 of TS

36.211. It sets the lower limit of a control region size that is
passed to PCFICH.
PHICH_RESOURCE The parameter used to calculate the number of PHICH groups.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2046 RETRIEVE PRACH CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-PRACH-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of the Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH) in the eNB. This
command can retrieve the high speed flag, the PRACH configuration index, the root sequence
index, and the zero correlation zone configuration.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.

PRACH_CONFIG_INDEX Index for the preamble format, subframe sent by preamble, and
interval.
HIGH_SPEED_FLAG Whether to use unrestricted or restricted set. When this parame-

ter is set to TRUE, a restricted set is used. When set to FALSE,
an unrestricted set is used.
ZERO_CORREL_ZONE_CONFIG The zero correlation zone used to create a random preamble.
ROOT_SEQUENCE_INDEX The first logical root sequence index used to create a random
preamble. Different values should be assigned to neighboring
cells.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2047 RETRIEVE PUSCH CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-PUSCH-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) in the eNB. This
command can retrieve whether to receive 64-QAM in the eNB and hopping settings.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.

N_SB The number of sub-bands in Type 2 PUSCH hopping.
HOPPING_MODE Hopping mode.

- ci_interSubFrame: Inter-subframe hopping.
- ci_intraAndInterSubFrame: Intra and inter-subframe hopping.
ENABLE_SIX_FOUR_QAM Whether to support 64QAM. Only the category 5 UEs capable of

sending 64-QAM via the uplink are affected by this parameter
value.
- False: 64QAM is not applied.
- True: 64QAM when the eNB receives data is applied.
GROUP_HOPPING_ENABLED Whether to support group hopping.

- False: Group hopping is not supported.
- True: Group hopping is supported.
GROUP_ASSIGNMENT_PUSCH The group assignment value in the PUSCH.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
SEQUENCE_HOPPING_ENABLEDWhether to support sequence hopping.

- False: Sequence hopping is not supported.
- True: Sequence hopping is supported.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2048 RETRIEVE RACH CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-RACH-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration information on the Random Access Channel (RACH) in the eNB.
The information retrieved includes the backoff indicator, number of times to transmit Msg3
HARQ, the number of non-dedicated/dedicated preambles, the power ramping step and the maxi-
mum number of transmission, and the number of preamble group A/B.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.

NUMBER_OF_RAPREAMBLES The number of non-dedicated preambles.
SIZE_OF_RAPREAMBLES_GROUP_AThe number of PreamblesGroup A.
MESSAGE_SIZE_GROUP_A Standard for message size to select PreamblesGroup A.
MESSAGE_POWER_OFFSET_GROUP_BStandard for power offset to select PreambleGroup B. .
POWER_RAMPING_STEP Power ramping steps when sending a preamble.
PREAMBLE_INIT_RCV_TARGET_POWERThe threshold used to set an initial-target receiving

power of preambles.
PREAMBLE_TRANS_MAX The maximum number of times to transmit a preamble.
CONTENTION_RESOLUTION_TIMERContention resolution timer.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
BACKOFF_INDICATOR_SETUP Whether to use the backoff indicator.

- ci_Config_Release: release.
- ci_Config_Setup: setup.
BACKOFF_INDICATOR The backoff parameter.
MAX_HARQMSG3_TX The maximum number of transmission of HARQ Msg3. .

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2049 RETRIEVE TIME ALIGNMENT INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-TIME-ALIGN: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of a time alignment of UE. If TimeAlignmentTimer is not infinity, the
UE determines that the uplink timing is maintained by receiving the timing advance command
within the timer value. Otherwise, the UE releases the PUCCH and SRS resources.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.

TIME_ALIGNMENT_TIMER_COMMONThe parameter used to adjust a period of time during

which UE decides that the uplink timing is correct.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2050 RETRIEVE SOUNDING RS UPLINK CON-

FIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-SNDRS-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of the UL Sounding Reference Signal in the eNB. This command can
retrieve whether simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK or SR, and SRS is supported,
whether SRS is used in the cell, and SRS MaxUpPts.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.

SRS_USAGE Whether to use SRS.

- CI_no_use: SRS is not used.
- CI_use: SRS is used.
ACK_NACK_SRS_SIMUL_TRANSMISSIONWhether simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK or

SR, and Sounding RS is supported.
- False: Sounding RS is not transmitted.
- True: Sounding RS is transmitted.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2051 RETRIEVE UPLINK POWER CONTROL

PARAMETER
Command Format
RTRV-PWR-PARA: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration information on the Uplink Power Control in the eNB. The informa-
tion retrieved includes the alpha value used in PUSCH Power Control, transmission power set-
tings by PUCCH format, settings for the p0_nominal_PUCCH and p0_nominal_PUSCH, and UL
IOT target value.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.

P0_NOMINAL_PUSCH p0NominalPUSCH.
ALPHA Assign alpha (0,0.4,0.5~0.9,1)
P0_NOMINAL_PUCCH p0Nominal PUCCH.
DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT1 The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH

format1a and PUCCH format1.
DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT1_B The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH

format1a and PUCCH format1b.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2_A The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH

format1a and PUCCH format2a.

DELTA_PREAMBLE_MSG3 deltaPreambleMsg3.
UL_TARGET_IOT The UL IOT target value for all ICIC types.
UL_IOI_THRESHOLD_STEP The difference between high and low thresholds to generate UL

IOI for all ICIC types and the Target IoT. The threshold scaled
up 4 times in dB area.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2052 RETRIEVE BCCH CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-BCCH-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of the Broadcast Control Channel (BCCH) in the eNB. This com-
mand can retrieve the ModificationPeriodCoeff value used to determine an interval for changing
system information.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.

MODIFICATION_PERIOD_COEFFThe number of times to determine whether the system informa-

tion saved is valid.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2053 RETRIEVE PUSCH CONFIGURATION IDLE
Command Format
RTRV-PUSCH-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) in the eNB. The
n(1)_DMRS value used to determine the cyclic shift value of a PUSCH Reference Signal can be
retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.

CYCLIC_SHIFT The n(1)_DMRS value by cell. The cyclic shift value of the
PUSCH reference signal is determined by this value and the
n(2)_DMRS value set in DCI format 0.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2054 RETRIEVE RACH CONFIGURATION IDLE
Command Format
RTRV-RACH-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of the Random Access Channel (RACH) in the eNB. The raRespon-
seWindowSize value that is the period of time during which UE waits for RA Response can be
retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.

RA_RESPONSE_WINDOW_SIZE The period of time during which UE waits for RA Response.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2055 RETRIEVE CQI REPORTING INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-CQI-REP: [TRANSMISSION_MODE];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate the CQI reporting. This command can retrieve whether
Wideband CQI or both Wideband CQI and Subband CQI are run by the DL transmission mode.
TIMEOUT 10

TRANSMISSIO Transmission mode. ci_tm1/ci_tm2/ci_tm3/ NONE ci_tm1
N_MODE - ci_tm1: Single-antenna port (port 0), DCI ci_tm4/ci_tm5/ci_tm6/
format 1 or 1A is used. ci_tm7/ci_tm8/
- ci_tm2: Transmit diversity, DCI format 1 or
1A is used.
- ci_tm3: Open-loop spatial multiplexing,
DCI format 2A or 1A is used.
- ci_tm4: Closed-loop spatial multiplexing,
DCI format 2 or 1A is used.
- ci_tm5: MU-MIMO, DCI format 1D or 1A
is used.
- ci_tm6: Closed-loop rank-1 precoding,
DCI format 1B or 1A is used.
- ci_tm7: Single-antenna port (port 5), DCI
format 1 or 1A is used.
- ci_tm8: Single-antenna port (port 7/port
8), DCI format 2B or 1A is used.

TRANSMISSION_MODE Transmission mode.
- ci_tm1: Single-antenna port (port 0), DCI format 1 or 1A is
used.
- ci_tm2: Transmit diversity, DCI format 1 or 1A is used.
- ci_tm3: Open-loop spatial multiplexing, DCI format 2A or 1A
is used.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- ci_tm4: Closed-loop spatial multiplexing, DCI format 2 or 1A

is used.
- ci_tm5: MU-MIMO, DCI format 1D or 1A is used.
- ci_tm6: Closed-loop rank-1 precoding, DCI format 1B or 1A is
used.
used.
- ci_tm8: Single-antenna port (port 7/port 8), DCI format 2B or
1A is used.
WIDE_SUBBAND_SELECT Selects a Wideband/Subband CQI option.

- ci_WideBand: wideband CQI only.
- ci_SubBand: wideband CQI + subband CQI.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2056 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY PUSCH

INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-DPHY-PUSCH: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate dedicated PUSCH. This command can retrieve
betaOffsetACK, betaOffsetCQI, and betaOffsetRI, which determine the degree of resources in
PUSCH to be used in transmitting UCI if it needs to be sent to the uplink in the same subframe as
PUSCH.
TIMEOUT 10


BETA_OFFSET_ACKINDEX The threshold used to multiplex ACK/NACK and PUSCH.
BETA_OFFSET_RIINDEX The threshold used to multiplex RI with PUSCH.
BETA_OFFSET_CQIINDEX The threshold used to multiplex CQI with PUSCH.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2057 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY SPS INFOR-

MATION
Command Format
RTRV-DPHY-SPS: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate dedicated semiPersistScheduling. This command can
retrieve UL power settings for SPS and whether to use the two-interval SPS pattern.
TIMEOUT 10


P0_NOMINAL_PUSCHPERSISTENTSPS P0 value used in power control. The value is dBm.
P0_UEPUSCHPERSISTENT SPS P0 value used in power control, which is determined per

UE. The value is in dB.
SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_TBS_DL Provide information about the combinations of the allocated

number of RB, MCS and TBS size for DL SPS
SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_TBS_UL Provide information about the combinations of the allocated

number of RB, MCS and TBS size for UL SPS
TWO_INTERVALS_CONFIG Whether to use the two-interval SPS pattern in UL.

- ci_false: Two-interval SPS pattern is not used.
- ci_true: Two-interval SPS pattern is used.
SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_MAXNUMBER_OF_RB_DLProvide informations about the maximum

allowable number of PRBs for DL SPS

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_MAXNUMBER_OF_RB_ULProvide informations about the maximum

allowable number of PRBs for UL SPS

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2058 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY SR INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-DPHY-SR: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate dedicated SchedulingRequest. This command can
retrieve the maximum number of times to send a scheduling request of UE.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.

DSR_TRANS_MAX The maximum number of scheduling requests that can be sent

until PUSCH resources are assigned to UE.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2059 RETRIEVE DEDICATED UL PWR CTRL

INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-ULPWR-CTRL: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate dedicated Uplink Power Control. The information
retrieved includes p0 value per UE for PUSCH/PUCCH, information on whether the accumula-
tion mode is used by TPC, power offsets of PUSCH and SRS, and the L3 filtering coefficient
value used by UE to calculate path.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.

P0_UE_PUSCH The non-persistent scheduling P0 value used in PUSCH power

control, which is determined per UE.
DELTA_MCSENABLED Whether to use a power offset against other MCSs.

- ci_en0: 0.
- ci_en1: 1.25. Refer to 5.1 of TS 36.213.
ACCUMULATION_ENABLED Whether to use the accumulation mode and absolute mode in the
TPC.
- 0: Accumulation mode is not used.
- 1: Accumulation mode is used.
P0_UE_PUCCH P0 value used in PUCCH power control, which is determined

per UE.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
P_SRSOFFSET The power offset value between PUSCH and SRS.
FILTER_COEFFICIENT Filtering coefficient used to measure RSRP in order to calculate

a path loss.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2060 RETRIEVE DEDICATED PHY UL SRS

INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-DPHY-ULSRS: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate dedicated Uplink Sounding RS. The hopping band-
width and the transmission duration of SRS can be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.

SRS_HOPPING_BANDWIDTH The area where Sounding RS is hopped.
DURATION The transmission duration of Sounding RS.

- 0: Sounding RS is transmitted only once.
- 1: Sounding RS is transmitted repeatedly until it is disabled.
NUM_CS Number of cyclic shifts
SRS_POOL_IDX0 SRS Pool Index array(-1(0xff): not allocated)

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2061 RETRIEVE DPHY RLF INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-DPHY-RLF: [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves the dedicated PHY RLF. Parameters used to determine RLF can be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

ues 0 and 10-255.

DEDICATED_RLFSETUP Whether the dedicated RLF is used.

- ci_Config_Release: The RLF function is not used.
- ci_Config_Setup: The RLF function is used.
T301 Timer t301 of a cell in the eNB.
N310 N310 value of a cell in the eNB.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2062 RETRIEVE DRX INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-DRX-INF: [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate DRX. Information on whether DRX , longDRX cycle
is used, whether shortDRX is used, and shortDRX cycle can be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

ues 0 and 10-255.

DRX_CONFIG_SETUP Whether to use the DRX.

- ci_Config_Release: DRX is not used.
- ci_Config_Setup: normal DRX profile is used in normal status
and reportCGI DRX profile is used in reportCGI status.
- ci_Config_reportCGI: DRX is not used in normal status and
reportCGI DRX profile is used in reportCGI status.
ON_DURATION_TIMER_NORMALTimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status. (5.7

in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for
1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on
(6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8,
psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200}
Available values are greater than or equal to 10ms.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_NORMALTimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status.

(5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1
for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so
on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8,
psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200,
psf300, psf500, psf750, psf1280, psf1920, psf2560, spare10,
spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2,
spare1} Available Value is greater than or equal to 10ms
DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_NORMALThe timer used to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in

normal status. {psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16, psf24, psf33}
LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_NORMALThe long DRX cycle and drx start offset

values to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in normal status.
The unit of the long DRX cycle is a sub-frame. If the short DRX-
Cycle is set to a value, this parameter is set to a multiple of the
short DRX-Cycle. The DRX start offset is set to an integer. For
the TDD, DL sub-frame or UL sub-frame can be set. {sf10, sf20,
sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640,
sf1024, sf1280, sf2048, sf2560} Available Value: multiple of
10ms
SHORT_DRXCONFIG_SETUP Short DRX mode.

- ci_Config_Release: Short DRX is not used.
- ci_Config_Setup: Short DRX is used.
SHORT_DRXCYCLE_NORMAL The short DRX cycle to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in

normal status. {sf2, sf5, sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64,
sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640} Available Value:
multiple of 10ms
DRX_SHORT_CYCLE_TIMER_NORMALThe timer used to enter long DRX mode in normal status.
DRX_SELECTION_ORDER Selection order per QCI to select DRX profile.
ON_DURATION_TIMER_REPORT_CGITimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI sta-

tus. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames:
psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and
so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6,
psf200} Available values are greater than or equal to 10ms.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_REPORT_CGITimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI

status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-
frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-
frames and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4,
psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80,
psf100, psf200, psf300, psf500, psf750, psf1280, psf1920,
psf2560, spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4,
spare3, spare2, spare1} Available Value is greater than or equal
to 10ms
DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_REPORT_CGIThe timer used to monitor PDCCH in DRX

mode in reportCGI status. {psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16,
psf24, psf33}
LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_REPORT_CGIThe long DRX cycle and drx start

offset values to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in
reportCGI status. The unit of the long DRX cycle is a sub-frame.
If the short DRX-Cycle is set to a value, this parameter is set to a
multiple of the short DRX-Cycle. The DRX start offset is set to
an integer. For the TDD, DL sub-frame or UL sub-frame can be
set. {sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320,
sf512, sf640, sf1024, sf1280, sf2048, sf2560} Available Value:
multiple of 10ms
SHORT_DRXCYCLE_REPORT_CGIThe short DRX cycle to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in

reportCGI status. {sf2, sf5, sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64,
multiple of 10ms
DRX_SHORT_CYCLE_TIMER_REPORT_CGIThe timer used to enter long DRX mode in

reportCGI status.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2063 RETRIEVE DL SCHEDULER INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-DL-SCHED: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of downlink scheduling for the MAC layer in the eNB. The informa-
tion retrieved includes fairness, channel quality, and priority-related scheduler values (alpha,
beta, and gamma).
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.

ALPHA Fairness weight in PF scheduler.
BETA Channel quality weight in PF scheduler.
GAMMA Priority weight in PF scheduler.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2064 RETRIEVE UL SCHEDULER INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-UL-SCHED: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration of uplink scheduling for the MAC layer in the eNB. The information
retrieved includes fairness, channel quality, and priority-related scheduler values (alpha, beta, and
gamma).
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2065 RETRIEVE TRNSPORT CH BSR INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-TRCH-BSR: [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate transport channels. BST-related timer value can be
retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

ues 0 and 10-255.

PERIODIC_BSRTIMER The Periodic BSR Timer type in accordance with the PDB per
QCI. For multiple bearers, the PDB with the smallest value is
used.
RETX_BSRTIMER The Retx BSR Timer type in accordance with the PDB per QCI.
For multiple bearers, the PDB with the smallest value is used.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2066 RETRIEVE TRNSPORT CH INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-TRCH-INF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves information required to operate transport channels. The maximum number of times to
re-transmit UL HARQ, whether ttiBundling is used and its band, PHR transmission interval, and
dlPathlossChange value can be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10


MAX_HARQTX The max HARQ Tx per cell. The UE executes PUSCH retrans-
mission in accordance with this parameter value.
TTI_BUNDLING Whether to use TTI bundling.

- False: ttiBundling is not used.
- True: ttiBundling is used.
TTI_BUNDLING_BAND The maximum number of RBs per cell to which the users for
whom TTI_BUNDLING is set to true can be assigned.
PERIODIC_PHRTIMER periodicPHRTimer per cell.
DL_PATHLOSS_CHANGE The dLPathloss Change value per cell.
MAX_HARQTX_BUNDLING The maximum HARQ transmission count in sub_frame bundling

mode.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2067 RETRIEVE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFOR-

MATION
Command Format
RTRV-EUTRA-FA: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves parameters required to operate priority information on EUTRA FA. If the Cell Num
parameter is entered, the EUTRA FA registered to the corresponding cell is retrieved. If not, the
EUTRA FA information registered to all cells is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10


STATUS Whether the EUTRA FA is valid.

- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.
EARFCN_UL Uplink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.
EARFCN_DL Downlink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Num-

ber.
PRIORITY Priority of EUTRA FA.
Q_RX_LEV_MIN The minimum RX level required in a cell in dBm units.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
P_MAX_USAGE Whether to use pMax.

- CI_no_use: pMax value is not used.
- CI_use: pMax value is used.
P_MAX The maximum TX power level in the UE.
T_RESELECTION Reselection timer value.
SF_USAGE Whether to use scaling factors.

- CI_no_use: T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM and
T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH values are not used.
- CI_use: T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM and
T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH values are used.
T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM The medium timer value of the reselection scaling factors.
T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH The high timer value of the reselection scaling factors.
S_INTRA_SEARCH_USAGE Whether to use sIntraSearch.

- CI_no_use: sIntraSearch is not used.
- CI_use: sIntraSearch is used.
S_INTRA_SEARCH The threshold for intra-frequency measurement.
S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_USAGE Whether to use sNonIntraSearch.

- CI_no_use: sNonIntraSearch is not used.
- CI_use: sNonIntraSearch is used.
S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH The threshold for inter-RAT and intra-frequency measurement.
THRESH_SERVING_LOW The low threshold for serving frequency during reselection eval-
uation.
THRESH_XHIGH The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose pri-

ority is higher than the current camped frequency.
THRESH_XLOW The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-

priority frequency.
MESA_BANDWIDTH_USAGE Whether to use measurementBandwidth.

- CI_no_use: measurementBandwidth is not used.
- CI_use: measurementBandwidth is used.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
MEASUREMENT_BANDWIDTH The maximum measurement bandwidth allowed for carrier fre-

quency.
PRESENCE_ANT_PORT1 Whether Antenna Port1 exists.

- False: Antenna Port1 does not exist.
- True: Antenna Port1 exists.
NEIGH_CELL_CONFIG The neighboring cell settings.
Q_OFFSET_FREQ Frequency offset value applied to q-OffsetFreq in SIB5.
OFFSET_FREQ Frequency offset value applied to offsetFreq in RRC Connection

Reconfiguration.
S_INTRA_SEARCH_REL9_USAGEWhether to use the sIntraSearch for Rel-9.

S_INTRA_SEARCH_P The threshold P for an intra-frequency measurement in Rel-9.
S_INTRA_SEARCH_Q The threshold Q for an intra-frequency measurement in Rel-9.
S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_REL9_USAGEWhether to use sNonIntraSearch for Rel-9.

S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_P The threshold P for inter-RAT and an intra-frequency measure-

ment.
S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_Q The threshold Q for inter-RAT and an intra-frequency measure-

ment.
Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9_USAGE Whether to use the qQualMin for Rel-9.

- CI_no_use: SqQualMin is not used.
- CI_use: qQualMin is used.
Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9 qQualMin value for Rel-9.
THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9_USAGEWhether to use the threshServingLowQ for Rel-9.

- CI_no_use: threshServingLowQ is not used.
- CI_use: threshServingLowQ is used.
THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9threshServingLowQ value for Rel-9.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9 The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose pri-

ority is higher than the current camped frequency in Rel-9.
THRESH_XLOW_QREL9 The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-

priority frequency in Rel-9.
MCC0 Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises Public Land

Mobile Network (PLMN). FA have the Preference of
Preference0 for PLMN#0
MNC0 MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the Preference of

PREFERENCE0 Preference of PLMN #0 for FA.







2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description





2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2068 RETRIEVE MEASUREMENT INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-MEAS-FUNC: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves measurements set for each cell in the eNB. If the Cell Num parameter is entered, the
measurement information registered to the corresponding cell is retrieved. If not, all measurement
information is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10


S_MEASURE The quality threshold of the serving cell used by the UE to con-
trol measurement for the intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and
inter-RAT neighboring cells.

- CI_no_use: Scaling factor is not used.
- CI_use: Scaling factor is used.
TIME_TO_TRIGGER_SF_MEDIUMSpeedStateScaleFactors used to scale the parameter values that

control mobility when the UE is at a medium speed.
- ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the medium timer.
- ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the medium timer.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
TIME_TO_TRIGGER_SF_HIGH SpeedStateScaleFactors used to scale the parameter values that

control mobility when the UE is at a high speed.
- ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the high timer.
- ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the high timer.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2069 RETRIEVE MEASUREMENT GAP INFOR-

MATION
Command Format
RTRV-MSGAP-INF;
Command Description
Retrieves the measurement gap set for each cell in the eNB. The measurement gap retrieved is
necessary to measure SON ANR, inter-FA, and inter-RAT.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX Index.
GAP_PATTERN_FOR_INTER_FA Measurement gap pattern used for inter-frequency measurement.

The default is gapPattern0.
- gapPattern0: 0-39.
GAP_PATTERN_FOR_INTER_RATThe measurement gap pattern used for inter-RAT measurement.

GAP_USE_FOR_ANR Whether the measurement gap is used for the SON ANR func-
tion. The default is False.
- False: Measurement gap is not used.
- True: Measurement gap is used.
GAP_PATTERN_FOR_ANR The measurement gap pattern used for SON ANR. The default is
gapPattern0.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2073 RETRIEVE EUTRA A1CRITERIA INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-EUTRA-A1CNF: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];
Command Description
Retrieves the EUTRA A1 criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are entered, the
information only for the EUTRAN A1 event report registered to the corresponding E-UTRAN
served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all EUTRAN A1 event reports are retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A1. It is cur- ci_A1PurposeMeasGap NONE ci_A1Pu
rently used to deactivate measurement Deact/ rpose-
gap. ci_A1PurposeSpare_1/ Meas-
- ci_A1PurposeMeasGapDeat. : Deacti- ci_A1PurposeSpare_2/ GapDea
vates the gap. ct
- ci_A1PurposeSpare_1: Reserved.

PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A1. It is currently used to deacti-
vate measurement gap.
- ci_A1PurposeMeasGapDeat. : Deactivates the gap.
ACTIVE_STATE Whether to use Event A1.

- Inactive: Event A1 is not used.
- Active: Event A1 is used.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
A1_THRESHOLD_RSRP RSRP threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report trigger-

ing condition for Event A1.
A1_THRESHOLD_RSRQ RSRQ threshold used in the EUTRA measurement report trig-

gering condition for Event A1.
HYSTERESIS Hysteresis applied to entry and leave condition of Event A1.
TIME_TO_TRIGGER timeToTrigger value for Event A1. The timeToTrigger value is

the period of time that must be met for the UE to trigger a mea-
surement report.
TRIGGER_QUANTITY Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condition

for Event A1. Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.
REPORT_QUANTITY The quantity information included in a measurement report for

Event A1. It can be the same value as the trigger quantity or be
set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ values.
MAX_REPORT_CELL The maximum number of cells included in a measurement report

for Event A1.
REPORT_INTERVAL The reporting interval of a measurement report for Event A1.
REPORT_AMOUNT The number of measurement reports for Event A1.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

TION
Command Format
Command Description
served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all EUTRAN A2 event reports is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A2. It is cur- ci_A2PurposeMeasGap NONE ci_A2Pu
rently used to activate measurement gap Act/ rpose-
and PS-redirection. ci_A2PurposeRedirecti Meas-
- ci_A2PurposeMeasGapAct: Activates on/ GapAct
gap. ci_A2PurposeSpare_1/
ci_A2PurposeSpare_2/
- ci_A2PurposeRedirection: PS Redirecd-
tion.

PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A2. It is currently used to activate
measurement gap and PS-redirection.
- ci_A2PurposeMeasGapAct: Activates gap.
- ci_A2PurposeRedirection: PS Redirecdtion.
ACTIVE_STATE Whether to use the Event A2.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description




surement report.



for Event A2.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

TION
Command Format
Command Description
TIMEOUT 10

PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A3. It is cur- ci_A3PurposeIntraLteH NONE ci_A3Pu
rently used for intra-LTE handover and the andover/ rposeIn-
SON ANR function. ci_A3PurposeReportStr traLte-
- ci_A3PurposeIntraLteHandover: Intra- ongestCells/ Handov
LTE handover. ci_A3PurposeSpare_2/ er
- ci_A3PurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC.

PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A3. It is currently used for intra-
LTE handover and the SON ANR function.
- ci_A3PurposeIntraLteHandover: Intra-LTE handover.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
A3_OFFSET RSRP threshold used for triggering the EUTRA measurement

report for Event A3.
A3_REPORT_ON_LEAVE Indicates whether or not the UE shall initiate the measurement

reporting procedure when the leaving condition is met.
- False: a3ReportOnLeave parameter is set to FALSE and UE is
not report when the leaving condition is met (default).
- True: a3ReportOnLeave parameter is set to TRUE and UE
shall report when the leaving condition is met.

surement report.



for Event A3.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

TION
Command Format
Command Description
TIMEOUT 10

PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A4. It is cur- ci_A4PurposeANR_Spe NONE ci_A4Pu
rently used for intra-LTE handover and the cific/ rposeA
SON ANR function. ci_A4PurposeSpare_1/ NR_Spe
- ci_A4PurposeANR_Specific: For ANR. ci_A4PurposeSpare_2/ cific

- ci_A4PurposeANR_Specific: For ANR.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description


surement report.



for Event A4.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

TION
Command Format
Command Description
TIMEOUT 10

PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A5. Not in cur- ci_A5PurposeIntraLteH NONE ci_A5Pu
rent use. The definition is made for later andover/ rposeIn-
use. ci_A5PurposeSpare_1/ traLte-
- ci_A5PurposeIntraLteHandover: Intra- ci_A5PurposeSpare_2/ Handov
LTE handover. er

PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A5. Not in current use. The defini-
tion is made for later use.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
A5_THRESHOLD1_RSRP RSRP threshold1 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement


A5_THRESHOLD1_RSRQ RSRQ threshold1 used for triggering the EUTRA measurement



surement report.



for Event A5.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2078 RETRIEVE EUTRA PERIOD CRITERIA

INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-EUTRA-PRD: [CELL_NUM], [PURPOSE];
Command Description
Retrieves the EUTRA periodic criteria. If the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameters are
entered, the information only for the EUTRAN periodic report registered to the corresponding E-
UTRAN served cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all EUTRAN periodic reports is
retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

PURPOSE The purpose for using the EUTRA periodic ci_EutraPeriodicalPurp NONE ci_Eutra
report. It is currently used for ReportStron- oseReportStrongest- Periodi-
gestCells(ICIC) and ReportCGI functions. Cells/ calPur-
- ci_EutraPeriodicalPurp poseRe
ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongest oseReportCGI/ port-
Cells: ICIC. ci_EutraPeriodicalPurp Stron-
oseSpare_1/ gestCell
- ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI:
s
Report CGI.
- ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeSpare_1:
Reserved.

PURPOSE The purpose for using the EUTRA periodic report. It is currently
used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC) and ReportCGI functions.
- ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC.
- ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: Report CGI.
- ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
ACTIVE_STATE Whether to use the EUTRA periodic report.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- Inactive: The EUTRA periodic report is not used.

- Active: The EUTRA periodic report is used.
TRIGGER_QUANTITY The quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condi-

tion for the EUTRA periodic report. Either RSRP or RSRQ is
assigned.

the EUTRA periodic report. It can be the same value as the trig-
ger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ
values.

for the EUTRA periodic report.
REPORT_INTERVAL The reporting interval of a measurement report for the EUTRA

periodic report.
REPORT_AMOUNT The number of measurement reports for the EUTRA periodic

report.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2088 RETRIEVE QUANTITY CONFIG EUTRA
Command Format
RTRV-QUANT-EUTRA: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves quantity settings for EUTRA measurement. The eNB sends coefficient values to be
used in EUTRA measurement to UE, which, in turn, applies the values for EUTRA cell measure-
ment.
TIMEOUT 10


RSRP_FILTER_COEFFICIENT The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA RSRP.
RSRQ_FILTER_COEFFICIENT The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA RSRQ.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2097 RETRIEVE ROHC INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-ROHC-INF: [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves the Robust Header Compression (ROHC) protocol. The information retrieved includes
whether ROHC is run for each QoS class and the supported profile types. If a QoS class is not
specified, the entire information on 256 QoS classes is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

ues 0 and 10-255.

ROHC_SUPPORT Whether to support the ROHC.

- False: ROHC is not used (default).
- True: ROHC is used.
MAX_CONTEXT_SESSION The maximum number of ROHC context sessions supported per

call.
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs2: Up to 2 sessions per call are sup-
ported.
ported.
ported.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs12: Supports up to 12 sessions per

call are supported.
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs16: Up to 16 sessions per call are
supported (default).
supported.
supported.
supported.
supported.
supported.
supported.
supported.
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs1024: Up to 1024 sessions per call
are supported.
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs16384: Up to 16384 sessions per
call are supported.
PROFILE0001 Whether to support the profile0001 (RTP/UDP/IP).

- False: The profile0001 is not supported.
- True: The profile0001 is supported (default).
PROFILE0002 Whether to support the profile0002 (UDP/IP).

PROFILE0003 Whether to support the profile0003 (ESP/IP).

- False: The profile0003 is not supported (default).
- True: The profile0003 is supported.
PROFILE0004 Whether to support the profile0004 (IP).

PROFILE0006 Whether to support the profile0006 (TCP/IP).


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description





2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2098 RETRIEVE SECURITY INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-SECU-INF;
Command Description
Retrieves the current preferred integrity protection and the ciphering algorithm of the eNB.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX Tuple index.
INTEGRITY_EA_PRIOR The integrity protection algorithm supported by the eNB.

- EIA0: NULL.
- EIA1: SNOW 3G.
- EIA2: AES.
CIPHER_EA_PRIOR The ciphering algorithm supported by the eNB.

- EEA0: NULL.
- EEA1: SNOW 3G.
- EEA2: AES.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2100 RETRIEVE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-NBR-ENB: [NBR_ENB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves information on the neighboring eNB to the eNB. If the index parameter of the neigh-
boring eNB is entered, the information for a certain neighboring eNB is retrieved, If not, the
information for all neighboring eNBs is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

NBR_ENB_IND Index of the neighboring eNB. The value 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
EX entered when registering the neighboring
eNB is used.

NBR_ENB_INDEX Index of the neighboring eNB. The value entered when register-
ing the neighboring eNB is used.
STATUS The validity of the neighboring eNB information.

- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.
NO_X2 Whether to make X2 connection to the neighboring eNB.

- False: X2 connection with the neighboring eNB is made.
- True: X2 connection to the neighboring eNB is not made.
NO_HO Whether to perform handover to the neighboring eNB.

- False: Handover to the neighboring eNB is performed.
- True: Handover to the neighboring eNB is not performed.
ENB_ID The eNB ID represents the neighboring eNB. If the enbType

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enb-
Type value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID.
ENB_TYPE eNB type of the neighboring eNB.

- ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB.
- ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home eNB.
ENB_MCC The PLMN information (MCC) that represents the neighboring

eNB. It is a three-digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
ENB_MNC The PLMN information (MNC) that represents the neighboring

eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit number with each digit being
from 0 to 9.
NBR_ENB_IPV4 Enter the IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP version 4

format.

format.
SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV4 Enter the secondary IP address of the neighboring eNB in the IP

version 4 format.

version 6 format.
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE This parameter defines Neighbor eNB Link Status
OWNER_TYPE This parameter defines how NRT is updated, This filed can be
classfied Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Created by
User Command/CreatedByUserUI.
REMOTE_FLAG This parameter defines the target eNB is managed local EMS or
other EMS

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2105 RETRIEVE MME CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-MME-CONF: [MME_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves MME-related parameters. The information retrieved includes MME Equip, active State
indicating whether S1 is used, MME IP, and secondary MME IP.
TIMEOUT 10

MME_INDEX The index used to access the information. 0 ~ 15 NONE 0
Since there are a total of 16 MMEs that can
be connected to an eNB, the index range is
0 to 15.

MME_INDEX The index used to access the information. Since there are a total
of 16 MMEs that can be connected to an eNB, the index range is
0 to 15.
STATUS The EQUIP status information on the MME.

- N_EQUIP: The MME to connect does not exist (default).
- EQUIP: The MME to connect exists.
ACTIVE_STATE The state information on the specified MME in operation. Of the

MMEs for which the S1 Setup is established, if there is an unde-
sired MME, this parameter value must be changed to Inactive.
The default is active. If the STATUS parameter is set to Equip, it
is better not to change this parameter value to inactive.
- Active: MME (S1 assigned) is used.
- Inactive: MME (S1 assigned) is not used.
MME_IPV4 Information on the IPV4 address of the MME. This parameter

value is valid only if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4. It is

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
not used if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6.
MME_IPV6 Information on the IPV6 address of the eNB. This parameter

ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE The status of the MME link .

- locked: A state where active calls connected to the MME are
all dropped, and new call connections are not possible.
- unlocked: Connection to the MME is normal.
- shutting down: A state where active calls connected to the
MME are maintained, but new call connections are not possible.
SECONDARY_MME_IPV4 The secondary IP address of the IPv4 type set in the MME node
to support the SCTP Multi Homing function. It is valid only if
the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2106 RETRIEVE SON FUNCTION CELL CON-

TROL FLAGS
Command Format
RTRV-SONFN-CELL: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the flag for the SON function controlled by the cell. There can be 3 operation modes,
which are Function Off, Manual Apply and Auto Apply or 2 operation modes, which are Func-
tion Off and Auto Apply.
TIMEOUT 10


ANR_ENABLE Controls SON ANR in 3 modes.

- sonFuncOff: The ANR function is disabled except for the NR
deletion (X2-based).
- sonManualApply: The NR adding and NR ranking are per-
formed automatically. The management of HO Black List and
NR deletion are performed manually.
- sonAutoApply: The NR adding and NR ranking, managing HO
Black List, NR deleting, and NR adding are performed automat-
ically.
ENERGY_SAVINGS_ENABLE Controls SON Energy Saving in 3 modes.

- sonFuncOff: The Energy Saving functions except for traffic
analysis is disabled.
- sonManualApply: The Energy Saving function in accordance
with the schedule set by the operator is enabled.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- sonAutoApply: The Energy Saving functions based on the

information obtained from traffic analysis is enabled.
MOBILITY_ROBUSTNESS_ENABLEWhether to enable the Mobility Robustness Optimized func-

tion (one of the SON functions).
- OFF: The function is turned off.
- Manual Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an
algorithm, this change is reported tot he the LSN and then the
operator determines manually whether to apply the changed
parameter value.
- Auto Apply: When the parameter value is changed by an algo-
rithm, this change is applied automatically.
MOBILITY_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLEWhether to enable the Mobility-based Load Balance func-

tion, (one of the SON functions).
RACH_OPT_ENABLE Whether to enable the Rach Optimized function (one of the SON
functions).
parameter value.
SON_SRS_FUNC_ENABLE Whether to enable the SRS SON function, (one of the SON func-
tions).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2107 RETRIEVE SON DL ICIC PARAMETERS
Command Format
RTRV-SON-DLICIC: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves information on parameters related to Downlink Inter-Cell Interference Cancellation
(DL ICIC). It is defined as one of the scheduler functions of the eNB system. It is set as a separate
flag unlike other SON functions. Manual Apply is disabled.
TIMEOUT 10

CELL_NUM cell index (number) 0~8 NONE 0

CELL_NUM cell index (number)
DL_ICIC_TYPE The DL ICIC type is specified.

- sonIcicDlNone: The DL ICIC function is not performed. The
UE performs the power control function with fixed conditions.
- sonIcicDlDynamicStd: The Dynamic ICIC function is per-
formed. The system calculates the conditions based on the UE
location for performing the power control function.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2108 RETRIEVE SON UL ICIC PARAMETERS
Command Format
RTRV-SON-ULICIC: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves information on parameters related to Uplink Inter-Cell Interference Cancellation (UL
ICIC). It is defined as one of the scheduler functions of the eNB system. It is set as a separate flag
unlike other SON functions. Manual Apply is disabled.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.

UL_ICIC_TYPE The UL ICIC type is specified.

- sonIcicUlNone: The UL ICIC function is not performed. The
UE performs the power control function with the specified con-
ditions.
- sonIcicUlDynamicStd: The Dynamic ICIC function is per-
formed. The system suggests various conditions based on the UE
location. Then, the UE uses the suggested conditions for per-
forming the power control function.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2111 RETRIEVE ES SCHEDULE
Command Format
RTRV-ES-SCHED: [CELL_NUM], [HOUR];
Command Description
Retrieves schedules of the SON Energy Saving (ES) function. This command's parameters are
used to retrieve schedules of the Energy Saving function based on the pre-defined time by using
the CHG-SONFN-CELL command when the ES function status is in Manual apply. The system
operator can schedule the ES operation of NBs through LSM. When the ES function is in Manual
Apply, eNB's command of PA bias voltage change is executed hourly according to the schedule.
Operation time, status (whether it is applied), ES Voltage Mode, and RB type to limit can be spec-
ified. The Energy Saving function can be scheduled by the hour, and its operation is determined
by checking the hourly schedule. The previous operation is maintained if
ES_MODE_VOLTAGE_TYPE of the previous and current hours is the same. The operator can
determine SUSPEND and ACTIVE through the ES_STATE parameter. To stop the current ES
Mode in operation, ES_STATE which is active during the current hour, is changed to SUSPEND.
The ES_MODE_VOLTAGE_TYPE and ES_MODE_RB_TYPE parameters determine the volt-
age mode required during the hour, and the RB type to limit. To ensure the performance, the two
parameters should be paired. In other words, if ES_MODE_VOLTAGE_TYPE is
ESMode1_Voltage, ES_MODE_RB_TYPE also should be ESMode1_RB.
TIMEOUT 10

CELL_NUM The number of the cell for which the Energy 0~8 NONE 0
Saving function is operated according to
the schedule.
HOUR The time when the Energy Saving function 0 ~ 23 NONE 0
is enabled according to the schedule.

CELL_NUM The number of the cell for which the Energy Saving function is
operated according to the schedule.
HOUR The time when the Energy Saving function is enabled according

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
to the schedule.
ES_STATE Whether to operate the Energy Saving function during one hour
according to the schedule.
- esSuspend: The schedule for Energy Saving function during
the specified hour is not operated. If Energy Saving function is
already operated, the previous Energy Saving status is main-
tained.
- esActive: The schedule for Energy Saving function during the
specified hour is operated.
ES_MODE_VOLTAGE_TYPE The voltage type in which the Energy Saving function is oper-
ated during one hour according to the schedule.
- esNormal_Voltage: Operation with the Normal Mode voltage.
- esMode(N)_Voltage: Operation with the voltage of ES Mode
(N). The higher the mode number N is, the more the cell limits
voltage and saves energy.
ES_MODE_RB_TYPE The RB type that the Energy Saving function limits during one
hour according to the schedule. The RB value varies depending
on the DSP bandwidth.
- esNormal_RB: Operation with the Normal Mode RB.
- esMode(N)_RB: Operation with the RB count of ES Mode (N).
The higher the mode number N is, the more the cell limits volt-
age and saves energy.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2112 RETRIEVE SON MRO
Command Format
RTRV-SON-MRO;
Command Description
Retrieves the parameters used in the SON MRO (Mobility Robustness Optimization) function.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX index
T_PERIOD The period of statistics monitoring. The timer (a unit of 1 day/1

week, by default/1 month) used to trigger the handover parame-
ter control.
- 1 day: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics collected
for 1 day.
- 1Week: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics col-
lected for 1 week .
- 1Month: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics col-
lected for 1 month.
T_PERIOD_TEMP The period of fallback statistics monitoring. This value (1Hour/

1Day/1Week, default=1Week) is used for checking a fault where
HandoverSuccessKPI is not temporarily met after the RACH
parameter is changed.
- 1Hour: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics col-
lected for 1 hour.
- 1Day: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics col-
lected for 1 day.
- 1Week: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics col-
lected for 1 week.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
HANDOVER_SUCCESS_KPI The threshold related to the handover success KPI to trigger

MRO algorithm. The MRO algorithm is triggered if the hando-
ver success rate is lower than this threshold.
N_HANDOVER_THRESH The threshold to the number of handover attempts to trigger

MRO algorithm. The MRO algorithm is triggered if the number
of handover attempts collected during the statistics period is
lower than this threshold.
OFFSET_MAX The maximum value allowable for HO margin which is equal to

A3Offset - CIO. If and only if the value of A3Offset - CIO is
lower than this maximum value, it is valid.
OFFSET_MIN The minimum value allowable for HO margin which is equal to

higher than this minimum value, it is valid.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2113 RETRIEVE CLOCK CONTROL INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-CLOCK-CTRL: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves information required for Modem/DSP clock settings (advance/retard). A period of time
for the eNB to transmit/receive DU signals changes according to the value entered in the clock
advance/retard parameter. The value for UL timing advance in UE decreases if increasing the
clock advance/retard without changing the RU setting.
TIMEOUT 10


CLOCK_ADVANCE The clock advance value in ns.
CLOCK_RETARD The clock retard value in ns.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2114 RETRIEVE QCI BH BW INFO
Command Format
RTRV-BHBW-QCI: [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves parameter information for backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC) per QoS Class
Identifier (QCI) enabled in the eNB. Backhaul-based CAC is enabled per QCI or service group
on GBR bearers. Retrieves thresholds to enable backhaul-based CAC per QCI.
TIMEOUT 10

ues 0 and 10-255.

BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be

assigned to the downlink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for nor-
mal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the downlink usage
exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth
BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be

assigned to the downlink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for
urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls
are requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter
value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.
BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
assigned to the uplink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for normal
calls. When a normal call is requested, if the uplink usage
BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOThe total backhaul bandwidth in percent that can be

assigned to the uplink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for urgent
and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are
requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value,
the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.
OVER_BOOKING_RATIO The ratio of over-booking with downlink and uplink thresholds

when executing backhaul-based CAC per QoS Class Identifier
(QCI).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2115 RETRIEVE SCTP PARAMETER
Command Format
RTRV-SCTP-PARA;
Command Description
Retrieves SCTP-related parameters. The retrieved information is necessary for SCTP to establish/
maintain connections with a peer.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX The index for accessing the information. The default is 0.
MME_FAILOVER_TIMER The timer to maintain the call connected to the MME if the
SCTP returns to normal within a specified time (mmeFailover-
Timer) after the MME SCTP is disconnected in seconds.
HEART_BEAT_INTERVAL The transmission interval of the HeartBeat message to be sent to

verify the normality of the SCTP Link in milliseconds.
NUM_PATH_RE_TX The number of times to re-send heartbeat messages in order to

check whether the SCTP link is normal. The SCTP link is dis-
connected if responses to the heartbeats are not received during
specified (numPathReTx) attempts.
RTO_INITIAL The threshold used to calculate the SCTP round-trip time (RTT).
It is an initial value of Retransmission Time-Out used before the
RTT by packet transmission is measured.
RTO_MIN The minimum value of Retransmission Time-Out used to calcu-

late the SCTP RTT.
RTO_MAX The maximum value of Retransmission Time-Out used to calcu-

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
late the SCTP RTT.
CONNECT_INTERVAL The timer to establish connections periodically when the SCTP

link is not currently established while the peer node is EQUIP in
PLD in seconds.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2116 RETRIEVE SVC GRP BH BW INFO
Command Format
RTRV-BHBW-SVCGR: [SERVICE_GROUP];
Command Description
Retrieves parameter information for backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC) per service group
enabled in the eNB. Backhaul-based CAC is enabled per QCI or service group on GBR bearers.
Retrieves thresholds to enable backhaul-based CAC per service group.
TIMEOUT 10

SERVICE_GRO Service group. voipService/videoSer- NONE voipSer-
UP - voipService: Service group that uses the vice/ vice
Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) service.
- videoService: Service group that uses the
video service.

SERVICE_GROUP Service group.
- voipService: Service group that uses the Voice over Internet
Protocol (VoIP) service.
- videoService: Service group that uses the video service.

assigned to the downlink per service group for normal calls.
When a normal call is requested, if the downlink usage exceeds
the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is
generated.

assigned to the downlink per service group for urgent and hando-
ver calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if
the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Back-
haul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

assigned to the uplink per service group for normal calls. When a
normal call is requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input
parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is gener-
ated.

assigned to the uplink per service group for urgent and handover
calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the
uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul
Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.

when operating backhaul-based CAC per service group.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2117 RETRIEVE SON SELF OPTIMIZATION

PARAMETERS
Command Format
RTRV-SON-SO;
Command Description
Retrieves parameter information on the SON self-optimization. The following functions are
related to the parameters that can be retrieved:.
- RRH Optic Delay Compensation measures RRH-specific optical delay when initially installing
RRH or if an optical delay change occurs and calculates Tx and Rx time buffer by a formula. The
calculated time buffer is sent to the RRH for RRH delay compensation. The TX_TBMAX and
RX_TBMAX values that can be changed by using this command are necessary to calculate the
time buffer.
- Related commands The operation of RRH optic delay compensation is determined by the
DELAY_COMPENSATION_ENABLE parameter value of the CHG-SONFN-ENB command. If
the value is sonFuncOff, compensation is disabled. If the value is sonAutoApply, compensation is
enabled. The TX_TBMAX and RX_TBMAX parameters can be changed with CHG-SON-SO
command.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX Index
TX_TBMAX Tx Time Buffer Maximum value. The value that can be set by
using the maximum delay that occurs from DU to RRH. Assum-
ing the maximum distanced between DU and RRH is d_max
(km), the maximum DL CPRI hopping delay is h_max (ns), the
maximum number of RRHs that can be cascaded is N_max, and
the maximum Tx processing delay is PD_max, TX_TBMAX
can be calculated using the following formula. However, this
formula is based on the basic concept of Max Timer buffer, and
thus can be changed due to various factors in an actual network

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
design. TX_TBMAX (ns) = 5000 * d_max + (N_max-1) *

h_max + PD_max
RX_TBMAX The maximum Rx Time Buffer value. The value that can be set
by using the maximum delay that occurs from DU to RRH.
Assuming the maximum distanced between DU and RRH is
d_max (km), the maximum UL CPRI hopping delay is h_max
(ns), the maximum number of RRHs that can be cascaded is
N_max, and the maximum Rx processing delay is PD_max,
RX_TBMAX can be calculated using the following formula.
However, this formula is based on the basic concept of Max
Time buffer, and thus can be changed due to various factors in an
actual network design. RX_TBMAX (ns) = 5000 * d_max +
(N_max-1) * h_max + PD_max

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2120 CHANGE ENB INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-ENB-INF: [BH_LINK_CAPACITY], [DL_CRS_PORT_COUNT];
Command Description
Changes the eNB's default information. Defaults except the backhaul capacity and SCTP Port
cannot be changed during operation since they are entered when the eNB is established.
TIMEOUT 10

BH_LINK_CAP Total backhaul link capacity of the eNB (in 0 ~ 10000000 Kbps 100000
ACITY Kbps, 0-10G, default 1G). 0
DL_CRS_POR This parameter defines Downlink CRS Port ci_n1CrsPortCnt/ NONE ci_n2Cr
T_COUNT Count ci_n2CrsPortCnt/ sPort-
ci_n4CrsPortCnt/ Cnt

DB_INDEX Index for retrieving the eNB information. The default is 0.
ENB_TYPE This parameter defines eNB Type ( Macro eNB(0). Home

eNB(1) )
ENB_MCC This parameter defines the Representative PMNN's MCC infor-

mation
ENB_MNC This parameter defines the Representative PMNN's MNC infor-

mation
ENB_ID This parameter defines eNB ID ( Macro eNB : BIT

STRING(20), Home eNB : BIT STRING(28) )
SCTP_PORT_NUM_S1 The port number to be used in SCTP association configuration

for S1AP with the MME. (The port number is fixed at 36412.
SCTP association is possible only when the port value is the

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
same as SCTP of the MME.)
SCTP_PORT_NUM_X2 The port number to be used in SCTP association configuration

for X2AP with the neighbor eNB. (The port number is fixed at
36422. SCTP association is possible only when the port value is
the same as SCTP of the neighbor eNB.)
BH_LINK_CAPACITY Total backhaul link capacity of the eNB (in Kbps, 0-10G, default
1G).
DL_CRS_PORT_COUNT This parameter defines Downlink CRS Port Count

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2121 CHANGE HANDOVER OPTION INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
CHG-HO-OPT: [ERAB_INTERACTION], [USED_NBR_LIST], [UPLINK_FORWARD],
[NUM_OF_ENB], [RIM_ENABLE], [MME_SELECT_FACTOR_FOR_RIM];
Command Description
Changes handover information. The user can retrieve the E-RAB iteration method set in the eNB,
whether to include neighboring cell list (NCL), and whether to forward uplink data in the target
eNB.
TIMEOUT 10

ERAB_INTERA Prioritization information when contention 0~1 NONE 1
CTION occurs between E-RAB and handover pro-
cedures.
- 0: Performs handover first (Handover
Prior).
- 1: Performs E-RAB procedures (ERAB
Prior).
USED_NBR_LI The method for providing the neighboring 0~1 NONE 0
ST cell list included in MeasObjectEUTRA of
the RRC Connection Reconfiguration mes-
sage.
- 0: Neighboring cells whose CIO value is
not dB0 are only included in the list (by
algorithm).
- 1: Neighboring cells whose CIO value is
dB0 are also included in the list (force-
used).
UPLINK_FORW Whether to forward uplink data in the target 0~1 NONE 1
ARD base station during handover.
- 0: Uplink data forwarding is disabled.
- 1: Uplink data forwarding is enabled.
NUM_OF_ENB The number of target base stations for 1~4 NONE 1
multi-target preparation during handover.
The maximum of 4 eNBs can be prepared.
If the value entered is 1, the multi-target
preparation is not executed.
RIM_ENABLE Whether to RIM procedure decision. False/True/ NONE False

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

MME_SELECT This parameter is MME Selection Factor for 0 ~ 15 NONE 0
_FACTOR_FO RIM Procedure.
R_RIM

ERAB_INTERACTION Prioritization information when contention occurs between E-

RAB and handover procedures.
- 0: Performs handover first (Handover Prior).
- 1: Performs E-RAB procedures (ERAB Prior).
USED_NBR_LIST The method for providing the neighboring cell list included in
MeasObjectEUTRA of the RRC Connection Reconfiguration
message.
- 0: Neighboring cells whose CIO value is not dB0 are only
included in the list (by algorithm).
- 1: Neighboring cells whose CIO value is dB0 are also included
in the list (force-used).
UPLINK_FORWARD Whether to forward uplink data in the target base station during
handover.
NUM_OF_ENB The number of target base stations for multi-target preparation

during handover. The maximum of 4 eNBs can be prepared. If
the value entered is 1, the multi-target preparation is not exe-
cuted.
RIM_ENABLE Whether to RIM procedure decision.
MME_SELECT_FACTOR_FOR_RIMThis parameter is MME Selection Factor for RIM Procedure.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2122 CHANGE TIMER INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-TIMER-INF: [RRC_CONNECTION_SETUP], [RRC_CONNECTION_RECONFIG],
[RRC_CONNECTION_RE_ESTABLISH], [RRC_SECURITY_MODE_COMMAND],
[RRC_UE_CAPABILITY_ENQUIRY], [RRC_CONNECTION_RELEASE],
[RRC_HANDOVER_PREPARATION], [RRC_UE_INFORMATION_REQUEST], [S1_SETUP],
[S1_UPDATE], [S1_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT], [S1_UPDATE_TIME_TO_WAIT],
[S1_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP], [S1_ERAB_RELEASE_INDICATION],
[S1_UE_CONTEXT_RELEASE], [S1_PATH_SWITCH], [S1_HANDOVER_PREPARATION],
[S1_RELOC_OVERALL], [S1_HANDOVER_CANCEL], [X2_SETUP], [X2_SETUP_TIME_TO_WAIT],
[X2_UPDATE], [X2_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT], [X2_UPDATE_TIME_TO_WAIT],
[X2_HANDOVER_PREPARATION], [X2_RELOC_OVERALL], [X2_STORE_UE_CONTEXT],
[INTERNAL_RESOURCE_SETUP], [INTERNAL_RESOURCE_RELEASE],
[INTERNAL_SECURITY_CONTROL], [INTERNAL_RRC_DATA_TRANSFER],
[INTERNAL_FORWARDING_PATH_SETUP], [INTERNAL_REESTALISH_CONTROL],
[INTERNAL_BUFFER_FLUSH], [INTERNAL_DATA_TRANSFER_START],
[INTERNAL_DATA_FORWARD_END_IND], [INTERNAL_REESTABLSH_TIME_TO_WAIT],
[INTERNAL_USER_INACTIVITY], [INTERNAL_SIGNALING_INACTIVITY],
[INTERNAL_NO_WAIT_RETRY], [INTERNAL_RRC_RESET], [INTERNAL_ENB_RESET],
[INTERNAL_SOLICIT_MEASUREMENT_REPORT], [INTERNAL_RTDINFO_REQ], [RIM_RIR],
[RIM_RIAE], [INTERNAL_SUB_CELL_CHANGE], [INTERNAL_SUB_CELL_PDCP_CONTROL];
Command Description
Changes the timer values used by the ECCB blocks in the eNB. The user can change the timer
value used for exchanging messages with the UE, MME and Naver eNB, and by other ECCB
blocks when a call is set up.
TIMEOUT 10

RRC_CONNEC The time to wait for reception of the RrcCo- 10 ~ 65535 msec 1000
TION_SETUP nnectionSetupComplete message after
sending the RrcConnectionSetup mes-
sage from the eNB to the UE.
TION_RECONF nnectionRecofigurationComplete message
IG after sending the RrcConnectionRecofig
TION_RE_EST nnectionReestablishmentComplete mes-
ABLISH sage after sending the
RrcConnectionReestablishment message

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

RRC_SECURIT The time to wait for reception of the Securi- 10 ~ 65535 msec 2000
Y_MODE_COM tyModeComplete message after sending
MAND the SecurityModeCommand message from
the eNB to the UE.
RRC_UE_CAP The time to wait for reception of the UeCa- 10 ~ 65535 msec 2000
ABILITY_ENQU pabilityInformation message after sending
IRY the UeCapabilityEnquiry message from the
eNB to the UE.
RRC_CONNEC The time to wait for reception of the mes- 10 ~ 65535 msec 100
TION_RELEAS sage from the PDCB block confirming that
E the RrcConnectionRelease message was
successfully sent after sending it from the
eNB to the UE.
RRC_HANDOV The time to wait for reception of the RrcUL- 10 ~ 65535 msec 5000
ER_PREPARAT HandoverPreparationTransfer message
ION after sending the RrcHandoverFromEU-
TRAPreparationRequest message from the
eNB to the UE.
RRC_UE_INFO The time to wait for reception of the Infor- 10 ~ 65535 msec 300
RMATION_RE mationResponse message after sending
QUEST the InformationRequest message from the
eNB to the UE.
S1_SETUP The time to wait for reception of the 10 ~ 65535 msec 5000
S1SetupResponse message or the
S1SetupFailure message after sending the
S1SetupRequest from the eNB to the
MME.
S1_UPDATE The time to wait for reception of the Enb- 10 ~ 65535 msec 5000
ConfigurationUpdateAcknowledge mes-
sage or the
EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure message
after sending the EnbConfigurationUpdate
S1_UPDATE_R The retry count for the eNB configuration ci_CountZero/ count ci_Coun
ETRY_COUNT update procedure when the eNBConfigura- ci_CountOne/ tThree
tionUpdateFailure message is received ci_CouintTwo/
from the MME or when time out occurs ci_CountThree/
after sending the eNBConfigurationUpdate ci_CountTen/
message from the eNB. ci_CountInfinity/
S1_UPDATE_TI The TimetoWait value included in MME- ci_v1s/ci_v2s/ci_v5s/ sec ci_v5s
ME_TO_WAIT ConfigurationUpdateFailure transmission. ci_v10s/ci_v20s/
ci_v60s/
S1_INITIAL_C The time to wait for reception of the Initial- 10 ~ 65535 msec 10000
ONTEXT_SET ContextSetupRequest message after send-
UP ing the InitilUE from the eNB to the MME.
S1_ERAB_REL The time to wait for reception of the ERA- 10 ~ 65535 msec 5000
EASE_INDICAT BReleaseCommand message after send-
ION ing the E_RABReleaseIndication from the
eNB to the MME.
S1_UE_CONT The time to wait for reception of the 10 ~ 65535 msec 5000
EXT_RELEASE UEContextReleaseCommand message
after sending the UEContextReleaseRe-
quest from the eNB to the MME.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

S1_PATH_SWI The time to wait for reception of the Path- 10 ~ 65535 msec 3000
TCH SwitchRequestAcknowledge message after
sending the PathSwitchReques from the
eNB to the MME.
S1_HANDOVE The time to wait for reception of the Hando- 10 ~ 65535 msec 2000
R_PREPARATI verCommand message after sending the
ON HandoverRequired from the eNB to the
MME.
S1_RELOC_O The time to wait for the UEContextRe- 10 ~ 65535 msec 5000
VERALL leaseCommand message from the MME
after the HandoverCommand message
from the eNB is received by the MME and
handover is complete.
S1_HANDOVE The time to wait for reception of the Hando- 10 ~ 65535 msec 2000
R_CANCEL verCancelAcknowledge message after
sending the HandoverCancel from the eNB
to the MME.
X2_SETUP The time to wait for the X2SetupResponse 10 ~ 65535 msec 5000
message or the X2SetupFailure message
after sending the X2SetupRequest from the
eNB to another eNB.
X2_SETUP_TI The TimetoWait value included in the ci_v1s/ci_v2s/ci_v5s/ sec ci_v5s
ME_TO_WAIT X2SetupFailure message sent by the eNB ci_v10s/ci_v20s/
which received an X2SetupRequest mes- ci_v60s/
sage.
X2_UPDATE The time to wait for the EnbConfigura- 10 ~ 65535 msec 5000
tionUpdateAcknowledge message or the
EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure message
after sending the EnbConfigurationUpdate
from the eNB to another eNB set as a
neighbor.
X2_UPDATE_R The retry count for the X2 eNB configura- ci_CountZero/ count ci_Coun
ETRY_COUNT tion update procedure when the eNBCon- ci_CountOne/ tThree
figurationUpdateFailure message is ci_CouintTwo/
received from the MME or when time out ci_CountThree/
occurs after sending the X2 eNBConfigura- ci_CountTen/
tionUpdate message from the eNB. ci_CountInfinity/
X2_UPDATE_TI The TimetoWait value included in ENBCon- ci_v1s/ci_v2s/ci_v5s/ sec ci_v5s
ME_TO_WAIT figurationUpdateFailure transmission (The ci_v10s/ci_v20s/
default is 5 seconds). ci_v60s/
X2_HANDOVE The time to wait for the HandoverRequest- 10 ~ 65535 msec 2000
R_PREPARATI Acknowledge message after sending the
ON HandoverRequest message from the
X2_RELOC_O The time to wait for the UEContextRelease 10 ~ 65535 msec 5000
VERALL message from the target eNB after receiv-
ing the HandoverRequestAcknowledge
message from the target eNB and hando-
ver is complete.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

X2_STORE_UE The time during which to determine 10 ~ 65535 msec 10000
_CONTEXT whether the Handover Report message is
sent when the RLF Indication message is
received by the SON MRO (Mobility
Robustness Optimization) function.
INTERNAL_RE The time to wait for a response after send- 10 ~ 65535 msec 2000
SOURCE_SET ing the setup message to internal entities
UP (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for setting up
SOURCE_REL ing the release message to internal entities
EASE (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for releasing
INTERNAL_SE The time to wait for a response after send- 10 ~ 65535 msec 2000
CURITY_CONT ing the control message to the PDCP entity
ROL for security control inside the eNB.
INTERNAL_RR The time to wait for reception of the data 10 ~ 65535 msec 40
C_DATA_TRAN transfer confirm message from the PDCP
SFER entity after sending RrcConnectionRecon-
figuration to the UE at intra-cell handover.
INTERNAL_FO The time to wait for a response after send- 10 ~ 65535 msec 2000
RWARDING_P ing the setup message to the GTP entity for
ATH_SETUP unlink and downlink path setup at hando-
ver.
ESTALISH_CO ing the control message for controlling the
NTROL entities inside the eNB at reestablish.
INTERNAL_BU The time between buffer flush message 10 ~ 65535 msec 2000
FFER_FLUSH transmission and reception of its response.
The flush message is sent to flush the buf-
fer of the PDCP entity after receiving
UEContextRelease (X2) and UEContex-
tReleaseCommand (S1) at handover.
INTERNAL_DA The time to wait for a response after send- 10 ~ 65535 msec 2000
TA_TRANSFER ing the control message notifying Hando-
_START verComplete to the target PDCP entity after
the X2, S1 handover.
INTERNAL_DA The time to wait for reception of DataFor- 10 ~ 65535 msec 5000
TA_FORWARD wardEndInd from the PDCP entity indicat-
_END_IND ing that data forwarding is complete after
transmitting UEContextRelease to X2 and
HandoverNotify to S1.
INTERNAL_RE The time to wait for reception of RrcRees- 10 ~ 65535 msec 5000
ESTABLSH_TI tablishRequest from the UE after RLF is
ME_TO_WAIT received from MACB or Max Retransmis-
sion Ind is received from RLCB.
INTERNAL_US The user inactivity time triggered by MAC 0 ~ 65535 sec 30
ER_INACTIVIT because there is no traffic at the UE
Y attached for a certain period of time.
INTERNAL_SI The signaling inactivity time triggered when 0 ~ 65535 sec 30
GNALING_INA enb has no signaling message for a certain
CTIVITY period of time.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

INTERNAL_NO The time to wait for resending the message 10 ~ 65535 msec 5000
_WAIT_RETRY to S1 or X2 when the failure message
received from S1 or X2 (S1SetupFailure,
X2SetupFailure,
S1EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure,
X2EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure) does
not contain timer information.
INTERNAL_RR The time to wait for multiple UEs to be 10 ~ 65535 msec 5000
C_RESET released after sending the RrcConnection-
Release to the UEs at eNB reset.
INTERNAL_EN The time to wait for a response after send- 10 ~ 65535 msec 2000
B_RESET ing the CallDelete message to the internal
entities for releasing the entities inside the
eNB at eNB reset.
INTERNAL_SO The time to wait for reception of the Mea- 10 ~ 65535 msec 5000
LICIT_MEASU surement Report message from the UE
REMENT_REP according to the Solicit Measurement
ORT Report procedure.
INTERNAL_RT The time to wait for reception of the RTDIn- 10 ~ 65535 msec 100
DINFO_REQ foCnf message after sending RTDInfoReq
to MAC for obtaining the RTD information.
RIM_RIR The time to wait for a response after send- 10 ~ 65535 msec 5000
ing MME Direct Information Transfer (RAN-
INFORMATION-REQUEST) to the MME.
RIM_RIAE The time to wait for a response after send- 10 ~ 65535 msec 5000
ing MME Direct Information Transfer (RAN-
INFORMATION-APPLICATION-ERROR) to
the MME.
INTERNAL_SU The time to wait for a response after send- 10 ~ 65535 msec 1000
B_CELL_CHAN ing msgCmacPhySubCellChangeCnf to
GE MAC. Only Sub Cell Type Applicable
INTERNAL_SU The time to wait for a response after send- 10 ~ 65535 msec 1000
B_CELL_PDCP ing msgCpdcpControl to PDCB. Only Sub
_CONTROL Cell Type Applicable

DB_INDEX Index to change the timer information. The default is 0.
RRC_CONNECTION_SETUP The time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionSetupCom-

plete message after sending the RrcConnectionSetup message
RRC_CONNECTION_RECONFIG The time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionRecofigura-

tionComplete message after sending the RrcConnectionRecofig
RRC_CONNECTION_RE_ESTABLISHThe time to wait for reception of the RrcConnectionReestab-

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
lishmentComplete message after sending the RrcConnection-

Reestablishment message from the eNB to the UE.
RRC_SECURITY_MODE_COMMANDThe time to wait for reception of the SecurityModeComplete

message after sending the SecurityModeCommand message
RRC_UE_CAPABILITY_ENQUIRYThe time to wait for reception of the UeCapabilityInformation

message after sending the UeCapabilityEnquiry message from
the eNB to the UE.
RRC_CONNECTION_RELEASE The time to wait for reception of the message from the PDCB
block confirming that the RrcConnectionRelease message was
successfully sent after sending it from the eNB to the UE.
RRC_HANDOVER_PREPARATIONThe time to wait for reception of the RrcULHandoverPrepara-

tionTransfer message after sending the RrcHandoverFromEU-
TRAPreparationRequest message from the eNB to the UE.
RRC_UE_INFORMATION_REQUESTThe time to wait for reception of the InformationResponse

message after sending the InformationRequest message from the
eNB to the UE.
S1_SETUP The time to wait for reception of the S1SetupResponse message

or the S1SetupFailure message after sending the
S1SetupRequest from the eNB to the MME.
S1_UPDATE The time to wait for reception of the EnbConfigurationUp-

dateAcknowledge message or the EnbConfigurationUpdateFail-
ure message after sending the EnbConfigurationUpdate from the
eNB to the MME.
S1_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT The retry count for the eNB configuration update procedure
from the MME or when time out occurs after sending the eNB-
ConfigurationUpdate message from the eNB.
S1_UPDATE_TIME_TO_WAIT The TimetoWait value included in MMEConfigurationUpdate-

Failure transmission.
S1_INITIAL_CONTEXT_SETUP The time to wait for reception of the InitialContextSetupRequest

message after sending the InitilUE from the eNB to the MME.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
S1_ERAB_RELEASE_INDICATIONThe time to wait for reception of the ERABReleaseCommand

message after sending the E_RABReleaseIndication from the
eNB to the MME.
S1_UE_CONTEXT_RELEASE The time to wait for reception of the UEContextReleaseCom-

mand message after sending the UEContextReleaseRequest
S1_PATH_SWITCH The time to wait for reception of the PathSwitchRequestAc-

knowledge message after sending the PathSwitchReques from
the eNB to the MME.
S1_HANDOVER_PREPARATION The time to wait for reception of the HandoverCommand mes-

sage after sending the HandoverRequired from the eNB to the
MME.
S1_RELOC_OVERALL The time to wait for the UEContextReleaseCommand message

from the MME after the HandoverCommand message from the
eNB is received by the MME and handover is complete.
S1_HANDOVER_CANCEL The time to wait for reception of the HandoverCancelAcknowl-

edge message after sending the HandoverCancel from the eNB
to the MME.
X2_SETUP The time to wait for the X2SetupResponse message or the

X2SetupFailure message after sending the X2SetupRequest
from the eNB to another eNB.
X2_SETUP_TIME_TO_WAIT The TimetoWait value included in the X2SetupFailure message

sent by the eNB which received an X2SetupRequest message.
X2_UPDATE The time to wait for the EnbConfigurationUpdateAcknowledge

message or the EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure message after
sending the EnbConfigurationUpdate from the eNB to another
eNB set as a neighbor.
X2_UPDATE_RETRY_COUNT The retry count for the X2 eNB configuration update procedure
from the MME or when time out occurs after sending the X2
eNBConfigurationUpdate message from the eNB.
X2_UPDATE_TIME_TO_WAIT The TimetoWait value included in ENBConfigurationUpdate-

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
Failure transmission (The default is 5 seconds).
X2_HANDOVER_PREPARATION The time to wait for the HandoverRequestAcknowledge mes-

sage after sending the HandoverRequest message from the
X2_RELOC_OVERALL The time to wait for the UEContextRelease message from the
target eNB after receiving the HandoverRequestAcknowledge
message from the target eNB and handover is complete.
X2_STORE_UE_CONTEXT The time during which to determine whether the Handover

Report message is sent when the RLF Indication message is
received by the SON MRO (Mobility Robustness Optimization)
function.
INTERNAL_RESOURCE_SETUP The time to wait for a response after sending the setup message
to internal entities (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for setting up
INTERNAL_RESOURCE_RELEASEThe time to wait for a response after sending the release mes-
sage to internal entities (PDCB, MACB, RLCB) for releasing
INTERNAL_SECURITY_CONTROLThe time to wait for a response after sending the control mes-
sage to the PDCP entity for security control inside the eNB.
INTERNAL_RRC_DATA_TRANSFERThe time to wait for reception of the data transfer confirm

message from the PDCP entity after sending RrcConnectionRe-
configuration to the UE at intra-cell handover.
INTERNAL_FORWARDING_PATH_SETUPThe time to wait for a response after sending the setup

message to the GTP entity for unlink and downlink path setup at
handover.
INTERNAL_REESTALISH_CONTROLThe time to wait for a response after sending the control

message for controlling the entities inside the eNB at reestablish.
INTERNAL_BUFFER_FLUSH The time between buffer flush message transmission and recep-
tion of its response. The flush message is sent to flush the buffer
of the PDCP entity after receiving UEContextRelease (X2) and
UEContextReleaseCommand (S1) at handover.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
INTERNAL_DATA_TRANSFER_STARTThe time to wait for a response after sending the control

message notifying HandoverComplete to the target PDCP entity
after the X2, S1 handover.
INTERNAL_DATA_FORWARD_END_INDThe time to wait for reception of DataForwardEndInd

from the PDCP entity indicating that data forwarding is com-
plete after transmitting UEContextRelease to X2 and Handover-
Notify to S1.
INTERNAL_REESTABLSH_TIME_TO_WAITThe time to wait for reception of RrcReestablishRe-

quest from the UE after RLF is received from MACB or Max
Retransmission Ind is received from RLCB.
INTERNAL_USER_INACTIVITY The user inactivity time triggered by MAC because there is no

traffic at the UE attached for a certain period of time.
INTERNAL_SIGNALING_INACTIVITYThe signaling inactivity time triggered when enb has no

signaling message for a certain period of time.
INTERNAL_NO_WAIT_RETRY The time to wait for resending the message to S1 or X2 when the
failure message received from S1 or X2 (S1SetupFailure,
X2SetupFailure, S1EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure,
X2EnbConfigurationUpdateFailure) does not contain timer
information.
INTERNAL_RRC_RESET The time to wait for multiple UEs to be released after sending
the RrcConnectionRelease to the UEs at eNB reset.
INTERNAL_ENB_RESET The time to wait for a response after sending the CallDelete mes-
sage to the internal entities for releasing the entities inside the
eNB at eNB reset.
INTERNAL_SOLICIT_MEASUREMENT_REPORTThe time to wait for reception of the Measure-

ment Report message from the UE according to the Solicit Mea-
surement Report procedure.
INTERNAL_RTDINFO_REQ The time to wait for reception of the RTDInfoCnf message after
sending RTDInfoReq to MAC for obtaining the RTD informa-
tion.
RIM_RIR The time to wait for a response after sending MME Direct Infor-
mation Transfer (RAN-INFORMATION-REQUEST) to the

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
MME.
RIM_RIAE The time to wait for a response after sending MME Direct Infor-
mation Transfer (RAN-INFORMATION-APPLICATION-
ERROR) to the MME.
INTERNAL_SUB_CELL_CHANGEThe time to wait for a response after sending msgCmacPhySub-

CellChangeCnf to MAC. Only Sub Cell Type Applicable
INTERNAL_SUB_CELL_PDCP_CONTROLThe time to wait for a response after sending msgCpd-

cpControl to PDCB. Only Sub Cell Type Applicable

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2124 CHANGE EUTRAN CELL CONF IDLE
Command Format
CHG-CELL-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [PHY_CELL_ID], [CELL_TYPE], [DUPLEX_TYPE],
[DL_ANT_COUNT], [UL_ANT_COUNT], [EARFCN_DL], [EARFCN_UL], [DL_BANDWIDTH],
[UL_BANDWIDTH], [FREQUENCY_BAND_INDICATOR], [GROUP_ID], [SUBFRAME_ASSIGNMENT],
[SPECIAL_SUBFRAME_PATTERNS], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
Change cell information This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forced-
ModeFlag is set to True.
TIMEOUT 10
Paramet
Description Range Unit Default
er
CELL_NU The cell number to be changed or retrieved. 0~8 NONE 0
M
PHY_CEL Physical cell ID. It is used for UE to distin- 0 ~ 503 NONE 0
L_ID guish the cell in a wireless network, and is
also used to recover cell-specific reference
signals. It should be assigned to avoid con-
flicts between neighboring cells.
CELL_TY Type of cell operation. macroCell/openCell/hybrid- NONE macro-
PE - macroCell: Operates multiple common cells. Cell/csgCell/ Cell
- hybridCell: Operates closed subscriber
group (CSG) cells as well as common ones.
DUPLEX_ Communication method for cell operation. ci_FDD/ci_TDD/ NONE ci_TDD
TYPE - ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex.
DL_ANT_ Tx antenna count used by the active cell. ci_n1TxAntCnt/ NONE ci_n2Tx
COUNT - ci_n1TxAntCnt: 1 Tx antenna is used. ci_n2TxAntCnt/ AntCnt
- ci_n2TxAntCnt: 2 Tx antennas are used. ci_n4TxAntCnt/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
Paramet
er
UL_ANT_ The Rx antenna count used by the active cell. ci_n2RxAntCnt/ NONE ci_n2Rx
COUNT - ci_n2RxAntCnt: 2 Rx antennas are used. ci_n4RxAntCnt/ AntCnt
- ci_n4RxAntCnt: 4 Rx antennas are used. ci_n6RxAntCnt/
ci_n8RxAntCnt/
ci_n10RxAntCnt/
ci_n12RxAntCnt/
EARFCN_ Downlink ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency 0 ~ 65535 NONE 38800
DL Channel Number) used by the EUTRAN
(Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access
Network) system in the active cell. The center
frequency should be changed to E-UTRA
Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number
(EARFCN). See 5.7.3 in 3GPP TS 36.101.
EARFCN_ Uplink ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency 0 ~ 65535 NONE 38800
UL Channel Number) used by the EUTRAN
(Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access
Network) system in the active cell. The center
frequency should be changed to EARFCN.
See 5.7.3 in 3GPP TS 36.101.
DL_BAND Downlink bandwidth used by the active cell. ci_SystemBandwidth_n6/ NONE ci_Syste
WIDTH - ci_SystemBandwidth_n6: 1.4MHz band- ci_SystemBandwidth_n15/ mBand
width that uses 6 physical resource blocks. ci_SystemBandwidth_n25/ width_n
ci_SystemBandwidth_n50/ 100
- ci_SystemBandwidth_n15: 3MHz bandwidth
ci_SystemBandwidth_n75/
that uses 15 physical resource blocks.
- ci_SystemBandwidth_n25: 5 MHz band-
width using 25 physical RBs.
UL_BAND Uplink bandwidth used by the active cell. ci_SystemBandwidth_n6/ NONE ci_Syste
WIDTH - ci_SystemBandwidth_n6: 1.4MHz band- ci_SystemBandwidth_n15/ mBand
width that uses 6 physical resource blocks. ci_SystemBandwidth_n25/ width_n
- ci_SystemBandwidth_n15: 3MHz bandwidth
that uses 15 physical resource blocks.
FREQUE Frequency band indicator including the fre- 1 ~ 64 NONE 40
NCY_BAN quency of the active cell. This information is
D_INDICA broadcast to UE via SIB 1.
TOR
GROUP_I This parameter defines Carrier groupId for the 0 ~ 10 NONE 0
D cell

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
Paramet
er
SUBFRA TDD subframe assignment of the cell in oper- ci_subframeAssignment_sa NONE ci_subfr
ME_ASSI ation. The assignment is only valid if the cell's 0/ ameAss
GNMENT duplex is TDD. See 4.2 of 3GPP TS 36.211 ci_subframeAssignment_sa ignment
for the UL/DL configuration. 1/ _sa2
- ci_subframeAssignment_sa0: TDD uses ci_subframeAssignment_sa
UL/DL Configuration 0. 2/
ci_subframeAssignment_sa
- ci_subframeAssignment_sa1: TDD uses
3/
UL/DL Configuration 1.
ci_subframeAssignment_sa
- ci_subframeAssignment_sa2: TDD uses 4/
UL/DL Configuration 2. ci_subframeAssignment_sa
UL/DL Configuration 3. ci_subframeAssignment_sa
SPECIAL_ TDD special subframe of the cell in operation. ci_specialSubframePattern_ NONE ci_speci
SUBFRA The information is only valid if the cell in oper- ssp0/ alSub-
ME_PATT ation's duplex is TDD. See 4.2 in 3GPP TS ci_specialSubframePattern_ framePa
ERNS 36.211 for the special subframe configuration. ssp1/ ttern_ss
- ci_specialSubframePattern_ssp0: TDD ci_specialSubframePattern_ p7
uses Special Subframe 0. ssp2/
ci_specialSubframePattern_
- ci_specialSubframePattern_ssp1: TDD
ssp3/
uses Special Subframe 1.
ci_specialSubframePattern_
- ci_specialSubframePattern_ssp2: TDD ssp4/
uses Special Subframe 2. ci_specialSubframePattern_
ssp8/
FORCED_ This parameter defines forced mode for False/True/ NONE False
MODE changed value.

PHY_CELL_ID Physical cell ID. It is used for UE to distinguish the cell in a

wireless network, and is also used to recover cell-specific refer-
ence signals. It should be assigned to avoid conflicts between

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
neighboring cells.
CELL_TYPE Type of cell operation.

- macroCell: Operates multiple common cells.
- hybridCell: Operates closed subscriber group (CSG) cells as
well as common ones.
DUPLEX_TYPE Communication method for cell operation.

- ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex.
DL_ANT_COUNT Tx antenna count used by the active cell.

- ci_n1TxAntCnt: 1 Tx antenna is used.
UL_ANT_COUNT The Rx antenna count used by the active cell.

EARFCN_DL Downlink ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Num-

ber) used by the EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio
should be changed to E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Chan-
nel Number (EARFCN). See 5.7.3 in 3GPP TS 36.101.
EARFCN_UL Uplink ARFCN (Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number)

used by the EUTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio
should be changed to EARFCN. See 5.7.3 in 3GPP TS 36.101.
DL_BANDWIDTH Downlink bandwidth used by the active cell.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

cal RBs.
cal RBs.
cal RBs.
physical RBs.
UL_BANDWIDTH Uplink bandwidth used by the active cell.

cal RBs.
cal RBs.
cal RBs.
physical RBs.
FREQUENCY_BAND_INDICATORFrequency band indicator including the frequency of the active

cell. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 1.
GROUP_ID This parameter defines Carrier groupId for the cell
SUBFRAME_ASSIGNMENT TDD subframe assignment of the cell in operation. The assign-

ment is only valid if the cell's duplex is TDD. See 4.2 of 3GPP
0.
1.
2.
3.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
4.
5.
6.
SPECIAL_SUBFRAME_PATTERNSTDD special subframe of the cell in operation. The information

is only valid if the cell in operation's duplex is TDD. See 4.2 in
3GPP TS 36.211 for the special subframe configuration.
0.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2128 CHANGE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
CHG-BLACK-LIST: CELL_NUM, BLACK_LIST_IDX, [STATUS], [PCI_TYPE], [START_PCI],
[PCI_RANGE], [EARFCN_UL], [EARFCN_DL];
Command Description
Changes the blacklist cell information for each cell in the eNB. This command can change the
information on the blacklist, which is registered in the cell by entering the cell number and black-
list index.
TIMEOUT 10

DX
STATUS Whether tuple information is valid. N_EQUIP/EQUIP/ NONE N_EQUI
- N_EQUIP: Invalid. P
- EQUIP: Valid.
PCI_TYPE Physical cell ID type of the blacklist cell. ci_singlePci/ NONE ci_singl
- ci_singlePci: Single PCI. ci_rangedPci/ ePci
START_PCI The starting physical cell ID for the blacklist 0 ~ 503 NONE 0
cell.
PCI_RANGE Range from the starting physical cell ID of ci_rangePCI_n4/ NONE ci_rang
the blacklist cell. Not used if it is a single ci_rangePCI_n8/ ePCI_n
physical cell ID type. ci_rangePCI_n12/ 4
ci_rangePCI_n16/
ci_rangePCI_n24/
ci_rangePCI_n32/
ci_rangePCI_n48/
ci_rangePCI_n64/
ci_rangePCI_n84/
ci_rangePCI_n96/
ci_rangePCI_n128/
ci_rangePCI_n168/
ci_rangePCI_n252/
ci_rangePCI_n504/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

EARFCN_UL Uplink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio 0 ~ 65535 NONE 38800
Frequency Channel Number) of the black-
list cell.
EARFCN_DL Downlink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute 0 ~ 65535 NONE 38800
Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the
blacklist cell.


- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.




2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2129 CHANGE CELL ACCESS INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-CELL-ACS: CELL_NUM, [CELL_BARRED], [INTRA_FREQ_CELL_RESELECT],
[BARRING_CTR_USAGE];
Command Description
Changes the cell access parameters in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE through
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
CELL_BARRE Whether the cell is barred. ci_barred/ci_notBarred/ NONE ci_notB
D - ci_barred: The cell is barred. arred
- ci_notBarred: The cell is not barred.
When the cell status turns to Shutdown, or
the operator sets this parameter value to
ci_barred, the cellBarred value of SIB1 is
broadcast as ci_barred.
INTRA_FREQ_ The reselection status of the intra-fre- ci_intraFreqReselect_al NONE ci_intra
CELL_RESELE quency cell if the cell selected by the UE is lowed/ FreqRe
CT barred. ci_intraFreqReselect_n select_n
- ci_intraFreqReselect_allowed: An intra- otAllowed/ otAl-
frequency cell is reselected. lowed
- ci_intraFreqReselect_notAllowed: An
intra-frequency cell is considered barred.
BARRING_CTR Whether barring control type is applied barringOff/manualCtrl/ NONE cpuSta-
_USAGE when setting the ac-BarringInfo for SIB2. cpuStatusCtrl/ tusCtrl
- barringOff : Not assigns the ac-Barring-
Info parameter.
- cpuStatusCtrl : using auto barring control
according to CPU Overlad.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
CELL_BARRED Whether the cell is barred.

- ci_barred: The cell is barred.
- ci_notBarred: The cell is not barred. When the cell status turns
to Shutdown, or the operator sets this parameter value to
ci_barred, the cellBarred value of SIB1 is broadcast as ci_barred.
INTRA_FREQ_CELL_RESELECT The reselection status of the intra-frequency cell if the cell

selected by the UE is barred.
- ci_intraFreqReselect_allowed: An intra-frequency cell is rese-
lected.
- ci_intraFreqReselect_notAllowed: An intra-frequency cell is
considered barred.
BARRING_CTR_USAGE Whether barring control type is applied when setting the ac-Bar-
ringInfo for SIB2.
- barringOff : Not assigns the ac-BarringInfo parameter.
- cpuStatusCtrl : using auto barring control according to CPU
Overlad.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2130 CHANGE CELL RESELECT INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-CELL-RSEL: CELL_NUM, [Q_HYST], [Q_HYST_SFMEDIUM], [Q_HYST_SFHIGH];
Command Description
Changes information on the cell reselection parameters in the eNB. This information is broadcast
to the UE through SIB (System Information Block) 3.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
Q_HYST Offset value added to the current serving ci_q_Hyst_dB0/ dB ci_q_Hy
cell from the cell reselection reference. ci_q_Hyst_dB1/ st_dB0
ci_q_Hyst_dB1 indicates 1dB, and ci_q_Hyst_dB2/
ci_q_Hyst_dB2 2dB. ci_q_Hyst_dB3/
ci_q_Hyst_dB4/
ci_q_Hyst_dB5/
ci_q_Hyst_dB6/
ci_q_Hyst_dB8/
ci_q_Hyst_dB10/
ci_q_Hyst_dB12/
ci_q_Hyst_dB14/
ci_q_Hyst_dB16/
ci_q_Hyst_dB18/
ci_q_Hyst_dB20/
ci_q_Hyst_dB22/
ci_q_Hyst_dB24/
Q_HYST_SFM The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst ci_Q_HystSF_dB-6/ dB ci_Q_H
EDIUM added to the current serving cell is Medium ci_Q_HystSF_dB-4/ ystSF_d
in the cell reselection condition. This ci_Q_HystSF_dB-2/ B-6
parameter, in order to apply to change, ci_Q_HystSF_dB0/
SPEED_STATE_RESEL_PARAMS_USAG
E of CHG-MOBIL-STA is set to CI_use.
Q_HYST_SFHI The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst ci_Q_HystSF_dB-6/ dB ci_Q_H
GH added to the current serving cell is High in ci_Q_HystSF_dB-4/ ystSF_d
the cell reselection condition. ci_Q_HystSF_dB-2/ B-6
ci_Q_HystSF_dB_6 indicates -6dB, and ci_Q_HystSF_dB0/
ci_Q_HystSF_dB_4 -4dB. This parameter,
in order to apply to change,
SPEED_STATE_RESEL_PARAMS_USAG
E of CHG-MOBIL-STA is set to CI_use.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

Q_HYST Offset value added to the current serving cell from the cell rese-
lection reference. ci_q_Hyst_dB1 indicates 1dB, and
ci_q_Hyst_dB2 2dB.
Q_HYST_SFMEDIUM The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst added to the current
serving cell is Medium in the cell reselection condition. This
parameter, in order to apply to change,
Q_HYST_SFHIGH The value added if the UE speed in Qhyst added to the current
serving cell is High in the cell reselection condition.
ci_Q_HystSF_dB_6 indicates -6dB, and ci_Q_HystSF_dB_4 -
4dB. This parameter, in order to apply to change,

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2131 CHANGE CELL SELECT INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-CELL-SEL: CELL_NUM, [Q_RXLEV_MIN], [Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE],
[Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET], [P_MAX_USAGE], [P_MAX], [REL9_SEL_INFO_USAGE],
[Q_QUAL_MIN], [Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE], [Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET];
Command Description
Changes the cell selection parameter in the eNB. This information is broadcast to the UE through
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
Q_RXLEV_MIN The threshold added to the current mea- -70 ~ -22 dBm -64
sured cell in the cell selection condition.
Q_RXLEV_MIN Whether to set the offset value added to CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_no_u
_OFFSET_USA qRxlevmin based on the cell selection con- se
GE dition.
- CI_no_use: qRxlevminoffset value is not
added to qRxlevmin.
- CI_use: qRxlevminoffset value is added
to qRxlevmin.
Q_RXLEV_MIN The offset value added to qRxlevmin in the 1~8 NONE 3
_OFFSET cell selection condition. The range is 8,
where 1 indicates 2dB, and 8 indicates
16dB (IE value*2[dB]).
P_MAX_USAG Whether UE can use the maximum power CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_no_u
E for uplink transmission in cells. se
- CI_no_use: UE uses the maximum power
according to its capability.
- CI_use: UE uses the maximum power set
in pMax.
P_MAX The value used for limiting uplink transmis- -30 ~ 33 NONE 0
sion power and calculating the compensa-
tion (see 5.2.3.2 of 3GPP TS 36.304)
parameter.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

REL9_SEL_INF Whether to use Rel. 9 selectionInfo param- CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_no_u
O_USAGE eter of the cell in the eNB. se
- CI_no_use: Rel. 9 selectionInfo parame-
ter is not used.
- CI_use: Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter is
used.
Q_QUAL_MIN The threshold added to the current mea- -34 ~ -3 NONE -16
sured cell in the cell selection condition.
The value is in dB.
Q_QUAL_MIN_ Whether to set the offset value added to CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_no_u
OFFSET_USA qQualMin based on the cell selection con- se
GE dition.
- CI_no_use: The qQualMinOffset value is
not added to qQualMin.
- CI_use: The qQualMinOffset value is
added to qQualMin.
Q_QUAL_MIN_ The offset value added to qQualMin in the 1~8 NONE 3
OFFSET cell selection condition. The value is in dB.

Q_RXLEV_MIN The threshold added to the current measured cell in the cell
selection condition.
Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE Whether to set the offset value added to qRxlevmin based on the
- CI_no_use: qRxlevminoffset value is not added to qRxlevmin.
- CI_use: qRxlevminoffset value is added to qRxlevmin.
Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET The offset value added to qRxlevmin in the cell selection condi-
tion. The range is 8, where 1 indicates 2dB, and 8 indicates 16dB
(IE value*2[dB]).
P_MAX_USAGE Whether UE can use the maximum power for uplink transmis-
sion in cells.
- CI_no_use: UE uses the maximum power according to its
capability.
- CI_use: UE uses the maximum power set in pMax.
P_MAX The value used for limiting uplink transmission power and cal-
culating the compensation (see 5.2.3.2 of 3GPP TS 36.304)
parameter.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
REL9_SEL_INFO_USAGE Whether to use Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter of the cell in the

eNB.
- CI_no_use: Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter is not used.
- CI_use: Rel. 9 selectionInfo parameter is used.
Q_QUAL_MIN The threshold added to the current measured cell in the cell
selection condition. The value is in dB.
Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET_USAGE Whether to set the offset value added to qQualMin based on the
- CI_no_use: The qQualMinOffset value is not added to qQual-
Min.
- CI_use: The qQualMinOffset value is added to qQualMin.
Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET The offset value added to qQualMin in the cell selection condi-
tion. The value is in dB.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2132 CHANGE CSG PCI IDLE INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-CSGPCI-IDLE: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, [CSG_PCIRANGE_USAGE], [PCI_TYPE],
[CSG_PCISTART], [CSG_PCIRANGE], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
Changes the PCI related to CSG (close subscriber group) of the cell. If the cell type is set to CSG,
the PCI value or the PCI range of the CSG is included in the SIB for transmission. Also, if the cell
type is set to Macro, whether to include SIB is determined by the usage. This parameter, in order
to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
CSG_PCIRAN Whether to use PCI range of the CSG cell. CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_no_u
GE_USAGE - CI_no_use: The PCI range is not used. se
PCI_TYPE The PCI type of a CSG cell. Determines ci_singlePci/ NONE ci_rang
whether to use CSG PCI as a range or sin- ci_rangedPci/ edPci
gle.
- ci_rangedPci: CSG PCI is used as a
range.
CSG_PCISTAR The PCI start value of the CSG cell. 0 ~ 503 NONE 420
T

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

CSG_PCIRAN The PCI range of the CSG cell. The range ci_rangePCI_n4/ NONE ci_rang
GE includes the start value. ci_rangePCI_n8/ ePCI_n
ci_rangePCI_n12/ 84
ci_rangePCI_n16/
ci_rangePCI_n24/
ci_rangePCI_n32/
ci_rangePCI_n48/
ci_rangePCI_n64/
ci_rangePCI_n84/
ci_rangePCI_n96/
ci_rangePCI_n128/
ci_rangePCI_n168/
ci_rangePCI_n252/
ci_rangePCI_n504/
FORCED_MOD This parameter defines forced mode for False/True/ NONE False
E changed value.

CSG_PCIRANGE_USAGE Whether to use PCI range of the CSG cell.

- CI_no_use: The PCI range is not used.
PCI_TYPE The PCI type of a CSG cell. Determines whether to use CSG
PCI as a range or single.
- ci_rangedPci: CSG PCI is used as a range.
CSG_PCISTART The PCI start value of the CSG cell.
CSG_PCIRANGE The PCI range of the CSG cell. The range includes the start
value.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2133 CHANGE SIB SCHEDULING INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
CHG-SIB-INF: CELL_NUM, [SIB2_PERIOD], [SIB3_PERIOD], [SIB4_PERIOD],
[SIB5_PERIOD], [SIB6_PERIOD], [SIB7_PERIOD], [SIB8_PERIOD], [SIB9_PERIOD],
[SIB10_PERIOD], [SIB11_PERIOD], [SIB12_PERIOD], [SI_WINDOW],
[WARNING_MSG_TYPE];
Command Description
Changes the System Information Block (SIB) interval of cells. SIB2-SIB12 is sent as an SI (Sys-
tem Information) message and the mapping information for SIB and SI messages of SIB2-SIB12
is included in schedulingInfoList of SIB1. Each SIB is included in its own SI message and SIBs
of the same period are mapped to the same SI message. Multiple SI messages may also be trans-
mitted in the same period. SIB2 is always mapped to the first SI message in the SI message list of
schedulingInfoList.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
SIB2_PERIOD The transmission period for the system ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ NONE ci_rf16
information block type 2 of the cell in the ci_rf64/ci_rf128/
eNB. ci_rf256/ci_rf512/
- ci_rf8: 80 ms. ci_not_used/
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
SIB6_PERIOD The transmission period for the system ci_rf8/ci_rf16/ci_rf32/ NONE ci_not_u
information block type 6 of the cell in the ci_rf64/ci_rf128/ sed
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms. ci_not_used: SIB8 is
not sent.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
SI_WINDOW The system information window size of the ci_si_WindowLength_m NONE ci_si_Wi
cell in the eNB. Each SI message is related s1/ ndowLe
with one SI window, and does not overlap ci_si_WindowLength_m ngth_m
with SI windows of other SI messages. I.e, s2/ s20
one SI is sent in each SI window. All SI ci_si_WindowLength_m
messages have the same window size. s5/
Corresponding SI messages within the SI ci_si_WindowLength_m
window are sent repeatedly. The range is s10/
as follows:. ci_si_WindowLength_m
- ci_si_WindowLength_ms1: 1 ms. s15/
- ci_si_WindowLength_ms2: 2 ms. ci_si_WindowLength_m
s20/
ci_si_WindowLength_m
s40/
WARNING_MS This is the value of Warning Message Type etws/cmas/ NONE etws
G_TYPE

- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.

- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms. ci_not_used: SIB8 is not sent.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
- ci_rf8: 80 ms.
- ci_rf16: 160 ms.
- ci_rf32: 320 ms.
- ci_rf64: 640 ms.
- ci_rf128: 1280 ms.
- ci_rf256: 2560 ms.
- ci_rf512: 5120 ms.
SI_WINDOW The system information window size of the cell in the eNB.
Each SI message is related with one SI window, and does not
overlap with SI windows of other SI messages. I.e, one SI is sent
in each SI window. All SI messages have the same window size.
Corresponding SI messages within the SI window are sent
repeatedly. The range is as follows:.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
WARNING_MSG_TYPE This is the value of Warning Message Type

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2134 CHANGE MOBILITY STATE INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-MOBIL-STA: CELL_NUM, [SPEED_STATE_RE_SEL_PARS_USAGE], [T_EVALULATION],
[T_HYST_NORMAL], [N_CELL_CHANGE_MEDIUM], [N_CELL_CHANGE_HIGH];
Command Description
Changes the mobility state information. Mobility state information is changed by entering a
CELL_NUM parameter value. The following parameters are used when changing the mobility
states: speedStaeReSelParsUsage, tEvalulation, tHystNormal, nCellChangeMedium and nCell-
ChangeHigh.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
SPEED_STATE Whether to use the speedStateReselec- CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_no_u
_RE_SEL_PAR tonPars field of the cell in the eNB. se
S_USAGE - CI_no_use: The speedStateReselec-
tonPars field is not used.
- CI_use: The speedStateReselecton-
Pars field is used.
T_EVALULATIO The evaluation time of the cell in the ci_T_Evalulation_s30/ sec ci_T_Ev
N eNB. ci_T_Evalulation_s60/ alulation
ci_T_Evalulation_s120/ _s30
ci_T_Evalulation_s180/
ci_T_Evalulation_s240/
T_HYST_NOR The hyst normal time of the cell in the ci_T_HystNormal_s30/ sec ci_T_Hy
MAL eNB. ci_T_HystNormal_s60/ stNorma
ci_T_HystNormal_s120/ l_s30
ci_T_HystNormal_s180/
ci_T_HystNormal_s240/
N_CELL_CHAN The number of cell change in medium 1 ~ 16 NONE 5
GE_MEDIUM mobility state of the cell in the eNB.
N_CELL_CHAN The number of cell change in high mobil- 1 ~ 16 NONE 10
GE_HIGH ity state of the cell in the eNB.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
SPEED_STATE_RE_SEL_PARS_USAGEWhether to use the speedStateReselectonPars field of the

cell in the eNB.
- CI_no_use: The speedStateReselectonPars field is not used.
- CI_use: The speedStateReselectonPars field is used.
T_EVALULATION The evaluation time of the cell in the eNB.
T_HYST_NORMAL The hyst normal time of the cell in the eNB.
N_CELL_CHANGE_MEDIUM The number of cell change in medium mobility state of the cell
in the eNB.
N_CELL_CHANGE_HIGH The number of cell change in high mobility state of the cell in
the eNB.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2135 CHANGE UE TIMER CONSTANTS INFOR-

MATION
Command Format
CHG-TIME-INF: CELL_NUM, [T300], [T301], [T302], [T304], [CCO_T304], [T310],
[T311], [T320], [N310], [N311];
Command Description
Changes the UE timer constant in the eNB. This information includes the UE-timers and con-
stants broadcasted to SIB2 and the UE-specific timer information. The timer values broadcasted
to SIB are t300, t301, t310, n310, and n311. All other values are UE-specific timer values which
are included in the RRC message.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
T300 Timer t300 of the cell in the eNB. The UE ci_t_300_ms100/ NONE ci_t_300
starts the t300 timer after sending RRC ci_t_300_ms200/ _ms200
Connection Request. When it receives the ci_t_300_ms300/
RRC Connection Setup message or the ci_t_300_ms400/
RRC Connection Reject message, the ci_t_300_ms600/
timer is cleared. When the t300 timer termi- ci_t_300_ms1000/
nates, UE resets the MAC, clears the MAC ci_t_300_ms1500/
configuration, and re-establishes the RLC. ci_t_300_ms2000/
The default is 200 ms, and can be changed
by the operator.
- ci_t_300_ms100: 100 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms300: 300 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms400: 400 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms600: 600 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms1500: 1500 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms2000: 2000 ms.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

T301 Timer t301 of the cell in the eNB. The UE ci_t_301_ms100/ NONE ci_t_301
starts the t301 timer after sending RRC ci_t_301_ms200/ _ms200
Connection Reestablishment Request. ci_t_301_ms300/
When it receives the RRC Connection ci_t_301_ms400/
Reestablishment message or the RRC ci_t_301_ms600/
Connection Reestablishment message, the ci_t_301_ms1000/
timer is cleared. When the t301 timer termi- ci_t_301_ms1500/
nates, UE becomes idle. The default is 200 ci_t_301_ms2000/
ms, and can be changed by the operator.
- ci_t_301_ms100: 100 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms300: 300 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms400: 400 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms600: 600 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms1500: 1500 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms2000: 2000 ms.
T302 The timer value which starts after the UE ci_t_302_s1/ NONE ci_t_302
receives the RRC Connection Reject mes- ci_t_302_s2/ _s8
sage. The timer terminates when UE status ci_t_302_s3/
becomes RRC_Connect or a cell is rese- ci_t_302_s4/
lected. When the timer is cleared, the UE ci_t_302_s5/
treats the cell as barred and performs cell ci_t_302_s6/
reselection. The default is 8 seconds, and ci_t_302_s7/
can be changed by the operator. ci_t_302_s8/
- ci_t_302_s1: 1 second. ci_t_302_s9/
- ci_t_302_s2: 2 seconds. ci_t_302_s10/
ci_t_302_s11/
ci_t_302_s12/
ci_t_302_s13/
T304 The timer started by UE after receiving ci_t_304_ms50/ NONE ci_t_304
RRC Connection Reconfiguration message ci_t_304_ms100/ _ms200
during the handover. The timer terminates ci_t_304_ms150/
when the handover to EUTRA succeeds. ci_t_304_ms200/
The default is 200 ms, and can be changed ci_t_304_ms500/
by the operator. ci_t_304_ms1000/
- ci_t_304_ms50: 50 ms. ci_t_304_ms2000/
- ci_t_304_ms100: 100 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms150: 150 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms500: 500 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms2000: 2000 ms.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

CCO_T304 The timer started by UE after receiving ci_cco_t_304_ms100/ NONE ci_cco_t
Mobility From EUTRA Command message ci_cco_t_304_ms200/ _304_m
during the handover. The timer terminates ci_cco_t_304_ms500/ s1000
when the command to change the cell to ci_cco_t_304_ms1000/
inter-RAT succeeds. The default is 200 ms, ci_cco_t_304_ms2000/
and can be changed by the operator. ci_cco_t_304_ms4000/
- ci_cco_t_304_ms100: 100 ms. ci_cco_t_304_ms8000/
- ci_cco_t_304_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_cco_t_304_ms500: 500 ms.
- ci_cco_t_304_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_cco_t_304_ms2000: 2000 ms.
- ci_cco_t_304_ms4000: 4000 ms.
- ci_cco_t_304_ms8000: 8000 ms.
T310 The timer value which starts after the UE ci_t_310_ms0/ NONE ci_t_310
continuously receives out-of-syncIndica- ci_t_310_ms50/ _ms100
tion as much as N310. Cleared if in-sync ci_t_310_ms100/ 0
indication is received continuously as much ci_t_310_ms200/
as N311, if handover is triggered, or if the ci_t_310_ms500/
reestablishment procedure is triggered. ci_t_310_ms1000/
- ci_t_310_ms0: 0 ms. ci_t_310_ms2000/
- ci_t_310_ms50: 50 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms100: 100 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms500: 500 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms2000: 2000 ms.
T311 The timer started by UE when initiating a ci_t_311_ms1000/ NONE ci_t_311
reestablishment procedure. The timer is ci_t_311_ms3000/ _ms300
cleared if a suitable EUTRA cell or an inter- ci_t_311_ms5000/ 0
RAT cell is found. If the timer is cleared ci_t_311_ms10000/
without finding a suitable cell, it enters ci_t_311_ms15000/
RRC_IDLE state. The default is 10000ms, ci_t_311_ms20000/
and can be changed by the operator. ci_t_311_ms30000/
- ci_t_311_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_t_311_ms3000: 3000 ms.
- ci_t_311_ms5000: 5000 ms.
- ci_t_311_ms10000: 10000 ms.
- ci_t_311_ms15000: 15000 ms.
- ci_t_311_ms20000. 20000ms.
- ci_t_311_ms30000: 30000 ms.
T320 The timer started by UE when receiving a ci_t_320_min5/ NONE ci_t_320
t320 timer value. It also starts when cell ci_t_320_min10/ _min30
reselection occurs from another RAT to ci_t_320_min20/
EUTRA, and terminates when UE status ci_t_320_min30/
becomes RRC_CONNECTED. The default ci_t_320_min60/
is 30 minutes, and can be changed by the ci_t_320_min120/
operator. ci_t_320_min180/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

N310 The maximum count of out-of-syncIndica- ci_n_310_n1/ NONE ci_n_31
tion the UE receives from lower-layer. The ci_n_310_n2/ 0_n10
default is 10, and can be changed by the ci_n_310_n3/
operator. ci_n_310_n4/
- ci_n_310_n1: 1. ci_n_310_n6/
- ci_n_310_n2: 2. ci_n_310_n8/
ci_n_310_n10/
- ci_n_310_n3: 3.
ci_n_310_n20/
- ci_n_310_n4: 4.
- ci_n_310_n6: 6.
- ci_n_310_n8: 8.
- ci_n_310_n10: 10.
- ci_n_310_n20: 20.
N311 The maximum count of In-syncIndication ci_n_311_n1/ NONE ci_n_31
the UE receives from lower-layer. The ci_n_311_n2/ 1_n1
default is 1, and can be changed by the ci_n_311_n3/
operator. ci_n_311_n4/
- ci_n_311_n1: 1. ci_n_311_n5/
- ci_n_311_n2: 2. ci_n_311_n6/
ci_n_311_n8/
- ci_n_311_n3: 3.
ci_n_311_n10/
- ci_n_311_n4: 4.
- ci_n_311_n5: 5.
- ci_n_311_n6: 6.
- ci_n_311_n8: 8.
- ci_n_311_n10: 10.
-

after sending RRC Connection Request. When it receives the
RRC Connection Setup message or the RRC Connection Reject
message, the timer is cleared. When the t300 timer terminates,
UE resets the MAC, clears the MAC configuration, and re-estab-
lishes the RLC. The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by
the operator.
- ci_t_300_ms100: 100 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms300: 300 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms400: 400 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms600: 600 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms1500: 1500 ms.
- ci_t_300_ms2000: 2000 ms.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
after sending RRC Connection Reestablishment Request. When
it receives the RRC Connection Reestablishment message or the
RRC Connection Reestablishment message, the timer is cleared.
When the t301 timer terminates, UE becomes idle. The default is
200 ms, and can be changed by the operator.
- ci_t_301_ms100: 100 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms300: 300 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms400: 400 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms600: 600 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms1500: 1500 ms.
- ci_t_301_ms2000: 2000 ms.
T302 The timer value which starts after the UE receives the RRC Con-
nection Reject message. The timer terminates when UE status
becomes RRC_Connect or a cell is reselected. When the timer is
cleared, the UE treats the cell as barred and performs cell rese-
lection. The default is 8 seconds, and can be changed by the
operator.
- ci_t_302_s1: 1 second.
T304 The timer started by UE after receiving RRC Connection Recon-

figuration message during the handover. The timer terminates
when the handover to EUTRA succeeds. The default is 200 ms,

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
and can be changed by the operator.

- ci_t_304_ms50: 50 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms100: 100 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms150: 150 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms500: 500 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_t_304_ms2000: 2000 ms.
CCO_T304 The timer started by UE after receiving Mobility From EUTRA

Command message during the handover. The timer terminates
when the command to change the cell to inter-RAT succeeds.
The default is 200 ms, and can be changed by the operator.
- ci_cco_t_304_ms100: 100 ms.
- ci_cco_t_304_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_cco_t_304_ms500: 500 ms.
- ci_cco_t_304_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_cco_t_304_ms2000: 2000 ms.
- ci_cco_t_304_ms4000: 4000 ms.
- ci_cco_t_304_ms8000: 8000 ms.
T310 The timer value which starts after the UE continuously receives
out-of-syncIndication as much as N310. Cleared if in-sync indi-
cation is received continuously as much as N311, if handover is
triggered, or if the reestablishment procedure is triggered.
- ci_t_310_ms0: 0 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms50: 50 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms100: 100 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms200: 200 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms500: 500 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_t_310_ms2000: 2000 ms.
T311 The timer started by UE when initiating a reestablishment proce-

dure. The timer is cleared if a suitable EUTRA cell or an inter-
RAT cell is found. If the timer is cleared without finding a suit-
able cell, it enters RRC_IDLE state. The default is 10000ms, and
can be changed by the operator.
- ci_t_311_ms1000: 1000 ms.
- ci_t_311_ms3000: 3000 ms.
- ci_t_311_ms5000: 5000 ms.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- ci_t_311_ms10000: 10000 ms.

- ci_t_311_ms15000: 15000 ms.
- ci_t_311_ms20000. 20000ms.
- ci_t_311_ms30000: 30000 ms.
T320 The timer started by UE when receiving a t320 timer value. It

also starts when cell reselection occurs from another RAT to
EUTRA, and terminates when UE status becomes
RRC_CONNECTED. The default is 30 minutes, and can be
changed by the operator.
N310 The maximum count of out-of-syncIndication the UE receives

from lower-layer. The default is 10, and can be changed by the
operator.
- ci_n_310_n1: 1.
- ci_n_310_n2: 2.
- ci_n_310_n3: 3.
- ci_n_310_n4: 4.
- ci_n_310_n6: 6.
- ci_n_310_n8: 8.
- ci_n_310_n10: 10.
- ci_n_310_n20: 20.
N311 The maximum count of In-syncIndication the UE receives from

lower-layer. The default is 1, and can be changed by the operator.
- ci_n_311_n1: 1.
- ci_n_311_n2: 2.
- ci_n_311_n3: 3.
- ci_n_311_n4: 4.
- ci_n_311_n5: 5.
- ci_n_311_n6: 6.
- ci_n_311_n8: 8.
- ci_n_311_n10: 10.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2145 CHANGE CELL ACCESS IDLE INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
CHG-CAS-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [CSG_IDENTITY], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
Changes the CSG cell ID. This information is broadcast to the UE through SIB (System Informa-
tion Block) 1. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is
set to True.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
CSG_IDENTIT The ID of the cell. This is available only if it 0 ~ 134217727 NONE 0
Y is a Closed Subscriber Group (CSG) cell.
E changed value.

CSG_IDENTITY The ID of the cell. This is available only if it is a Closed Sub-

scriber Group (CSG) cell.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2147 CHANGE SIB SCHEDULING IDLE INFOR-

MATION
Command Format
CHG-SIB-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [MAX_PACKED_SI_SIZE], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
Changes the maximum size of the packed SI that can be sent by the cell. It can be changed only
when the cell is in the idle state. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or
forcedModeFlag is set to True.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
MAX_PACKED The maximum size of the packed SI for 0 ~ 217 NONE 217
_SI_SIZE transmission in the cell. This value takes
into account the DL RB count by band-
width, maximum RB count allocated to
each SI message, PDSCH RE count for
each RB, payload size of DCI Format 1A,
max aggregation level and PDCCH coder-
ate. Recommend values are 9 for 1.4 MB
(i.e., mega bytes); 26 for 3 MB; 49 for 5
MB; 97 for 10 MB; 141 for 15 MB; 217 for
20 MB.
E changed value.

MAX_PACKED_SI_SIZE The maximum size of the packed SI for transmission in the cell.
This value takes into account the DL RB count by bandwidth,
maximum RB count allocated to each SI message, PDSCH RE
count for each RB, payload size of DCI Format 1A, max aggre-
gation level and PDCCH coderate. Recommend values are 9 for

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
1.4 MB (i.e., mega bytes); 26 for 3 MB; 49 for 5 MB; 97 for 10

MB; 141 for 15 MB; 217 for 20 MB.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2148 CHANGE CELL CAC FUNCTION
Command Format
CHG-CELL-CAC: CELL_NUM, [CELL_COUNT_CAC_USAGE], [MAX_CALL_COUNT],
[CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL], [CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO],
[DRB_COUNT_CAC_USAGE], [MAX_DRB_COUNT], [DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL],
[DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [QOS_CAC_OPTION], [QOS_POLICY_OPTION],
[PRB_REPORT_PERIOD], [ESTIMATION_OPT], [PREEMPTION_FLAG], [BH_BW_CAC_USAGE],
[BH_BW_CAC_OPTION];
Command Description
Changes the CAC (call admission control) parameter information of the cells operating within the
eNB. As cell-level CACs, backhaul based CAC, call count based CAC, DRB count based CAC,
and QoS based CAC are performed. Changes threshold, CAC option, and preemption status for
performing CAC at the cell level.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
CELL_COUNT_ Whether to execute the call count-based CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_use
CAC_USAGE CAC function, which is one of the capacity-
based Call Admission Control (CAC) func-
tions per cell.
- CI_no_use: The capacity-based CAC
function per cell is not performed.
- CI_use: The capacity-based CAC function
per cell is performed.
MAX_CALL_C The call count limit in the capacity based 0 ~ 600 NONE 600
OUNT CAC (call admission control) at the cell
level. The number of calls that can be
allowed by the cell.
CALL_CAC_TH The percentage of the allowable calls to the 0 ~ 100 % 90
RESH_FOR_N total normal calls. When a normal call is
ORMAL requested, if the number of connected calls
exceeds MAX_CALL_COUNT *
CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL,
the Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

CALL_CAC_TH Emergency call availability of total hando- 0 ~ 100 % 100
RESH_FOR_E ver calls in percentage. When a normal call
MER_HO is requested, if the number of connected
calls exceeds MAX_CALL_COUNT *
CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO,
DRB_COUNT_ Whether to execute the E-UTRAN Radio CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_use
CAC_USAGE Access Bearer (E-RAB)-based CAC func-
tion, which is one of the capacity-based
Call Admission Control (CAC) functions per
cell.
- CI_no_use: The E-RAB count-based
CAC function per cell is not executed.
- CI_use: The E-RAB count-based CAC
function per cell is executed.
MAX_DRB_CO The limit for the E-RAB (E-UTRAN Radio 0 ~ 1200 NONE 1200
UNT Access Bearer) count in capacity based
CAC (call admission control) at the cell
level. The number of E-RABs (E-Utran
Radio Access Bearers) allowed in the cell.
DRB_CAC_TH The percentage of the allowable calls to the 0 ~ 100 % 90
exceeds 'MAX_DRB_COUNT *
DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL', the
Capacity-based CAC Fail is generated.
DRB_CAC_TH Emergency call availability of total hando- 0 ~ 100 % 100
DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO',
QOS_CAC_OP The policy of the QoS (Quality of Service) QoSCAC_option0/ NONE QoSCA
TION based CAC (call admission control) at the QoSCAC_option1/ C_optio
cell level. n1
- QoSCAC_option0: The QoS based CAC
function at the cell level is not used.
- QoSCAC_option1: The QoS-based CAC
function per cell is used.
QOS_POLICY_ The policy used when executing the Quality QoSPolicy_option0/ NONE QoSPoli
OPTION of Service (QoS)-based Call Admission QoSPolicy_option1/ cy_optio
Control (CAC) function per cell. n0
- QoSPolicy_option0: For a GBR bearer
newly requested, the PRB usage is calcu-
lated based on the resource type (GBR or
non-GBR) of the QCI. Then CAC is exe-
cuted based on the calculated PRB usage.
Non-GBRs are always allowed.
- QoSPolicy_option1: For a GBR bearer
newly requested, the PRB usage is calcu-
lated based on the priority of the QCI. Then
CAC is executed based on the calculated
PRB usage. Non-GBRs are always
allowed.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

PRB_REPORT PRB (Physical Resource Block) report 1~5 sec 2
_PERIOD period for QoS CAC at the cell level.
ESTIMATION_ The policy of the Expected PRB usage cal- EstimationOption_auto/ NONE Estima-
OPT culation. (0: auto, 1:manual). EstimationOption_man tionOpti
- EstimationOption_auto(0) : The PRB ual/ on_auto
Usage is automatically calculated.
- EstimationOption_manual(1) : The PRB
Usage is manually calculated.
PREEMPTION_ Whether to use preemption at the cell level. CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_use
FLAG - CI_no_use: The Preemption function per
cell is disabled.
- CI_use: The Preemption function per cell
is enabled.
BH_BW_CAC_ Whether to use backhaul bandwidth based CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_use
USAGE CAC at the cell level.
- CI_no_use: Backhaul Bandwidth-based
CAC function per cell is not used.
- CI_use: Backhaul Bandwidth-based CAC
function per cell is used.
BH_BW_CAC_ The policy used when executing the Back- bhBwCac_QCI_only/ NONE bhBwCa
OPTION haul-based Call Admission Control (CAC) bhBwCac_ServiceGrou c_Servi
function per cell. p_only/ ceGrou
- bhBwCac_QCI_only: QoS-based CAC. bhBwCac_Both_QCI_S p_only
- bhBwCac_ServiceGroup_only: Service erviceGroup/
group-based CAC.
- bhBwCac_Both_QCI_ServiceGroup: QoS
amp; Service group-based CAC.

CELL_COUNT_CAC_USAGE Whether to execute the call count-based CAC function, which is

one of the capacity-based Call Admission Control (CAC) func-
tions per cell.
- CI_no_use: The capacity-based CAC function per cell is not
performed.
- CI_use: The capacity-based CAC function per cell is per-
formed.
MAX_CALL_COUNT The call count limit in the capacity based CAC (call admission
control) at the cell level. The number of calls that can be allowed
by the cell.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description


DRB_COUNT_CAC_USAGE Whether to execute the E-UTRAN Radio Access Bearer (E-

RAB)-based CAC function, which is one of the capacity-based
Call Admission Control (CAC) functions per cell.
- CI_no_use: The E-RAB count-based CAC function per cell is
not executed.
- CI_use: The E-RAB count-based CAC function per cell is exe-
cuted.
MAX_DRB_COUNT The limit for the E-RAB (E-UTRAN Radio Access Bearer)
count in capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the cell
level. The number of E-RABs (E-Utran Radio Access Bearers)
allowed in the cell.
DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMALThe percentage of the allowable calls to the total normal calls.

When a normal call is requested, if the number of connected
DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL', the Capacity-based
DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HOEmergency call availability of total handover calls in per-

nected calls exceeds 'MAX_DRB_COUNT *
DRB_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO', the Capacity-based
QOS_CAC_OPTION The policy of the QoS (Quality of Service) based CAC (call
admission control) at the cell level.
- QoSCAC_option0: The QoS based CAC function at the cell
level is not used.
- QoSCAC_option1: The QoS-based CAC function per cell is
used.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
QOS_POLICY_OPTION The policy used when executing the Quality of Service (QoS)-
based Call Admission Control (CAC) function per cell.
PRB usage is calculated based on the resource type (GBR or
non-GBR) of the QCI. Then CAC is executed based on the cal-
culated PRB usage. Non-GBRs are always allowed.
PRB usage is calculated based on the priority of the QCI. Then
CAC is executed based on the calculated PRB usage. Non-GBRs
are always allowed.
PRB_REPORT_PERIOD PRB (Physical Resource Block) report period for QoS CAC at
the cell level.
ESTIMATION_OPT The policy of the Expected PRB usage calculation. (0: auto,
1:manual).
- EstimationOption_auto(0) : The PRB Usage is automatically
calculated.
- EstimationOption_manual(1) : The PRB Usage is manually
calculated.
PREEMPTION_FLAG Whether to use preemption at the cell level.

- CI_no_use: The Preemption function per cell is disabled.
- CI_use: The Preemption function per cell is enabled.
BH_BW_CAC_USAGE Whether to use backhaul bandwidth based CAC at the cell level.
- CI_no_use: Backhaul Bandwidth-based CAC function per cell
is not used.
- CI_use: Backhaul Bandwidth-based CAC function per cell is
used.
BH_BW_CAC_OPTION The policy used when executing the Backhaul-based Call

Admission Control (CAC) function per cell.
- bhBwCac_QCI_only: QoS-based CAC.
- bhBwCac_ServiceGroup_only: Service group-based CAC.
- bhBwCac_Both_QCI_ServiceGroup: QoS amp; Service
group-based CAC.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2149 CHANGE ENB FUNCTION
Command Format
CHG-ENB-CAC: [CALL_COUNT_CAC_USAGE], [MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT],
[CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL], [CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO],
[CHECK_UE_ID_USAGE];
Command Description
Changes the capacity based CAC (call admission control) parameter information of the eNBs in
the BS. This command performs call count based CAC at the eNB level. It also changes the
threshold information and the MAX call count information required for CAC at the eNB level.
TIMEOUT 10

CALL_COUNT_ Whether to execute the Capacity-based CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_use
CAC_USAGE Call Admission Control (CAC) function per
cell.
- CI_no_use: The capacity-based CAC
function per base station is not performed.
- CI_use: The capacity-based CAC function
per base station is performed.
MAX_ENB_CA The limit for capacity based CAC (call 0 ~ 4500 NONE 4500
LL_COUNT admission control) at the eNB level. The
number of calls that can be allowed by the
eNB.
CALL_CAC_TH The percentage of the allowable calls to the 0 ~ 100 % 90
exceeds MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT *
CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL,
CALL_CAC_TH Emergency call availability of total hando- 0 ~ 100 % 100
calls exceeds MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT *
CALL_CAC_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO,

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

CHECK_UE_ID Whether to execute the SAE Temporary CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_use
_USAGE Mobile Station Identifier (S-TMSI) Duplica-
tion Check function for a new call.
- CI_no_use: The S-TMSI Duplication
Check function is not performed.
- CI_use: The S-TMSI Duplication Check
function is performed. If a call is found as a
duplicate, the existing call is released and

DB_INDEX The index to be changed or retrieved.
CALL_COUNT_CAC_USAGE Whether to execute the Capacity-based Call Admission Control

(CAC) function per cell.
- CI_no_use: The capacity-based CAC function per base station
is not performed.
- CI_use: The capacity-based CAC function per base station is
performed.
MAX_ENB_CALL_COUNT The limit for capacity based CAC (call admission control) at the
eNB level. The number of calls that can be allowed by the eNB.


CHECK_UE_ID_USAGE Whether to execute the SAE Temporary Mobile Station Identi-

fier (S-TMSI) Duplication Check function for a new call.
- CI_no_use: The S-TMSI Duplication Check function is not
performed.
- CI_use: The S-TMSI Duplication Check function is performed.
If a call is found as a duplicate, the existing call is released and

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2150 CHANGE QOS CAC PARAM FUNCTION
Command Format
CHG-QCAC-PARA: CELL_NUM, [DL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_NORMAL], [DL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO],
[UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_NORMAL], [UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO];
Command Description
Changes the active QoS (Quality of Service) CAC (call admission control) parameter in the eNB.
QoS CAC is performed at the cell level, for QCI of each GBR bearer. Changes the threshold by
QCI for performing QoS CAC and retrieves the threshold for determining congestion state of the
active cell.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
DL_GBRUSAG The threshold of downlink calls that can be 0 ~ 100 % 80
E_THRESH_N assigned per cell. It is used when a new
ORMAL call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB
percentage'. When a new call is requested,
if the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds
this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is
generated.
DL_GBRUSAG The threshold of downlink Handover calls 0 ~ 100 % 100
E_THRESH_H that can be assigned per cell. It is used
O when a Handover call is requested. It is cal-
culated as 'PRB percentage. When a Han-
dover call is requested, if the downlink GBR
PRB usage exceeds this parameter value,
the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
UL_GBRUSAG The threshold of uplink calls that can be 0 ~ 100 % 80
E_THRESH_N assigned per cell. It is used when a new
ORMAL call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB
percentage'. When a new call is requested,
if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this
parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is gen-
erated.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

UL_GBRUSAG The threshold of uplink Handover calls that 0 ~ 100 % 100
E_THRESH_H can be assigned per cell. It is used when a
O Handover call is requested. It is calculated
as 'PRB percentage'. When a Handover
call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB
usage exceeds this parameter value, the

DL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_NORMALThe threshold of downlink calls that can be assigned per cell.

It is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB
percentage'. When a new call is requested, if the downlink GBR
PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is
generated.
DL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO The threshold of downlink Handover calls that can be assigned

per cell. It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calcu-
lated as 'PRB percentage. When a Handover call is requested, if
UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_NORMALThe threshold of uplink calls that can be assigned per cell. It

is used when a new call is requested. It is calculated as 'PRB per-
centage'. When a new call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB
usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is gener-
ated.
UL_GBRUSAGE_THRESH_HO The threshold of uplink Handover calls that can be assigned per
cell. It is used when a Handover call is requested. It is calculated
as 'PRB percentage'. When a Handover call is requested, if the
uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the QoS

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2151 CHANGE SON ANR PARAMETERS
Command Format
CHG-SON-ANR: [MAX_NRTSIZE], [LSM_USAGE_FLAG], [DEFAULT_WEIGHT],
[DEFAULT_PERIOD], [HO_ATTEMPT_WEIGHT], [HO_SUCCESS_WEIGHT],
[LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE], [LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI], [UPPER_HO_TO_BLACK_RATE];
Command Description
Changes the parameter information for the SON ANR function.
TIMEOUT 10

MAX_NRTSIZE The maximum size of Neighbor Relation 1 ~ 256 NONE 256
Table (NRT) per cell. ANR manages the
ranking of NRs that are within this size. If
an added NR exceeds the size, ANR adds
the existing NR of the lowest rank to the
blacklist to limit the number of NRs to
MAX_NRTSIZE.
LSM_USAGE_ Whether to use the ECGI and IP process- False/True/ NONE True
FLAG ing procedures in the LSM during opera-
tion.
- FALSE (0): The procedures are not exe-
cuted through the LSM but are executed
through UE.
- TRUE (1): The procedures are executed
through the LSM or UE.
DEFAULT_WEI The default weight for a new neighbor rela- 0.000 ~ 1.000 NONE 0.05
GHT tion (NR). A neighboring cell newly added
has a disadvantage in both of the handover
attempt rate and the handover success
rate, when determining its priority. There-
fore, the default weight specified by this
parameter value is given to the newly
added neighboring cells during the speci-
fied period of time (DEFAULT_PERIOD).
DEFAULT_PER A period of time for which the default prior- 1 ~ 30 day 30
IOD ity is applied to a new Neighbor Relation
(NR) in a unit of day. During this period of
time, the default weight
(DEFAULT_WEIGHT) is given to the newly
added NRs and they are handled so that
they are not added to the blacklist.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

HO_ATTEMPT_ The weight given to a handover attempt 0.000 ~ 1.000 NONE 1.0
WEIGHT rate when calculating the NR ranking. The
NR ranking is determined by default in con-
sideration of handover success and failure
rates of each neighboring cell with attempt
rates weighted.
HO_SUCCESS The weight given to the handover success 0.000 ~ 1.000 NONE 1.0
_WEIGHT rate when calculating the NR ranking. The
NR ranking is determined by default in con-
sideration of handover success and failure
rates of each neighboring cell with success
rates weighted.
LOWER_HO_A The lowest attempt rate that applies the 0.000 ~ 1.000 NONE 0.001
TTEMPT_RATE handover blacklist. NRs that fail to meet
HO KPI are added to the HO blacklist to
prevent a handover to the neighboring cell.
The NRs whose attempt rate is lower than
this parameter value, and whose success
rate is lower than
LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI are
included in the handover blacklist.
LOWER_HO_S The lowest success rate that applies the 0.000 ~ 1.000 NONE 0.5
UCCESS_TO_ handover blacklist. NRs that fail to meet
KPI HO KPI are added to the HO blacklist to
prevent a handover to the neighboring cell.
The NRs whose success rate is lower than
the HO KPI multiplied by this parameter
value, and whose attempt rate is lower than
LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE are
included in the handover blacklist.
UPPER_HO_T The upper limit of the handover attempt 0.000 ~ 1.000 NONE 0.1
O_BLACK_RAT rate to the black cell to be deleted from the
E blacklist. During handover from cell A to
cell B, if the handover to wrong cell event
occurs and the frequency of reconnecting
to neighboring cells managed by the black-
list exceeds this parameter, the NR is
returned to NRT from the blacklist.

DB_INDEX Index
MAX_NRTSIZE The maximum size of Neighbor Relation Table (NRT) per cell.
ANR manages the ranking of NRs that are within this size. If an
added NR exceeds the size, ANR adds the existing NR of the
lowest rank to the blacklist to limit the number of NRs to
MAX_NRTSIZE.
LSM_USAGE_FLAG Whether to use the ECGI and IP processing procedures in the

LSM during operation.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- FALSE (0): The procedures are not executed through the LSM
but are executed through UE.
- TRUE (1): The procedures are executed through the LSM or
UE.
DEFAULT_WEIGHT The default weight for a new neighbor relation (NR). A neigh-
boring cell newly added has a disadvantage in both of the hando-
ver attempt rate and the handover success rate, when
determining its priority. Therefore, the default weight specified
by this parameter value is given to the newly added neighboring
cells during the specified period of time (DEFAULT_PERIOD).
DEFAULT_PERIOD A period of time for which the default priority is applied to a

new Neighbor Relation (NR) in a unit of day. During this period
of time, the default weight (DEFAULT_WEIGHT) is given to
the newly added NRs and they are handled so that they are not
added to the blacklist.
HO_ATTEMPT_WEIGHT The weight given to a handover attempt rate when calculating

neighboring cell with attempt rates weighted.
HO_SUCCESS_WEIGHT The weight given to the handover success rate when calculating
neighboring cell with success rates weighted.
LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE The lowest attempt rate that applies the handover blacklist. NRs
a handover to the neighboring cell. The NRs whose attempt rate
is lower than this parameter value, and whose success rate is
lower than LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI are included in
the handover blacklist.
LOWER_HO_SUCCESS_TO_KPI The lowest success rate that applies the handover blacklist. NRs
a handover to the neighboring cell. The NRs whose success rate
is lower than the HO KPI multiplied by this parameter value, and
whose attempt rate is lower than
LOWER_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE are included in the handover

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
blacklist.
UPPER_HO_TO_BLACK_RATE The upper limit of the handover attempt rate to the black cell to
be deleted from the blacklist. During handover from cell A to
cell B, if the handover to wrong cell event occurs and the fre-
quency of reconnecting to neighboring cells managed by the
blacklist exceeds this parameter, the NR is returned to NRT from
the blacklist.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2153 CHANGE SRB RLC INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-SRB-RLC: SRB_ID, [TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT], [POLL_PDU], [POLL_BYTE],
[MAX_RETRANSMISSION_THRESHOLD], [TIMER_REORDERING], [TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values required to operate the RLC protocol. The AMD PDU retransmis-
sion count per SRB ID, Poll Byte and Poll PDU settings for poll triggering, Poll Retransmission
timer value, Loss Detection timer value, and STATUS_PDU Prohibit timer value can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

SRB_ID The ID of SRB to retrieve. 1~2 NONE 1

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

TIMER_POLL_ The timer to retransmit poll in a ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms5/ NONE ci_T_Po
RETRANSMIT transmitting AM RLC entity. ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms10/ llRetran
ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms15/ smit_ms
ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms20/ 45
ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms25/
POLL_PDU The threshold to trigger poll for ci_p4/ci_p8/ci_p16/ci_p32/ NONE ci_pInfin
pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC ci_p64/ci_p128/ci_p256/ ity
entity. ci_pInfinity/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

POLL_BYTE The threshold used to trigger poll ci_kB25/ci_kB50/ci_kB75/ NONE ci_kBinfi
for pollByte bytes in an AM_RLC ci_kB100/ci_kB125/ci_kB250/ nity
entity. ci_kB375/ci_kB500/ci_kB750/
ci_kB1000/ci_kB1250/
ci_kB3000/ci_kBinfinity/
MAX_RETRAN The threshold used to limit the ci_t1/ci_t2/ci_t3/ci_t4/ci_t6/ NONE ci_t32
SMISSION_TH number of the AMD PDU retrans- ci_t8/ci_t16/ci_t32/
RESHOLD mission in a transmitting AM_RLC
entity.
TIMER_REOR The timer to detect the losses of ci_T_Reordering_ms0/ NONE ci_T_Re
DERING RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC ci_T_Reordering_ms5/ ordering
entity. ci_T_Reordering_ms10/ _ms35
ci_T_Reordering_ms15/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

TIMER_STATU The timer to prohibit the transmis- ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms0/ NONE ci_T_St
S_PROHIBIT sion of STATUS_PDU in a receiv- ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms5/ atusPro
ing AM_RLC entity. ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms10/ hibit_ms
ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms15/ 0
ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms20/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

SRB_ID The ID of SRB to retrieve.
TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT The timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity.
POLL_PDU The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC

entity.
POLL_BYTE The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an

AM_RLC entity.
MAX_RETRANSMISSION_THRESHOLDThe threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU

TIMER_REORDERING The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC
entity.
TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT The timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2154 CHANGE QCIDSCPMAP INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-QCIDSCP-MAP: QCI, [DSCP];
Command Description
Changes the configured Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) mapping information per
QCI.
TIMEOUT 10

QCI QCI(Qos Class Identifier) value for which 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
the DSCP mapping information will be set.
DSCP DSCP value that will be set for the speci- 0 ~ 63 NONE 0
fied traffic type (QCI).

QCI QCI(Qos Class Identifier) value for which the DSCP mapping
DSCP DSCP value that will be set for the specified traffic type (QCI).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2155 CHANGE DSCPCOSMAP INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-DSCPCOS-MAP: DSCP, [COS];
Command Description
Changes the COS mapping information per Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP). The
COS value mapped to a DSCP value is marked as VLAN TAG.
TIMEOUT 10

DSCP DSCP value for which the COS mapping 0 ~ 63 NONE 0
COS The CoS value that will be set for the spec- 0~7 NONE 0
ified DSCP value.

DSCP DSCP value for which the COS mapping information will be set.
COS The CoS value that will be set for the specified DSCP value.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2158 CHANGE QCI VALUE INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-QCI-VAL: QCI, [STATUS], [RESOURCE_TYPE], [PRIORITY], [PDB],
[BH_SERVICE_GROUP], [SCHEDULING_TYPE];
Command Description
Changes the configuration information per QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The information is used
by the Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (EUTRAN) in the eNB. The status,
resource type, priority, Packet Delay Budget (PDB), Backhaul Service Group parameter values
per QCI can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

ues 0 and 10-255.
STATUS Whether the QoS Class Identifier (QCI) is N_EQUIP/EQUIP/ NONE N_EQUI
used. P
- N_EQUIP: The QCI is not used in the
eNB.
RESOURCE_T The resource type of the QoS Class Identi- ci_NonGBR/ci_GBR/ NONE ci_Non
YPE fier (QCI). GBR
- Ci_NonGBR: The resource type of the
QCI is set to non-GBR (Guaranteed Bit
Rate).
- Ci_GBR: The resource type of the QCI is
set to GBR (Guaranteed Bit Rate).
PRIORITY The priority of the QoS Class Identifier 1 ~ 16 NONE 9
(QCI). The range is between 1 and 16. 1
indicates the highest priority.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

PDB Packet Delay Budget (PDB) of the QoS ci_pdb50msec/ NONE ci_pdb3
Class Identifier (QCI). ci_pdb100msec/ 00msec
- ci_pdb50msec: PDB of the QCI to 50 ci_pdb150msec/
msec. ci_pdb200msec/
ci_pdb250msec/
- ci_pdb100msec: PDB of the QCI to 100
ci_pdb300msec/
msec.
ci_pdb350msec/
msec. ci_pdb450msec/
msec.
msec.
msec.
msec.
msec.
msec.
msec.
BH_SERVICE_ The service group of the QoS Class Identi- voipService/videoSer- NONE voipSer-
GROUP fier (QCI). The entered parameter values is vice/ vice
used in the backhaul Call Admission Con-
trol (CAC).
- voipService: The QCI uses the Voice of
Internet Protocol (VoIP) service.
- videoService: The QCI uses the video
service.
SCHEDULING_ The schedulin type of the QoS Class Identi- Dynamic_scheduling/ NONE Dynami
TYPE fier (QCI). The entered parameter values is SPS_scheduling/ c_sched
used in scheduling by MAC Layer. uling
- Dynamic_scheduling: The QCI uses the
Dynamic scheduling.
- SPS_scheduling: The QCI uses SPS
scheduling.

STATUS Whether the QoS Class Identifier (QCI) is used.

- N_EQUIP: The QCI is not used in the eNB.
RESOURCE_TYPE The resource type of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- Ci_NonGBR: The resource type of the QCI is set to non-GBR

(Guaranteed Bit Rate).
- Ci_GBR: The resource type of the QCI is set to GBR (Guaran-
teed Bit Rate).
PRIORITY The priority of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The range is
between 1 and 16. 1 indicates the highest priority.
PDB Packet Delay Budget (PDB) of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI).
BH_SERVICE_GROUP The service group of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The entered
parameter values is used in the backhaul Call Admission Control
(CAC).
- voipService: The QCI uses the Voice of Internet Protocol
(VoIP) service.
- videoService: The QCI uses the video service.
SCHEDULING_TYPE The schedulin type of the QoS Class Identifier (QCI). The
entered parameter values is used in scheduling by MAC Layer.
- Dynamic_scheduling: The QCI uses the Dynamic scheduling.
- SPS_scheduling: The QCI uses SPS scheduling.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2159 CHANGE LOGICAL CH INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-LOCH-INF: QCI, [PRIORITIZED_BIT_RATE], [BUCKET_SIZE_DURATION],
[LOGICAL_CHANNEL_PRIORITY];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values needed to operate a logical channel. The bucket size duration, log-
ical channel group ID, logical channel priority, non GBRPFWeight, prioritized bit rate for each
QCI can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

PRIORITIZED_ The parameter used for UE's logical chan- ci_kBps0/ci_kBps8/ NONE ci_kBps
BIT_RATE nel prioritization. It is a minimum transmis- ci_kBps16/ci_kBps32/ 8
sion rate that must be secured per logical ci_kBps64/ci_kBps128/
channel. The parameter by which UE ci_kBps256/
increases the bucket for each logical chan- ci_prioritizedBitRate_inf
nel. inity/
- ci_kBps0: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI
is 0 kBps.
is 8 kBps.
is 16 kBps.
is 32 kBps.
is 64 kBps.
- ci_kBps128: Prioritized Bit Rate of the
QCI is 128 kBps.
- ci_kBps256: Prioritized Bit Rate of the
QCI is 256 kBps.
- ci_prioritizedBitRate_infinity: Prioritized
Bit Rate of the QCI is infinity.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

BUCKET_SIZE The parameter used for UE's logical chan- ci_bucketSizeDuration_ NONE ci_buck
_DURATION nel prioritization. It determines the maxi- ms50/ etSizeD
mum length of a bucket per UE's logical ci_bucketSizeDuration_ uration_
channel. ms100/ ms300
- ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms50: Bucket ci_bucketSizeDuration_
Size Duration of the QCI is 50 ms. ms150/
ci_bucketSizeDuration_
- ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms100: Bucket
ms300/
Size Duration of the QCI is 100 ms.
ci_bucketSizeDuration_
- ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms150: Bucket ms500/
Size Duration of the QCI is 150 ms. ci_bucketSizeDuration_
- ci_bucketSizeDuration_ms300: Bucket ms1000/
LOGICAL_CHA The parameter used for UE's logical chan- 1 ~ 16 NONE 9
NNEL_PRIORI nel prioritization. It determines an allocation
TY order per logical channel. The range is from
1 to 16.

PRIORITIZED_BIT_RATE The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It is a

minimum transmission rate that must be secured per logical
channel. The parameter by which UE increases the bucket for
each logical channel.
- ci_prioritizedBitRate_infinity: Prioritized Bit Rate of the QCI
is infinity.
BUCKET_SIZE_DURATION The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It

determines the maximum length of a bucket per UE's logical
channel.
QCI is 50 ms.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
QCI is 100 ms.

QCI is 150 ms.
QCI is 300 ms.
QCI is 500 ms.
QCI is 1000 ms.
LOGICAL_CHANNEL_PRIORITY The parameter used for UE's logical channel prioritization. It

determines an allocation order per logical channel. The range is
from 1 to 16.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2160 CHANGE RLC INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-RLC-INF: QCI, [RLC_MODE], [ENB_TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT], [ENB_POLL_PDU],
[ENB_POLL_BYTE], [ENB_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD], [ENB_TIMER_REORDERING],
[ENB_TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT], [UE_TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT], [UE_POLL_PDU],
[UE_POLL_BYTE], [UE_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD], [UE_TIMER_REORDERING],
[UE_TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT], [SN_FIELD_LENGTH];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values required to operate the RLC protocol. The RLC mode per QCI,
AMD PDU retransmission count in the eNB and UE, Poll Byte and Poll PDU settings for poll
triggering, Poll Retransmission timer value, Loss Detection timer value, and STATUS_PDU Pro-
hibit timer value can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

RLC_MODE The mode information (AM/UM) on AM_RLC/UM_BI_RLC/ NONE AM_RL
RLC. UM_UNI_DL_RLC/ C
UM_UNI_UL_RLC/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

ENB_TIMER_P The timer to retransmit poll in a ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms5/ NONE ci_T_Po
OLL_RETRAN transmitting AM RLC entity. ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms10/ llRetran
SMIT ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms15/ smit_ms
ENB_POLL_PD The threshold to trigger poll for ci_p4/ci_p8/ci_p16/ci_p32/ NONE ci_p16
U pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC ci_p64/ci_p128/ci_p256/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

ENB_POLL_BY The threshold used to trigger poll for ci_kB25/ci_kB50/ci_kB75/ NONE ci_kB50
TE pollByte bytes in an AM_RLC entity. ci_kB100/ci_kB125/ci_kB250/
ci_kB375/ci_kB500/ci_kB750/
ENB_MAX_RE The threshold used to limit the num- ci_t1/ci_t2/ci_t3/ci_t4/ci_t6/ NONE ci_t32
TX_THRESHO ber of the AMD PDU retransmission ci_t8/ci_t16/ci_t32/
LD in a transmitting AM_RLC entity.
ENB_TIMER_R The timer to detect the losses of ci_T_Reordering_ms0/ NONE ci_T_Re
EORDERING RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC ci_T_Reordering_ms5/ ordering

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

ENB_TIMER_S The timer to prohibit the transmis- ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms0/ NONE ci_T_St
TATUS_PROHI sion of STATUS_PDU in a receiving ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms5/ atusPro
BIT AM_RLC entity. ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms10/ hibit_ms

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

UE_TIMER_PO The timer to retransmit poll in a ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms5/ NONE ci_T_Po
LL_RETRANS transmitting AM RLC entity. ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms10/ llRetran
MIT ci_T_PollRetransmit_ms15/ smit_ms
UE_POLL_PDU The threshold to trigger poll for ci_p4/ci_p8/ci_p16/ci_p32/ NONE ci_p16
pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC ci_p64/ci_p128/ci_p256/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

UE_POLL_BYT The threshold used to trigger poll for ci_kB25/ci_kB50/ci_kB75/ NONE ci_kB50
E pollByte bytes in an AM_RLC entity. ci_kB100/ci_kB125/ci_kB250/
ci_kB375/ci_kB500/ci_kB750/
UE_MAX_RET The threshold used to limit the num- ci_t1/ci_t2/ci_t3/ci_t4/ci_t6/ NONE ci_t32
X_THRESHOL ber of the AMD PDU retransmission ci_t8/ci_t16/ci_t32/
D in a transmitting AM_RLC entity.
UE_TIMER_RE The timer to detect the losses of ci_T_Reordering_ms0/ NONE ci_T_Re
ORDERING RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC ci_T_Reordering_ms5/ ordering

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

UE_TIMER_ST The timer to prohibit the transmis- ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms0/ NONE ci_T_St
ATUS_PROHIB sion of STATUS_PDU in a receiving ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms5/ atusPro
IT AM_RLC entity. ci_T_StatusProhibit_ms10/ hibit_ms
SN_FIELD_LE The field size of UM sequence num- ci_size5/ci_size10/ NONE ci_size1
NGTH ber. 0

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

RLC_MODE The mode information (AM/UM) on RLC.
ENB_TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMITThe timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity.
ENB_POLL_PDU The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC

entity.
ENB_POLL_BYTE The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an

AM_RLC entity.
ENB_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU
ENB_TIMER_REORDERING The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC
entity.
ENB_TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBITThe timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a

UE_TIMER_POLL_RETRANSMIT The timer to retransmit poll in a transmitting AM RLC entity.
UE_POLL_PDU The threshold to trigger poll for pollPDU PDUs in an AM_RLC

entity.
UE_POLL_BYTE The threshold used to trigger poll for pollByte bytes in an

AM_RLC entity.
UE_MAX_RETX_THRESHOLD The threshold used to limit the number of the AMD PDU
UE_TIMER_REORDERING The timer to detect the losses of RLC PDUs in a receiving RLC
entity.
UE_TIMER_STATUS_PROHIBIT The timer to prohibit the transmission of STATUS_PDU in a

SN_FIELD_LENGTH The field size of UM sequence number.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2161 CHANGE PDCP INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-PDCP-INF: QCI, [UM_SN_SIZE], [DISCARD_TIMER], [FWD_END_TIMER],
[STATUS_REPORT_REQUIRED];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values of the PDCP protocol. This command can change the UM SN size,
discard timer value, forward end timer value for each of 256 QoS classes. The changes do not
affect the existing calls and are applied only to the new calls.
TIMEOUT 10

QCI QCI index. The range is from 0 to 255. 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
The standard QCIs defined in the stan-
dard documents is 1 to 9. The user can
use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
UM_SN_SIZE The size of PDCP Sequence Number ci_len7bits/ci_len12bits/ NONE ci_len12
(SN) in RLC UM mode. bits
- ci_len7bits: Uses the size of 7 bits (0 to
127).
- ci_len12bits: The size of 12 bits (0 to
4095) is used (Default).
DISCARD_TIM The Discard timer value for a packet ci_discardTimer_ms50/ NONE ci_disca
ER buffer managed per RB in RLC AM ci_discardTimer_ms100/ rdTimer
mode. If ACK is not received from the ci_discardTimer_ms150/ _infinity
RLC within a specified period of time, ci_discardTimer_ms300/
the packet is discarded. ci_discardTimer_ms500/
- ci_discardTimer_ms50: 50 msec. ci_discardTimer_ms750/
- ci_discardTimer_ms100: 100 msec. ci_discardTimer_ms1500/
ci_discardTimer_infinity/
- ci_discardTimer_infinity: The discard
timer is disabled. (default).
FWD_END_TI A period of time when PDCP of target 10 ~ 1000 msec 200
MER eNB waits for end marker upon receiv-
ing a HO_COMPLETE message. in mil-
liseconds.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

STATUS_REPO This value determines whether or not to False/True/ NONE True
RT_REQUIRED send SN Status Report.

UM_SN_SIZE The size of PDCP Sequence Number (SN) in RLC UM mode.

- ci_len7bits: Uses the size of 7 bits (0 to 127).
- ci_len12bits: The size of 12 bits (0 to 4095) is used (Default).
DISCARD_TIMER The Discard timer value for a packet buffer managed per RB in
RLC AM mode. If ACK is not received from the RLC within a
specified period of time, the packet is discarded.
- ci_discardTimer_infinity: The discard timer is disabled.
(default).
FWD_END_TIMER A period of time when PDCP of target eNB waits for end marker
upon receiving a HO_COMPLETE message. in milliseconds.
STATUS_REPORT_REQUIRED This value determines whether or not to send SN Status Report.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2162 CHANGE GTP INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-GTP-INF: [T3_TMR], [T3_TMR_LONG], [N3_REQUEST], [KEEP_ALIVE], [SNN], [ECN];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values of the GTP protocol. The command can change use keep alive, the
timeout interval, and the sequence number. If KeepAlive is set, the GTP ECHO-REQ message is
sent to S-GW at a specified interval (T3_TIMER_LONG). If the GTP ECHO-RESP message is
not received from S-GW until the next message is sent, transmission is repeated for
N3_REQUEST times at T3_TIMER interval.
TIMEOUT 10

T3_TMR The interval at which transmission of the 0 ~ 60000 msec 5000
ECHO-REQ message is repeated if a
response message to ECHO-REQ, which
is sent for Keep Alive, is not received. The
range is between 0 and 60000 msec. The
default is 5000 (5 seconds). This timer runs
T3_TMR_LON The interval at which the ECHO-REQ mes- 60000 ~ 600000 msec 60000
G sage is sent for periodic Keep Alive. The
range is between 60000 and 600000 msec.
The default is 60000 (60 seconds). This
timer runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.
N3_REQUEST The maximum retransmission number of 0 ~ 10 NONE 5
the GTP ECHO-REQ message. This timer
runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.
KEEP_ALIVE Whether the GTP ECHO-REQ message at 0~1 NONE 1
specified intervals (Keep Alive) is sent.
- 1: The ECHO-REQ message is
sent(default).
SNN Whether the GTP sequence number is 0~1 NONE 1
used.
- 0: The GTP sequence number in the eNB
is not used.
- 1: The GTP sequence number in the eNB
is used.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

ECN Whether the Explicit Congestion Notifica- 0~1 NONE 0
tion (ECN) function is used.
- 0: The ECN function in the eNB is not
used.

DB_INDEX db index
T3_TMR The interval at which transmission of the ECHO-REQ message

is repeated if a response message to ECHO-REQ, which is sent
for Keep Alive, is not received. The range is between 0 and
60000 msec. The default is 5000 (5 seconds). This timer runs
T3_TMR_LONG The interval at which the ECHO-REQ message is sent for peri-
odic Keep Alive. The range is between 60000 and 600000 msec.
The default is 60000 (60 seconds). This timer runs only if
KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.
N3_REQUEST The maximum retransmission number of the GTP ECHO-REQ

message. This timer runs only if KEEP_ALIVE is set to '1'.
KEEP_ALIVE Whether the GTP ECHO-REQ message at specified intervals

(Keep Alive) is sent.
- 1: The ECHO-REQ message is sent(default).
SNN Whether the GTP sequence number is used.

- 0: The GTP sequence number in the eNB is not used.
- 1: The GTP sequence number in the eNB is used.
ECN Whether the Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) function is

used.
- 0: The ECN function in the eNB is not used.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2163 CHANGE PCCH CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-PCCH-CONF: [DEFAULT_PAGING_CYCLE], [N_B];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of the Paging Control Channel (PCCH) in the eNB. Paging is used
when initiating a mobile-terminating connection or triggering UE to re-obtain the system infor-
mation, as well as for sending the Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System (ETWS) indication.
TIMEOUT 10

DEFAULT_PAG When DRX is used, UE monitors a single ci_defaultPagingCycle_ msec ci_defau
ING_CYCLE paging occasion per DRX cycle. If UE-spe- rf32/ ltPaging
cific DRX is not set by the upper layer, ci_defaultPagingCycle_ Cycle_rf
defaultPagingCycle is applied as the rf64/ 128
default DRX cycle. ci_defaultPagingCycle_
rf128/
ci_defaultPagingCycle_
rf256/
N_B The parameter required to calculate the ci_fourT/ci_twoT/ NONE ci_oneT
paging frame and paging occasion using ci_oneT/ci_halfT/
the TS 36.304 method, which is a multiple ci_quarterT/
of defaultPagingCycle. ci_oneEightT/
ci_onSixteenthT/
ci_oneThirtySecondT/

DB_INDEX Index
DEFAULT_PAGING_CYCLE When DRX is used, UE monitors a single paging occasion per

DRX cycle. If UE-specific DRX is not set by the upper layer,
defaultPagingCycle is applied as the default DRX cycle.
N_B The parameter required to calculate the paging frame and paging
occasion using the TS 36.304 method, which is a multiple of
defaultPagingCycle.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2164 CHANGE PDSCH CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-PDSCH-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [DL_POWER_OPTION], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of the Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) in the eNB. The
power ratio between a Resource Element (RE) transmitting a reference signal and a RE transmit-
ting data can be set in PDSCH. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or
forcedModeFlag is set to True.
TIMEOUT 10

CELL_NUM The cell number for which the com- 0~8 NONE 0
mand was executed.
DL_POWER_O The power setting option. The ci_pwrOpt_Same/ NONE ci_pwrO
PTION power of the RS per resource grid ci_pwrOpt_OneHalf/ pt_Half
is set to a multiple of the power of ci_pwrOpt_Twice/
the data per resource grid. ci_pwrOpt_Half/
- ci_pwrOpt_Same: The power of ci_pwrOpt_FortyHundredth/
the RS per resource grid is the ci_pwrOpt_ThirtyThreeHundred
same as that of the data per th/
resource grid. ci_pwrOpt_ThirtyTwoHundredth
/
- ci_pwrOpt_OneHalf: The power
ci_pwrOpt_TwentyFiveHundred
of the RS per resource grid is one
th/
and a half times as much as that of
ci_pwrOpt_TwentyHundredth/
the data per resource grid.
ci_pwrOpt_SixteenHundredth/
- ci_pwrOpt_Twice: The power of ci_pwrOpt_ThirteenHundredth/
the RS per resource grid is two
times as much as that of the data
per resource grid.
- ci_pwrOpt_Half: The power of the
RS per resource grid is a half times
as much as that of the data per
resource grid.
FORCED_MOD This parameter defines forced False/True/ NONE False
E mode for changed value.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
DL_POWER_OPTION The power setting option. The power of the RS per resource grid
is set to a multiple of the power of the data per resource grid.
- ci_pwrOpt_Same: The power of the RS per resource grid is the
same as that of the data per resource grid.
- ci_pwrOpt_OneHalf: The power of the RS per resource grid is
one and a half times as much as that of the data per resource grid.
- ci_pwrOpt_Twice: The power of the RS per resource grid is
two times as much as that of the data per resource grid.
- ci_pwrOpt_Half: The power of the RS per resource grid is a
half times as much as that of the data per resource grid.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2165 CHANGE PHICH CONFIGURATION IDLE
Command Format
CHG-PHICH-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [PHICH_DURATION], [PHICH_RESOURCE], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of the Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH) in the eNB.
This command can change PHICH duration and resource settings. This parameter, in order to
apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.
PHICH_DURAT The PHICH duration set in accordance with ci_normal/ci_extended/ NONE ci_norm
ION Table 6.9.3-1 of TS 36.211. It sets the lower al
limit of a control region size that is passed
to PCFICH.
PHICH_RESO The parameter used to calculate the num- ci_oneSixth/ci_half/ NONE ci_one
URCE ber of PHICH groups. ci_one/ci_two/
E changed value.

PHICH_DURATION The PHICH duration set in accordance with Table 6.9.3-1 of TS

36.211. It sets the lower limit of a control region size that is
passed to PCFICH.
PHICH_RESOURCE The parameter used to calculate the number of PHICH groups.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2166 CHANGE PRACH CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-PRACH-CONF: CELL_NUM, [PRACH_CONFIG_INDEX], [HIGH_SPEED_FLAG],
[ZERO_CORREL_ZONE_CONFIG], [ROOT_SEQUENCE_INDEX];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of the Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH) in the eNB. This
command can change the high speed flag, the PRACH configuration index, the root sequence
index, and the zero correlation zone configuration.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.
PRACH_CONFI Index for the preamble format, subframe 0 ~ 63 NONE 3
G_INDEX sent by preamble, and interval.
HIGH_SPEED_ Whether to use unrestricted or restricted False/True/ NONE False
FLAG set. When this parameter is set to TRUE, a
restricted set is used. When set to FALSE,
ZERO_CORRE The zero correlation zone used to create a 0 ~ 15 NONE 12
L_ZONE_CON random preamble.
FIG
ROOT_SEQUE The first logical root sequence index used 0 ~ 837 NONE 0
NCE_INDEX to create a random preamble. Different val-
ues should be assigned to neighboring
cells.

PRACH_CONFIG_INDEX Index for the preamble format, subframe sent by preamble, and
interval.
HIGH_SPEED_FLAG Whether to use unrestricted or restricted set. When this parame-

ter is set to TRUE, a restricted set is used. When set to FALSE,

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
ZERO_CORREL_ZONE_CONFIG The zero correlation zone used to create a random preamble.
ROOT_SEQUENCE_INDEX The first logical root sequence index used to create a random
preamble. Different values should be assigned to neighboring
cells.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2167 CHANGE PUSCH CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-PUSCH-CONF: CELL_NUM, [N_SB], [HOPPING_MODE], [ENABLE_SIX_FOUR_QAM],
[GROUP_HOPPING_ENABLED], [GROUP_ASSIGNMENT_PUSCH], [SEQUENCE_HOPPING_ENABLED];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) in the eNB. Informa-
tion on whether the eNB can receive 64-QAM, and the hopping settings can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.
N_SB The number of sub-bands in Type 2 1~4 NONE 1
PUSCH hopping.
HOPPING_MO Hopping mode. ci_interSubFrame/ NONE ci_inter
DE - ci_interSubFrame: Inter-subframe hop- ci_intraAndInterSubFra Sub-
ping. me/ Frame
- ci_intraAndInterSubFrame: Intra and
inter-subframe hopping.
ENABLE_SIX_ Whether to support 64QAM. Only the cate- False/True/ NONE True
FOUR_QAM gory 5 UEs capable of sending 64-QAM via
the uplink are affected by this parameter
value.
- True: 64QAM when the eNB receives
data is applied.
GROUP_HOPP Whether to support group hopping. False/True/ NONE False
ING_ENABLED - False: Group hopping is not supported.
GROUP_ASSI The group assignment value in the 0 ~ 29 NONE 0
GNMENT_PUS PUSCH.
CH
SEQUENCE_H Whether to support sequence hopping. False/True/ NONE False
OPPING_ENAB - False: Sequence hopping is not sup-
LED ported.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

N_SB The number of sub-bands in Type 2 PUSCH hopping.
HOPPING_MODE Hopping mode.

- ci_interSubFrame: Inter-subframe hopping.
- ci_intraAndInterSubFrame: Intra and inter-subframe hopping.
ENABLE_SIX_FOUR_QAM Whether to support 64QAM. Only the category 5 UEs capable of

sending 64-QAM via the uplink are affected by this parameter
value.
- True: 64QAM when the eNB receives data is applied.
GROUP_HOPPING_ENABLED Whether to support group hopping.

- False: Group hopping is not supported.
GROUP_ASSIGNMENT_PUSCH The group assignment value in the PUSCH.
SEQUENCE_HOPPING_ENABLEDWhether to support sequence hopping.

- False: Sequence hopping is not supported.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2168 CHANGE RACH CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-RACH-CONF: CELL_NUM, [NUMBER_OF_RAPREAMBLES],
[SIZE_OF_RAPREAMBLES_GROUP_A], [MESSAGE_SIZE_GROUP_A],
[MESSAGE_POWER_OFFSET_GROUP_B], [POWER_RAMPING_STEP],
[PREAMBLE_INIT_RCV_TARGET_POWER], [PREAMBLE_TRANS_MAX],
[CONTENTION_RESOLUTION_TIMER], [BACKOFF_INDICATOR_SETUP], [BACKOFF_INDICATOR],
[MAX_HARQMSG3_TX];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of the Random Access Channel (RACH) in the eNB. The backoff indi-
cator, number of times to transmit Msg3 HARQ, the number of non-dedicated/dedicated pream-
bles, the power ramping step and the maximum number of transmission, and the number of
preamble group A/B can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

CELL_NUM The cell number for 0~8 NONE 0
which the command was
executed.
NUMBER_OF_ The number of non-dedi- ci_numberOfRA_Preambles_n4/ NONE ci_numb
RAPREAM- cated preambles. ci_numberOfRA_Preambles_n8/ erOfRA
BLES ci_numberOfRA_Preambles_n12/ _Pream
ci_numberOfRA_Preambles_n16/ bles_n6
ci_numberOfRA_Preambles_n20/ 0
ci_numberOfRA_Preambles_n24/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

SIZE_OF_RAP The number of Pream- ci_sizeOfRAPreamblesGroupA_n4/ NONE ci_size
REAMBLES_G blesGroup A. ci_sizeOfRAPreamblesGroupA_n8/ OfRA-
ROUP_A ci_sizeOfRAPreamblesGroupA_n12/ Pream-
ci_sizeOfRAPreamblesGroupA_n16/ blesGro
ci_sizeOfRAPreamblesGroupA_n20/ upA_n2
ci_sizeOfRAPreamblesGroupA_n24/ 8
ci_sizeOfRAPreamblesGroupA_n28/
MESSAGE_SIZ Standard for message ci_messageSizeGroupA_b56/ NONE ci_mess
E_GROUP_A size to select Preambles- ci_messageSizeGroupA_b144/ ageSize
Group A. ci_messageSizeGroupA_b208/ GroupA
ci_messageSizeGroupA_b256/ _b56
MESSAGE_PO Standard for power off- ci_messagePowerOffsetGroupB_minusinf NONE ci_mess
WER_OFFSET set to select Preamble- inity/ age-
_GROUP_B Group B. . ci_messagePowerOffsetGroupB_dB0/ Power-
ci_messagePowerOffsetGroupB_dB5/ OffsetGr
ci_messagePowerOffsetGroupB_dB8/ oupB_d
ci_messagePowerOffsetGroupB_dB10/ B0
ci_messagePowerOffsetGroupB_dB12/
POWER_RAM Power ramping steps ci_powerRampingSetup_dB0/ NONE ci_powe
PING_STEP when sending a pream- ci_powerRampingSetup_dB2/ rRampin
ble. ci_powerRampingSetup_dB4/ gSetup_
ci_powerRampingSetup_dB6/ dB2
PREAMBLE_IN The threshold used to set ci_dBm-120/ci_dBm-118/ci_dBm-116/ NONE ci_dBm-
IT_RCV_TARG an initial-target receiving ci_dBm-114/ci_dBm-112/ci_dBm-110/ 108
ET_POWER power of preambles. ci_dBm-108/ci_dBm-106/ci_dBm-104/
ci_dBm-102/ci_dBm-100/ci_dBm-98/
ci_dBm-96/ci_dBm-94/ci_dBm-92/
ci_dBm-90/
PREAMBLE_T The maximum number of ci_PreambleTransMax_n3/ NONE ci_Prea
RANS_MAX times to transmit a pre- ci_PreambleTransMax_n4/ mbleTra
amble. ci_PreambleTransMax_n5/ nsMax_
ci_PreambleTransMax_n6/ n10
ci_PreambleTransMax_n7/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

CONTENTION_ Contention resolution ci_mac_ContentionResolutionTimer_sf8/ NONE ci_mac_
RESOLUTION_ timer. ci_mac_ContentionResolutionTimer_sf16/ Conten-
TIMER ci_mac_ContentionResolutionTimer_sf24/ tionRes-
ci_mac_ContentionResolutionTimer_sf32/ olutionTi
ci_mac_ContentionResolutionTimer_sf40/ mer_sf4
ci_mac_ContentionResolutionTimer_sf48/ 8
ci_mac_ContentionResolutionTimer_sf56/
ci_mac_ContentionResolutionTimer_sf64/
BACKOFF_IND Whether to use the back- ci_Config_Release/ci_Config_Setup/ NONE ci_Confi
ICATOR_SETU off indicator. g_Relea
P - ci_Config_Release: se
release.
- ci_Config_Setup:
setup.
BACKOFF_IND The backoff parameter. 0 ~ 12 NONE 0
ICATOR
MAX_HARQMS The maximum number of 1~8 NONE 8
G3_TX transmission of HARQ
Msg3. .

NUMBER_OF_RAPREAMBLES The number of non-dedicated preambles.
SIZE_OF_RAPREAMBLES_GROUP_AThe number of PreamblesGroup A.
MESSAGE_SIZE_GROUP_A Standard for message size to select PreamblesGroup A.
MESSAGE_POWER_OFFSET_GROUP_BStandard for power offset to select PreambleGroup B. .
POWER_RAMPING_STEP Power ramping steps when sending a preamble.
PREAMBLE_INIT_RCV_TARGET_POWERThe threshold used to set an initial-target receiving

power of preambles.
PREAMBLE_TRANS_MAX The maximum number of times to transmit a preamble.
CONTENTION_RESOLUTION_TIMERContention resolution timer.
BACKOFF_INDICATOR_SETUP Whether to use the backoff indicator.

- ci_Config_Release: release.
- ci_Config_Setup: setup.
BACKOFF_INDICATOR The backoff parameter.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
MAX_HARQMSG3_TX The maximum number of transmission of HARQ Msg3. .

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2169 CHANGE TIME ALIGNMENT INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
CHG-TIME-ALIGN: CELL_NUM, [TIME_ALIGNMENT_TIMER_COMMON];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of a time alignment of UE. If TimeAlignmentTimer is not infinity, the
UE determines that the uplink timing is maintained by receiving the timing advance command
within the timer value. Otherwise, the UE releases the PUCCH and SRS resources.
TIMEOUT 10

CELL_NUM The cell number for which the 0~8 NONE 0
command was executed.
TIME_ALIGNM The parameter used to adjust a ci_timeAlignmentTimer_sf500/ NONE ci_time
ENT_TIMER_C period of time during which UE ci_timeAlignmentTimer_sf750/ Alignme
OMMON decides that the uplink timing is ci_timeAlignmentTimer_sf1280/ ntTimer
correct. ci_timeAlignmentTimer_sf1920/ _infinity
ci_timeAlignmentTimer_sf2560/
ci_timeAlignmentTimer_infinity/

TIME_ALIGNMENT_TIMER_COMMONThe parameter used to adjust a period of time during

which UE decides that the uplink timing is correct.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2170 CHANGE SOUNDING RS UPLINK CONFIG-

URATION
Command Format
CHG-SNDRS-CONF: CELL_NUM, [SRS_USAGE], [ACK_NACK_SRS_SIMUL_TRANSMISSION];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of the UL Sounding Reference Signal in the eNB. This command can
change whether simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK or SR, and SRS is supported, whether
SRS is used in the cell, and SRS MaxUpPts.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.
SRS_USAGE Whether to use SRS. CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_use
ACK_NACK_S Whether simultaneous transmission of False/True/ NONE True
RS_SIMUL_TR ACK/NACK or SR, and Sounding RS is
ANSMISSION supported.

SRS_USAGE Whether to use SRS.

ACK_NACK_SRS_SIMUL_TRANSMISSIONWhether simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK or

SR, and Sounding RS is supported.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2171 CHANGE UPLINK POWER CONTROL

PARAMETER
Command Format
CHG-PWR-PARA: CELL_NUM, [P0_NOMINAL_PUSCH], [ALPHA], [P0_NOMINAL_PUCCH],
[DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT1], [DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT1_B], [DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2],
[DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2_A], [DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2_B], [DELTA_PREAMBLE_MSG3],
[UL_TARGET_IOT], [UL_IOI_THRESHOLD_STEP];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of the Uplink Power Control in the eNB. The alpha value used in
PUSCH Power Control, transmission power settings by PUCCH format, settings for the
p0_nominal_PUCCH and p0_nominal_PUSCH, and UL IOT target value can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.
P0_NOMINAL_ p0NominalPUSCH. -126 ~ 24 NONE -80
PUSCH
ALPHA Assign alpha (0,0.4,0.5~0.9,1) ci_al0/ci_al04/ci_al05/ NONE ci_al08
ci_al06/ci_al07/ci_al08/
ci_al09/ci_al1/
P0_NOMINAL_ p0Nominal PUCCH. -127 ~ -96 NONE -112
PUCCH
DELTA_FPUCC The difference in the transmission power ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For NONE ci_delta
HFORMAT1 between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH mat1_deltaF-2/ F_PUC
format1. ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For CH_For
mat1_deltaF0/ mat1_d
ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For eltaF0
mat1_deltaF2/
HFORMAT1_B between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH mat1b_deltaF1/ F_PUC
format1b. ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For CH_For
mat1b_deltaF3/ mat1b_
ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For deltaF1
mat1b_deltaF5/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

HFORMAT2 between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH mat2_deltaF-2/ F_PUC
format2. ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For CH_For
mat2_deltaF0/ mat2_d
ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For eltaF2
mat2_deltaF1/
ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For
mat2_deltaF2/
HFORMAT2_A between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH mat2a_deltaF-2/ F_PUC
format2a. ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For CH_For
mat2a_deltaF0/ mat2a_
mat2a_deltaF2/
HFORMAT2_B between PUCCH format1a and PUCCH mat2b_deltaF-2/ F_PUC
format2b. ci_deltaF_PUCCH_For CH_For
mat2b_deltaF0/ mat2b_
mat2b_deltaF2/
DELTA_PREAM deltaPreambleMsg3. -1 ~ 6 NONE 2
BLE_MSG3
UL_TARGET_I The UL IOT target value for all ICIC types. 1 ~ 128 0.25dB 32
OT
UL_IOI_THRES The difference between high and low 1 ~ 128 0.25dB 2
HOLD_STEP thresholds to generate UL IOI for all ICIC
types and the Target IoT. The threshold
scaled up 4 times in dB area.

P0_NOMINAL_PUSCH p0NominalPUSCH.
ALPHA Assign alpha (0,0.4,0.5~0.9,1)
P0_NOMINAL_PUCCH p0Nominal PUCCH.




2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
DELTA_FPUCCHFORMAT2_A The difference in the transmission power between PUCCH

format1a and PUCCH format2a.

DELTA_PREAMBLE_MSG3 deltaPreambleMsg3.
UL_TARGET_IOT The UL IOT target value for all ICIC types.
UL_IOI_THRESHOLD_STEP The difference between high and low thresholds to generate UL

IOI for all ICIC types and the Target IoT. The threshold scaled
up 4 times in dB area.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2172 CHANGE BCCH CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-BCCH-CONF: CELL_NUM, [MODIFICATION_PERIOD_COEFF];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of the Broadcast Control Channel (BCCH) in the eNB. This command
can retrieve the ModificationPeriodCoeff value used to determine an interval for changing system
information.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.
MODIFICATION The number of times to determine whether ci_modificationPeriodC NONE ci_modif
_PERIOD_COE the system information saved is valid. oeff_n2/ ication-
FF ci_modificationPeriodC PeriodC
oeff_n4/ oeff_n4
ci_modificationPeriodC
oeff_n8/
ci_modificationPeriodC
oeff_n16/

MODIFICATION_PERIOD_COEFFThe number of times to determine whether the system informa-

tion saved is valid.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2173 CHANGE PUSCH CONFIGURATION IDLE
Command Format
CHG-PUSCH-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [CYCLIC_SHIFT], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
Changes the configuration of the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) in the eNB. The
n(1)_DMRS value used to determine the cyclic shift value of a PUSCH Reference Signal can be
changed. This parameter, in order to apply the changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set
to True.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.
CYCLIC_SHIFT The n(1)_DMRS value by cell. The cyclic 0~7 NONE 0
shift value of the PUSCH reference signal
is determined by this value and the
E changed value.

CYCLIC_SHIFT The n(1)_DMRS value by cell. The cyclic shift value of the
PUSCH reference signal is determined by this value and the

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2174 CHANGE RACH CONFIGURATION IDLE
Command Format
CHG-RACH-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [RA_RESPONSE_WINDOW_SIZE], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
Change RACH(Random Access Channel) Configuration. This parameter, in order to apply the
changes, CELL_LOCK or forcedModeFlag is set to True.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.
RA_RESPONS The period of time during which UE waits ci_ra_ResponseWindo NONE ci_ra_R
E_WINDOW_SI for RA Response. wSize_sf2/ espon-
ZE ci_ra_ResponseWindo seWind
wSize_sf3/ owSize_
ci_ra_ResponseWindo sf7
wSize_sf4/
ci_ra_ResponseWindo
wSize_sf5/
ci_ra_ResponseWindo
wSize_sf6/
ci_ra_ResponseWindo
wSize_sf7/
ci_ra_ResponseWindo
wSize_sf8/
ci_ra_ResponseWindo
wSize_sf10/
E changed value.

RA_RESPONSE_WINDOW_SIZE The period of time during which UE waits for RA Response.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2175 CHANGE CQI REPORTING INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-CQI-REP: TRANSMISSION_MODE, [WIDE_SUBBAND_SELECT];
Command Description
Changes the information required to operate CQI reporting. It can set whether to operate Wide-
band CQI or both of Wideband CQI and Subband CQI per DL transmission mode.
TIMEOUT 10

TRANSMISSIO Transmission mode. ci_tm1/ci_tm2/ci_tm3/ NONE ci_tm1
N_MODE - ci_tm1: Single-antenna port (port 0), DCI ci_tm4/ci_tm5/ci_tm6/
format 1 or 1A is used. ci_tm7/ci_tm8/
- ci_tm2: Transmit diversity, DCI format 1 or
1A is used.
- ci_tm3: Open-loop spatial multiplexing,
DCI format 2A or 1A is used.
- ci_tm4: Closed-loop spatial multiplexing,
DCI format 2 or 1A is used.
- ci_tm5: MU-MIMO, DCI format 1D or 1A
is used.
- ci_tm6: Closed-loop rank-1 precoding,
DCI format 1B or 1A is used.
- ci_tm7: Single-antenna port (port 5), DCI
format 1 or 1A is used.
- ci_tm8: Single-antenna port (port 7/port
8), DCI format 2B or 1A is used.
WIDE_SUBBA Selects a Wideband/Subband CQI option. ci_WideBand/ NONE ci_Wide
ND_SELECT - ci_WideBand: wideband CQI only. ci_SubBand/ Band
- ci_SubBand: wideband CQI + subband
CQI.

TRANSMISSION_MODE Transmission mode.
used.
- ci_tm2: Transmit diversity, DCI format 1 or 1A is used.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- ci_tm3: Open-loop spatial multiplexing, DCI format 2A or 1A

is used.
- ci_tm4: Closed-loop spatial multiplexing, DCI format 2 or 1A
is used.
- ci_tm5: MU-MIMO, DCI format 1D or 1A is used.
- ci_tm6: Closed-loop rank-1 precoding, DCI format 1B or 1A is
used.
used.
- ci_tm8: Single-antenna port (port 7/port 8), DCI format 2B or
1A is used.
WIDE_SUBBAND_SELECT Selects a Wideband/Subband CQI option.

- ci_WideBand: wideband CQI only.
- ci_SubBand: wideband CQI + subband CQI.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2176 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY PUSCH INFOR-

MATION
Command Format
CHG-DPHY-PUSCH: CELL_NUM, [BETA_OFFSET_ACKINDEX], [BETA_OFFSET_RIINDEX],
[BETA_OFFSET_CQIINDEX];
Command Description
Changes the information required to operate the dedicated PUSCH. This command can retrieve
betaOffsetACK, betaOffsetCQI, and betaOffsetRI, which determine the degree of resources in
PUSCH to be used in transmitting UCI if it needs to be sent to the uplink in the same subframe as
PUSCH.
TIMEOUT 10

BETA_OFFSET The threshold used to multiplex ACK/NACK 0 ~ 15 NONE 8
_ACKINDEX and PUSCH.
BETA_OFFSET The threshold used to multiplex RI with 0 ~ 15 NONE 5
_RIINDEX PUSCH.
BETA_OFFSET The threshold used to multiplex CQI with 0 ~ 15 NONE 11
_CQIINDEX PUSCH.

BETA_OFFSET_ACKINDEX The threshold used to multiplex ACK/NACK and PUSCH.
BETA_OFFSET_RIINDEX The threshold used to multiplex RI with PUSCH.
BETA_OFFSET_CQIINDEX The threshold used to multiplex CQI with PUSCH.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2177 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY SPS INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
CHG-DPHY-SPS: CELL_NUM, [P0_NOMINAL_PUSCHPERSISTENT], [P0_UEPUSCHPERSISTENT],
[SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_TBS_DL], [SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_TBS_UL],
[TWO_INTERVALS_CONFIG], [SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_MAXNUMBER_OF_RB_DL],
[SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_MAXNUMBER_OF_RB_UL];
Command Description
Changes the information required to operate the dedicated Semi Persist Scheduling (SPS). This
command can retrieve UL power settings for SPS and whether to use the two-interval SPS pat-
tern.
TIMEOUT 10

CELL_NUM The cell number to be 0~8 NONE 0
changed.
P0_NOMINAL_ SPS P0 value used in power -126 ~ 24 NONE -80
PUSCHPER- control. The value is dBm.
SISTENT
P0_UEPUSCH SPS P0 value used in power -8 ~ 7 NONE 0
PERSISTENT control, which is determined
per UE. The value is in dB.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

SEMI_PERSIS Provide information about the ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_120/ NONE ci_dl_rb
T_SCHED_TBS combinations of the allocated ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_136/ 2_tbs0
_DL number of RB, MCS and TBS ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_152/
size for DL SPS ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_176/
ci_semiPersistSchedTbsDL_208/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

SEMI_PERSIS Provide information about the ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_120/ NONE ci_ul_rb
T_SCHED_TBS combinations of the allocated ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_136/ 2_tbs0
_UL number of RB, MCS and TBS ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_152/
size for UL SPS ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_176/
ci_semiPersistSchedTbsUL_208/
TWO_INTERVA Whether to use the two-interval ci_false/ci_true/ NONE ci_true
LS_CONFIG SPS pattern in UL.
- ci_false: Two-interval SPS
pattern is not used.
- ci_true: Two-interval SPS pat-
tern is used.
SEMI_PERSIS Provide informations about the 1 ~ 64 NONE 12
T_SCHED_MA maximum allowable number of
XNUMBER_OF PRBs for DL SPS
_RB_DL
SEMI_PERSIS Provide informations about the 1 ~ 64 NONE 12
T_SCHED_MA maximum allowable number of
XNUMBER_OF PRBs for UL SPS
_RB_UL

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

P0_NOMINAL_PUSCHPERSISTENTSPS P0 value used in power control. The value is dBm.
P0_UEPUSCHPERSISTENT SPS P0 value used in power control, which is determined per

UE. The value is in dB.
SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_TBS_DL Provide information about the combinations of the allocated

number of RB, MCS and TBS size for DL SPS
SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_TBS_UL Provide information about the combinations of the allocated

number of RB, MCS and TBS size for UL SPS
TWO_INTERVALS_CONFIG Whether to use the two-interval SPS pattern in UL.

- ci_false: Two-interval SPS pattern is not used.
- ci_true: Two-interval SPS pattern is used.
SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_MAXNUMBER_OF_RB_DLProvide informations about the maximum

allowable number of PRBs for DL SPS
SEMI_PERSIST_SCHED_MAXNUMBER_OF_RB_ULProvide informations about the maximum

allowable number of PRBs for UL SPS

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2178 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY SR INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
CHG-DPHY-SR: CELL_NUM, [DSR_TRANS_MAX];
Command Description
Changes the information required to operate the dedicated Scheduling Request (SR). The UE's
maximum transmission number of a scheduling request can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.
DSR_TRANS_ The maximum number of scheduling ci_dsr_TransMax_n4/ NONE ci_dsr_
MAX requests that can be sent until PUSCH ci_dsr_TransMax_n8/ TransM
resources are assigned to UE. ci_dsr_TransMax_n16/ ax_n64
ci_dsr_TransMax_n32/
ci_dsr_TransMax_n64/

DSR_TRANS_MAX The maximum number of scheduling requests that can be sent

until PUSCH resources are assigned to UE.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2179 CHANGE DEDICATED UL PWR CTRL

INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-ULPWR-CTRL: CELL_NUM, [P0_UE_PUSCH], [DELTA_MCSENABLED],
[ACCUMULATION_ENABLED], [P0_UE_PUCCH], [P_SRSOFFSET], [FILTER_COEFFICIENT];
Command Description
Changes the information required to operate dedicated Uplink Power Control. The p0 value per
UE for PUSCH/PUCCH, whether the accumulation mode is used by TPC, the power offsets of
PUSCH and SRS, and the L3 filtering coefficient value used by the UE to calculate a path loss
can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.
P0_UE_PUSC The non-persistent scheduling P0 value -8 ~ 7 NONE 0
H used in PUSCH power control, which is
determined per UE.
DELTA_MCSE Whether to use a power offset against ci_en0/ci_en1/ NONE ci_en0
NABLED other MCSs.
- ci_en0: 0.
ACCUMULATIO Whether to use the accumulation mode 0~1 NONE 0
N_ENABLED and absolute mode in the TPC.
P0_UE_PUCC P0 value used in PUCCH power control, -8 ~ 7 NONE 0
H which is determined per UE.
P_SRSOFFSE The power offset value between PUSCH 0 ~ 15 NONE 7
T and SRS.
FILTER_COEF Filtering coefficient used to measure RSRP ci_fc0/ci_fc1/ci_fc2/ NONE ci_fc4
FICIENT in order to calculate a path loss. ci_fc3/ci_fc4/ci_fc5/
ci_fc6/ci_fc7/ci_fc8/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

P0_UE_PUSCH The non-persistent scheduling P0 value used in PUSCH power

control, which is determined per UE.
DELTA_MCSENABLED Whether to use a power offset against other MCSs.

- ci_en0: 0.
ACCUMULATION_ENABLED Whether to use the accumulation mode and absolute mode in the
TPC.
P0_UE_PUCCH P0 value used in PUCCH power control, which is determined

per UE.
P_SRSOFFSET The power offset value between PUSCH and SRS.
FILTER_COEFFICIENT Filtering coefficient used to measure RSRP in order to calculate

a path loss.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2180 CHANGE DEDICATED PHY UL SRS

INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-DPHY-ULSRS: CELL_NUM, [SRS_HOPPING_BANDWIDTH], [DURATION], [NUM_CS],
[SRS_POOL_IDX0], [SRS_POOL_IDX1];
Command Description
Changes the information required to operate dedicated Uplink Sounding RS. The hopping band-
width of the SRS and the transmission duration of the SRS can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.
SRS_HOPPIN The area where Sounding RS is hopped. ci_hbw0/ci_hbw1/ NONE ci_hbw0
G_BANDWIDT ci_hbw2/ci_hbw3/
H
DURATION The transmission duration of Sounding RS. 0~1 NONE 1
- 1: Sounding RS is transmitted repeatedly
until it is disabled.
NUM_CS Number of cyclic shifts 1~2 NONE 2
SRS_POOL_ID SRS Pool Index array(-1(0xff): not allo- 4 NONE -1
X0 cated)
X1 cated)

SRS_HOPPING_BANDWIDTH The area where Sounding RS is hopped.
DURATION The transmission duration of Sounding RS.

- 1: Sounding RS is transmitted repeatedly until it is disabled.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
NUM_CS Number of cyclic shifts

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2181 CHANGE DPHY RLF INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-DPHY-RLF: QCI, [DEDICATED_RLFSETUP], [T301], [T310], [N310], [T311],
[N311];
Command Description
Changes the information on the dedicated PHY RLF. The parameter value used to determine RLF
can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

ues 0 and 10-255.
DEDICATED_R Whether the dedicated RLF is used. ci_Config_Release/ NONE ci_Confi
LFSETUP - ci_Config_Release: The RLF function is ci_Config_Setup/ g_Relea
not used. se
- ci_Config_Setup: The RLF function is
used.
T301 Timer t301 of a cell in the eNB. ci_t_301_ms100/ NONE ci_t_301
ci_t_301_ms200/ _ms200
ci_t_301_ms300/ 0
ci_t_301_ms400/
ci_t_301_ms600/
ci_t_301_ms1000/
ci_t_301_ms1500/
ci_t_301_ms2000/
ci_t_310_ms50/ _ms200
ci_t_310_ms100/ 0
ci_t_310_ms200/
ci_t_310_ms500/
ci_t_310_ms1000/
ci_t_310_ms2000/
N310 N310 value of a cell in the eNB. ci_n_310_n1/ NONE ci_n_31
ci_n_310_n2/ 0_n10
ci_n_310_n3/
ci_n_310_n4/
ci_n_310_n6/
ci_n_310_n8/
ci_n_310_n10/
ci_n_310_n20/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

ci_t_311_ms3000/ _ms100
ci_t_311_ms5000/ 0
ci_t_311_ms10000/
ci_t_311_ms15000/
ci_t_311_ms20000/
ci_t_311_ms30000/
N311 N311 value of a cell in the eNB. ci_n_311_n1/ NONE ci_n_31
ci_n_311_n2/ 1_n1
ci_n_311_n3/
ci_n_311_n4/
ci_n_311_n5/
ci_n_311_n6/
ci_n_311_n8/
ci_n_311_n10/

DEDICATED_RLFSETUP Whether the dedicated RLF is used.

- ci_Config_Release: The RLF function is not used.
- ci_Config_Setup: The RLF function is used.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2182 CHANGE DRX INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-DRX-INF: QCI, [DRX_CONFIG_SETUP], [ON_DURATION_TIMER_NORMAL],
[DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_NORMAL], [DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_NORMAL],
[LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_NORMAL], [SHORT_DRXCONFIG_SETUP],
[SHORT_DRXCYCLE_NORMAL], [DRX_SHORT_CYCLE_TIMER_NORMAL], [DRX_SELECTION_ORDER],
[ON_DURATION_TIMER_REPORT_CGI], [DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_REPORT_CGI],
[DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_REPORT_CGI],
[LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_REPORT_CGI], [SHORT_DRXCYCLE_REPORT_CGI],
[DRX_SHORT_CYCLE_TIMER_REPORT_CGI];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values required to operate the DRX. Information on whether to use the
DRX, the longDRX cycle, whether to use the short DRX, and the short DRX cycle can be
changed.
TIMEOUT 10

QCI QCI index. The range is from 0 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
to 255. The standard QCIs
defined in the standard docu-
ments is 1 to 9. The user can
use QCI values 0 and 10-255.
DRX_CONFIG_ Whether to use the DRX. ci_Drx_Config_Release/ NONE ci_Drx_
SETUP - ci_Config_Release: DRX is ci_Drx_Config_Setup/ Config_
not used. ci_Drx_Config_reportCGI/ Release
- ci_Config_Setup: normal DRX
profile is used in normal status
and reportCGI DRX profile is
used in reportCGI status.
- ci_Config_reportCGI: DRX is
not used in normal status and
reportCGI DRX profile is used in
reportCGI status.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

ON_DURATION Timer to monitor PDCCH in ci_onDurationTimer_psf1/ NONE ci_onDu
_TIMER_NOR DRX mode in normal status. ci_onDurationTimer_psf2/ rationTi
MAL (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in ci_onDurationTimer_psf3/ mer_psf
number of PDCCH sub-frames: ci_onDurationTimer_psf4/ 10
psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, ci_onDurationTimer_psf5/
psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames ci_onDurationTimer_psf6/
and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) ci_onDurationTimer_psf8/
{psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, ci_onDurationTimer_psf10/
psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, ci_onDurationTimer_psf20/
psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, ci_onDurationTimer_psf30/
psf100, psf200} Available val- ci_onDurationTimer_psf40/
ues are greater than or equal to ci_onDurationTimer_psf50/
10ms. ci_onDurationTimer_psf60/
ci_onDurationTimer_psf80/
DRX_INACTIVI Timer to monitor PDCCH in ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf1/ NONE ci_drx_I
TY_TIMER_NO DRX mode in normal status. ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf2/ nactivity
RMAL (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf3/ Timer_p
number of PDCCH sub-frames: ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf4/ sf100
psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf5/
psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf6/
and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf8/
{psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf10/
psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf20/
psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf30/
psf750, psf1280, psf1920, ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf50/
psf2560, spare10, spare9, ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf60/
spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf80/
spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf100/
Available Value is greater than ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf200/
or equal to 10ms ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf300/
ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf500/
DRX_RETRAN The timer used to monitor ci_drx_RetransmissionTimer_sf1/ NONE ci_drx_
SMISSION_TIM PDCCH in DRX mode in normal ci_drx_RetransmissionTimer_sf2/ Retrans
ER_NORMAL status. {psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, ci_drx_RetransmissionTimer_sf4/ mission
psf8, psf16, psf24, psf33} ci_drx_RetransmissionTimer_sf6/ Timer_s
ci_drx_RetransmissionTimer_sf8/ f16
ci_drx_RetransmissionTimer_sf16/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

LONG_DRXCY The long DRX cycle and drx ci_sf10_chosen/ci_sf20_chosen/ NONE ci_sf160
CLE_START_O start offset values to run onDu- ci_sf32_chosen/ci_sf40_chosen/ _chosen
FFSET_TYPE_ rationTimer in DRX mode in ci_sf64_chosen/ci_sf80_chosen/
NORMAL normal status. The unit of the ci_sf128_chosen/ci_sf160_chosen/
long DRX cycle is a sub-frame. ci_sf256_chosen/ci_sf320_chosen/
If the short DRX-Cycle is set to ci_sf512_chosen/ci_sf640_chosen/
a value, this parameter is set to ci_sf1024_chosen/
a multiple of the short DRX- ci_sf1280_chosen/
Cycle. The DRX start offset is ci_sf2048_chosen/
set to an integer. For the TDD, ci_sf2560_chosen/
DL sub-frame or UL sub-frame
can be set. {sf10, sf20, sf32,
sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160,
sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640,
sf1024, sf1280, sf2048, sf2560}
Available Value: multiple of
10ms
SHORT_DRXC Short DRX mode. ci_Config_Release/ NONE ci_Confi
ONFIG_SETUP - ci_Config_Release: Short ci_Config_Setup/ g_Relea
DRX is not used. se
- ci_Config_Setup: Short DRX
is used.
SHORT_DRXC The short DRX cycle to run ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf2/ NONE ci_short
YCLE_NORMA onDurationTimer in DRX mode ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf5/ DRX_C
L in normal status. {sf2, sf5, sf8, ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf8/ ycle_sf8
sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf10/ 0
sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf16/
sf320, sf512, sf640} Available ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf20/
Value: multiple of 10ms ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf32/
ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf40/
DRX_SHORT_ The timer used to enter long 1 ~ 16 NONE 4
CYCLE_TIMER DRX mode in normal status.
_NORMAL
DRX_SELECTI Selection order per QCI to 0 ~ 15 NONE 9
ON_ORDER select DRX profile.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

ON_DURATION Timer to monitor PDCCH in ci_onDurationTimer_psf1/ NONE ci_onDu
_TIMER_REPO DRX mode in reportCGI status. ci_onDurationTimer_psf2/ rationTi
RT_CGI (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in ci_onDurationTimer_psf3/ mer_psf
number of PDCCH sub-frames: ci_onDurationTimer_psf4/ 10
psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, ci_onDurationTimer_psf5/
psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames ci_onDurationTimer_psf6/
and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) ci_onDurationTimer_psf8/
{psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, ci_onDurationTimer_psf10/
psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, ci_onDurationTimer_psf20/
psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, ci_onDurationTimer_psf30/
psf100, psf200} Available val- ci_onDurationTimer_psf40/
ues are greater than or equal to ci_onDurationTimer_psf50/
10ms. ci_onDurationTimer_psf60/
DRX_INACTIVI Timer to monitor PDCCH in ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf1/ NONE ci_drx_I
TY_TIMER_RE DRX mode in reportCGI status. ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf2/ nactivity
PORT_CGI (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf3/ Timer_p
number of PDCCH sub-frames: ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf4/ sf100
psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf5/
psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf6/
and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf8/
{psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf10/
psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf20/
psf750, psf1280, psf1920, ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf50/
psf2560, spare10, spare9, ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf60/
spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf80/
spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1} ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf100/
Available Value is greater than ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf200/
or equal to 10ms ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf300/
DRX_RETRAN The timer used to monitor ci_drx_RetransmissionTimer_sf1/ NONE ci_drx_
SMISSION_TIM PDCCH in DRX mode in ci_drx_RetransmissionTimer_sf2/ Retrans
ER_REPORT_ reportCGI status. {psf1, psf2, ci_drx_RetransmissionTimer_sf4/ mission
CGI psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16, psf24, ci_drx_RetransmissionTimer_sf6/ Timer_s
psf33} ci_drx_RetransmissionTimer_sf8/ f16

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

LONG_DRXCY The long DRX cycle and drx ci_sf10_chosen/ci_sf20_chosen/ NONE ci_sf160
CLE_START_O start offset values to run onDu- ci_sf32_chosen/ci_sf40_chosen/ _chosen
FFSET_TYPE_ rationTimer in DRX mode in ci_sf64_chosen/ci_sf80_chosen/
REPORT_CGI reportCGI status. The unit of the ci_sf128_chosen/ci_sf160_chosen/
long DRX cycle is a sub-frame. ci_sf256_chosen/ci_sf320_chosen/
If the short DRX-Cycle is set to ci_sf512_chosen/ci_sf640_chosen/
a value, this parameter is set to ci_sf1024_chosen/
a multiple of the short DRX- ci_sf1280_chosen/
Cycle. The DRX start offset is ci_sf2048_chosen/
set to an integer. For the TDD, ci_sf2560_chosen/
DL sub-frame or UL sub-frame
can be set. {sf10, sf20, sf32,
sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160,
sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640,
sf1024, sf1280, sf2048, sf2560}
Available Value: multiple of
10ms
SHORT_DRXC The short DRX cycle to run ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf2/ NONE ci_short
YCLE_REPOR onDurationTimer in DRX mode ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf5/ DRX_C
T_CGI in reportCGI status. {sf2, sf5, ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf8/ ycle_sf8
sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf10/ 0
sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf16/
sf320, sf512, sf640} Available ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf20/
Value: multiple of 10ms ci_shortDRX_Cycle_sf32/
DRX_SHORT_ The timer used to enter long 1 ~ 16 NONE 4
CYCLE_TIMER DRX mode in reportCGI status.
_REPORT_CGI

DRX_CONFIG_SETUP Whether to use the DRX.

- ci_Config_Release: DRX is not used.
- ci_Config_Setup: normal DRX profile is used in normal status
and reportCGI DRX profile is used in reportCGI status.
- ci_Config_reportCGI: DRX is not used in normal status and
reportCGI DRX profile is used in reportCGI status.
ON_DURATION_TIMER_NORMALTimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status. (5.7

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1 for

1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so on
(6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8,
psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80, psf100, psf200}
Available values are greater than or equal to 10ms.
DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_NORMALTimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in normal status.

(5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames: psf1
for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so
on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6, psf8,
psf300, psf500, psf750, psf1280, psf1920, psf2560, spare10,
spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2,
spare1} Available Value is greater than or equal to 10ms
DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_NORMALThe timer used to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in

normal status. {psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16, psf24, psf33}
LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_NORMALThe long DRX cycle and drx start offset

values to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in normal status.
The unit of the long DRX cycle is a sub-frame. If the short DRX-
Cycle is set to a value, this parameter is set to a multiple of the
short DRX-Cycle. The DRX start offset is set to an integer. For
the TDD, DL sub-frame or UL sub-frame can be set. {sf10, sf20,
sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320, sf512, sf640,
sf1024, sf1280, sf2048, sf2560} Available Value: multiple of
10ms
SHORT_DRXCONFIG_SETUP Short DRX mode.

- ci_Config_Release: Short DRX is not used.
- ci_Config_Setup: Short DRX is used.
SHORT_DRXCYCLE_NORMAL The short DRX cycle to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in

normal status. {sf2, sf5, sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64,
multiple of 10ms
DRX_SHORT_CYCLE_TIMER_NORMALThe timer used to enter long DRX mode in normal status.
DRX_SELECTION_ORDER Selection order per QCI to select DRX profile.
ON_DURATION_TIMER_REPORT_CGITimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI sta-

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
tus. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-frames:

psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and
so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4, psf5, psf6,
psf200} Available values are greater than or equal to 10ms.
DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_REPORT_CGITimer to monitor PDCCH in DRX mode in reportCGI

status. (5.7 in TS 36.321) Value in number of PDCCH sub-
frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-
frames and so on (6.3.2 in TS 36.331) {psf1, psf2, psf3, psf4,
psf5, psf6, psf8, psf10, psf20, psf30, psf40, psf50, psf60, psf80,
psf100, psf200, psf300, psf500, psf750, psf1280, psf1920,
psf2560, spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4,
spare3, spare2, spare1} Available Value is greater than or equal
to 10ms
DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_REPORT_CGIThe timer used to monitor PDCCH in DRX

mode in reportCGI status. {psf1, psf2, psf4, psf6, psf8, psf16,
psf24, psf33}
LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_REPORT_CGIThe long DRX cycle and drx start

offset values to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in
reportCGI status. The unit of the long DRX cycle is a sub-frame.
If the short DRX-Cycle is set to a value, this parameter is set to a
multiple of the short DRX-Cycle. The DRX start offset is set to
an integer. For the TDD, DL sub-frame or UL sub-frame can be
set. {sf10, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf256, sf320,
sf512, sf640, sf1024, sf1280, sf2048, sf2560} Available Value:
multiple of 10ms
SHORT_DRXCYCLE_REPORT_CGIThe short DRX cycle to run onDurationTimer in DRX mode in

reportCGI status. {sf2, sf5, sf8, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64,
multiple of 10ms
DRX_SHORT_CYCLE_TIMER_REPORT_CGIThe timer used to enter long DRX mode in

reportCGI status.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2183 CHANGE DL SCHEDULER INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-DL-SCHED: CELL_NUM, [ALPHA], [BETA], [GAMMA];
Command Description
Changes the configuration information of downlink scheduling for the MAC layer in the eNB.
Fairness, channel quality, and priority-related scheduler values (alpha, beta, and gamma) can be
changed.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.
ALPHA Fairness weight in PF scheduler. 0 ~ 15 NONE 1
BETA Channel quality weight in PF scheduler. 0 ~ 15 NONE 1
GAMMA Priority weight in PF scheduler. 0 ~ 15 NONE 4


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2184 CHANGE UL SCHEDULER INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-UL-SCHED: CELL_NUM, [ALPHA], [BETA], [GAMMA];
Command Description
Changes the configuration information of uplink scheduling for the MAC layer in the eNB. Fair-
ness, channel quality, and priority-related scheduler values (alpha, beta, and gamma) can be
changed.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.
ALPHA Fairness weight in PF scheduler. 0 ~ 15 NONE 1
BETA Channel quality weight in PF scheduler. 0 ~ 15 NONE 1
GAMMA Priority weight in PF scheduler. 0 ~ 15 NONE 4


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2185 CHANGE TRNSPORT CH BSR INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
CHG-TRCH-BSR: QCI, [PERIODIC_BSRTIMER], [RETX_BSRTIMER];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values required to operate the Transport Channel BSR. BSR-related timer
values can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

QCI QCI index. The range is from 0 to 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
255. The standard QCIs defined in
the standard documents is 1 to 9.
The user can use QCI values 0
and 10-255.
PERIODIC_BS The Periodic BSR Timer type in ci_periodicBSR_Timer_sf5/ NONE ci_perio
RTIMER accordance with the PDB per QCI. ci_periodicBSR_Timer_sf10/ dicBSR
For multiple bearers, the PDB with ci_periodicBSR_Timer_sf16/ _Timer_
the smallest value is used. ci_periodicBSR_Timer_sf20/ sf5
ci_periodicBSR_Timer_sf32/
ci_periodicBSR_Timer_infinity/
RETX_BSRTIM The Retx BSR Timer type in ci_retxBSR_Timer_sf320/ NONE ci_retxB
ER accordance with the PDB per QCI. ci_retxBSR_Timer_sf640/ SR_Tim
For multiple bearers, the PDB with ci_retxBSR_Timer_sf1280/ er_sf32
the smallest value is used. ci_retxBSR_Timer_sf2560/ 0
ci_retxBSR_Timer_sf5120/
ci_retxBSR_Timer_sf10240/


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

PERIODIC_BSRTIMER The Periodic BSR Timer type in accordance with the PDB per
QCI. For multiple bearers, the PDB with the smallest value is
used.
RETX_BSRTIMER The Retx BSR Timer type in accordance with the PDB per QCI.
For multiple bearers, the PDB with the smallest value is used.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2186 CHANGE TRNSPORT CH INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-TRCH-INF: CELL_NUM, [MAX_HARQTX], [TTI_BUNDLING], [TTI_BUNDLING_BAND],
[PERIODIC_PHRTIMER], [DL_PATHLOSS_CHANGE], [MAX_HARQTX_BUNDLING];
Command Description
Changes the information required to operate transport channels. The maximum UL HARQ
retransmission count, whether to use TTI bundling, the TTI bundling band, the PHR transmission
interval, and the dlPathlossChange value can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

MAX_HARQTX The max HARQ Tx per cell. The UE ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n1/ NONE ci_max
executes PUSCH retransmission in ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n2/ HARQ_
accordance with this parameter ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n3/ Tx_n5
value. ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n4/
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n5/
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n6/
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n7/
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n8/
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n10/
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n12/
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n16/
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n20/
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n24/
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n28/
TTI_BUNDLIN Whether to use TTI bundling. False/True/ NONE False
G - False: ttiBundling is not used.
TTI_BUNDLIN The maximum number of RBs per 0 ~ 100 NONE 100
G_BAND cell to which the users for whom
TTI_BUNDLING is set to true can
be assigned.
PERIODIC_PH periodicPHRTimer per cell. ci_periodicPHR_Timer_sf10/ NONE ci_perio
RTIMER ci_periodicPHR_Timer_sf20/ dicPHR
ci_periodicPHR_Timer_sf50/ _Timer_
ci_periodicPHR_Timer_sf100/ sf100
ci_periodicPHR_Timer_sf200/
ci_periodicPHR_Timer_infinity/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

DL_PATHLOSS The dLPathloss Change value per ci_dl_PathlossChange_dB1/ NONE ci_dl_P
_CHANGE cell. ci_dl_PathlossChange_dB3/ athloss
ci_dl_PathlossChange_dB6/ Change
ci_dl_PathlossChange_infinity/ _dB6
MAX_HARQTX The maximum HARQ transmission ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n1/ NONE ci_max
_BUNDLING count in sub_frame bundling mode. ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n2/ HARQ_
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n3/ Tx_n20
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n4/
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n5/
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n6/
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n7/
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n8/
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n10/
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n12/
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n16/
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n20/
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n24/
ci_maxHARQ_Tx_n28/

MAX_HARQTX The max HARQ Tx per cell. The UE executes PUSCH retrans-
mission in accordance with this parameter value.
TTI_BUNDLING Whether to use TTI bundling.

- False: ttiBundling is not used.
TTI_BUNDLING_BAND The maximum number of RBs per cell to which the users for
whom TTI_BUNDLING is set to true can be assigned.
PERIODIC_PHRTIMER periodicPHRTimer per cell.
DL_PATHLOSS_CHANGE The dLPathloss Change value per cell.
MAX_HARQTX_BUNDLING The maximum HARQ transmission count in sub_frame bundling

mode.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2187 CHANGE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
CHG-EUTRA-FA: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, [STATUS], [EARFCN_UL], [EARFCN_DL], [PRIOR-
ITY], [Q_RX_LEV_MIN], [P_MAX_USAGE], [P_MAX], [T_RESELECTION], [SF_USAGE],
[T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM], [T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH], [S_INTRA_SEARCH_USAGE],
[S_INTRA_SEARCH], [S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_USAGE], [S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH],
[THRESH_SERVING_LOW], [THRESH_XHIGH], [THRESH_XLOW], [MESA_BANDWIDTH_USAGE],
[MEASUREMENT_BANDWIDTH], [PRESENCE_ANT_PORT1], [NEIGH_CELL_CONFIG],
[Q_OFFSET_FREQ], [OFFSET_FREQ], [S_INTRA_SEARCH_REL9_USAGE],
[S_INTRA_SEARCH_P], [S_INTRA_SEARCH_Q], [S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_REL9_USAGE],
[S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_P], [S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_Q], [Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9_USAGE],
[Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9], [THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9_USAGE],
[THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9], [THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9], [THRESH_XLOW_QREL9], [MCC0],
[MNC0], [PREFERENCE0], [MCC1], [MNC1], [PREFERENCE1], [MCC2], [MNC2],
[PREFERENCE2], [MCC3], [MNC3], [PREFERENCE3], [MCC4], [MNC4], [PREFERENCE4],
[MCC5], [MNC5], [PREFERENCE5];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values required to operate the EUTRA FA Priority Information. When the
Cell Num and fa Index parameter values are set as input values, the EUTRA FA information reg-
istered to the specified cell in the eNB can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

STATUS Whether the EUTRA FA is valid. N_EQUIP/EQUIP/ NONE EQUIP
- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.
EARFCN_UL Uplink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency 0 ~ 65535 NONE 38800
Channel Number.
EARFCN_DL Downlink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Fre- 0 ~ 65535 NONE 38800
quency Channel Number.
PRIORITY Priority of EUTRA FA. 0~7 NONE 7
Q_RX_LEV_MI The minimum RX level required in a cell in -70 ~ -22 dBm -64
N dBm units.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

P_MAX_USAG Whether to use pMax. CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_use
E - CI_no_use: pMax value is not used.
P_MAX The maximum TX power level in the UE. -30 ~ 33 dBm 23
T_RESELECTI Reselection timer value. 0~7 sec 1
ON
SF_USAGE Whether to use scaling factors. CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_no_u
- CI_no_use: se
T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM and
T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH values are
not used.
- CI_use: T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM
and T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH values
are used.
T_RESELECTI The medium timer value of the reselection ci_oDot25/ci_oDot5/ NONE ci_1Dot
ON_SF_MEDIU scaling factors. ci_oDot75/ci_1Dot0/ 0
M
T_RESELECTI The high timer value of the reselection scal- ci_oDot25/ci_oDot5/ NONE ci_1Dot
ON_SF_HIGH ing factors. ci_oDot75/ci_1Dot0/ 0
S_INTRA_SEA Whether to use sIntraSearch. CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_use
RCH_USAGE - CI_no_use: sIntraSearch is not used.
S_INTRA_SEA The threshold for intra-frequency measure- 0 ~ 31 dB 31
RCH ment.
S_NON_INTRA Whether to use sNonIntraSearch. CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_use
_SEARCH_US - CI_no_use: sNonIntraSearch is not used.
AGE - CI_use: sNonIntraSearch is used.
S_NON_INTRA The threshold for inter-RAT and intra-fre- 0 ~ 31 dB 31
_SEARCH quency measurement.
THRESH_SER The low threshold for serving frequency 0 ~ 31 dB 31
VING_LOW during reselection evaluation.
THRESH_XHIG The threshold used in the UE to reselect a 0 ~ 31 dB 31
H frequency whose priority is higher than the
current camped frequency.
THRESH_XLO The threshold used to reselect low-priority 0 ~ 31 dB 31
W frequency from high-priority frequency.
MESA_BANDW Whether to use measurementBandwidth. CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_use
IDTH_USAGE - CI_no_use: measurementBandwidth is
not used.
MEASUREMEN The maximum measurement bandwidth ci_mbw6/ci_mbw15/ NONE ci_mbw
T_BANDWIDT allowed for carrier frequency. ci_mbw25/ci_mbw50/ 100
H ci_mbw75/ci_mbw100/
PRESENCE_A Whether Antenna Port1 exists. False/True/ NONE 0
NT_PORT1 - False: Antenna Port1 does not exist.
NEIGH_CELL_ The neighboring cell settings. 0~3 NONE 1
CONFIG

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

Q_OFFSET_FR Frequency offset value applied to q-Offset- ci_dB-24/ci_dB-22/ dB ci_dB0
EQ Freq in SIB5. ci_dB-20/ci_dB-18/
ci_dB-16/ci_dB-14/
ci_dB-12/ci_dB-10/
ci_dB-8/ci_dB-6/ci_dB-
5/ci_dB-4/ci_dB-3/
ci_dB-2/ci_dB-1/
ci_dB0/ci_dB1/ci_dB2/
ci_dB12/ci_dB14/
ci_dB16/ci_dB18/
ci_dB20/ci_dB22/
ci_dB24/
OFFSET_FRE Frequency offset value applied to offset- ci_dB-24/ci_dB-22/ dB ci_dB0
Q Freq in RRC Connection Reconfiguration. ci_dB-20/ci_dB-18/
ci_dB-16/ci_dB-14/
ci_dB-12/ci_dB-10/
ci_dB-8/ci_dB-6/ci_dB-
5/ci_dB-4/ci_dB-3/
ci_dB-2/ci_dB-1/
ci_dB12/ci_dB14/
ci_dB16/ci_dB18/
ci_dB20/ci_dB22/
ci_dB24/
S_INTRA_SEA Whether to use the sIntraSearch for Rel-9. CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_no_u
RCH_REL9_US - CI_no_use: sIntraSearch is not used. se
AGE - CI_use: sIntraSearch is used.
S_INTRA_SEA The threshold P for an intra-frequency 0 ~ 31 dB 31
RCH_P measurement in Rel-9.
S_INTRA_SEA The threshold Q for an intra-frequency 0 ~ 31 dB 31
RCH_Q measurement in Rel-9.
S_NON_INTRA Whether to use sNonIntraSearch for Rel-9. CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_no_u
_SEARCH_RE - CI_no_use: sNonIntraSearch is not used. se
L9_USAGE - CI_use: sNonIntraSearch is used.
S_NON_INTRA The threshold P for inter-RAT and an intra- 0 ~ 31 dB 31
_SEARCH_P frequency measurement.
S_NON_INTRA The threshold Q for inter-RAT and an intra- 0 ~ 31 dB 31
_SEARCH_Q frequency measurement.
Q_QUAL_MIN_ Whether to use the qQualMin for Rel-9. CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_no_u
REL9_USAGE - CI_no_use: SqQualMin is not used. se
Q_QUAL_MIN_ qQualMin value for Rel-9. -34 ~ -3 NONE -3
REL9
THRESH_SER Whether to use the threshServingLowQ for CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_no_u
VING_LOW_Q Rel-9. se
REL9_USAGE - CI_no_use: threshServingLowQ is not
used.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

THRESH_SER threshServingLowQ value for Rel-9. 0 ~ 31 dB 31
VING_LOW_Q
REL9
THRESH_XHIG The threshold used in the UE to reselect a 0 ~ 31 dB 31
H_QREL9 frequency whose priority is higher than the
current camped frequency in Rel-9.
THRESH_XLO The threshold used to reselect low-priority 0 ~ 31 dB 31
W_QREL9 frequency from high-priority frequency in
Rel-9.
MCC0 Mobile Country Code (MCC) that com- 3 NONE 450
prises Public Land Mobile Network
(PLMN). FA have the Preference of
MNC0 MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the 3 NONE 05
Preference of Preference0 for PLMN#0
PREFERENCE Preference of PLMN #0 for FA. not_allowed_prefer/ NONE preferre
0 allowed_prefer/ d_prefer
preferred_prefer/
MCC1 Mobile Country Code (MCC) that com- 3 NONE FFF
MNC1 MNC that comprises PLMN.FA have the 3 NONE FFF
PREFERENCE Preference of PLMN #1 for FA. not_allowed_prefer/ NONE not_allo
1 allowed_prefer/ wed_pr
preferred_prefer/ efer

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description


STATUS Whether the EUTRA FA is valid.

- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.
EARFCN_UL Uplink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.
EARFCN_DL Downlink E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Num-

ber.
PRIORITY Priority of EUTRA FA.
Q_RX_LEV_MIN The minimum RX level required in a cell in dBm units.
P_MAX_USAGE Whether to use pMax.

- CI_no_use: pMax value is not used.
P_MAX The maximum TX power level in the UE.
T_RESELECTION Reselection timer value.

- CI_no_use: T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM and
T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH values are not used.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- CI_use: T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM and

T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH values are used.
T_RESELECTION_SF_MEDIUM The medium timer value of the reselection scaling factors.
T_RESELECTION_SF_HIGH The high timer value of the reselection scaling factors.
S_INTRA_SEARCH_USAGE Whether to use sIntraSearch.

S_INTRA_SEARCH The threshold for intra-frequency measurement.
S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_USAGE Whether to use sNonIntraSearch.

S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH The threshold for inter-RAT and intra-frequency measurement.
THRESH_SERVING_LOW The low threshold for serving frequency during reselection eval-
uation.
THRESH_XHIGH The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose pri-

ority is higher than the current camped frequency.
THRESH_XLOW The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-

priority frequency.
MESA_BANDWIDTH_USAGE Whether to use measurementBandwidth.

- CI_no_use: measurementBandwidth is not used.
MEASUREMENT_BANDWIDTH The maximum measurement bandwidth allowed for carrier fre-

quency.
PRESENCE_ANT_PORT1 Whether Antenna Port1 exists.

- False: Antenna Port1 does not exist.
NEIGH_CELL_CONFIG The neighboring cell settings.
Q_OFFSET_FREQ Frequency offset value applied to q-OffsetFreq in SIB5.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
OFFSET_FREQ Frequency offset value applied to offsetFreq in RRC Connection

Reconfiguration.
S_INTRA_SEARCH_REL9_USAGEWhether to use the sIntraSearch for Rel-9.

S_INTRA_SEARCH_P The threshold P for an intra-frequency measurement in Rel-9.
S_INTRA_SEARCH_Q The threshold Q for an intra-frequency measurement in Rel-9.
S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_REL9_USAGEWhether to use sNonIntraSearch for Rel-9.

S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_P The threshold P for inter-RAT and an intra-frequency measure-

ment.
S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_Q The threshold Q for inter-RAT and an intra-frequency measure-

ment.
Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9_USAGE Whether to use the qQualMin for Rel-9.

- CI_no_use: SqQualMin is not used.
Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9 qQualMin value for Rel-9.
THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9_USAGEWhether to use the threshServingLowQ for Rel-9.

- CI_no_use: threshServingLowQ is not used.
THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9threshServingLowQ value for Rel-9.
THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9 The threshold used in the UE to reselect a frequency whose pri-

ority is higher than the current camped frequency in Rel-9.
THRESH_XLOW_QREL9 The threshold used to reselect low-priority frequency from high-

priority frequency in Rel-9.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description











2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2188 CHANGE MEASUREMENT INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-MEAS-FUNC: CELL_NUM, [S_MEASURE], [SF_USAGE], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER_SF_MEDIUM],
[TIME_TO_TRIGGER_SF_HIGH];
Command Description
Changes the measurement information registered in a cell in the eNB. When the Cell Num
parameter value is set as an input value, the Meas Config information for the specified cell can be
changed.
TIMEOUT 10

S_MEASURE The quality threshold of the serving cell 0 ~ 97 dBm 61
used by the UE to control measurement for
the intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and
SF_USAGE Whether to use scaling factors. CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_no_u
- CI_no_use: Scaling factor is not used. se
TIME_TO_TRI SpeedStateScaleFactors used to scale the ci_oDot25/ci_oDot5/ NONE ci_1Dot
GGER_SF_ME parameter values that control mobility when ci_oDot75/ci_1Dot0/ 0
DIUM the UE is at a medium speed.
- ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for the medium
timer.
timer.
timer.
- ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the medium
timer.
TIME_TO_TRI SpeedStateScaleFactors used to scale the ci_oDot25/ci_oDot5/ NONE ci_1Dot
GGER_SF_HIG parameter values that control mobility when ci_oDot75/ci_1Dot0/ 0
H the UE is at a high speed.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

S_MEASURE The quality threshold of the serving cell used by the UE to con-
trol measurement for the intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and

- CI_no_use: Scaling factor is not used.
TIME_TO_TRIGGER_SF_MEDIUMSpeedStateScaleFactors used to scale the parameter values that

control mobility when the UE is at a medium speed.
- ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the medium timer.
TIME_TO_TRIGGER_SF_HIGH SpeedStateScaleFactors used to scale the parameter values that

control mobility when the UE is at a high speed.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2189 CHANGE MEASUREMENT GAP INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
CHG-MSGAP-INF: [GAP_PATTERN_FOR_INTER_FA], [GAP_PATTERN_FOR_INTER_RAT],
[GAP_USE_FOR_ANR], [GAP_PATTERN_FOR_ANR];
Command Description
Changes the measurement gap information registered in a cell in the eNB. When the DB Index
parameter value is entered as an input value, the gap patterns for Inter FA, Inter RAT, and ANR
for the specified DB can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

GAP_PATTERN Measurement gap pattern used for inter- gapPattern0/ NONE gapPatt
_FOR_INTER_ frequency measurement. The default is gapPattern1/ ern0
FA gapPattern0.
GAP_PATTERN The measurement gap pattern used for gapPattern0/ NONE gapPatt
_FOR_INTER_ inter-RAT measurement. The default is gapPattern1/ ern0
RAT gapPattern0.
GAP_USE_FO Whether the measurement gap is used for False/True/ NONE False
R_ANR the SON ANR function. The default is
False.
GAP_PATTERN The measurement gap pattern used for gapPattern0/ NONE gapPatt
_FOR_ANR SON ANR. The default is gapPattern0. gapPattern1/ ern0

DB_INDEX Index.
GAP_PATTERN_FOR_INTER_FA Measurement gap pattern used for inter-frequency measurement.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

GAP_PATTERN_FOR_INTER_RATThe measurement gap pattern used for inter-RAT measurement.

GAP_USE_FOR_ANR Whether the measurement gap is used for the SON ANR func-
tion. The default is False.
GAP_PATTERN_FOR_ANR The measurement gap pattern used for SON ANR. The default is
gapPattern0.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2193 CHANGE EUTRA A1CRITERIA INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
CHG-EUTRA-A1CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [A1_THRESHOLD_RSRP],
[A1_THRESHOLD_RSRQ], [HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY],
[REPORT_QUANTITY], [MAX_REPORT_CELL], [REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];
Command Description
Changes the EUTRA A1 criteria information. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter
values are set as input values, the EUTRAN A1 event report information registered to the speci-
fied E-UTRAN served cell can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A1. It is ci_A1PurposeMeasGapDea NONE ci_A1Pu
currently used to deactivate measure- ct/ci_A1PurposeSpare_1/ rpose-
ment gap. ci_A1PurposeSpare_2/ Meas-
- ci_A1PurposeMeasGapDeat. : GapDea
Deactivates the gap. ct
ACTIVE_STAT Whether to use Event A1. Inactive/Active/ NONE Inactive
E - Inactive: Event A1 is not used.
A1_THRESHO RSRP threshold used in the EUTRA 0 ~ 97 dBm 35
LD_RSRP measurement report triggering condi-
tion for Event A1.
A1_THRESHO RSRQ threshold used in the EUTRA 0 ~ 34 dB 32
LD_RSRQ measurement report triggering condi-
tion for Event A1.
HYSTERESIS Hysteresis applied to entry and leave 0 ~ 30 NONE 0
condition of Event A1.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

TIME_TO_TRI timeToTrigger value for Event A1. The ci_TimeToTrigger_ms0/ ms ci_Time
GGER timeToTrigger value is the period of ci_TimeToTrigger_ms40/ ToTrigg
time that must be met for the UE to ci_TimeToTrigger_ms64/ er_ms4
trigger a measurement report. ci_TimeToTrigger_ms80/ 80
ci_TimeToTrigger_ms100/
TRIGGER_QU Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to cal- ci_rsrp/ci_rsrq/ NONE ci_rsrp
ANTITY culate a triggering condition for Event
A1. Either RSRP or RSRQ is
assigned.
REPORT_QUA The quantity information included in a ci_sameAsTriggerQuantity/ NONE ci_both
NTITY measurement report for Event A1. It ci_both/
can be the same value as the trigger
quantity or be set to include both of
the RSRP and RSRQ values.
MAX_REPORT The maximum number of cells 1~8 NONE 8
_CELL included in a measurement report for
Event A1.
REPORT_INTE The reporting interval of a measure- ci_ReportInterval_ms120/ ms ci_Repo
RVAL ment report for Event A1. ci_ReportInterval_ms240/ rtInterva
ci_ReportInterval_ms480/ l_ms240
ci_ReportInterval_ms640/
ci_ReportInterval_min1/
REPORT_AMO The number of measurement reports ci_reportAmount_r1/ NONE ci_repor
UNT for Event A1. ci_reportAmount_r2/ tAmount
ci_reportAmount_r4/ _r8
ci_reportAmount_r8/
ci_reportAmount_r16/
ci_reportAmount_infinity/


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A1. It is currently used to deacti-
vate measurement gap.
- ci_A1PurposeMeasGapDeat. : Deactivates the gap.




surement report.



for Event A1.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

TION
Command Format
Command Description
TIMEOUT 10

PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A2. It is ci_A2PurposeMeasGapAct/ NONE ci_A2Pu
currently used to activate measure- ci_A2PurposeRedirection/ rpose-
ment gap and PS-redirection. ci_A2PurposeSpare_1/ Meas-
- ci_A2PurposeMeasGapAct: Acti- ci_A2PurposeSpare_2/ GapAct
vates gap.
- ci_A2PurposeRedirection: PS Redi-
recdtion.
ACTIVE_STAT Whether to use the Event A2. Inactive/Active/ NONE 0
tion for Event A2.
tion for Event A2.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

TIME_TO_TRI timeToTrigger value for Event A2. ci_TimeToTrigger_ms0/ ms ci_Time
GGER The timeToTrigger value is the period ci_TimeToTrigger_ms40/ ToTrigg
of time that must be met for the UE to ci_TimeToTrigger_ms64/ er_ms4
assigned.
REPORT_QUA The quantity information included in ci_sameAsTriggerQuantity/ NONE ci_both
NTITY a measurement report for Event A2. ci_both/
It can be the same value as the trig-
ger quantity or be set to include both
of the RSRP and RSRQ values.
Event A2.
ci_reportAmount_r8/


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A2. It is currently used to activate
measurement gap and PS-redirection.
- ci_A2PurposeMeasGapAct: Activates gap.
- ci_A2PurposeRedirection: PS Redirecdtion.




surement report.



for Event A2.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

TION
Command Format
CHG-EUTRA-A3CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [A3_OFFSET],
[A3_REPORT_ON_LEAVE], [HYSTERESIS], [TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY],
Command Description
Changes the EUTRA A3 criteria. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values are
set as input values, the EUTRAN A3 event report information registered to the specified E-
UTRAN served cell can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A3. It is ci_A3PurposeIntraLteHando NONE ci_A3Pu
currently used for intra-LTE handover ver/ rposeIn-
and the SON ANR function. ci_A3PurposeReportStronge traLte-
- ci_A3PurposeIntraLteHandover: stCells/ Handov
Intra-LTE handover. ci_A3PurposeSpare_2/ er
- ci_A3PurposeReportStrongestCells:
ICIC.
ACTIVE_STAT Whether to use Event A3. Inactive/Active/ NONE Active
A3_OFFSET RSRP threshold used for triggering -30 ~ 30 dB 4
the EUTRA measurement report for
Event A3.
A3_REPORT_ Indicates whether or not the UE shall False/True/ NONE False
ON_LEAVE initiate the measurement reporting
procedure when the leaving condition
is met.
- False: a3ReportOnLeave parameter
is set to FALSE and UE is not report
when the leaving condition is met
(default).
- True: a3ReportOnLeave parameter
is set to TRUE and UE shall report
when the leaving condition is met.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

assigned.
REPORT_QUA The quantity information included in a ci_sameAsTriggerQuantity/ NONE ci_same
NTITY measurement report for Event A3. It ci_both/ AsTrig-
can be the same value as the trigger ger-
quantity or be set to include both of Quantity
Event A3.
ci_reportAmount_r8/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description


A3_OFFSET RSRP threshold used for triggering the EUTRA measurement

A3_REPORT_ON_LEAVE Indicates whether or not the UE shall initiate the measurement

reporting procedure when the leaving condition is met.
- False: a3ReportOnLeave parameter is set to FALSE and UE is
not report when the leaving condition is met (default).
- True: a3ReportOnLeave parameter is set to TRUE and UE
shall report when the leaving condition is met.

surement report.



for Event A3.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

TION
Command Format
Command Description
TIMEOUT 10

PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A4. It is ci_A4PurposeANR_Specific/ NONE ci_A4Pu
currently used for intra-LTE handover ci_A4PurposeSpare_1/ rposeA
and the SON ANR function. ci_A4PurposeSpare_2/ NR_Spe
- ci_A4PurposeANR_Specific: For cific
ANR.
ACTIVE_STAT Whether to use Event A4. Inactive/Active/ NONE Inactive
tion for Event A4.
tion for Event A4.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

assigned.
quantity or be set to include both of
Event A4.
ci_reportAmount_r8/


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- ci_A4PurposeANR_Specific: For ANR.




surement report.



for Event A4.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

TION
Command Format
CHG-EUTRA-A5CNF: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [A5_THRESHOLD1_RSRP],
[A5_THRESHOLD2_RSRP], [A5_THRESHOLD1_RSRQ], [A5_THRESHOLD2_RSRQ], [HYSTERESIS],
[TIME_TO_TRIGGER], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY], [REPORT_QUANTITY], [MAX_REPORT_CELL],
[REPORT_INTERVAL], [REPORT_AMOUNT];
Command Description
TIMEOUT 10

PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A5. Not in ci_A5PurposeIntraLteHand NONE ci_A5Pu
current use. The definition is made for over/ci_A5PurposeSpare_1/ rposeIn-
later use. ci_A5PurposeSpare_2/ traLte-
- ci_A5PurposeIntraLteHandover: Handov
Intra-LTE handover. er
ACTIVE_STAT Whether to use the Event A5. Inactive/Active/ NONE Inactive
A5_THRESHO RSRP threshold1 used for triggering 0 ~ 97 dBm 35
LD1_RSRP the EUTRA measurement report for
Event A5.
A5_THRESHO RSRP threshold2 used for triggering 0 ~ 97 dBm 35
LD2_RSRP the EUTRA measurement report for
Event A5.
A5_THRESHO RSRQ threshold1 used for triggering 0 ~ 34 dB 32
LD1_RSRQ the EUTRA measurement report for
Event A5.
A5_THRESHO RSRQ threshold2 used for triggering 0 ~ 34 dB 32
LD2_RSRQ the EUTRA measurement report for
Event A5.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

time that must be met for the UE to trig- ci_TimeToTrigger_ms64/ er_ms4
ger a measurement report. ci_TimeToTrigger_ms80/ 80
TRIGGER_QU Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calcu- ci_rsrp/ci_rsrq/ NONE ci_rsrp
ANTITY late a triggering condition for Event A5.
Either RSRP or RSRQ is assigned.
quantity or be set to include both of the
RSRP and RSRQ values.
MAX_REPORT The maximum number of cells included 1~8 NONE 8
_CELL in a measurement report for Event A5.
ci_ReportInterval_ms10240
/ci_ReportInterval_min1/
ci_reportAmount_r8/


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A5. Not in current use. The defini-
tion is made for later use.






surement report.



for Event A5.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2198 CHANGE EUTRA PERIOD CRITERIA

INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-EUTRA-PRD: CELL_NUM, PURPOSE, [ACTIVE_STATE], [TRIGGER_QUANTITY],
Command Description
Changes the EUTRA periodic criteria. When the CELL_NUM and PURPOSE parameter values
are set as input values, the EUTRAN Periodic Report information registered to the specified E-
UTRAN served cell can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

PURPOSE The purpose for using the EUTRA ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeR NONE ci_Eutra
periodic report. It is currently used for eportStrongestCells/ Periodi-
ReportStrongestCells(ICIC) and ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeR calPur-
ReportCGI functions. eportCGI/ poseRe
- ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeS port-
ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportStro pare_1/ Stron-
ngestCells: ICIC. gestCell
s
-
ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI:
Report CGI.
- ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeSpare_1:
Reserved.
ACTIVE_STAT Whether to use the EUTRA periodic Inactive/Active/ NONE Inactive
E report.
- Inactive: The EUTRA periodic report
is not used.
- Active: The EUTRA periodic report is
used.
TRIGGER_QU The quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to ci_rsrp/ci_rsrq/ NONE ci_rsrp
ANTITY calculate a triggering condition for the
EUTRA periodic report. Either RSRP
or RSRQ is assigned.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

REPORT_QUA The quantity information included in a ci_sameAsTriggerQuantity/ NONE ci_same
NTITY measurement report for the EUTRA ci_both/ AsTrig-
periodic report. It can be the same ger-
value as the trigger quantity or be set Quantity
to include both of the RSRP and
RSRQ values.
the EUTRA periodic report.
REPORT_INTE The reporting interval of a measure- ci_ReportInterval_ms120/ NONE ci_Repo
RVAL ment report for the EUTRA periodic ci_ReportInterval_ms240/ rtInterva
report. ci_ReportInterval_ms480/ l_ms240
UNT for the EUTRA periodic report. ci_reportAmount_r2/ tAmount
ci_reportAmount_r4/ _infinity
ci_reportAmount_r8/

PURPOSE The purpose for using the EUTRA periodic report. It is currently
used for ReportStrongestCells(ICIC) and ReportCGI functions.
- ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportStrongestCells: ICIC.
- ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeReportCGI: Report CGI.
- ci_EutraPeriodicalPurposeSpare_1: Reserved.
ACTIVE_STATE Whether to use the EUTRA periodic report.

- Inactive: The EUTRA periodic report is not used.
- Active: The EUTRA periodic report is used.
TRIGGER_QUANTITY The quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to calculate a triggering condi-

tion for the EUTRA periodic report. Either RSRP or RSRQ is
assigned.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

the EUTRA periodic report. It can be the same value as the trig-
ger quantity or be set to include both of the RSRP and RSRQ
values.

for the EUTRA periodic report.
REPORT_INTERVAL The reporting interval of a measurement report for the EUTRA

periodic report.
REPORT_AMOUNT The number of measurement reports for the EUTRA periodic

report.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2208 CHANGE QUANTITY CONFIG EUTRA
Command Format
CHG-QUANT-EUTRA: CELL_NUM, [RSRP_FILTER_COEFFICIENT],
[RSRQ_FILTER_COEFFICIENT];
Command Description
Changes quantity settings for EUTRA measurement. When the Cell Num parameter value is set
as an input value, the EUTRAN-related measurement quantity information registered to the spec-
ified cell can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

RSRP_FILTER The measurement filtering coefficient for ci_fc0/ci_fc1/ci_fc2/ NONE ci_fc4
_COEFFICIEN EUTRA RSRP. ci_fc3/ci_fc4/ci_fc5/
T ci_fc6/ci_fc7/ci_fc8/
RSRQ_FILTER The measurement filtering coefficient for ci_fc0/ci_fc1/ci_fc2/ NONE ci_fc4
_COEFFICIEN EUTRA RSRQ. ci_fc3/ci_fc4/ci_fc5/
T ci_fc6/ci_fc7/ci_fc8/

RSRP_FILTER_COEFFICIENT The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA RSRP.
RSRQ_FILTER_COEFFICIENT The measurement filtering coefficient for EUTRA RSRQ.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2217 CHANGE ROHC INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-ROHC-INF: QCI, [ROHC_SUPPORT], [MAX_CONTEXT_SESSION], [PROFILE0001],
[PROFILE0002], [PROFILE0003], [PROFILE0004], [PROFILE0006], [PROFILE0101],
[PROFILE0102], [PROFILE0103], [PROFILE0104];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values of the RObust Header Compression (ROHC) protocol. Information
on whether to operate the ROHC per QoS class and the supported profile types per QoS class can
be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

ues 0 and 10-255.
ROHC_SUPPO Whether to support the ROHC. False/True/ NONE False
RT - False: ROHC is not used (default).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

MAX_CONTEX The maximum number of ROHC context ci_maxROHC_Session NONE ci_max
T_SESSION sessions supported per call. s_cs2/ ROHC_
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs2: Up to 2 ci_maxROHC_Session Session
sessions per call are supported. s_cs4/ s_cs16
ci_maxROHC_Session
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs4: Up to 4
s_cs8/
sessions per call are supported.
ci_maxROHC_Session
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs8: Up to 8 s_cs12/
sessions per call are supported. ci_maxROHC_Session
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs12: Supports s_cs16/
up to 12 sessions per call are supported. ci_maxROHC_Session
sessions per call are supported (default). ci_maxROHC_Session
ci_maxROHC_Session
sessions per call are supported.
s_cs48/
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs32: Up to 32
ci_maxROHC_Session
sessions per call are supported. s_cs64/
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs48: Up to 48 ci_maxROHC_Session
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs64: Up to 64 ci_maxROHC_Session
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs128: Up to ci_maxROHC_Session
128 sessions per call are supported. s_cs512/
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs256: Up to ci_maxROHC_Session
s_cs1024/
256 sessions per call are supported.
ci_maxROHC_Session
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs512: Up to s_cs16384/
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs1024: Up to
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs16384: Up to
PROFILE0001 Whether to support the profile0001 (RTP/ False/True/ NONE True
UDP/IP).
- True: The profile0001 is supported
(default).
PROFILE0002 Whether to support the profile0002 (UDP/ False/True/ NONE True
IP).
(default).
PROFILE0003 Whether to support the profile0003 (ESP/ False/True/ NONE False
IP).
- False: The profile0003 is not supported
(default).
PROFILE0004 Whether to support the profile0004 (IP). False/True/ NONE True
(default).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

PROFILE0006 Whether to support the profile0006 (TCP/ False/True/ NONE False
IP).
(default).
PROFILE0101 Whether to support the profile0101 (RTP/ False/True/ NONE False
UDP/IP).
(default).
PROFILE0102 Whether to support the profile0102 (UDP/ False/True/ NONE False
IP).
(default).
PROFILE0103 Whether to support the profile0103 (ESP/ False/True/ NONE False
IP).
(default).
PROFILE0104 Whether to support the profile0104 (IP). False/True/ NONE False
(default).

ROHC_SUPPORT Whether to support the ROHC.

- False: ROHC is not used (default).
MAX_CONTEXT_SESSION The maximum number of ROHC context sessions supported per

call.
ported.
ported.
ported.
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs12: Supports up to 12 sessions per

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
call are supported.

supported (default).
supported.
supported.
supported.
supported.
supported.
supported.
supported.
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs1024: Up to 1024 sessions per call
are supported.
- ci_maxROHC_Sessions_cs16384: Up to 16384 sessions per
call are supported.




PROFILE0006 Whether to support the profile0006 (TCP/IP).


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description





2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2218 CHANGE SECURITY INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-SECU-INF: [INTEGRITY_EA_PRIOR], [CIPHER_EA_PRIOR];
Command Description
Changes the preferred integrity protection algorithm and ciphering algorithm of the eNB. When
the DB Index parameter value is set as an input value, the preferred integrity protection algorithm
and ciphering algorithm can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

INTEGRITY_E The integrity protection algorithm sup- EIA0/EIA1/EIA2/ NONE EIA1
A_PRIOR ported by the eNB.
- EIA0: NULL.
- EIA1: SNOW 3G.
- EIA2: AES.
CIPHER_EA_P The ciphering algorithm supported by the EEA0/EEA1/EEA2/ NONE EEA1
RIOR eNB.
- EEA0: NULL.
- EEA1: SNOW 3G.
- EEA2: AES.

INTEGRITY_EA_PRIOR The integrity protection algorithm supported by the eNB.

- EIA0: NULL.
- EIA1: SNOW 3G.
- EIA2: AES.
CIPHER_EA_PRIOR The ciphering algorithm supported by the eNB.

- EEA0: NULL.
- EEA1: SNOW 3G.
- EEA2: AES.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2220 CHANGE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-NBR-ENB: NBR_ENB_INDEX, [STATUS], [NO_X2], [NO_HO], [ENB_ID], [ENB_TYPE],
[ENB_MCC], [ENB_MNC], [NBR_ENB_IPV4], [NBR_ENB_IPV6], [SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV4],
[SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV6], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE], [REMOTE_FLAG];
Command Description
Changes the neighboring eNB information required to operate a Neighbor eNB. This command
can change the neighboring eNB information by entering the NBR_ENB_INDEX parameter.
TIMEOUT 10

eNB is used.
STATUS The validity of the neighboring eNB infor- N_EQUIP/EQUIP/ NONE N_EQUI
mation. P
- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.
NO_X2 Whether to make X2 connection to the False/True/ NONE False
neighboring eNB.
- False: X2 connection with the neighboring
eNB is made.
- True: X2 connection to the neighboring
eNB is not made.
NO_HO Whether to perform handover to the neigh- False/True/ NONE False
boring eNB.
- False: Handover to the neighboring eNB
is performed.
- True: Handover to the neighboring eNB is
not performed.
ENB_ID The eNB ID represents the neighboring 0 ~ 268435455 NONE 0
eNB. If the enbType value is macro eNB,
20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType
value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is
eNB ID.
ENB_TYPE eNB type of the neighboring eNB. ci_Macro_eNB/ NONE ci_Macr
- ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB. ci_Home_eNB/ o_eNB

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

ENB_MCC The PLMN information (MCC) that repre- 3 NONE 450
sents the neighboring eNB. It is a three-
digit number with each digit being from 0 to
9.
ENB_MNC The PLMN information (MNC) that repre- 3 NONE 05
digit or two-digit number with each digit
being from 0 to 9.
NBR_ENB_IPV Enter the IP address of the neighboring IPv4 Address NONE 0.0.0.0
4 eNB in the IP version 4 format.
NBR_ENB_IPV Enter the IP address of the neighboring IPv6 Address NONE 0:0:0:0:
6 eNB in the IP version 6 format. 0:0:0:0
SECONDARY_ Enter the secondary IP address of the IPv4 Address NONE 0.0.0.0
NBR_ENB_IPV neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.
4
SECONDARY_ Enter the secondary IP address of the IPv6 Address NONE 0:0:0:0:
NBR_ENB_IPV neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format. 0:0:0:0
6
ADMINISTRATI This parameter defines Neighbor eNB Link locked/unlocked/shut- NONE unlocke
VE_STATE Status tingDown/ d
REMOTE_FLA This parameter defines the target eNB is False/True/ NONE False
G managed local EMS or other EMS


- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.




2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description



from 0 to 9.

format.

format.

version 4 format.

version 6 format.
other EMS

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2221 CHANGE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL FDD

INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-NBR-EUTRAN: CELL_NUM, RELATION_IDX, [STATUS], [ENB_ID], [TARGET_CELL_NUM],
[ENB_TYPE], [ENB_MCC], [ENB_MNC], [PHY_CELL_ID], [TAC], [MCC0], [MNC0], [MCC1],
[MNC1], [MCC2], [MNC2], [MCC3], [MNC3], [MCC4], [MNC4], [MCC5], [MNC5],
[EARFCN_UL], [EARFCN_DL], [BANDWIDTH_UL], [BANDWIDTH_DL], [IND_OFFSET],
[QOFFSET_CELL], [IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED], [IS_HOALLOWED];
Command Description
Changes information on E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. This command can change
information on E-UTRAN neighboring cell by entering the CELL_NUM and RELATION_IDX
parameter values.
TIMEOUT 10

RELATION_IDX Database index of E-UTRAN neigh- 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
boring cell.
STATUS The validity of the E-UTRAN neigh- N_EQUIP/EQUIP/ NONE N_EQUI
boring cell information. P
- N_EQUIP: The E-UTRAN neigh-
boring cell information is invalid.
- EQUIP: The E-UTRAN neighboring
cell information is valid.
ENB_ID The eNB ID of the eNB to which E- 0 ~ 268435455 NONE 0
UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB
belongs. If the enbType value is
macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is
eNB ID. If the enbType value is
home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB
ID. It is used when creating a cell
identifier.
TARGET_CELL The local cell ID of E-UTRAN neigh- 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
_NUM boring cell to the eNB. It is used
when creating a cell identifier.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

ENB_TYPE The type of the eNB to which E- ci_Macro_eNB/ NONE ci_Macr
UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB ci_Home_eNB/ o_eNB
belongs.
- ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the
macro eNB.
- ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home
eNB.
ENB_MCC The PLMN information (MCC) of the 3 NONE 450
eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring
cell to the eNB belongs. It is a three-
digit number with each digit being
from 0 to 9.
ENB_MNC The PLMN information (MNC) of the 3 NONE 05
digit or two-digit number with each
digit being from 0 to 9.
PHY_CELL_ID The physical cell ID of E-UTRAN 0 ~ 503 NONE 1
neighboring cell to the eNB.
TAC The tracking area code of E-UTRAN H'0000 ~ H'FFFF NONE H'0000
MCC0 The broadcast PLMN list information 3 NONE 450
(MCC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell
to the eNB. It is a three-digit number
with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC0 The broadcast PLMN list information 3 NONE 05
(MNC) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell
to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-
from 0 to 9.
MCC1 The broadcast PLMN list information 3 NONE FFF
MNC1 The broadcast PLMN list information 3 NONE FFF
from 0 to 9.
from 0 to 9.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

from 0 to 9.
from 0 to 9.
from 0 to 9.
EARFCN_UL The uplink EARFCN (E-UTRAN 0 ~ 65535 NONE 38800
Absolute Radio Frequency Channel
Number) of E-UTRAN neighboring
cell to the eNB.
EARFCN_DL The downlink EARFCN (E-UTRAN 0 ~ 65535 NONE 38800
cell to the eNB.
BANDWIDTH_ The uplink bandwidth of E-UTRAN ci_SystemBandwidth_n6/ NONE ci_Syste
UL neighboring cell to the eNB. ci_SystemBandwidth_n15/ mBand
ci_SystemBandwidth_n25/ width_n
BANDWIDTH_ The downlink bandwidth of E- ci_SystemBandwidth_n6/ NONE ci_Syste
DL UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. ci_SystemBandwidth_n15/ mBand
IND_OFFSET The cell individual offset to be ci_dB-24/ci_dB-22/ci_dB-20/ dB ci_dB0
applied to E-UTRAN neighboring cell ci_dB-18/ci_dB-16/ci_dB-14/
to the eNB. It is used for UE mea- ci_dB-12/ci_dB-10/ci_dB-8/
surement in RRC Connected mode. ci_dB-6/ci_dB-5/ci_dB-4/
ci_dB-3/ci_dB-2/ci_dB-1/
ci_dB0/ci_dB1/ci_dB2/ci_dB3/
ci_dB22/ci_dB24/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

QOFFSET_CE The cell quality offset to be applied to ci_dB-24/ci_dB-22/ci_dB-20/ dB ci_dB0
LL E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the ci_dB-18/ci_dB-16/ci_dB-14/
eNB. It is used for UE cell re-selec- ci_dB-12/ci_dB-10/ci_dB-8/
tion in RRC Idle mode. ci_dB-6/ci_dB-5/ci_dB-4/
ci_dB22/ci_dB24/
IS_REMOVE_A Whether to delete a certain neigh- False/True/ NONE True
LLOWED boring cell to the eNB using the ANR
(Automatic Neighbor Relation) func-
tion.
- True: The neighboring cell can be
deleted.
- False: The neighboring cell cannot
be deleted.
IS_HOALLOWE Whether to perform handover to E- False/True/ NONE True
D UTRAN neighboring cell.
- True: Handover is allowed.
- False: Handover is not allowed.

RELATION_IDX Database index of E-UTRAN neighboring cell.
STATUS The validity of the E-UTRAN neighboring cell information.

- N_EQUIP: The E-UTRAN neighboring cell information is
invalid.
- EQUIP: The E-UTRAN neighboring cell information is valid.
ENB_ID The eNB ID of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to

the eNB belongs. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of
the value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of
the value is eNB ID. It is used when creating a cell identifier.
TARGET_CELL_NUM The local cell ID of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. It is

used when creating a cell identifier.
ENB_TYPE The type of the eNB to which E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the
eNB belongs.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
ENB_MCC The PLMN information (MCC) of the eNB to which E-UTRAN

neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. It is a three-digit number
ENB_MNC The PLMN information (MNC) of the eNB to which E-UTRAN

neighboring cell to the eNB belongs. It is a three-digit or two-
digit number with each digit being from 0 to 9.
PHY_CELL_ID The physical cell ID of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
TAC The tracking area code of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the

eNB.
MCC0 The broadcast PLMN list information (MCC) of E-UTRAN

neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit number with each
MNC0 The broadcast PLMN list information (MNC) of E-UTRAN

neighboring cell to the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit num-
ber with each digit being from 0 to 9.






2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description





EARFCN_UL The uplink EARFCN (E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency

Channel Number) of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
EARFCN_DL The downlink EARFCN (E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency

BANDWIDTH_UL The uplink bandwidth of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the

eNB.
BANDWIDTH_DL The downlink bandwidth of E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the

eNB.
IND_OFFSET The cell individual offset to be applied to E-UTRAN neighbor-

ing cell to the eNB. It is used for UE measurement in RRC Con-
nected mode.
QOFFSET_CELL The cell quality offset to be applied to E-UTRAN neighboring

cell to the eNB. It is used for UE cell re-selection in RRC Idle
mode.
IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED Whether to delete a certain neighboring cell to the eNB using the
ANR (Automatic Neighbor Relation) function.
- True: The neighboring cell can be deleted.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- False: The neighboring cell cannot be deleted.
IS_HOALLOWED Whether to perform handover to E-UTRAN neighboring cell.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2225 CHANGE MME CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-MME-CONF: MME_INDEX, [STATUS], [ACTIVE_STATE], [MME_IPV4], [MME_IPV6],
[ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE], [SECONDARY_MME_IPV4], [SECONDARY_MME_IPV6];
Command Description
Changes the MME-related parameter values. MME Equip, activesState indicating whether S1 is
used, MME IP, and secondary MME IP can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

MME_INDEX The index used to access the information. 0 ~ 15 NONE 0
Since there are a total of 16 MMEs that can
be connected to an eNB, the index range is
0 to 15.
STATUS The EQUIP status information on the MME. N_EQUIP/EQUIP/ NONE N_EQUI
- N_EQUIP: The MME to connect does not P
exist (default).
ACTIVE_STAT The state information on the specified MME Inactive/Active/ NONE Active
E in operation. Of the MMEs for which the S1
Setup is established, if there is an unde-
sired MME, this parameter value must be
changed to Inactive. The default is active. If
the STATUS parameter is set to Equip, it is
better not to change this parameter value to
inactive.
MME_IPV4 Information on the IPV4 address of the IPv4 Address NONE 0.0.0.0
MME. This parameter value is valid only if
the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4. It is
not used if the IP_VER parameter is set to
IPv6.
MME_IPV6 Information on the IPV6 address of the IPv6 Address NONE 0:0:0:0:
eNB. This parameter value is valid only if 0:0:0:0
the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6. It is
not used if the IP_VER parameter is set to
IPv4.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

ADMINISTRATI The status of the MME link. locked/unlocked/shut- NONE unlocke
VE_STATE - locked: A state where active calls con- tingDown/ d
nected to the MME are all dropped, and
new call connections are not possible.
- unlocked: Connection to the MME is nor-
mal.
- shutting down: A state where active calls
connected to the MME are maintained, but
new call connections are not possible.
SECONDARY_ The secondary IP address of the IPv4 type IPv4 Address NONE 0.0.0.0
MME_IPV4 set in the MME node to support the SCTP
Multi Homing function. It is valid only if the
IP_VER parameter is set to IPv4.
SECONDARY_ The secondary IP address of the IPv6 type IPv6 Address NONE 0:0:0:0:
MME_IPV6 set in the MME node to support the SCTP 0:0:0:0
Multi Homing function. It is valid only if the
IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6.

MME_INDEX The index used to access the information. Since there are a total
of 16 MMEs that can be connected to an eNB, the index range is
0 to 15.
STATUS The EQUIP status information on the MME.

- N_EQUIP: The MME to connect does not exist (default).
ACTIVE_STATE The state information on the specified MME in operation. Of the

MMEs for which the S1 Setup is established, if there is an unde-
sired MME, this parameter value must be changed to Inactive.
The default is active. If the STATUS parameter is set to Equip, it
is better not to change this parameter value to inactive.
MME_IPV4 Information on the IPV4 address of the MME. This parameter

MME_IPV6 Information on the IPV6 address of the eNB. This parameter


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE The status of the MME link .

- locked: A state where active calls connected to the MME are
all dropped, and new call connections are not possible.
- unlocked: Connection to the MME is normal.
- shutting down: A state where active calls connected to the
MME are maintained, but new call connections are not possible.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2226 CHANGE SON FUNCTION CELL CON-

TROL FLAGS
Command Format
CHG-SONFN-CELL: CELL_NUM, [ANR_ENABLE], [ENERGY_SAVINGS_ENABLE],
[MOBILITY_ROBUSTNESS_ENABLE], [MOBILITY_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLE],
[RACH_OPT_ENABLE], [SON_SRS_FUNC_ENABLE];
Command Description
Changes the flag for the SON function controlled by the cell. There can be 3 operation modes,
TIMEOUT 10

ANR_ENABLE Controls SON ANR in 3 modes. sonFuncOff/sonManu- NONE sonFun-
- sonFuncOff: The ANR function is disabled alApply/sonAutoApply/ cOff
except for the NR deletion (X2-based).
- sonManualApply: The NR adding and NR
ranking are performed automatically. The
management of HO Black List and NR
deletion are performed manually.
- sonAutoApply: The NR adding and NR
ranking, managing HO Black List, NR
deleting, and NR adding are performed
automatically.
ENERGY_SAVI Controls SON Energy Saving in 3 modes. sonFuncOff/sonManu- NONE sonFun-
NGS_ENABLE - sonFuncOff: The Energy Saving functions alApply/sonAutoApply/ cOff
except for traffic analysis is disabled.
- sonManualApply: The Energy Saving
function in accordance with the schedule
set by the operator is enabled.
- sonAutoApply: The Energy Saving func-
tions based on the information obtained
from traffic analysis is enabled.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

MOBILITY_RO Whether to enable the Mobility Robustness sonFuncOff/sonManu- NONE sonFun-
BUSTNESS_E Optimized function (one of the SON func- alApply/sonAutoApply/ cOff
NABLE tions).
- Manual Apply: When the parameter value
is changed by an algorithm, this change is
reported tot he the LSN and then the oper-
ator determines manually whether to apply
the changed parameter value.
- Auto Apply: When the parameter value is
changed by an algorithm, this change is
applied automatically.
MOBILITY_LO Whether to enable the Mobility-based Load sonFuncOff/sonAuto- NONE sonFun-
AD_BALANCE_ Balance function, (one of the SON func- Apply/ cOff
ENABLE tions).
RACH_OPT_E Whether to enable the Rach Optimized sonFuncOff/sonAuto- NONE sonFun-
NABLE function (one of the SON functions). Apply/ cOff
- Manual Apply: When the parameter value
is changed by an algorithm, this change is
reported tot he the LSN and then the oper-
ator determines manually whether to apply
the changed parameter value.
SON_SRS_FU Whether to enable the SRS SON function, sonFuncOff/sonManu- NONE sonFun-
NC_ENABLE (one of the SON functions). alApply/sonAutoApply/ cOff

ANR_ENABLE Controls SON ANR in 3 modes.

- sonFuncOff: The ANR function is disabled except for the NR
deletion (X2-based).
- sonManualApply: The NR adding and NR ranking are per-
formed automatically. The management of HO Black List and
NR deletion are performed manually.
- sonAutoApply: The NR adding and NR ranking, managing HO
Black List, NR deleting, and NR adding are performed automat-

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
ically.
ENERGY_SAVINGS_ENABLE Controls SON Energy Saving in 3 modes.

- sonFuncOff: The Energy Saving functions except for traffic
analysis is disabled.
- sonManualApply: The Energy Saving function in accordance
with the schedule set by the operator is enabled.
- sonAutoApply: The Energy Saving functions based on the
information obtained from traffic analysis is enabled.
MOBILITY_ROBUSTNESS_ENABLEWhether to enable the Mobility Robustness Optimized func-

tion (one of the SON functions).
parameter value.
MOBILITY_LOAD_BALANCE_ENABLEWhether to enable the Mobility-based Load Balance func-

tion, (one of the SON functions).
RACH_OPT_ENABLE Whether to enable the Rach Optimized function (one of the SON
functions).
parameter value.
SON_SRS_FUNC_ENABLE Whether to enable the SRS SON function, (one of the SON func-
tions).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2227 CHANGE SON DL ICIC PARAMETERS
Command Format
CHG-SON-DLICIC: CELL_NUM, [DL_ICIC_TYPE];
Command Description
Changes information on parameters related to Downlink Inter-Cell Interference Cancellation (DL
TIMEOUT 10

CELL_NUM cell index (number) 0~8 NONE 0
DL_ICIC_TYPE The DL ICIC type is specified. sonIcicDlNone/ NONE sonIcic
- sonIcicDlNone: The DL ICIC function is sonIcicDlDynamicStd/ DlNone
not performed. The UE performs the power sonIcicDlDynamicSam-
control function with fixed conditions. sung/
- sonIcicDlDynamicStd: The Dynamic ICIC
function is performed. The system calcu-
lates the conditions based on the UE loca-
tion for performing the power control
function.

CELL_NUM cell index (number)
DL_ICIC_TYPE The DL ICIC type is specified.

- sonIcicDlNone: The DL ICIC function is not performed. The
UE performs the power control function with fixed conditions.
- sonIcicDlDynamicStd: The Dynamic ICIC function is per-
formed. The system calculates the conditions based on the UE
location for performing the power control function.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2228 CHANGE SON UL ICIC PARAMETERS
Command Format
CHG-SON-ULICIC: CELL_NUM, [UL_ICIC_TYPE];
Command Description
Changes information on parameters related to Uplink Inter-Cell Interference Cancellation (UL
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.
UL_ICIC_TYPE The UL ICIC type is specified. sonIcicUlNone/ NONE sonIcic
- sonIcicUlNone: The UL ICIC function is sonIcicUlDynamicStd/ UlNone
not performed. The UE performs the power sonIcicUlDynamicSam-
control function with the specified condi- sung/
tions.
- sonIcicUlDynamicStd: The Dynamic ICIC
function is performed. The system sug-
gests various conditions based on the UE
location. Then, the UE uses the suggested
conditions for performing the power control
function.

UL_ICIC_TYPE The UL ICIC type is specified.

- sonIcicUlNone: The UL ICIC function is not performed. The
UE performs the power control function with the specified con-
ditions.
- sonIcicUlDynamicStd: The Dynamic ICIC function is per-
formed. The system suggests various conditions based on the UE
location. Then, the UE uses the suggested conditions for per-
forming the power control function.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2230 CHANGE ES SCHEDULE
Command Format
CHG-ES-SCHED: CELL_NUM, HOUR, [ES_STATE], [ES_MODE_VOLTAGE_TYPE],
[ES_MODE_RB_TYPE];
Command Description
Changes the Schedule information on the SON Energy Saving function. This command changes
schedules of the Energy Saving function based on the pre-defined time by using the CHG-
SONFN-CELL command when the ES function status is in Manual apply. The system operator
can schedule the Energy Saving function of the eNB through the LSM. In Manual Apply mode,
the Energy Saving function executes hourly the PA Bias Voltage Change commands issued by the
eNB according to the specified schedule. The operation time, whether to operate the function, the
ES voltage mode, and the RB type that should be limited can be specified. The Energy Saving
function can be scheduled by the hour, and its operation is determined by checking the hourly
schedule. The previous operation is maintained if ES_MODE_VOLTAGE_TYPE of the previous
and current hours is the same. The operator can determine SUSPEND and ACTIVE through the
ES_STATE parameter. To stop the current ES Mode in operation, ES_STATE which is active dur-
ing the current hour, is changed to SUSPEND. The ES_MODE_VOLTAGE_TYPE and
ES_MODE_RB_TYPE parameters determine the voltage mode required during the hour, and the
RB type to limit. To ensure the performance, the two parameters should be paired. That is, if the
ES_MODE_VOLTAGE_TYPE parameter is set to ES Mode1_Voltage, the
ES_MODE_RB_TYPE parameter must be set to ES Mode1_RB.
TIMEOUT 10

CELL_NUM The number of the cell for which the Energy 0~8 NONE 0
Saving function is operated according to
the schedule.
HOUR The time when the Energy Saving function 0 ~ 23 NONE 0
is enabled according to the schedule.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

ES_STATE Whether to operate the Energy Saving esSuspend/esActive/ NONE esSus-
function during one hour according to the pend
schedule.
- esSuspend: The schedule for Energy
Saving function during the specified hour is
not operated. If Energy Saving function is
already operated, the previous Energy Sav-
ing status is maintained.
- esActive: The schedule for Energy Saving
function during the specified hour is oper-
ated.
ES_MODE_VO The voltage type in which the Energy Sav- esNormal_Voltage/ NONE esNorm
LTAGE_TYPE ing function is operated during one hour esMode1_Voltage/ al_Volta
according to the schedule. ge
- esNormal_Voltage: Operation with the
Normal Mode voltage.
- esMode(N)_Voltage: Operation with the
voltage of ES Mode (N). The higher the
mode number N is, the more the cell limits
ES_MODE_RB The RB type that the Energy Saving func- esNormal_RB/ NONE esNorm
_TYPE tion limits during one hour according to the esMode1_RB/ al_RB
schedule. The RB value varies depending
- esNormal_RB: Operation with the Normal
Mode RB.
- esMode(N)_RB: Operation with the RB
count of ES Mode (N). The higher the
mode number N is, the more the cell limits

CELL_NUM The number of the cell for which the Energy Saving function is
operated according to the schedule.
HOUR The time when the Energy Saving function is enabled according
to the schedule.
ES_STATE Whether to operate the Energy Saving function during one hour
according to the schedule.
- esSuspend: The schedule for Energy Saving function during
the specified hour is not operated. If Energy Saving function is
already operated, the previous Energy Saving status is main-
tained.
- esActive: The schedule for Energy Saving function during the
specified hour is operated.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
ES_MODE_VOLTAGE_TYPE The voltage type in which the Energy Saving function is oper-
ated during one hour according to the schedule.
- esNormal_Voltage: Operation with the Normal Mode voltage.
- esMode(N)_Voltage: Operation with the voltage of ES Mode
(N). The higher the mode number N is, the more the cell limits
ES_MODE_RB_TYPE The RB type that the Energy Saving function limits during one
hour according to the schedule. The RB value varies depending
- esNormal_RB: Operation with the Normal Mode RB.
- esMode(N)_RB: Operation with the RB count of ES Mode (N).
The higher the mode number N is, the more the cell limits volt-
age and saves energy.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2231 CHANGE SON MRO
Command Format
CHG-SON-MRO: [T_PERIOD], [T_PERIOD_TEMP], [HANDOVER_SUCCESS_KPI],
[N_HANDOVER_THRESH], [OFFSET_MAX], [OFFSET_MIN];
Command Description
Changes the parameters used in the SON MRO (Mobility Robustness Optimization) function.
TIMEOUT 10

T_PERIOD The period of statistics monitoring. The one_day/one_week/ NONE one_we
timer (a unit of 1 day/1 week, by default/1 one_month/ ek
month) used to trigger the handover param-
eter control.
- 1 day: MRO is triggered based on hando-
ver statistics collected for 1 day.
- 1Week: MRO is triggered based on han-
dover statistics collected for 1 week.
- 1Month: MRO is triggered based on han-
dover statistics collected for 1 month.
T_PERIOD_TE The period of fallback statistics monitoring. one_hour/one_day/ NONE one_da
MP This value (1Hour/1Day/1Week, one_week/ y
default=1Week) is used for checking a fault
where HandoverSuccessKPI is not tempo-
rarily met after the RACH parameter is
changed.
- 1Hour: Fallback for MRO based on the
handover statistics collected for 1 hour.
- 1Day: Fallback for MRO based on the
handover statistics collected for 1 day.
- 1Week: Fallback for MRO based on the
handover statistics collected for 1 week.
HANDOVER_S The threshold related to the handover suc- 90.000000 ~ 0.1(%) 99.0000
UCCESS_KPI cess KPI to trigger MRO algorithm. The 100.000000 00
MRO algorithm is triggered if the handover
success rate is lower than this threshold.
N_HANDOVER The threshold to the number of handover 0 ~ 100000 1 10000
_THRESH attempts to trigger MRO algorithm. The
MRO algorithm is triggered if the number of
handover attempts collected during the sta-
tistics period is lower than this threshold.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

OFFSET_MAX The maximum value allowable for HO mar- 0 ~ 39 1(dB) 5
gin which is equal to A3Offset - CIO. If and
only if the value of A3Offset - CIO is lower
than this maximum value, it is valid.
OFFSET_MIN The minimum value allowable for HO mar- -39 ~ 0 1(dB) 0
gin which is equal to A3Offset - CIO. If and
only if the value of A3Offset - CIO is higher
than this minimum value, it is valid.

DB_INDEX index
T_PERIOD The period of statistics monitoring. The timer (a unit of 1 day/1

week, by default/1 month) used to trigger the handover parame-
ter control.
- 1 day: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics collected
for 1 day.
- 1Week: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics col-
lected for 1 week .
- 1Month: MRO is triggered based on handover statistics col-
lected for 1 month.

HandoverSuccessKPI is not temporarily met after the RACH
- 1Hour: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics col-
lected for 1 hour.
- 1Day: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics col-
lected for 1 day.
- 1Week: Fallback for MRO based on the handover statistics col-
lected for 1 week.
HANDOVER_SUCCESS_KPI The threshold related to the handover success KPI to trigger

MRO algorithm. The MRO algorithm is triggered if the hando-
ver success rate is lower than this threshold.
N_HANDOVER_THRESH The threshold to the number of handover attempts to trigger

MRO algorithm. The MRO algorithm is triggered if the number
of handover attempts collected during the statistics period is
lower than this threshold.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
OFFSET_MAX The maximum value allowable for HO margin which is equal to

lower than this maximum value, it is valid.
OFFSET_MIN The minimum value allowable for HO margin which is equal to

higher than this minimum value, it is valid.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2232 CHANGE CLOCK CONTROL INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
CHG-CLOCK-CTRL: CELL_NUM, [CLOCK_ADVANCE], [CLOCK_RETARD];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values required for the Modem/DSP clock advance/retard settings. A
period of time for the eNB to transmit/receive DU signals changes according to the value entered
in the clock advance/retard parameter. The value for UL timing advance in UE decreases if
increasing the clock advance/retard without changing the RU setting.
TIMEOUT 10

CLOCK_ADVA The clock advance value in ns. 0 ~ 137875 ns 137875
NCE
CLOCK_RETA The clock retard value in ns. 0 ~ 137875 ns 116075
RD

CLOCK_ADVANCE The clock advance value in ns.
CLOCK_RETARD The clock retard value in ns.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2233 CHANGE QCI BH BW INFO
Command Format
CHG-BHBW-QCI: QCI, [BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL],
[BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL],
[BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [OVER_BOOKING_RATIO];
Command Description
Changes parameter information for backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC) per QoS Class Iden-
tifier (QCI) enabled in the eNB. Backhaul-based CAC is enabled per QCI or service group on
GBR bearers. Changes thresholds to enable backhaul-based CAC per QCI.
TIMEOUT 10

ues 0 and 10-255.
BH_BW_CAC_ The total backhaul bandwidth in percent 0 ~ 100 % 30
DL_THRESH_F that can be assigned to the downlink per
OR_NORMAL QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for normal calls.
When a normal call is requested, if the
downlink usage exceeds the input parame-
ter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC
Fail is generated.
OR_EMER_HO QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for urgent and
handover calls. When emergency and han-
dover calls are requested, if the downlink
usage exceeds the input parameter value,
the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is gener-
ated.
UL_THRESH_F that can be assigned to the uplink per QoS
OR_NORMAL Class Identifier (QCI) for normal calls.
When a normal call is requested, if the
uplink usage exceeds the input parameter
value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is
generated.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

UL_THRESH_F that can be assigned to the uplink per QoS
OR_EMER_HO Class Identifier (QCI) for urgent and hando-
ver calls. When emergency and handover
calls are requested, if the uplink usage
exceeds the input parameter value, the
Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is gener-
ated.
OVER_BOOKI The ratio of over-booking with downlink and 1.0 ~ 10.0 NONE 1.0
NG_RATIO uplink thresholds when executing back-
haul-based CAC per QoS Class Identifier
(QCI).


assigned to the downlink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for nor-
mal calls. When a normal call is requested, if the downlink usage

assigned to the downlink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for
urgent and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls
are requested, if the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter
value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.

assigned to the uplink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for normal
calls. When a normal call is requested, if the uplink usage

assigned to the uplink per QoS Class Identifier (QCI) for urgent
and handover calls. When emergency and handover calls are
requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value,
the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

when executing backhaul-based CAC per QoS Class Identifier
(QCI).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2234 CHANGE SCTP PARAMETER
Command Format
CHG-SCTP-PARA: [MME_FAILOVER_TIMER], [HEART_BEAT_INTERVAL], [NUM_PATH_RE_TX],
[RTO_INITIAL], [RTO_MIN], [RTO_MAX], [CONNECT_INTERVAL];
Command Description
Changes the SCTP-related parameter values. The changed values are necessary for the SCTP to
establish/maintain a connection with a peer.
TIMEOUT 10

MME_FAILOVE The timer to maintain the call connected to 1 ~ 30 sec 10
R_TIMER the MME if the SCTP returns to normal
within a specified time (mmeFailoverTimer)
after the MME SCTP is disconnected in
seconds.
HEART_BEAT_ The transmission interval of the HeartBeat 100 ~ 60000 msec 1500
INTERVAL message to be sent to verify the normality
of the SCTP Link in milliseconds.
NUM_PATH_R The number of times to re-send heartbeat 1 ~ 100 count 5
E_TX messages in order to check whether the
SCTP link is normal. The SCTP link is dis-
connected if responses to the heartbeats
are not received during specified (numP-
athReTx) attempts.
RTO_INITIAL The threshold used to calculate the SCTP 100 ~ 60000 msec 1000
round-trip time (RTT). It is an initial value of
Retransmission Time-Out used before the
RTO_MIN The minimum value of Retransmission 100 ~ 60000 msec 1000
Time-Out used to calculate the SCTP RTT.
RTO_MAX The maximum value of Retransmission 100 ~ 60000 msec 1400
Time-Out used to calculate the SCTP RTT.
CONNECT_INT The timer to establish connections periodi- 1 ~ 10 sec 4
ERVAL cally when the SCTP link is not currently
established while the peer node is EQUIP
in PLD in seconds.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

DB_INDEX The index for accessing the information. The default is 0.
MME_FAILOVER_TIMER The timer to maintain the call connected to the MME if the
SCTP returns to normal within a specified time (mmeFailover-
Timer) after the MME SCTP is disconnected in seconds.
HEART_BEAT_INTERVAL The transmission interval of the HeartBeat message to be sent to

verify the normality of the SCTP Link in milliseconds.
NUM_PATH_RE_TX The number of times to re-send heartbeat messages in order to

check whether the SCTP link is normal. The SCTP link is dis-
connected if responses to the heartbeats are not received during
specified (numPathReTx) attempts.
RTO_INITIAL The threshold used to calculate the SCTP round-trip time (RTT).
It is an initial value of Retransmission Time-Out used before the
RTO_MIN The minimum value of Retransmission Time-Out used to calcu-

late the SCTP RTT.
RTO_MAX The maximum value of Retransmission Time-Out used to calcu-

late the SCTP RTT.
CONNECT_INTERVAL The timer to establish connections periodically when the SCTP

link is not currently established while the peer node is EQUIP in
PLD in seconds.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2235 CHANGE SVC GRP BH BW INFO
Command Format
CHG-BHBW-SVCGR: SERVICE_GROUP, [BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL],
[BH_BW_CAC_DL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_NORMAL],
[BH_BW_CAC_UL_THRESH_FOR_EMER_HO], [OVER_BOOKING_RATIO];
Command Description
Changes parameter information for backhaul Call Admission Control (CAC) per service group
enabled in the eNB. Backhaul-based CAC is enabled per QCI or service group on GBR bearers.
Changes thresholds to enable backhaul-based CAC per service group.
TIMEOUT 10

SERVICE_GRO Service group. voipService/videoSer- NONE voipSer-
UP - voipService: Service group that uses the vice/ vice
Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) service.
- videoService: Service group that uses the
video service.
OR_NORMAL service group for normal calls. When a nor-
mal call is requested, if the downlink usage
ated.
OR_EMER_HO service group for urgent and handover
calls. When emergency and handover calls
are requested, if the downlink usage
ated.
UL_THRESH_F that can be assigned to the uplink per ser-
OR_NORMAL vice group for normal calls. When a normal
call is requested, if the uplink usage
ated.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

UL_THRESH_F that can be assigned to the uplink per ser-
OR_EMER_HO vice group for urgent and handover calls.
When emergency and handover calls are
requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the
input parameter value, the Backhaul Band-
width CAC Fail is generated.
OVER_BOOKI The ratio of over-booking with downlink and 1.0 ~ 10.0 NONE 1.0
NG_RATIO uplink thresholds when operating backhaul-
based CAC per service group.

SERVICE_GROUP Service group.
- voipService: Service group that uses the Voice over Internet
Protocol (VoIP) service.
- videoService: Service group that uses the video service.

assigned to the downlink per service group for normal calls.
When a normal call is requested, if the downlink usage exceeds
the input parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is
generated.

assigned to the downlink per service group for urgent and hando-
ver calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if
the downlink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Back-
haul Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.

assigned to the uplink per service group for normal calls. When a
normal call is requested, if the uplink usage exceeds the input
parameter value, the Backhaul Bandwidth CAC Fail is gener-
ated.

assigned to the uplink per service group for urgent and handover
calls. When emergency and handover calls are requested, if the
uplink usage exceeds the input parameter value, the Backhaul
Bandwidth CAC Fail is generated.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

when operating backhaul-based CAC per service group.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2236 CHANGE SON SELF OPTIMIZATION

PARAMETERS
Command Format
CHG-SON-SO: [TX_TBMAX], [RX_TBMAX];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values related to SON self-optimization. The following functions are
related to the parameters that can be retrieved:.
- RRH Optic delay compensation measures RRH-specific optical delay when initially installing
RRH or if an optical delay change occurs and calculates Tx and Rx time buffer by a formula. The
calculated time buffer is sent to the RRH for RRH delay compensation. The TX_TBMAX and
RX_TBMAX values that can be retrieved by using this command are necessary to calculate the
time buffer.
- Related commands The operation of RRH optic delay compensation is determined by the
DELAY_COMPENSATION_ENABLE parameter value of the CHG-SONFN-ENB command. If
the value is SON FuncOff, the compensation function is not executed. If the value is sonAutoAp-
ply, the compensation function is executed. The TX_TBMAX and RX_TBMAX parameter val-
ues can be retrieved using the RTRV-SON-SO command.
TIMEOUT 10

TX_TBMAX Tx Time Buffer Maximum value. The value that can be 19600 ~ nano- 137875
set by using the maximum delay that occurs from DU to 200000 second
RRH. Assuming the maximum distanced between DU
and RRH is d_max (km), the maximum DL CPRI hopping
delay is h_max (ns), the maximum number of RRHs that
can be cascaded is N_max, and the maximum Tx pro-
cessing delay is PD_max, TX_TBMAX can be calculated
using the following formula. However, this formula is
based on the basic concept of Max Timer buffer, and thus
can be changed due to various factors in an actual net-
work design. TX_TBMAX (ns) = 5000 * d_max + (N_max-
1) * h_max + PD_max

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

RX_TBMAX The maximum Rx Time Buffer value. The value that can 14400 ~ nano- 137875
be set by using the maximum delay that occurs from DU 200000 second
to RRH. Assuming the maximum distanced between DU
and RRH is d_max (km), the maximum UL CPRI hopping
delay is h_max (ns), the maximum number of RRHs that
can be cascaded is N_max, and the maximum Rx pro-
cessing delay is PD_max, RX_TBMAX can be calculated
using the following formula. However, this formula is
based on the basic concept of Max Time buffer, and thus
can be changed due to various factors in an actual net-
work design. RX_TBMAX (ns) = 5000 * d_max +

DB_INDEX Index
TX_TBMAX Tx Time Buffer Maximum value. The value that can be set by
using the maximum delay that occurs from DU to RRH. Assum-
ing the maximum distanced between DU and RRH is d_max
(km), the maximum DL CPRI hopping delay is h_max (ns), the
maximum number of RRHs that can be cascaded is N_max, and
the maximum Tx processing delay is PD_max, TX_TBMAX
can be calculated using the following formula. However, this
formula is based on the basic concept of Max Timer buffer, and
thus can be changed due to various factors in an actual network
design. TX_TBMAX (ns) = 5000 * d_max + (N_max-1) *
h_max + PD_max
RX_TBMAX The maximum Rx Time Buffer value. The value that can be set
by using the maximum delay that occurs from DU to RRH.
Assuming the maximum distanced between DU and RRH is
d_max (km), the maximum UL CPRI hopping delay is h_max
(ns), the maximum number of RRHs that can be cascaded is
N_max, and the maximum Rx processing delay is PD_max,
RX_TBMAX can be calculated using the following formula.
However, this formula is based on the basic concept of Max
Time buffer, and thus can be changed due to various factors in an
actual network design. RX_TBMAX (ns) = 5000 * d_max +

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2237 CHANGE SIGNAL DSCP INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-SIGDSCP-DATA: CLASS_ID, [DSCP];
Command Description
Changes Signal DSCP Data in the eNB.
TIMEOUT 10

CLASS_ID It is Signal Class Id within the eNB. 0~3 NONE 0
- 0 : S1 Signaling.
- 1 : X2 Signaling.
- 2 : S1/X2-U management.
- 3 : M2 signaling
DSCP DSCP value that will be set for the speci- 0 ~ 63 NONE 40
fied Signal ClassId.

CLASS_ID It is Signal Class Id within the eNB.
- 0 : S1 Signaling.
- 1 : X2 Signaling.
- 3 : M2 signaling
DSCP DSCP value that will be set for the specified Signal ClassId.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2238 CREATE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
CRTE-BLACK-LIST: CELL_NUM, BLACK_LIST_IDX, [STATUS], [PCI_TYPE], [START_PCI],
[PCI_RANGE], [EARFCN_UL], [EARFCN_DL];
Command Description
Creates the blacklist cell information for each cell in the eNB. The information on the blacklist
cell for each cell in the eNB. The information is sent to the UE when executing a basic call.
TIMEOUT 10

DX
STATUS Whether tuple information is valid. N_EQUIP/EQUIP/ NONE N_EQUI
- N_EQUIP: Invalid. P
- EQUIP: Valid.
PCI_TYPE Physical cell ID type of the blacklist cell. ci_singlePci/ NONE ci_singl
- ci_singlePci: Single PCI. ci_rangedPci/ ePci
START_PCI The starting physical cell ID for the blacklist 0 ~ 503 NONE 0
cell.
PCI_RANGE Range from the starting physical cell ID of ci_rangePCI_n4/ NONE ci_rang
the blacklist cell. Not used if it is a single ci_rangePCI_n8/ ePCI_n
physical cell ID type. ci_rangePCI_n12/ 4
ci_rangePCI_n16/
ci_rangePCI_n24/
ci_rangePCI_n32/
ci_rangePCI_n48/
ci_rangePCI_n64/
ci_rangePCI_n84/
ci_rangePCI_n96/
ci_rangePCI_n128/
ci_rangePCI_n168/
ci_rangePCI_n252/
ci_rangePCI_n504/
EARFCN_UL Uplink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute Radio 0 ~ 65535 NONE 38800
Frequency Channel Number) of the black-
list cell.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

EARFCN_DL Downlink EARFCN (E-UTRA Absolute 0 ~ 65535 NONE 38800
Radio Frequency Channel Number) of the
blacklist cell.


- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.




2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2239 RETRIEVE SIGNAL DSCP INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-SIGDSCP-DATA: [CLASS_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves Signal DSCP Data in the eNB.
TIMEOUT 10

CLASS_ID It is Signal Class Id within the eNB. 0~3 NONE 0
- 0 : S1 Signaling.
- 1 : X2 Signaling.
- 3 : M2 signaling

CLASS_ID It is Signal Class Id within the eNB.
- 0 : S1 Signaling.
- 1 : X2 Signaling.
- 3 : M2 signaling
DSCP DSCP value that will be set for the specified Signal ClassId.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2244 CREATE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION
Command Format
CRTE-NBR-ENB: NBR_ENB_INDEX, [STATUS], [NO_X2], [NO_HO], [ENB_ID], [ENB_TYPE],
[ENB_MCC], [ENB_MNC], [NBR_ENB_IPV4], [NBR_ENB_IPV6], [SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV4],
[SECONDARY_NBR_ENB_IPV6], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE], [OWNER_TYPE], [REMOTE_FLAG];
Command Description
Creates information on the neighboring eNB for operation. The user can create information on
the neighboring eNB by entering the NBR_ENB_INDEX parameter value. If parameters are not
specified, they are set to the defaults.
TIMEOUT 10

eNB is used.
STATUS The validity of the neighboring eNB infor- N_EQUIP/EQUIP/ NONE N_EQUI
mation. P
- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.
NO_X2 Whether to make X2 connection to the False/True/ NONE False
neighboring eNB.
- False: X2 connection with the neighboring
eNB is made.
- True: X2 connection to the neighboring
eNB is not made.
NO_HO Whether to perform handover to the neigh- False/True/ NONE False
boring eNB.
- False: Handover to the neighboring eNB
is performed.
- True: Handover to the neighboring eNB is
not performed.
ENB_ID The eNB ID represents the neighboring 0 ~ 268435455 NONE 0
eNB. If the enbType value is macro eNB,
20 bit of the value is eNB ID. If the enbType
value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value is
eNB ID.
ENB_TYPE eNB type of the neighboring eNB. ci_Macro_eNB/ NONE ci_Macr
- ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro eNB. ci_Home_eNB/ o_eNB

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

ENB_MCC The PLMN information (MCC) that repre- 3 NONE 450
digit number with each digit being from 0 to
9.
ENB_MNC The PLMN information (MNC) that repre- 3 NONE 05
digit or two-digit number with each digit
being from 0 to 9.
NBR_ENB_IPV Enter the IP address of the neighboring IPv4 Address NONE 0.0.0.0
4 eNB in the IP version 4 format.
NBR_ENB_IPV Enter the IP address of the neighboring IPv6 Address NONE 0:0:0:0:
6 eNB in the IP version 6 format. 0:0:0:0
SECONDARY_ Enter the secondary IP address of the IPv4 Address NONE 0.0.0.0
NBR_ENB_IPV neighboring eNB in the IP version 4 format.
4
SECONDARY_ Enter the secondary IP address of the IPv6 Address NONE 0:0:0:0:
NBR_ENB_IPV neighboring eNB in the IP version 6 format. 0:0:0:0
6
ADMINISTRATI This parameter defines Neighbor eNB Link locked/unlocked/shut- NONE unlocke
VE_STATE Status tingDown/ d
OWNER_TYPE This parameter defines how NRT is NoneType/InitialNRT/ NONE Creat-
updated, This filed can be classfied Initial AnrByServer/AnrByUe/ edBy-
NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UE / Cre- CreatedByUserCom- UserCo
ated by User Command/CreatedByUserUI. mand/CreatedByUse- mmand
rUI/
REMOTE_FLA This parameter defines the target eNB is False/True/ NONE False
G managed local EMS or other EMS


- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.



2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description



from 0 to 9.

format.

format.

version 4 format.

version 6 format.
other EMS

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2245 CREATE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL FDD

INFORMATION
Command Format
CRTE-NBR-EUTRAN: CELL_NUM, RELATION_IDX, [STATUS], [ENB_ID], [TARGET_CELL_NUM],
[ENB_TYPE], [ENB_MCC], [ENB_MNC], [PHY_CELL_ID], [TAC], [MCC0], [MNC0], [MCC1],
[MNC1], [MCC2], [MNC2], [MCC3], [MNC3], [MCC4], [MNC4], [MCC5], [MNC5],
[EARFCN_UL], [EARFCN_DL], [BANDWIDTH_UL], [BANDWIDTH_DL], [IND_OFFSET],
[QOFFSET_CELL], [IS_REMOVE_ALLOWED], [IS_HOALLOWED], [OWNER_TYPE];
Command Description
Creates information on E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. The user can create information
on E-UTRAN neighboring cell by entering the CELL_NUM and RELATION_IDX parameter
values. If parameters are not specified, they are set to the defaults.
TIMEOUT 10

RELATION_IDX Database index of E-UTRAN neigh- 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
boring cell.
STATUS The validity of the E-UTRAN neigh- N_EQUIP/EQUIP/ NONE N_EQUI
boring cell information. P
- N_EQUIP: The E-UTRAN neighbor-
ing cell information is invalid.
- EQUIP: The E-UTRAN neighboring
cell information is valid.
ENB_ID The eNB ID of the eNB to which E- 0 ~ 268435455 NONE 0
UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB
belongs. If the enbType value is
macro eNB, 20 bit of the value is eNB
ID. If the enbType value is home eNB,
28 bit of the value is eNB ID. It is
TARGET_CELL The local cell ID of E-UTRAN neigh- 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
_NUM boring cell to the eNB. It is used when
creating a cell identifier.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

ENB_TYPE The type of the eNB to which E- ci_Macro_eNB/ NONE ci_Macr
UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB ci_Home_eNB/ o_eNB
belongs.
- ci_Macro_eNB: Indicates the macro
eNB.
- ci_Home_eNB: Indicates the home
eNB.
ENB_MCC The PLMN information (MCC) of the 3 NONE 450
from 0 to 9.
ENB_MNC The PLMN information (MNC) of the 3 NONE 05
digit or two-digit number with each
PHY_CELL_ID The physical cell ID of E-UTRAN 0 ~ 503 NONE 1
TAC The tracking area code of E-UTRAN H'0000 ~ H'FFFF NONE H'0000
MCC0 The broadcast PLMN list information 3 NONE 450
MNC0 The broadcast PLMN list information 3 NONE 05
from 0 to 9.
from 0 to 9.
from 0 to 9.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

from 0 to 9.
from 0 to 9.
from 0 to 9.
EARFCN_UL The uplink EARFCN (E-UTRAN 0 ~ 65535 NONE 38800
cell to the eNB.
EARFCN_DL The downlink EARFCN (E-UTRAN 0 ~ 65535 NONE 38800
cell to the eNB.
BANDWIDTH_ The uplink bandwidth of E-UTRAN ci_SystemBandwidth_n6/ NONE ci_Syste
UL neighboring cell to the eNB. ci_SystemBandwidth_n15/ mBand
BANDWIDTH_ The downlink bandwidth of E-UTRAN ci_SystemBandwidth_n6/ NONE ci_Syste
DL neighboring cell to the eNB. ci_SystemBandwidth_n15/ mBand
IND_OFFSET The cell individual offset to be applied ci_dB-24/ci_dB-22/ci_dB-20/ dB ci_dB0
to E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the ci_dB-18/ci_dB-16/ci_dB-14/
eNB. It is used for UE measurement ci_dB-12/ci_dB-10/ci_dB-8/
in RRC Connected mode. ci_dB-6/ci_dB-5/ci_dB-4/
ci_dB24/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

QOFFSET_CE The cell quality offset to be applied to ci_dB-24/ci_dB-22/ci_dB-20/ dB ci_dB0
LL E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the ci_dB-18/ci_dB-16/ci_dB-14/
eNB. It is used for UE cell re-selection ci_dB-12/ci_dB-10/ci_dB-8/
in RRC Idle mode. ci_dB-6/ci_dB-5/ci_dB-4/
ci_dB24/
IS_REMOVE_A Whether to delete a certain neighbor- False/True/ NONE True
LLOWED ing cell to the eNB using the ANR
(Automatic Neighbor Relation) func-
tion.
- True: The neighboring cell can be
deleted.
- False: The neighboring cell cannot
be deleted.
IS_HOALLOWE Whether to perform handover to E- False/True/ NONE True
D UTRAN neighboring cell.
OWNER_TYPE This parameter defines how NRT is NoneType/InitialNRT/AnrBy- NONE Creat-
updated, This filed can be classfied Server/AnrByUe/CreatedBy- edBy-
Initial NRT / ANR by Server/ ANR by UserCommand/ UserCo
UE / Created by User Command/Cre- CreatedByUserUI/ mmand
atedByUserUI.


invalid.



2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
eNB belongs.



eNB.







2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description









eNB.

eNB.

nected mode.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
mode.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2249 DELETE BLACK LISTED CELL INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
DLT-BLACK-LIST: CELL_NUM, BLACK_LIST_IDX;
Command Description
Deletes the blacklist cell information for each cell in the eNB. The user can delete the blacklist
cell information by entering the Cell Num and Black List Index parameter values.
TIMEOUT 10

DX


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2255 DELETE NEIGHBOR ENB INFORMATION
Command Format
DLT-NBR-ENB: NBR_ENB_INDEX;
Command Description
Deletes information on the neighboring eNB to the eNB. The user can delete information on the
neighboring eNB by entering the NBR_ENB_INDEX parameter value.
TIMEOUT 10

eNB is used.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2256 DELETE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL FDD

INFORMATION
Command Format
DLT-NBR-EUTRAN: CELL_NUM, RELATION_IDX;
Command Description
Deletes information on E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. The user can delete information
on E-UTRAN neighboring cell by entering the CELL_NUM and RELATION_IDX parameter
values.
TIMEOUT 10

RELATION_IDX Database index of E-UTRAN neighboring 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
cell.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2260 RETRIEVE SON FUNCTION ENB CON-

TROL FLAGS
Command Format
RTRV-SONFN-ENB;
Command Description
Retrieves the flag for the SON function controlled by the eNB. There can be 3 operation modes,
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX Index
PCID_ENABLE Controls SON PCID in 3 modes.

- sonFuncOff: Performs X2 monitoring.
- sonManualApply: Assigns the initial PCI automatically, per-
forms X2 monitoring, and detects PCI collision/confusion.
- sonAutoApply: Assigns the initial PCI automatically, performs
X2 monitoring, and detects PCI collision/confusion.
DELAY_COMPENSATION_ENABLEControls SON delay compensation in 2 modes.

- sonFuncOff: SON delay compensation is disabled.
- sonAutoApply: SON delay compensation is enabled.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2261 CHANGE SON FUNCTION ENB CONTROL

FLAGS
Command Format
CHG-SONFN-ENB: [PCID_ENABLE], [DELAY_COMPENSATION_ENABLE];
Command Description
Changes the flag for the SON function controlled by the eNB. There can be 3 operation modes,
TIMEOUT 10

PCID_ENABLE Controls SON PCID in 3 modes. sonFuncOff/sonManu- NONE sonFun-
- sonFuncOff: Performs X2 monitoring. alApply/sonAutoApply/ cOff
- sonManualApply: Assigns the initial PCI
automatically, performs X2 monitoring, and
detects PCI collision/confusion.
- sonAutoApply: Assigns the initial PCI
automatically, performs X2 monitoring, and
detects PCI collision/confusion.
DELAY_COMP Controls SON delay compensation in 2 sonFuncOff/sonAuto- NONE sonAu-
ENSATION_EN modes. Apply/ toApply
ABLE - sonFuncOff: SON delay compensation is
disabled.
- sonAutoApply: SON delay compensation
is enabled.

DB_INDEX Index
PCID_ENABLE Controls SON PCID in 3 modes.

- sonFuncOff: Performs X2 monitoring.
- sonManualApply: Assigns the initial PCI automatically, per-
forms X2 monitoring, and detects PCI collision/confusion.
- sonAutoApply: Assigns the initial PCI automatically, performs
X2 monitoring, and detects PCI collision/confusion.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
DELAY_COMPENSATION_ENABLEControls SON delay compensation in 2 modes.

- sonFuncOff: SON delay compensation is disabled.
- sonAutoApply: SON delay compensation is enabled.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2266 RETRIEVE SON RO
Command Format
RTRV-SON-RO;
Command Description
Retrieves parameters required for RO (RACH Optimization). This command retrieves the follow-
ing parameters: the collection period of RACH data-related statistics required to operate RO, the
minimum/maximum values of the parameters that can be changed by RO, the optimization-
related parameters for the number of dedicated preambles, RACH Tx power and PRACH config-
uration index. It has a significance if SONFN-CELL: rachOptEnable := 1 (Manual Apply) or 2
(Automatic Apply).
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX index
T_PERIOD The period of statistics monitoring. This value (1Day/1Week/

1Month, default=1Month) is used for triggering the RACH
parameter control.
- 1Day: RO is triggered based on handover statistics collected
for 1 day.
- 1Week: RO is triggered based on handover statistics collected
for 1 week .
- 1Month: RO is triggered based on handover statistics collected
for 1 month.

RACH performance is not temporarily met after the RACH
- 1Hour: Fallback for RO based on the handover statistics col-
lected for 1 hour.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- 1Day: Fallback for RO based on the handover statistics col-

lected for 1 day.
- 1Week: Fallback for RO based on the handover statistics col-
lected for 1 week.
RACH_FILTERING_COEFF The coefficient applied to filtering when processing RACH sta-

tistics data. F(n) = (rachFilteringCoeff)xF(n-1) + rachFiltering-
Coeff x CurrentValue
DEDICATED_INCREASE The threshold that increases the number of dedicated preambles.
DEDICATED_DECREASE The threshold that decreases the number of dedicated preambles.
PROB_DEDICATED_INCREASE The probability that increases the number of dedicated pream-

bles.
PROB_DEDICATED_DECREASE The probability that decreases the number of dedicated pream-

bles.
DEDICATED_MAX The maximum value of the number of dedicated preambles. {n0,

n4, n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28, n32, n36, n40, n44, n48, n52,
n56, n60}
DEDICATED_MIN The minimum value of the number of dedicated preambles. {n0,

n4, n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28, n32, n36, n40, n44, n48, n52,
n56, n60}
POWER_INCREASE The threshold that increases preamble Tx-related power

resources.
POWER_DECREASE The threshold that decreases preamble Tx-related power

resources.
POWER_INCREASE_DED The threshold that increases dedicated preamble Tx-related

power resources.
POWER_DECREASE_DED The threshold that decreases dedicated preamble Tx-related

power resources.
PROB_POWER_INCREASE The probability that increases preamble Tx-related power

resources.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
PROB_POWER_DECREASE The probability that decreases preamble Tx-related power

resources.
PREAMBLE_INITIAL_RECEIVED_TARGET_POWER_MAXThe maximum value of initial

received target power. {dBm-120, dBm-118, dBm-116, dBm-
114, dBm-112, dBm-110, dBm-108, dBm-106, dBm-104, dBm-
102, dBm-100, dBm-98, dBm-96, dBm-94, dBm-92, dBm-90}
PREAMBLE_INITIAL_RECEIVED_TARGET_POWER_MINThe minimum value of initial

POWER_RAMPING_STEP_MAX The maximum value of ramping step. {dB0, dB2,dB4, dB6}
POWER_RAMPING_STEP_MIN The minimum value of ramping step. {dB0, dB2,dB4, dB6}
CONTENTION_INCREASE The threshold that increases PRACH configuration index.
CONTENTION_DECREASE The threshold that decreases PRACH configuration index.
PROB_CONTENTION_INCREASE The probability that increases PRACH configuration index.
PROB_CONTENTION_DECREASEThe probability that decreases PRACH configuration index.
TIME_CHANCE_MAX The maximum value of time chance index related to PRACH

configuration index. {0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 10}
TIME_CHANCE_MIN The minimum value of time chance index related to PRACH


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2267 CHANGE SON RO
Command Format
CHG-SON-RO: [T_PERIOD], [T_PERIOD_TEMP], [RACH_FILTERING_COEFF],
[DEDICATED_INCREASE], [DEDICATED_DECREASE], [PROB_DEDICATED_INCREASE],
[PROB_DEDICATED_DECREASE], [DEDICATED_MAX], [DEDICATED_MIN], [POWER_INCREASE],
[POWER_DECREASE], [POWER_INCREASE_DED], [POWER_DECREASE_DED],
[PROB_POWER_INCREASE], [PROB_POWER_DECREASE],
[PREAMBLE_INITIAL_RECEIVED_TARGET_POWER_MAX],
[PREAMBLE_INITIAL_RECEIVED_TARGET_POWER_MIN], [POWER_RAMPING_STEP_MAX],
[POWER_RAMPING_STEP_MIN], [CONTENTION_INCREASE], [CONTENTION_DECREASE],
[PROB_CONTENTION_INCREASE], [PROB_CONTENTION_DECREASE], [TIME_CHANCE_MAX],
[TIME_CHANCE_MIN];
Command Description
Changes parameters required for RO (RACH Optimization). This command changes the follow-
ing parameters: the collection period of RACH data-related statistics required to operate RO, the
minimum/maximum values of the parameters that can be changed by RO, the optimization-
related parameters for the number of dedicated preambles, RACH Tx power and PRACH config-
uration index. It has a significance if SONFN-CELL: rachOptEnable := 1 (Manual Apply) or 2
(Automatic Apply).
TIMEOUT 10

T_PERIOD The period of statistics monitoring. one_day/one_week/ NONE one_mo
This value (1Day/1Week/1Month, one_month/ nth
default=1Month) is used for triggering
the RACH parameter control.
- 1Day: RO is triggered based on
handover statistics collected for 1
day.
- 1Week: RO is triggered based on
week.
- 1Month: RO is triggered based on
month.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

T_PERIOD_TE The period of fallback statistics moni- one_hour/one_day/ NONE one_we
MP toring. This value (1Hour/1Day/ one_week/ ek
1Week, default=1Week) is used for
checking a fault where RACH perfor-
mance is not temporarily met after
the RACH parameter is changed.
- 1Hour: Fallback for RO based on
the handover statistics collected for 1
hour.
- 1Day: Fallback for RO based on the
day.
- 1Week: Fallback for RO based on
the handover statistics collected for 1
week.
RACH_FILTERI The coefficient applied to filtering 0.000000 ~ 1.000000 NONE 0.0333
NG_COEFF when processing RACH statistics
data. F(n) = (rachFilteringCoeff)xF(n-
1) + rachFilteringCoeff x Current-
Value
DEDICATED_I The threshold that increases the 0 ~ 100 % 1
NCREASE number of dedicated preambles.
DEDICATED_D The threshold that decreases the 0 ~ 100 % 1
ECREASE number of dedicated preambles.
PROB_DEDICA The probability that increases the 0 ~ 100 % 10
TED_INCREAS number of dedicated preambles.
E
PROB_DEDICA The probability that decreases the 0 ~ 100 % 10
TED_DECREA number of dedicated preambles.
SE
DEDICATED_M The maximum value of the number of ci_ro_n0/ci_ro_n4/ci_ro_n8/ NONE ci_ro_n
AX dedicated preambles. {n0, n4, n8, ci_ro_n12/ci_ro_n16/ 32
n12, n16, n20, n24, n28, n32, n36, ci_ro_n20/ci_ro_n24/
n40, n44, n48, n52, n56, n60} ci_ro_n28/ci_ro_n32/
ci_ro_n36/ci_ro_n40/
ci_ro_n60/
DEDICATED_M The minimum value of the number of ci_ro_n0/ci_ro_n4/ci_ro_n8/ NONE ci_ro_n
IN dedicated preambles. {n0, n4, n8, ci_ro_n12/ci_ro_n16/ 4
n12, n16, n20, n24, n28, n32, n36, ci_ro_n20/ci_ro_n24/
n40, n44, n48, n52, n56, n60} ci_ro_n28/ci_ro_n32/
ci_ro_n60/
POWER_INCR The threshold that increases pream- 0 ~ 199 NONE 10
EASE ble Tx-related power resources.
POWER_DECR The threshold that decreases pream- 0 ~ 199 NONE 2
EASE ble Tx-related power resources.
POWER_INCR The threshold that increases dedi- 0 ~ 199 NONE 3
EASE_DED cated preamble Tx-related power
resources.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

POWER_DECR The threshold that decreases dedi- 0 ~ 199 NONE 2
EASE_DED cated preamble Tx-related power
resources.
PROB_POWER The probability that increases pream- 0 ~ 100 % 10
_INCREASE ble Tx-related power resources.
PROB_POWER The probability that decreases pre- 0 ~ 100 % 10
_DECREASE amble Tx-related power resources.
PREAMBLE_IN The maximum value of initial ci_roTarget_dbm_minus120/ NONE ci_roTar
ITIAL_RECEIV received target power. {dBm-120, ci_roTarget_dbm_minus118/ get_db
ED_TARGET_P dBm-118, dBm-116, dBm-114, dBm- ci_roTarget_dbm_minus116/ m_minu
OWER_MAX 112, dBm-110, dBm-108, dBm-106, ci_roTarget_dbm_minus114/ s90
dBm-104, dBm-102, dBm-100, dBm- ci_roTarget_dbm_minus112/
98, dBm-96, dBm-94, dBm-92, dBm- ci_roTarget_dbm_minus110/
90} ci_roTarget_dbm_minus108/
ci_roTarget_dbm_minus106/
PREAMBLE_IN The minimum value of initial received ci_roTarget_dbm_minus120/ NONE ci_roTar
ITIAL_RECEIV target power. {dBm-120, dBm-118, ci_roTarget_dbm_minus118/ get_db
ED_TARGET_P dBm-116, dBm-114, dBm-112, dBm- ci_roTarget_dbm_minus116/ m_minu
OWER_MIN 110, dBm-108, dBm-106, dBm-104, ci_roTarget_dbm_minus114/ s120
dBm-102, dBm-100, dBm-98, dBm- ci_roTarget_dbm_minus112/
96, dBm-94, dBm-92, dBm-90} ci_roTarget_dbm_minus110/
POWER_RAM The maximum value of ramping step. ci_roStep_0dB/ NONE ci_roSte
PING_STEP_M {dB0, dB2,dB4, dB6} ci_roStep_2dB/ p_6dB
AX ci_roStep_4dB/
ci_roStep_6dB/
POWER_RAM The minimum value of ramping step. ci_roStep_0dB/ NONE ci_roSte
PING_STEP_M {dB0, dB2,dB4, dB6} ci_roStep_2dB/ p_2dB
IN ci_roStep_4dB/
ci_roStep_6dB/
CONTENTION_ The threshold that increases PRACH 0 ~ 100 % 10
INCREASE configuration index.
CONTENTION_ The threshold that decreases 0 ~ 100 % 2
DECREASE PRACH configuration index.
PROB_CONTE The probability that increases 0 ~ 100 % 10
NTION_INCRE PRACH configuration index.
ASE

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

PROB_CONTE The probability that decreases 0 ~ 100 % 10
NTION_DECRE PRACH configuration index.
ASE
TIME_CHANCE The maximum value of time chance ci_roConfig_0_5/ NONE ci_roCo
_MAX index related to PRACH configuration ci_roConfig_1/ci_roConfig_2/ nfig_10
index. {0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 10} ci_roConfig_3/ci_roConfig_5/
ci_roConfig_10/
TIME_CHANCE The minimum value of time chance ci_roConfig_0_5/ NONE ci_roCo
_MIN index related to PRACH configuration ci_roConfig_1/ci_roConfig_2/ nfig_0_
index. {0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 10} ci_roConfig_3/ci_roConfig_5/ 5
ci_roConfig_10/

DB_INDEX index
T_PERIOD The period of statistics monitoring. This value (1Day/1Week/

1Month, default=1Month) is used for triggering the RACH
parameter control.
- 1Day: RO is triggered based on handover statistics collected
for 1 day.
- 1Week: RO is triggered based on handover statistics collected
for 1 week .
- 1Month: RO is triggered based on handover statistics collected
for 1 month.

RACH performance is not temporarily met after the RACH
- 1Hour: Fallback for RO based on the handover statistics col-
lected for 1 hour.
- 1Day: Fallback for RO based on the handover statistics col-
lected for 1 day.
- 1Week: Fallback for RO based on the handover statistics col-
lected for 1 week.
RACH_FILTERING_COEFF The coefficient applied to filtering when processing RACH sta-

tistics data. F(n) = (rachFilteringCoeff)xF(n-1) + rachFiltering-
Coeff x CurrentValue
DEDICATED_INCREASE The threshold that increases the number of dedicated preambles.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
DEDICATED_DECREASE The threshold that decreases the number of dedicated preambles.
PROB_DEDICATED_INCREASE The probability that increases the number of dedicated pream-

bles.
PROB_DEDICATED_DECREASE The probability that decreases the number of dedicated pream-

bles.
DEDICATED_MAX The maximum value of the number of dedicated preambles. {n0,

n4, n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28, n32, n36, n40, n44, n48, n52,
n56, n60}
DEDICATED_MIN The minimum value of the number of dedicated preambles. {n0,

n4, n8, n12, n16, n20, n24, n28, n32, n36, n40, n44, n48, n52,
n56, n60}
POWER_INCREASE The threshold that increases preamble Tx-related power

resources.
POWER_DECREASE The threshold that decreases preamble Tx-related power

resources.
POWER_INCREASE_DED The threshold that increases dedicated preamble Tx-related

power resources.
POWER_DECREASE_DED The threshold that decreases dedicated preamble Tx-related

power resources.
PROB_POWER_INCREASE The probability that increases preamble Tx-related power

resources.
PROB_POWER_DECREASE The probability that decreases preamble Tx-related power

resources.
PREAMBLE_INITIAL_RECEIVED_TARGET_POWER_MAXThe maximum value of initial

PREAMBLE_INITIAL_RECEIVED_TARGET_POWER_MINThe minimum value of initial


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
POWER_RAMPING_STEP_MAX The maximum value of ramping step. {dB0, dB2,dB4, dB6}
POWER_RAMPING_STEP_MIN The minimum value of ramping step. {dB0, dB2,dB4, dB6}
CONTENTION_INCREASE The threshold that increases PRACH configuration index.
CONTENTION_DECREASE The threshold that decreases PRACH configuration index.
PROB_CONTENTION_INCREASE The probability that increases PRACH configuration index.
PROB_CONTENTION_DECREASEThe probability that decreases PRACH configuration index.
TIME_CHANCE_MAX The maximum value of time chance index related to PRACH

TIME_CHANCE_MIN The minimum value of time chance index related to PRACH


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2272 RETRIEVE HYBRID PCI RANGE INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-HYBRIDPCI-INF: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves hybrid cell-related PCI. This command retrieves PCI value or PCI range of the hybrid
cell when the cell type is set to hybrid cell.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
FA_INDEX This index refer to the faIndex of Eutra- 0~7 NONE 0
FaPriorInfoFunc PLD and used for check
the Hybrid PCI range under the same fre-
quency of the target cell when inbound
handover decision.

FA_INDEX This index refer to the faIndex of EutraFaPriorInfoFunc PLD

and used for check the Hybrid PCI range under the same fre-
quency of the target cell when inbound handover decision.
HYBRID_PCIRANGE_USAGE Whether to use PCI range of the hybrid cell. (0: The range is not
used, 1: The range is used.)
PCI_TYPE The PCI type of the hybrid cell.
HYBRID_PCISTART The PCI start value of the hybrid cell.
HYBRID_PCIRANGE The PCI range of the hybrid cell. The range includes the start

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
value.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2273 CHANGE HYBRID PCI RANGE INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
CHG-HYBRIDPCI-INF: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, [HYBRID_PCIRANGE_USAGE], [PCI_TYPE],
[HYBRID_PCISTART], [HYBRID_PCIRANGE];
Command Description
Changes hybrid cell-related PCI of the cell. This command changes PCI value or PCI range of the
hybrid cell when the cell type is set to hybrid cell.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
the Hybrid PCI range under the same fre-
handover decision.
HYBRID_PCIR Whether to use PCI range of the hybrid CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_no_u
ANGE_USAGE cell. (0: The range is not used, 1: The range se
is used.)
PCI_TYPE The PCI type of the hybrid cell. ci_singlePci/ NONE ci_singl
ci_rangedPci/ ePci
HYBRID_PCIS The PCI start value of the hybrid cell. 0 ~ 503 NONE 0
TART
HYBRID_PCIR The PCI range of the hybrid cell. The range ci_rangePCI_n4/ NONE ci_rang
ANGE includes the start value. ci_rangePCI_n8/ ePCI_n
ci_rangePCI_n12/ 4
ci_rangePCI_n16/
ci_rangePCI_n24/
ci_rangePCI_n32/
ci_rangePCI_n48/
ci_rangePCI_n64/
ci_rangePCI_n84/
ci_rangePCI_n96/
ci_rangePCI_n128/
ci_rangePCI_n168/
ci_rangePCI_n252/
ci_rangePCI_n504/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description


and used for check the Hybrid PCI range under the same fre-
HYBRID_PCIRANGE_USAGE Whether to use PCI range of the hybrid cell. (0: The range is not
PCI_TYPE The PCI type of the hybrid cell.
HYBRID_PCISTART The PCI start value of the hybrid cell.
HYBRID_PCIRANGE The PCI range of the hybrid cell. The range includes the start
value.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2274 RETRIEVE OPEN PCI RANGE INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-OPENPCI-INF: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves open cell-related PCI of the cell. This command retrieves PCI value or PCI range of the
open cell when the cell type is set to open cell.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
the Open PCI range under the same fre-
handover decision.


and used for check the Open PCI range under the same fre-
OPEN_PCIRANGE_USAGE Whether to use PCI range of the open cell. (0: The range is not
PCI_TYPE The PCI type of the open cell.
OPEN_PCISTART The PCI start value of the open cell.
OPEN_PCIRANGE The PCI range of the open cell. The range includes the start

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
value.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2275 CHANGE OPEN PCI RANGE INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
CHG-OPENPCI-INF: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, [OPEN_PCIRANGE_USAGE], [PCI_TYPE],
[OPEN_PCISTART], [OPEN_PCIRANGE];
Command Description
Changes open cell-related PCI of the cell. This command changes PCI value or PCI range of the
open cell when the cell type is set to open cell.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
the Open PCI range under the same fre-
handover decision.
OPEN_PCIRAN Whether to use PCI range of the open cell. CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_no_u
GE_USAGE (0: The range is not used, 1: The range is se
used.)
PCI_TYPE The PCI type of the open cell. ci_singlePci/ NONE ci_singl
ci_rangedPci/ ePci
OPEN_PCISTA The PCI start value of the open cell. 0 ~ 503 NONE 0
RT
OPEN_PCIRAN The PCI range of the open cell. The range ci_rangePCI_n4/ NONE ci_rang
GE includes the start value. ci_rangePCI_n8/ ePCI_n
ci_rangePCI_n12/ 4
ci_rangePCI_n16/
ci_rangePCI_n24/
ci_rangePCI_n32/
ci_rangePCI_n48/
ci_rangePCI_n64/
ci_rangePCI_n84/
ci_rangePCI_n96/
ci_rangePCI_n128/
ci_rangePCI_n168/
ci_rangePCI_n252/
ci_rangePCI_n504/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description


and used for check the Open PCI range under the same fre-
OPEN_PCIRANGE_USAGE Whether to use PCI range of the open cell. (0: The range is not
PCI_TYPE The PCI type of the open cell.
OPEN_PCISTART The PCI start value of the open cell.
OPEN_PCIRANGE The PCI range of the open cell. The range includes the start
value.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2276 RETRIEVE POSITIONING CONFIGURA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-POS-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves parameters required for UE positioning. UE positioning has two ways: E-CID and
OTDOA. Both of methods can view the current parameter among information included in the UE
positioning measurement.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.

LATITUDE The latitude of the cell for providing the OTDOA function. The
UE location information included in the cell can be calculated
using the latitude value.
LONGITUDE The longitude of the cell for providing the OTDOA function.
The UE location information included in the cell can be calcu-
lated using the longitude value.
HEIGHT The altitude of the cell for providing the OTDOA function. The
using the altitude value.
UNCERTAINTY_SEMI_MAJOR The uncertainty of semi major. The uncertainty, which the user
enters directly. It can be calculated by a formula of r=10*(1.1k-
1).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
UNCERTAINTY_SEMI_MINOR The uncertainty of semi minor. The uncertainty, which the user
1).
ORIENTATION_OF_MAJOR_AXISThe orientation of the major axis, which the user directly enters
the value chosen from 0 to 179.
UNCERTAINTY_ALTITUDE The uncertainty of altitude tolerance, which the user enters

directly. It can be calculated by using a formula of
h=45*(1.025k-1).
CONFIDENCE The confidence (%) of location service.
MEASUREMENT_INTERVAL The value used when the measured periodicity included in E-

CID measurement initiation request is periodic. The interval at
which MRs are received when eNB receives MR from the UE
periodically. This value can be changed by the user, which is a
different value from the interval used in eNB.
PRS_CONFIG_INDEX PRS configuration index. If the user enters a value, eNB sends
the value to MAC layer.
NUM_OF_DL_FRAME The number of downlink frames. If the user enters a value, eNB
sends the value to MAC layer.
PRS_MUTING_CONFIG_SIZE PRS muting configuration size. If the user enters a value, eNB
PRS_MUTING_CONFIG_VALUE PRS muting configuration. If the user enters a value, eNB sends
PRS_BANDWIDTH PRS Bandwidth. If the user enters a value, eNB sends the value
to MAC layer.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2277 CHANGE POSITIONING CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-POS-CONF: CELL_NUM, [LATITUDE], [LONGITUDE], [HEIGHT],
[UNCERTAINTY_SEMI_MAJOR], [UNCERTAINTY_SEMI_MINOR],
[ORIENTATION_OF_MAJOR_AXIS], [UNCERTAINTY_ALTITUDE], [CONFIDENCE],
[MEASUREMENT_INTERVAL], [PRS_CONFIG_INDEX], [NUM_OF_DL_FRAME],
[PRS_MUTING_CONFIG_SIZE], [PRS_MUTING_CONFIG_VALUE], [PRS_BANDWIDTH];
Command Description
Changes parameters required for UE positioning. UE positioning has two ways: E-CID and
OTDOA. Both of methods can change the current parameter among information included in the
UE positioning measurement.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.
LATITUDE The latitude of the cell for providing the 20 NONE N
OTDOA function. The UE location informa- 000:00:
tion included in the cell can be calculated 00.000
LONGITUDE The longitude of the cell for providing the 20 NONE E
OTDOA function. The UE location informa- 000:00:
tion included in the cell can be calculated 00.000
using the longitude value.
HEIGHT The altitude of the cell for providing the 20 NONE 0000.00
OTDOA function. The UE location informa- m
tion included in the cell can be calculated
UNCERTAINTY The uncertainty of semi major. The uncer- 0 ~ 127 NONE 0
_SEMI_MAJOR tainty, which the user enters directly. It can
be calculated by a formula of r=10*(1.1k-1).
UNCERTAINTY The uncertainty of semi minor. The uncer- 0 ~ 127 NONE 0
_SEMI_MINOR tainty, which the user enters directly. It can
be calculated by a formula of r=10*(1.1k-1).
ORIENTATION The orientation of the major axis, which the 0 ~ 179 NONE 0
_OF_MAJOR_ user directly enters the value chosen from
AXIS 0 to 179.
UNCERTAINTY The uncertainty of altitude tolerance, which 0 ~ 127 NONE 0
_ALTITUDE the user enters directly. It can be calculated
by using a formula of h=45*(1.025k-1).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

CONFIDENCE The confidence (%) of location service. 0 ~ 100 NONE 0
MEASUREMEN The value used when the measured period- ci_120ms/ci_240ms/ NONE ci_120m
T_INTERVAL icity included in E-CID measurement initia- ci_480ms/ci_640ms/ s
tion request is periodic. The interval at ci_1024ms/ci_2048ms/
which MRs are received when eNB ci_5120ms/
receives MR from the UE periodically. This ci_10240ms/ci_1min/
value can be changed by the user, which is ci_6min/ci_12min/
a different value from the interval used in ci_30min/ci_60min/
eNB.
PRS_CONFIG_ PRS configuration index. If the user enters 0 ~ 4095 NONE 1139
INDEX a value, eNB sends the value to MAC layer.
NUM_OF_DL_ The number of downlink frames. If the user ci_sf1/ci_sf2/ci_sf4/ NONE ci_sf1
FRAME enters a value, eNB sends the value to ci_sf6/
MAC layer.
PRS_MUTING_ PRS muting configuration size. If the user ci_Two/ci_Four/ NONE ci_Eight
CONFIG_SIZE enters a value, eNB sends the value to ci_Eight/ci_Sixteen/
MAC layer.
PRS_MUTING_ PRS muting configuration. If the user 0 ~ 65535 NONE 255
CONFIG_VALU enters a value, eNB sends the value to
E MAC layer.
PRS_BANDWI PRS Bandwidth. If the user enters a value, ci_prsBw6/ci_prsBw15/ NONE ci_prsB
DTH eNB sends the value to MAC layer. ci_prsBw25/ w100
ci_prsBw50/
ci_prsBw75/
ci_prsBw100/

LATITUDE The latitude of the cell for providing the OTDOA function. The
LONGITUDE The longitude of the cell for providing the OTDOA function.
The UE location information included in the cell can be calcu-
lated using the longitude value.
HEIGHT The altitude of the cell for providing the OTDOA function. The
UNCERTAINTY_SEMI_MAJOR The uncertainty of semi major. The uncertainty, which the user
1).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
UNCERTAINTY_SEMI_MINOR The uncertainty of semi minor. The uncertainty, which the user
1).
ORIENTATION_OF_MAJOR_AXISThe orientation of the major axis, which the user directly enters
the value chosen from 0 to 179.
UNCERTAINTY_ALTITUDE The uncertainty of altitude tolerance, which the user enters

directly. It can be calculated by using a formula of
h=45*(1.025k-1).
CONFIDENCE The confidence (%) of location service.
MEASUREMENT_INTERVAL The value used when the measured periodicity included in E-

CID measurement initiation request is periodic. The interval at
which MRs are received when eNB receives MR from the UE
periodically. This value can be changed by the user, which is a
different value from the interval used in eNB.
PRS_CONFIG_INDEX PRS configuration index. If the user enters a value, eNB sends
NUM_OF_DL_FRAME The number of downlink frames. If the user enters a value, eNB
PRS_MUTING_CONFIG_SIZE PRS muting configuration size. If the user enters a value, eNB
PRS_MUTING_CONFIG_VALUE PRS muting configuration. If the user enters a value, eNB sends
PRS_BANDWIDTH PRS Bandwidth. If the user enters a value, eNB sends the value
to MAC layer.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2287 RETRIEVE SUBCELL STATE/STATUS
Command Format
RTRV-SCELL-STS: [SUB_CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Displays whether the subcell's operational status is Enable or Disable and whether calls are
assigned (Act), calls cannot be assigned (Busy) or no calls are assigned (Idle). This command
also retrieves the number of calls if the subcell is in the Act or Busy state. The number of calls in
the Idle state is 0.
TIMEOUT 10

ported.

ported.
OPERATIONAL_STATE The operational state of the subcell after it is set up.

- enable: Calls can be assigned to the subcell.
- disable: Calls cannot be assigned to the subcell because it is not
set up yet.
USAGE_STATE The current state of the subcell.

- act: One or more calls are assigned to the subcell.
- busy: All resources of the subcell are already allocated and no

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
more calls can be assigned.

- idle: No calls are assigned to the subcell (If
OPERATIONAL_STATE of the subcell is disable,
USAGE_STATE is also idle).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2288 RETRIEVE SUB CELL THROUGHPUT
Command Format
RTRV-SCELL-TP: [SUB_CELL_NUM];
Command Description
This command shows Throughput status according to subcell of eNB for RLC,MAC DL UL.
TIMEOUT 10

ported.

ported.
RLC_DLTP The RLC DL throughput value of the subcell.
RLC_ULTP The RLC UL throughput value of the subcell.
MAC_DLTP The MAC DL throughput value of the subcell.
MAC_ULTP The MAC UL throughput value of the subcell.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2289 RETRIEVE SUBCELL CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-SCELL-CONF: [SUB_CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration information of the subcells provided by the system. This command is
valid only in a system supporting smart cells. The user can enter SUB_CELL_NUM to select a
subcell to be retrieved. If no subcell is selected, configuration information for all subcells is dis-
played. The user can retrieve the subcell's status, administrative state, the channel card supporting
the cell and the DSP information.
TIMEOUT 10

SUB_CELL_NU The subcell number. SUB_CELL_NUM is 0 ~ 17 NONE 0
M unique within the system. Sub cells are
supported by a smart cell system only.

SUB_CELL_NUM The subcell number. SUB_CELL_NUM is unique within the
system. Sub cells are supported by a smart cell system only.
STATUS The status information of the subcell.

- EQUIP: Indicates that the cell is grown and available in the
system. In the EQUIP state, the user can change the cell status to
LOCKED, UNLOCKED, or SHUTTING DOWN.
- N_EQUIP: Indicates that the cell is degrown and unavailable in
the system.
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE The administrative state of the subcell configured by the user.

The initial value is LOCKED when growing the system. This
- LOCKED: A transitional state in the subcell grow/degrow pro-

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- UNLOCKED: The subcell growth is complete. The grown
- SHUTTING DOWN: A transitional state in the subcell
degrowth process. In this state, the grown resources in the PLD
continue to offer the call service of the previous UNLOCKED
state but does not offer any new call services. When the current
call service is complete, the resources automatically change to
the LOCKED state.
CELL_NUM The cell number provided by the system. This value must not
exceed the maximum number of cells supported by the system. It
is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if the maximum
capacity provided to the carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up
to 3 cells are supported.
CC_ID The ID of the channel card supporting the subcell (unique within
the system).
DSP_ID The DSP ID within the channel card supporting the subcell
(unique within the channel card).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2290 RETRIEVE CDD CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-CDD-CONF: [CELLNUM];
Command Description
Retrieve CDD Configuarion
TIMEOUT 10

CELLNUM This parameter defines cell number. 0~8 NONE 0

CELLNUM This parameter defines cell number.
CDD If CDD is enabled when Num of CRS = 2, This parameter has to

be set to 1(TRUE); otherwise, set to 0(FALSE).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2291 CHANGE CDD CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-CDD-CONF: CELLNUM, [CDD];
Command Description
Change CDD Configuarion
TIMEOUT 10

CELLNUM This parameter defines cell number. 0~8 NONE 0
CDD If CDD is enabled when Num of CRS = 2, 9 NONE 0
This parameter has to be set to 1(TRUE);
otherwise, set to 0(FALSE).

CELLNUM This parameter defines cell number.
CDD If CDD is enabled when Num of CRS = 2, This parameter has to

be set to 1(TRUE); otherwise, set to 0(FALSE).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2292 RETRIEVE SRS NEIGHBOR CELL CON-

FIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-SRSNBR-CONF: [CELL_NUM], [SRS_NBR_IDX];
Command Description
Retrieve SRS configuration of SRS neighbor cell. phyCellId, clusterId, SRS pool index,
groupHopping and sequenceHopping can be retrived for each cell.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.
SRS_NBR_IDX SRS neighbor cell idx. 0 ~ 19 NONE 0

SRS_NBR_IDX SRS neighbor cell idx.
STATUS The validity of the SRS neighbor cell information.
ENB_ID The eNB ID of the eNB to which SRS neighbor cell to the eNB
belongs. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value
is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value
is eNB ID. It is used when creating a cell identifier.
TARGET_CELL_NUM The local cell ID of SRS neighbor cell to the eNB. It is used

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2298 RETRIEVE UL RESOURCE TABLE CON-

FIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-ULRESTABLE-CONF: [CELL_NUM], [STATE_IDX];
Command Description
Retrieve number of UEs for each PUCCH/SRS state. Minimum number of UEs, maximum num-
ber of UEs, margin to the maximum number of UEs can be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.
STATE_IDX The cell number for which the command 0~7 NONE 0
was executed.

STATE_IDX The cell number for which the command was executed.
USAGE Whether UL resource table configuration is used.
MIN_UE Minimum UE for each state
MAX_UE Maximum UE for each state

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2303 RETRIEVE EXTERNAL EUTRAN CELL

FDD INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-NBR-EUTRAN: CELL_NUM, [RELATION_IDX];
Command Description
Retrieves information on E-UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB. If the CELL_NUM and
RELATION_INDEX parameters are entered, the information for a certain E-UTRAN neighbor-
ing cell is retrieved. If not, the information for all E-UTRAN neighboring cells is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

RELATION_IDX Database index of E-UTRAN neighboring 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
cell.


invalid.



2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
eNB belongs.



eNB.







2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description









eNB.

eNB.

nected mode.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
mode.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2304 RETRIEVE SYSTEM UE COUNT
Command Format
RTRV-SYS-UECNT;
Command Description
Retrieves the number of UE that is connected to the eNB. This command number of Active UE of
RRC Establishment cause and HO (Handover) is separated by a command to query.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX Index
ACTIVE_UECOUNT The total number of calls assigned to all cells in the system.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2305 RETRIEVE HANDOVER OPTION INFOR-

MATION
Command Format
RTRV-HO-OPT;
Command Description
Retrieves handover information. The user can retrieve the E-RAB iteration method set in the
eNB, whether to include neighboring cell list (NCL), and whether to forward uplink data in the
target eNB.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

ERAB_INTERACTION Prioritization information when contention occurs between E-

RAB and handover procedures.
- 0: Performs handover first (Handover Prior).
- 1: Performs E-RAB procedures (ERAB Prior).
USED_NBR_LIST The method for providing the neighboring cell list included in
MeasObjectEUTRA of the RRC Connection Reconfiguration
message.
- 0: Neighboring cells whose CIO value is not dB0 are only
included in the list (by algorithm).
- 1: Neighboring cells whose CIO value is dB0 are also included
in the list (force-used).
UPLINK_FORWARD Whether to forward uplink data in the target base station during
handover.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
NUM_OF_ENB The number of target base stations for multi-target preparation

during handover. The maximum of 4 eNBs can be prepared. If
the value entered is 1, the multi-target preparation is not exe-
cuted.
RIM_ENABLE Whether to RIM procedure decision.
MME_SELECT_FACTOR_FOR_RIMThis parameter is MME Selection Factor for RIM Procedure.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2306 RETRIEVE CELL UE COUNT
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-UECNT: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the number of UE that is connected to the Cell. This command number of Active UE of
RRC Establishment cause and HO (Handover) is separated by a command to query.
TIMEOUT 10

ported.

ACTIVE_UECOUNT The number of calls assigned to the cell.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2307 CHANGE SRS INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-SRS-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [TDD_SRS_ALLOC_TYPE], [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
This command defines to change SRS(Sounding Reference Signal) paramters in each cell.
TIMEOUT 10

CELL_NUM Cell index (number) 0~8 NONE 0
TDD_SRS_ALL This prameter defines allocation method of upPtsSF_Only/ NONE both_Up
OC_TYPE SRS(Sounding Reference Signal) normalSF_Only/ Pts_No
Resource in TDD mod. Range of this both_UpPts_Nomal/ mal
parameter is to be below. upPtsSF_Only :
Using only UpPts Subframe for allocation
SRS Resource normalSF_Only : Using
Normal Uplink Subframe for allocation SRS
Resource both_UpPts_Nomal : Using
UpPts and Normal Uplink Subframe for
allocation SRS Resource
E changed value.

CELL_NUM Cell index (number)
TDD_SRS_ALLOC_TYPE This prameter defines allocation method of SRS(Sounding Ref-

erence Signal) Resource in TDD mod. Range of this parameter is
to be below. upPtsSF_Only : Using only UpPts Subframe for
allocation SRS Resource normalSF_Only : Using Normal
Uplink Subframe for allocation SRS Resource
both_UpPts_Nomal : Using UpPts and Normal Uplink Subframe
for allocation SRS Resource

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2308 RETRIEVE SRS INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-SRS-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
This command defines to retrieve SRS(Sounding Reference Signal) paramters in each cell.
TIMEOUT 10


TDD_SRS_ALLOC_TYPE This prameter defines allocation method of SRS(Sounding Ref-

erence Signal) Resource in TDD mod. Range of this parameter is
to be below. upPtsSF_Only : Using only UpPts Subframe for
allocation SRS Resource normalSF_Only : Using Normal
Uplink Subframe for allocation SRS Resource
both_UpPts_Nomal : Using UpPts and Normal Uplink Subframe
for allocation SRS Resource

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2310 RETRIEVE SON LB INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-SON-LB;
Command Description
Retrieve SON Load Balancing Multi-Carrier Information
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX Informaion Index
NUM_LB_CANDIDATE Number of UEs which perform measurement for LBMC
NUM_LB_TARGET Number of UEs which perform handover for LBMC
NUM_LB_MAX_UE Maximum number of UEs defined for capacity value
CAPACITY_LB_ALPHA_FACTORCoefficient of numLbmcMaxUe defined for capacity value
CAPACITY_LB_BETA_FACTOR Coefficient of non-GBR PRB usage defined for capacity value
GOLD_UE_FACTOR Weight of Gold class UEs
SILVER_UE_FACTOR Weight of Silver class UEs
MULTI_CA_LOAD_GAP_THRESHOLDThreshold of load distribution between two cells in the

same group of same sector. If the radio resource load gap of the
two cells is greater than this threshold, multicarrier load distribu-
tion is triggered.
INTRAGROUP_LB_TRIGGER_THRESHOLDThreshold of load distribution between two cells in

the same group of same sector. Only when the radio resource
load of source cell is greater than this threshold, multicarrier

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
load distribution can be triggered.
OVERLOAD_THRESHOLD_PRB Threshold of load distribution between two cells in the same

group of same sector. Only when the radio resource load of tar-
get cell is smaller than this threshold, multicarrier load distribu-
tion can be triggered.
OVERLOAD_THRESHOLD_TARGETThreshold of inter-sector load distribution. Only when the

radio resource load of target cell is smaller than this threshold,
inter-sector load distribution can be triggered.
CPU_THRESHOLD MAximum CPU load defined for capacity value
MIN_BACK_HAUL_CAPACITY Minimum backhaul capacity per UE defined for capacity value
T_LOAD_DECISION_LB Period of cell load calculation
T_RESOURCE_STATUS_REPORTINGPeriod of cell load status reporting to X2 connected neighbor

cells
T_MEASUREMENT_COLLECTION_LBPeriod of measurement report collection
T_MEASUREMENT_REPORT_INTERVAL_LBInterval of periodic measurement report
M_LB_FLAG_STEP1 Whether to enable the mlb Step1.

- OFF (0): The function is turned off.
- ON (1): The function is turned on.


M_LB_RADIO_CONDITION Wheter to select RSRP or RSRQ as a radio condition for mlb.

- '0' : select RSRP.
- '1' : select RSRQ.
M_LB_THRESHOLD_RSRP RSRP threshold used in selecting mLb candidate UEs in MLB

step 1, 2.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
M_LB_THRESHOLD_RSRQ RSRQ threshold used in selecting mLb candidate UEs in MLB

step 1, 2.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2311 CHANGE SON LB INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-SON-LB: [NUM_LB_CANDIDATE], [NUM_LB_TARGET], [NUM_LB_MAX_UE],
[CAPACITY_LB_ALPHA_FACTOR], [CAPACITY_LB_BETA_FACTOR], [GOLD_UE_FACTOR],
[SILVER_UE_FACTOR], [MULTI_CA_LOAD_GAP_THRESHOLD],
[INTRAGROUP_LB_TRIGGER_THRESHOLD], [OVERLOAD_THRESHOLD_PRB],
[OVERLOAD_THRESHOLD_TARGET], [CPU_THRESHOLD], [MIN_BACK_HAUL_CAPACITY],
[T_LOAD_DECISION_LB], [T_RESOURCE_STATUS_REPORTING],
[T_MEASUREMENT_COLLECTION_LB], [T_MEASUREMENT_REPORT_INTERVAL_LB],
[M_LB_FLAG_STEP1], [M_LB_FLAG_STEP2], [M_LB_FLAG_STEP3],
[M_LB_RADIO_CONDITION], [M_LB_THRESHOLD_RSRP], [M_LB_THRESHOLD_RSRQ];
Command Description
Change SON Load Balancing Multi-Carrier Information
TIMEOUT 10

NUM_LB_CAN Number of UEs which perform measure- 0 ~ 600 NONE 20
DIDATE ment for LBMC
NUM_LB_TAR Number of UEs which perform handover for 0 ~ 600 NONE 1
GET LBMC
NUM_LB_MAX Maximum number of UEs defined for 0 ~ 600 NONE 600
_UE capacity value
CAPACITY_LB Coefficient of numLbmcMaxUe defined for 0.0 ~ 1.0 NONE 0.8
_ALPHA_FACT capacity value
OR
CAPACITY_LB Coefficient of non-GBR PRB usage defined 0.0 ~ 1.0 NONE 1.0
_BETA_FACTO for capacity value
R
GOLD_UE_FA Weight of Gold class UEs 1.0 ~ 10.0 NONE 1.0
CTOR
SILVER_UE_F Weight of Silver class UEs 1.0 ~ 10.0 NONE 1.0
ACTOR
MULTI_CA_LO Threshold of load distribution between two 0.0 ~ 100.0 % 10.0
AD_GAP_THR cells in the same group of same sector. If
ESHOLD the radio resource load gap of the two cells
is greater than this threshold, multicarrier
load distribution is triggered.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

INTRAGROUP Threshold of load distribution between two 0.0 ~ 100.0 % 40.0
_LB_TRIGGER cells in the same group of same sector.
_THRESHOLD Only when the radio resource load of
source cell is greater than this threshold,
multicarrier load distribution can be trig-
gered.
OVERLOAD_T Threshold of load distribution between two 0.0 ~ 100.0 % 75.0
HRESHOLD_P cells in the same group of same sector.
RB Only when the radio resource load of target
cell is smaller than this threshold, multicar-
rier load distribution can be triggered.
OVERLOAD_T Threshold of inter-sector load distribution. 0.0 ~ 100.0 % 75.0
HRESHOLD_T Only when the radio resource load of target
ARGET cell is smaller than this threshold, inter-sec-
tor load distribution can be triggered.
CPU_THRESH MAximum CPU load defined for capacity 0.0 ~ 100.0 % 70.0
OLD value
MIN_BACK_HA Minimum backhaul capacity per UE defined 0.0 ~ 100.0 % 3.0
UL_CAPACITY for capacity value
T_LOAD_DECI Period of cell load calculation 0 ~ 1440 NONE 5
SION_LB
T_RESOURCE Period of cell load status reporting to X2 ci_lbPeriod1_1000ms/ NONE ci_lbPer
_STATUS_REP connected neighbor cells ci_lbPeriod1_2000ms/ iod1_10
ORTING ci_lbPeriod1_5000ms/ 000ms
ci_lbPeriod1_10000ms/
T_MEASUREM Period of measurement report collection ci_lbPeriod2_500ms/ NONE ci_lbPer
ENT_COLLECT ci_lbPeriod2_1min/ iod2_1
ION_LB ci_lbPeriod2_2min/ min
ci_lbPeriod2_3min/
ci_lbPeriod2_4min/
ci_lbPeriod2_5min/
ci_lbPeriod2_10min/
ci_lbPeriod2_20min/
ci_lbPeriod2_30min/
ci_lbPeriod2_40min/
ci_lbPeriod2_50min/
ci_lbPeriod2_60min/
T_MEASUREM Interval of periodic measurement report ci_lbPeriod3_120ms/ NONE ci_lbPer
ENT_REPORT ci_lbPeriod3_240ms/ iod3_48
_INTERVAL_LB ci_lbPeriod3_480ms/ 0ms
ci_lbPeriod3_640ms/
ci_lbPeriod3_1min/
ci_lbPeriod3_6min/
ci_lbPeriod3_12min/
ci_lbPeriod3_30min/
ci_lbPeriod3_60min/
M_LB_FLAG_S Whether to enable the mlb Step1. OFF/ON/ NONE OFF
TEP1 - OFF (0): The function is turned off.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

M_LB_FLAG_S Whether to enable the mlb Step2. OFF/ON/ NONE ON
M_LB_FLAG_S Whether to enable the mlb Step3. OFF/ON/ NONE ON
M_LB_RADIO_ Wheter to select RSRP or RSRQ as a radio ci_rsrp/ci_rsrq/ NONE ci_rsrq
CONDITION condition for mlb.
M_LB_THRES RSRP threshold used in selecting mLb 0 ~ 97 NONE 55
HOLD_RSRP candidate UEs in MLB step 1, 2.
M_LB_THRES RSRQ threshold used in selecting mLb 0 ~ 34 NONE 23
HOLD_RSRQ candidate UEs in MLB step 1, 2.

DB_INDEX Informaion Index
NUM_LB_CANDIDATE Number of UEs which perform measurement for LBMC
NUM_LB_TARGET Number of UEs which perform handover for LBMC
NUM_LB_MAX_UE Maximum number of UEs defined for capacity value
CAPACITY_LB_ALPHA_FACTORCoefficient of numLbmcMaxUe defined for capacity value
CAPACITY_LB_BETA_FACTOR Coefficient of non-GBR PRB usage defined for capacity value
GOLD_UE_FACTOR Weight of Gold class UEs
SILVER_UE_FACTOR Weight of Silver class UEs
MULTI_CA_LOAD_GAP_THRESHOLDThreshold of load distribution between two cells in the

same group of same sector. If the radio resource load gap of the
two cells is greater than this threshold, multicarrier load distribu-
tion is triggered.
INTRAGROUP_LB_TRIGGER_THRESHOLDThreshold of load distribution between two cells in

the same group of same sector. Only when the radio resource
load of source cell is greater than this threshold, multicarrier
load distribution can be triggered.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
OVERLOAD_THRESHOLD_PRB Threshold of load distribution between two cells in the same

group of same sector. Only when the radio resource load of tar-
get cell is smaller than this threshold, multicarrier load distribu-
tion can be triggered.
OVERLOAD_THRESHOLD_TARGETThreshold of inter-sector load distribution. Only when the

radio resource load of target cell is smaller than this threshold,
inter-sector load distribution can be triggered.
CPU_THRESHOLD MAximum CPU load defined for capacity value
MIN_BACK_HAUL_CAPACITY Minimum backhaul capacity per UE defined for capacity value
T_LOAD_DECISION_LB Period of cell load calculation
T_RESOURCE_STATUS_REPORTINGPeriod of cell load status reporting to X2 connected neighbor

cells
T_MEASUREMENT_COLLECTION_LBPeriod of measurement report collection
T_MEASUREMENT_REPORT_INTERVAL_LBInterval of periodic measurement report



M_LB_RADIO_CONDITION Wheter to select RSRP or RSRQ as a radio condition for mlb.

M_LB_THRESHOLD_RSRP RSRP threshold used in selecting mLb candidate UEs in MLB

step 1, 2.
M_LB_THRESHOLD_RSRQ RSRQ threshold used in selecting mLb candidate UEs in MLB

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
step 1, 2.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2312 RETRIEVE SCHEDULER SERVER CON-

FIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-SCHRSERV-INF;
Command Description
Retrieves the Scheduler system information.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX This is just db index.
CLUSTER_ID This is the Scheduler server ID to which this eNB belongs.
SCHR_TYPE Scheduler server type
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE The administrative state of the Scheduler server interworking

function configured by the user.
IP_VER The IP address version type used by Scheduling system.
SCHR_IPV4 It is Scheduler server's IPv4 address.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2313 CHANGE SCHEDULER SERVER CONFIG-

URATION
Command Format
CHG-SCHRSERV-INF: [CLUSTER_ID], [SCHR_TYPE], [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE], [IP_VER],
[SCHR_IPV4], [SCHR_IPV6];
Command Description
Changes the Scheduler system information.
TIMEOUT 10

CLUSTER_ID This is the Scheduler server ID to which 0 ~ 1023 NONE 0
this eNB belongs.
SCHR_TYPE Scheduler server type SCHEDULER/ NONE eSCHR
eSCHR_NONE/ _NONE
ADMINISTRATI The administrative state of the Scheduler locked/unlocked/shut- NONE unlocke
VE_STATE server interworking function configured by tingDown/ d
the user.
IP_VER The IP address version type used by IPV4/IPV6/ NONE IPV4
Scheduling system.
SCHR_IPV4 It is Scheduler server's IPv4 address. IPv4 Address NONE 0.0.0.0
SCHR_IPV6 It is Scheduler server's IPv6 address. IPv6 Address NONE 0:0:0:0:
0:0:0:0

DB_INDEX This is just db index.
CLUSTER_ID This is the Scheduler server ID to which this eNB belongs.
SCHR_TYPE Scheduler server type
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE The administrative state of the Scheduler server interworking

function configured by the user.
IP_VER The IP address version type used by Scheduling system.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2314 RETRIEVE SON SRS PARAMETERS
Command Format
RTRV-SON-SRS;
Command Description
Retrieves the parameter information for the SON SRS function. This command retrieves the
operation condition when the SRS function is set to Manual Apply or Auto Apply by the CHG-
SONFN-CELL command.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX The cell number for which the command was executed.
MAX_SRS_NRT_SIZE Maximum SRS NRTsize of cell.
MIN_POOL_SIZE Minimum # of SRS Pool Index allowed
MAX_POOL_SIZE Maximum # of SRS Pool Index allowed
RESERV_POOL_START Start SRS Pool Index of the reserved SRS Pool area for new
Cell(eNB) grow.
NR_RANKING_PERIOD SRS NR Ranking ReCalculation Period(hours) if SRS SON

enabled.
TH_MR_CNT If the MR count of a NR cell is greater than or equal to this

threshold, the NR cell can be a SRS NR.
TH_MR_CNT_RATIO The ratio : Th_MR_Cnt_Ratio_High/Th_MR_Cnt_Ratio_Low
COEF_MR_CNT_FILTER MR count IIR filtering coefficient.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2315 CHANGE SON SRS PARAMETERS
Command Format
CHG-SON-SRS: [MAX_SRS_NRT_SIZE], [MIN_POOL_SIZE], [MAX_POOL_SIZE],
[RESERV_POOL_START], [NR_RANKING_PERIOD], [TH_MR_CNT], [TH_MR_CNT_RATIO],
[COEF_MR_CNT_FILTER];
Command Description
Changes the parameter information for the SON SRS function. This command can change the
condition by using the CHG-SONFN-CELL command when the SRS function is set to Manual
Apply or Auto Apply.
TIMEOUT 10

MAX_SRS_NR Maximum SRS NRTsize of cell. 1 ~ 20 NONE 8
T_SIZE
MIN_POOL_SI Minimum # of SRS Pool Index allowed 1~4 NONE 1
ZE
MAX_POOL_SI Maximum # of SRS Pool Index allowed 4 ~ 16 NONE 4
ZE
RESERV_POO Start SRS Pool Index of the reserved SRS 100 ~ 159 NONE 120
L_START Pool area for new Cell(eNB) grow.
NR_RANKING_ SRS NR Ranking ReCalculation srs_6hour/srs_12hour/ NONE srs_1da
PERIOD Period(hours) if SRS SON enabled. srs_1day/srs_2day/ y
srs_3day/srs_4day/
srs_5day/srs_6day/
srs_7day/
TH_MR_CNT If the MR count of a NR cell is greater than 1 ~ 1000 NONE 100
or equal to this threshold, the NR cell can
be a SRS NR.
TH_MR_CNT_ The ratio : Th_MR_Cnt_Ratio_High/ 1.000000 ~ 10.000000 NONE 2.00000
RATIO Th_MR_Cnt_Ratio_Low 0
COEF_MR_CN MR count IIR filtering coefficient. 0.000000 ~ 1.000000 NONE 0.5
T_FILTER

DB_INDEX The cell number for which the command was executed.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
MAX_SRS_NRT_SIZE Maximum SRS NRTsize of cell.
MIN_POOL_SIZE Minimum # of SRS Pool Index allowed
MAX_POOL_SIZE Maximum # of SRS Pool Index allowed
RESERV_POOL_START Start SRS Pool Index of the reserved SRS Pool area for new
Cell(eNB) grow.
NR_RANKING_PERIOD SRS NR Ranking ReCalculation Period(hours) if SRS SON

enabled.
TH_MR_CNT If the MR count of a NR cell is greater than or equal to this

threshold, the NR cell can be a SRS NR.
TH_MR_CNT_RATIO The ratio : Th_MR_Cnt_Ratio_High/Th_MR_Cnt_Ratio_Low
COEF_MR_CNT_FILTER MR count IIR filtering coefficient.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2316 RETRIEVE SMARTCELL AND SCHED-

ULER INTERWORKING CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-CELLSCHR-CONF: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the interwoking function between a SmartCell of an eNB and Scheduler(SCHR) server.
This configuration is valid only if SmartCellType of this eNB(system) is not
e_SMARTCELL_TYPE_OFF.
TIMEOUT 10

ported by the system.

ber of cells supported by the system.
SMART_CELL_COORDI_ENABLEIt is the SmartCell Coordination function On(true)/Off(false)

flag, i.e. control flag of inteworking function between a Smart-
Cell and the Scheduler server.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2317 CHANGE SMARTCELL AND SCHEDULER

INTERWORKING CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-CELLSCHR-CONF: CELL_NUM, [SMART_CELL_COORDI_ENABLE];
Command Description
Changes the interwoking function between a SmartCell of an eNB and Scheduler(SCHR) server.
This configuration is valid only if SmartCellType of this eNB(system) is not
e_SMARTCELL_TYPE_OFF.
TIMEOUT 10

SMART_CELL_ It is the SmartCell Coordination function False/True/ NONE True
COORDI_ENA On(true)/Off(false) flag, i.e. control flag of
BLE inteworking function between a SmartCell
and the Scheduler server.

SMART_CELL_COORDI_ENABLEIt is the SmartCell Coordination function On(true)/Off(false)

flag, i.e. control flag of inteworking function between a Smart-
Cell and the Scheduler server.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2333 RETRIEVE EUTRAN CELL INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-INFO: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieve cell information
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.

CELL_SIZE The is cell size.

- ci_cellsize_verysmall : Very Small size cell.
- ci_cellsize_small : Small size cell.
- ci_cellsize_medium : Medium size cell.
- ci_cellsize_large : Large size cell
HNB_NAME The name of the home eNB. Broadcast to the UE through SIB
(System Information Block) 9 when the cell is operated as a
CSG cell or as a hybrid cell in bytes.

Mobile Network (PLMN). It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when
cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MCC of
PLMN #0, one of the six lists, is entered.
MNC0 MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via System

Information Block (SIB) 1 when cells are in operation. A total of
6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #0, one of the six lists, is

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
entered.
CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE0 CellReservedOpUse of PLMN #0. Broadcast to the UE through

- ci_reserved: Selection/re-selection is reserved for UEs that
have a specific access class (AC) to PLMN #0.
- ci_notReserved: Selection/re-selection is available for UEs that
have all access classes (AC) to PLMN #0.
MCC1 MCC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1

when cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent.
MCC of PLMN #1, one of the six lists, is entered.
MNC1 MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1

MNC of PLMN #1, one of the six lists, is entered.
CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE1 cellReservedOpUse of PLMN #1. It is broadcast to UE via SIB

1.
have a specific AC to PLMN #1.



1.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description


1.



1.
MCC5 Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises PLMN. It is broad-

cast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6
PLMN lists are sent. MCC of PLMN #5, one of the six lists, is
entered.


1.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
ADD_SPECTRUM_EMISSION Additional spectrum emission used by the active cell. At max

power, UE can additionally reduce power. See 6.2.4 in 3GPP TS
36.101. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 2.
TRACKING_AREA_CODE TAC (Tracking Area Code) used by the active cell. It is used for
warning message transmission and interruption when paging the
UE. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 1.
IMS_EMERGENCY_SUPPORT supports IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem) emergency calls. This

information is broadcast to UE via SIB 1.
- False: The cell in operation does not support IMS Emergency.
- True: The cell in operation supports IMS Emergency.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2334 CHANGE EUTRAN CELL INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-CELL-INFO: CELL_NUM, [CELL_SIZE], [HNB_NAME], [MCC0], [MNC0],
[CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE0], [MCC1], [MNC1], [CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE1], [MCC2],
[MNC2], [CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE2], [MCC3], [MNC3], [CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE3],
[MCC4], [MNC4], [CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE4], [MCC5], [MNC5],
[CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE5], [ADD_SPECTRUM_EMISSION], [TRACKING_AREA_CODE],
[IMS_EMERGENCY_SUPPORT];
Command Description
Change cell information
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
CELL_SIZE The is cell size. ci_cellsize_verysmall/ NONE ci_cellsi
- ci_cellsize_verysmall : Very Small size ci_cellsize_small/ ze_larg
cell. ci_cellsize_medium/ e
ci_cellsize_large/
HNB_NAME The name of the home eNB. Broadcast to 48 NONE SAMSU
the UE through SIB (System Information NG_LT
Block) 9 when the cell is operated as a E
MCC0 Mobile Country Code (MCC) that com- 3 NONE 450
(PLMN). It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1
when cells are in operation. A total of 6
PLMN lists are sent. MCC of PLMN #0, one
of the six lists, is entered.
MNC0 MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast 3 NONE 05
to UE via System Information Block (SIB) 1
when cells are in operation. A total of 6
PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #0, one

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

CELL_RESERV CellReservedOpUse of PLMN #0. Broad- ci_reserved/ NONE ci_notR
ED_OP_USE0 cast to the UE through SIB (System Infor- ci_notReserved/ eserved
mation Block) 1.
- ci_reserved: Selection/re-selection is
reserved for UEs that have a specific
access class (AC) to PLMN #0.
- ci_notReserved: Selection/re-selection is
available for UEs that have all access
classes (AC) to PLMN #0.
MCC1 MCC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast 3 NONE FFF
to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation.
A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MCC of
MNC1 MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast 3 NONE FFF
A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of
CELL_RESERV cellReservedOpUse of PLMN #1. It is ci_reserved/ NONE ci_notR
ED_OP_USE1 broadcast to UE via SIB 1. ci_notReserved/ eserved
reserved for UEs that have a specific AC to
PLMN #1.
PLMN #2.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

PLMN #3.
PLMN #4.
prises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via SIB
1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6
PLMN lists are sent. MCC of PLMN #5, one
reserved for UEs that have a specific
access class (AC) to PLMN #5.
ADD_SPECTR Additional spectrum emission used by the 1 ~ 32 NONE 1
UM_EMISSION active cell. At max power, UE can addition-
ally reduce power. See 6.2.4 in 3GPP TS
36.101. This information is broadcast to UE
via SIB 2.
TRACKING_AR TAC (Tracking Area Code) used by the H'0000 ~ H'FFFF NONE H'0000
EA_CODE active cell. It is used for warning message
transmission and interruption when paging
the UE. This information is broadcast to UE
via SIB 1.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

IMS_EMERGE supports IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem) False/True/ NONE False
NCY_SUPPOR emergency calls. This information is broad-
T cast to UE via SIB 1.
- False: The cell in operation does not sup-
port IMS Emergency.
- True: The cell in operation supports IMS
Emergency.

CELL_SIZE The is cell size.

- ci_cellsize_verysmall : Very Small size cell.
HNB_NAME The name of the home eNB. Broadcast to the UE through SIB
(System Information Block) 9 when the cell is operated as a

Mobile Network (PLMN). It is broadcast to UE via SIB 1 when
cells are in operation. A total of 6 PLMN lists are sent. MCC of
MNC0 MNC that comprises PLMN. It is broadcast to UE via System

Information Block (SIB) 1 when cells are in operation. A total of
6 PLMN lists are sent. MNC of PLMN #0, one of the six lists, is
entered.
CELL_RESERVED_OP_USE0 CellReservedOpUse of PLMN #0. Broadcast to the UE through



2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description


1.



1.



1.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description



1.
MCC5 Mobile Country Code (MCC) that comprises PLMN. It is broad-

cast to UE via SIB 1 when cells are in operation. A total of 6
PLMN lists are sent. MCC of PLMN #5, one of the six lists, is
entered.


1.
ADD_SPECTRUM_EMISSION Additional spectrum emission used by the active cell. At max

power, UE can additionally reduce power. See 6.2.4 in 3GPP TS
36.101. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 2.
TRACKING_AREA_CODE TAC (Tracking Area Code) used by the active cell. It is used for
warning message transmission and interruption when paging the
UE. This information is broadcast to UE via SIB 1.
IMS_EMERGENCY_SUPPORT supports IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem) emergency calls. This

information is broadcast to UE via SIB 1.
- False: The cell in operation does not support IMS Emergency.
- True: The cell in operation supports IMS Emergency.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2335 RETRIEVE EMERGENCY AREA ID
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-EMRG: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieve Emergency Area Identity
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.

EAID0_USAGE Whether using for emergency ared ID or not
EMERGENCY_AREA_ID0 Emergency area identity used by the active cell. Used for warn-
ing message transmission and interruption.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2336 CHANGE EMERGENCY AREA ID
Command Format
CHG-CELL-EMRG: CELL_NUM, [EAID0_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID0], [EAID1_USAGE],
[EMERGENCY_AREA_ID1], [EAID2_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID2], [EAID3_USAGE],
[EMERGENCY_AREA_ID13], [EAID14_USAGE], [EMERGENCY_AREA_ID14];
Command Description
Change Emergency Area Identity
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
EAID0_USAGE Whether using for emergency ared ID or CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_no_u
not se
EMERGENCY_ Emergency area identity used by the active H'0000 ~ H'FFFFFF NONE H'0000
AREA_ID0 cell. Used for warning message transmis-
sion and interruption.
not se
not se
not se
not se

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

not se
not se
not se
not se
not se
EAID10_USAG Whether using for emergency ared ID or CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_no_u
E not se
E not se
E not se
E not se

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

E not se


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2343 RETRIEVE INTERWORKING OPTION
Command Format
RTRV-INTWO-OPT: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieve Interworking Option Information.
TIMEOUT 10


INTER_FREQ_REDIRECTION Whether to force redirection during the inter-frequency hando-

ver.
- 0: Redirection is not executed during handover (normal).
- 1: Redirection is executed regardless of condition (force-used).
INTER_RAT_PS_REDIRECTION Whether to force redirection during the inter RAT PS handover.

INTER_RAT_CS_REDIRECTION Whether to force redirection during the CSFB with inter RAT
handover.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2344 CHANGE INTERWORKING OPTION
Command Format
CHG-INTWO-OPT: CELL_NUM, [INTER_FREQ_REDIRECTION], [INTER_RAT_PS_REDIRECTION],
[INTER_RAT_CS_REDIRECTION];
Command Description
Change Interworking Option Information.
TIMEOUT 10

INTER_FREQ_ Whether to force redirection during the False/True/ NONE False
REDIRECTION inter-frequency handover.
- 0: Redirection is not executed during han-
dover (normal).
- 1: Redirection is executed regardless of
condition (force-used).
INTER_RAT_P Whether to force redirection during the inter False/True/ NONE False
S_REDIRECTI RAT PS handover.
ON - 0: Redirection is not executed during han-
dover (normal).
INTER_RAT_C Whether to force redirection during the False/True/ NONE False
S_REDIRECTI CSFB with inter RAT handover.
ON - 0: Redirection is not executed during han-
dover (normal).

INTER_FREQ_REDIRECTION Whether to force redirection during the inter-frequency hando-

ver.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
INTER_RAT_PS_REDIRECTION Whether to force redirection during the inter RAT PS handover.

INTER_RAT_CS_REDIRECTION Whether to force redirection during the CSFB with inter RAT
handover.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2350 RETRIEVE MBMSMCE CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-MBMSMCE-CONF;
Command Description
Retrieve configuration table for MCE
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX Index for change and retrieve
STATUS Status of MCE
MCE_IPV4 Primary ipv4 address for MCE
SECONDARY_MCE_IPV4 Secondary ipv4 address for MCE

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2351 CHANGE MBMSMCE CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-MBMSMCE-CONF: [STATUS], [MCE_IPV4], [MCE_IPV6], [SECONDARY_MCE_IPV4],
[SECONDARY_MCE_IPV6];
Command Description
Change the configuration table for MCE.
TIMEOUT 10

STATUS Status of MCE N_EQUIP/EQUIP/ NONE N_EQUI
P
MCE_IPV4 Primary ipv4 address for MCE IPv4 Address NONE 0.0.0.0
MCE_IPV6 Primary ipv6 address for MCE IPv6 Address NONE 0:0:0:0:
0:0:0:0
SECONDARY_ Secondary ipv4 address for MCE IPv4 Address NONE 0.0.0.0
MCE_IPV4
SECONDARY_ Secondary ipv6 address for MCE IPv6 Address NONE 0:0:0:0:
MCE_IPV6 0:0:0:0

DB_INDEX Index for change and retrieve
STATUS Status of MCE

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2358 RETRIEVE M2 SESSION STATUS
Command Format
RTRV-M2SESS-STS: CELL_NUM, [SESS_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves M2 Session information.
TIMEOUT 10

SESS_INDEX This parameter defines M2 session index. 0 ~ 255 NONE 0

SESS_INDEX This parameter defines M2 session index.

mation

mation
SERVICE_ID This parameter defines service id of TMGI.
MCE_M2_AP_ID This parameter defines MCE M2AP ID.
ENB_M2_AP_ID This parameter defines eNB M2AP id.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2374 RETRIEVE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFOR-

MATION
Command Format
RTRV-EUTRA-PRIOR: [CELL_NUM], [FA_INDEX], [SPID];
Command Description
Retrieves parameters required to operate dedicated priority information on EUTRA FA accroding
SPID. If the Cell Num parameter is entered, the EUTRA FA registered to the corresponding cell
is retrieved. If not, the EUTRA FA information registered to all cells is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

be assigned per cell. It is mapping to
PLDEutraFaPriorInfo.
SPID Subscriber Profile ID for RAT/Frequency spid_254/spid_255/ NONE spid_25
priority spid_256/ 4


It is mapping to PLDEutraFaPriorInfo.
SPID Subscriber Profile ID for RAT/Frequency priority
DEDICATED_PRIORITY Dedicated Priority Value for Frequency according SPID.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2375 CHANGE EUTRA FA PRIORITY INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
CHG-EUTRA-PRIOR: CELL_NUM, FA_INDEX, SPID, [DEDICATED_PRIORITY];
Command Description
Changes the parameter values required to operate the EUTRA FA dedicated Priority Information
accroding SPID. When the Cell Num, fa Index and SPID parameter values are set as input values,
the EUTRA FA dedicated Priority information registered to the specified cell in the eNB can be
changed.
TIMEOUT 10

be assigned per cell. It is mapping to
PLDEutraFaPriorInfo.
SPID Subscriber Profile ID for RAT/Frequency spid_254/spid_255/ NONE spid_25
priority spid_256/ 4
DEDICATED_P Dedicated Priority Value for Frequency 0~7 NONE 4
RIORITY according SPID.


It is mapping to PLDEutraFaPriorInfo.
SPID Subscriber Profile ID for RAT/Frequency priority
DEDICATED_PRIORITY Dedicated Priority Value for Frequency according SPID.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2400 RETRIEVE DIAG CALL CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-DIAG-CONF;
Command Description
Retrieves the basic information of the eNB DiagCall Configuration. The user can retrieve the
information of DiagCall Configuration. Itinclude diagCallEnable, triggeringConditionTimer,
maxNumofUEID and etc.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DIAG_CALL_ENABLE The diagCallEnable parameter to decide Diagnosis Call Func-
tion is chosen On or OFF.
TRIGGERING_CONDITION_TIMERIf there is no RRC Connection in cell for triggeringCondition-

Timer, the ENB start Diagnosis Call Function.
DIAG_CALL_TIMER After the Diagnosis Call Function is started in ENB and send
Paging message to UE using IMSI and S-TMSI information in
eNB buffer, eNB start diagCallTimer. If eNB receive RRC Con-
nection Request for diagCallTimer, The diag Call Timer is
expired. If eNB doesn't receive RRC Connection Request for
diagCallTimer, the silent alarm is happend.
MAX_NUMOF_UEID The maxNumofUEID is the maximum number of S-TMSI, IMSI

buffer in eNB for diagnosis call functioin.
RECOVERY_MODE_SELECTION This is the information that whether to use cell auto-recovery

method or not Auto (1) : execute cell auto-recovery method pro-
vided from system Manual (0) : notify only the detected alarm to
operator without any recovery action

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
AUTO_RECOVERY_METHOD This is the cell auto-recovery method 0 : Cell release 1 : DSP

reset 2 : RU reset 3 : DSP reset RU reset

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2401 CHANGE DIAG CALL CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-DIAG-CONF: [DIAG_CALL_ENABLE], [TRIGGERING_CONDITION_TIMER],
[DIAG_CALL_TIMER], [MAX_NUMOF_UEID], [RECOVERY_MODE_SELECTION],
[AUTO_RECOVERY_METHOD];
Command Description
Changes the basic information of the eNB DiagCall Configuration. The user can retrieve the
information of DiagCall Configuration. It include diagCallEnable, triggeringConditionTimer,
maxNumofUEID and etc.
TIMEOUT 10

DIAG_CALL_E The diagCallEnable parameter to decide OFF/ON/ NONE OFF
NABLE Diagnosis Call Function is chosen On or
OFF.
TRIGGERING_ If there is no RRC Connection in cell for 5 ~ 120 NONE 60
CONDITION_TI triggeringConditionTimer, the ENB start
MER Diagnosis Call Function.
DIAG_CALL_TI After the Diagnosis Call Function is started 1 ~ 10 NONE 5
MER in ENB and send Paging message to UE
using IMSI and S-TMSI information in eNB
buffer, eNB start diagCallTimer. If eNB
receive RRC Connection Request for diag-
CallTimer, The diag Call Timer is expired. If
eNB doesn't receive RRC Connection
Request for diagCallTimer, the silent alarm
is happend.
MAX_NUMOF_ The maxNumofUEID is the maximum num- 1 ~ 30 NONE 10
UEID ber of S-TMSI, IMSI buffer in eNB for diag-
nosis call functioin.
RECOVERY_M This is the information that whether to use MANUAL/AUTO/ NONE AUTO
ODE_SELECTI cell auto-recovery method or not Auto (1) :
ON execute cell auto-recovery method pro-
vided from system Manual (0) : notify only
the detected alarm to operator without any
recovery action
AUTO_RECOV This is the cell auto-recovery method 0 : CELL_RELEASE/ NONE CELL_R
ERY_METHOD Cell release 1 : DSP reset 2 : RU reset 3 : DSP_RESET_ONLY/ ELEAS
DSP reset RU reset RU_RESET_ONLY/ E
DSP_RU_RESET/

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

DIAG_CALL_ENABLE The diagCallEnable parameter to decide Diagnosis Call Func-
tion is chosen On or OFF.
TRIGGERING_CONDITION_TIMERIf there is no RRC Connection in cell for triggeringCondition-

Timer, the ENB start Diagnosis Call Function.
DIAG_CALL_TIMER After the Diagnosis Call Function is started in ENB and send
Paging message to UE using IMSI and S-TMSI information in
eNB buffer, eNB start diagCallTimer. If eNB receive RRC Con-
nection Request for diagCallTimer, The diag Call Timer is
expired. If eNB doesn't receive RRC Connection Request for
diagCallTimer, the silent alarm is happend.
MAX_NUMOF_UEID The maxNumofUEID is the maximum number of S-TMSI, IMSI

buffer in eNB for diagnosis call functioin.
RECOVERY_MODE_SELECTION This is the information that whether to use cell auto-recovery

method or not Auto (1) : execute cell auto-recovery method pro-
vided from system Manual (0) : notify only the detected alarm to
operator without any recovery action
AUTO_RECOVERY_METHOD This is the cell auto-recovery method 0 : Cell release 1 : DSP

reset 2 : RU reset 3 : DSP reset RU reset

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2412 CHANGE SRS NEIGHBOR CELL CONF
Command Format
CHG-SRSNBR-CONF: CELL_NUM, SRS_NBR_IDX, [STATUS], [ENB_ID], [TARGET_CELL_NUM],
[SRS_POOL_IDX0], [SRS_POOL_IDX1];
Command Description
Change SRS configuration of SRS neighbor cell. phyCellId, clusterId, SRS pool index,
groupHopping and sequenceHopping can be changed for each cell.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.
SRS_NBR_IDX SRS neighbor cell idx. 0 ~ 19 NONE 0
STATUS The validity of the SRS neighbor cell infor- N_EQUIP/EQUIP/ NONE N_EQUI
mation. P
ENB_ID The eNB ID of the eNB to which SRS 0 ~ 268435455 NONE 0
neighbor cell to the eNB belongs. If the
enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the
value is eNB ID. If the enbType value is
home eNB, 28 bit of the value is eNB ID. It
is used when creating a cell identifier.
TARGET_CELL The local cell ID of SRS neighbor cell to the 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
_NUM eNB. It is used when creating a cell identi-
fier.
X0 cated)
X1 cated)

SRS_NBR_IDX SRS neighbor cell idx.
STATUS The validity of the SRS neighbor cell information.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
ENB_ID The eNB ID of the eNB to which SRS neighbor cell to the eNB
belongs. If the enbType value is macro eNB, 20 bit of the value
is eNB ID. If the enbType value is home eNB, 28 bit of the value
is eNB ID. It is used when creating a cell identifier.
TARGET_CELL_NUM The local cell ID of SRS neighbor cell to the eNB. It is used

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2418 CHANGE UL RESOURCE TABLE CONFIG-

URATION
Command Format
CHG-ULRESTABLE-CONF: CELL_NUM, STATE_IDX, [USAGE], [MIN_UE], [MAX_UE];
Command Description
Change number of UEs for each PUCCH/SRS state. Minimum number of UEs, maximum num-
ber of UEs, margin to the maximum number of UEs can be changed.
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.
STATE_IDX The cell number for which the command 0~7 NONE 0
was executed.
USAGE Whether UL resource table configuration is CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_no_u
used. se
MIN_UE Minimum UE for each state 0 ~ 2000 NONE 0
MAX_UE Maximum UE for each state 0 ~ 2000 NONE 0

STATE_IDX The cell number for which the command was executed.
USAGE Whether UL resource table configuration is used.
MIN_UE Minimum UE for each state
MAX_UE Maximum UE for each state

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2432 RETRIEVE PUCCH CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-PUCCHCONF-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves PUCCH idle configuration
TIMEOUT 10



2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2433 CHANGE PUCCH CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-PUCCHCONF-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [FORCED_MODE];
Command Description
Changes PUCCH idle configuration
TIMEOUT 10

E changed value.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2435 RETRIEVE UL RESOURCE CONFIGURA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-ULRESCONF-IDLE: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieve settings for PUCCH/SRS state
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.

RESOURCE_TABLE_USAGE Whether UL resource table is used.
START_STATE_IDX Start stateIdx
END_STATE_IDX End stateIdx

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2436 CHANGE UL RESOURCE CONFIGURA-

TION
Command Format
CHG-ULRESCONF-IDLE: CELL_NUM, [RESOURCE_TABLE_USAGE], [START_STATE_IDX],
[END_STATE_IDX];
Command Description
Change settings for PUCCH/SRS state
TIMEOUT 10

was executed.
RESOURCE_T Whether UL resource table is used. CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_use
ABLE_USAGE
START_STATE Start stateIdx 0~7 NONE 0
_IDX
END_STATE_I End stateIdx 0~7 NONE 2
DX

RESOURCE_TABLE_USAGE Whether UL resource table is used.
START_STATE_IDX Start stateIdx
END_STATE_IDX End stateIdx

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2477 RETRIEVE CELL THROUGHPUT
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-TP: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
This command shows Throughput status according to cell of eNB for RLC,MAC DL UL.
TIMEOUT 10

ported.

RLC_DLTP The RLC DL throughput value of the cell.
RLC_ULTP The RLC DL throughput value of the cell.
MAC_DLTP The MAC DL throughput value of the cell.
MAC_ULTP The MAC UL throughput value of the cell.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2480 CHANGE ACCESS BARRING PARAME-

TERS
Command Format
CHG-BAR-PARA: CELL_NUM, BARRING_STATUS_TYPE, [BARRING_SIGNAL_USAGE],
[ACC_PROB_FAC_SIGNAL], [ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_SIGNAL], [BAR_AC11_SIGNAL],
[BAR_AC12_SIGNAL], [BAR_AC13_SIGNAL], [BAR_AC14_SIGNAL], [BAR_AC15_SIGNAL],
[BARRING_DATA_USAGE], [ACC_PROB_FAC_DATA], [ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_DATA],
[BAR_AC11_DATA], [BAR_AC12_DATA], [BAR_AC13_DATA], [BAR_AC14_DATA],
[BAR_AC15_DATA], [ACCESS_BARRING_EMERGENCY_CALL], [BARRING_MMTELVOICE_USAGE],
[ACC_PROB_FAC_MMTELVOICE], [ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_MMTELVOICE],
[BAR_AC11_MMTELVOICE], [BAR_AC12_MMTELVOICE], [BAR_AC13_MMTELVOICE],
[BAR_AC14_MMTELVOICE], [BAR_AC15_MMTELVOICE], [BARRING_MMTELVIDEO_USAGE],
[ACC_PROB_FAC_MMTELVIDEO], [ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_MMTELVIDEO],
[BAR_AC11_MMTELVIDEO], [BAR_AC12_MMTELVIDEO], [BAR_AC13_MMTELVIDEO],
[BAR_AC14_MMTELVIDEO], [BAR_AC15_MMTELVIDEO];
Command Description
Changes the access barring parameters according to the CPU status in the eNB. This command
changes the access barring parameters transmitted to SIB (System Information Block) 2 accord-
ing to the CPU overload state. The UE controls cell access according to the access barring param-
eters value at service request.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
BARRING_STA The barring status to be changed or cpuNormal/cpuMinor/ NONE cpuNor-
TUS_TYPE retrieved. cpuMajor/cpuCritical/ mal
- cpuNormal : The main board CPU is in barManual/
Normal state.
- cpuMinor : The main board CPU is in
Minor state.
- cpuMajor : The main board CPU is in
Major state.
- cpuCritical: The main board CPU is in
Critical state.
- barManual : Manual Mode

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

BARRING_SIG Whether to use ac-BarringforMO-Signaling CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_no_u
NAL_USAGE of the cell in the eNB. se
- CI_no_use: ac-BarringforMO-Signaling is
not used. UE can access the cell when
attaching.
- CI_use: ac-BarringforMO-Signaling is
used. The UE controls cell access accord-
ing to the access barring signaling parame-
ter value.
ACC_PROB_F Access Probability factor of cell on eNB. ci_p00/ci_p05/ci_p10/ NONE ci_p95
AC_SIGNAL UE generates a random value (rand) ci_p15/ci_p20/ci_p25/
between 0 and 1. If rand value less than ci_p30/ci_p40/ci_p50/
accessProbabilityFactor, UE can access ci_p60/ci_p70/ci_p75/
the cell; otherwise, access is not possible. ci_p80/ci_p85/ci_p90/
ci_p95/
ACC_CLASS_B Access barring time of the cell in the eNB. ci_s4/ci_s8/ci_s16/ NONE ci_s512
AR_TIME_SIG UE generates a random value (rand) ci_s32/ci_s64/ci_s128/
NAL between 0 and 1. If rand value less than ci_s256/ci_s512/
accessProbabilityFactor, UE determines
that the cell is barred, and does not estab-
lish RRC connection until T305 timer termi-
nates. The expression used to calculate
T305 timer value is (0.7+0.6*rand)*acBar-
ringTime.
BAR_AC11_SI Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the False/True/ NONE False
GNAL EHPLMN list is not present; otherwise, any
EHPLMN) in the eNB is barred.
- False: Not barred.
- True: Barred.
BAR_AC12_SI Whether AC 12 (Home PLMN and visited False/True/ NONE False
GNAL PLMNs of home country only. For this pur-
pose, the home country is defined as the
country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the
eNB is barred.
- True: Barred.
eNB is barred.
- True: Barred.
eNB is barred.
- True: Barred.
BAR_AC15_SI Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred. False/True/ NONE False
GNAL - False: Not barred.
- True: Barred.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

BARRING_DAT Whether to use ac-BarringforMO-Data of CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_no_u
A_USAGE the cell in the eNB. se
- CI_no_use: ac-BarringforMO-Data is not
used. The UE can access the cell at ser-
vice request.
- CI_use: ac-BarringforMO-Data is used.
The UE controls cell access according to
the access barring data parameter value at
service request.
ACC_PROB_F Access probability factor of the cell in the ci_p00/ci_p05/ci_p10/ NONE ci_p95
AC_DATA eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) ci_p15/ci_p20/ci_p25/
between 0 and 1. If rand less than 0, ci_p30/ci_p40/ci_p50/
ci_p95/
AR_TIME_DAT UE generates a random value (rand) ci_s32/ci_s64/ci_s128/
A between 0 and 1. If rand value less than ci_s256/ci_s512/
ringTime.
BAR_AC11_DA Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the False/True/ NONE False
TA EHPLMN list is not present; otherwise, any
EHPLMN) in the eNB is barred at barring
data.
- True: Barred.
BAR_AC12_DA Whether AC 12 (Home PLMN and visited False/True/ NONE False
TA PLMNs of home country only. For this pur-
eNB is barred at barring data.
- True: Barred.
- True: Barred.
- True: Barred.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

BAR_AC15_DA Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred. False/True/ NONE False
TA - False: Not barred.
- True: Barred.
ACCESS_BAR Whether to use emergency call barring for False/True/ NONE False
RING_EMERG the cell in the eNB.
ENCY_CALL - False: Not barred.
- True: Barred.
BARRING_MM Whether to use ssac-BarringForMMTEL- CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_no_u
TELVOICE_US Voice of the cell in the eNB. se
AGE - CI_no_use: ssac-BarringForMMTEL-
Voice is not used. The UE can access the
cell at service request.
- CI_use: ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is
ing to the access barring data parameter
value at service request.
AC_MMTELVOI eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) ci_p15/ci_p20/ci_p25/
CE between 0 and 1. If rand less than 0, ci_p30/ci_p40/ci_p50/
ci_p95/
AR_TIME_MMT UE generates a random value (rand) ci_s32/ci_s64/ci_s128/
ELVOICE between 0 and 1. If rand value less than ci_s256/ci_s512/
ringTime.
BAR_AC11_M Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the False/True/ NONE False
MTELVOICE EHPLMN list is not present; otherwise, any
data.
- True: Barred.
BAR_AC12_M Whether AC 12 (Home PLMN and visited False/True/ NONE False
MTELVOICE PLMNs of home country only. For this pur-
- True: Barred.
- True: Barred.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

- True: Barred.
BAR_AC15_M Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred. False/True/ NONE False
MTELVOICE - False: Not barred.
- True: Barred.
BARRING_MM Whether to use ssac-BarringForMMTEL- CI_no_use/CI_use/ NONE CI_no_u
TELVIDEO_US Voice of the cell in the eNB. se
AGE - CI_no_use: ssac-BarringForMMTEL-
Voice is not used. The UE can access the
cell at service request.
- CI_use: ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is
ing to the access barring data parameter
AC_MMTELVID eNB. UE generates a random value (rand) ci_p15/ci_p20/ci_p25/
EO between 0 and 1. If rand less than 0, ci_p30/ci_p40/ci_p50/
ci_p95/
AR_TIME_MMT UE generates a random value (rand) ci_s32/ci_s64/ci_s128/
ELVIDEO between 0 and 1. If rand value less than ci_s256/ci_s512/
ringTime.
BAR_AC11_M Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the False/True/ NONE False
MTELVIDEO EHPLMN list is not present; otherwise, any
data.
- True: Barred.
MTELVIDEO PLMNs of home country only. For this pur-
- True: Barred.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

- True: Barred.
- True: Barred.
BAR_AC15_M Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred. False/True/ NONE False
MTELVIDEO - False: Not barred.
- True: Barred.

BARRING_STATUS_TYPE The barring status to be changed or retrieved.

- cpuNormal : The main board CPU is in Normal state.
- cpuMinor : The main board CPU is in Minor state.
- cpuMajor : The main board CPU is in Major state.
- cpuCritical: The main board CPU is in Critical state.
BARRING_SIGNAL_USAGE Whether to use ac-BarringforMO-Signaling of the cell in the

eNB.
- CI_no_use: ac-BarringforMO-Signaling is not used. UE can
access the cell when attaching.
- CI_use: ac-BarringforMO-Signaling is used. The UE controls
cell access according to the access barring signaling parameter
value.
ACC_PROB_FAC_SIGNAL Access Probability factor of cell on eNB. UE generates a random

value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand value less than accessProb-
abilityFactor, UE can access the cell; otherwise, access is not
possible.
ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_SIGNALAccess barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a ran-

dom value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand value less than access-

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
ProbabilityFactor, UE determines that the cell is barred, and

does not establish RRC connection until T305 timer terminates.
The expression used to calculate T305 timer value is
(0.7+0.6*rand)*acBarringTime.
BAR_AC11_SIGNAL Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the EHPLMN list is not

present; otherwise, any EHPLMN) in the eNB is barred.
- True: Barred.
BAR_AC12_SIGNAL Whether AC 12 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home

country only. For this purpose, the home country is defined as
the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred.
- True: Barred.

- True: Barred.

- True: Barred.
BAR_AC15_SIGNAL Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred.

- True: Barred.
BARRING_DATA_USAGE Whether to use ac-BarringforMO-Data of the cell in the eNB.

- CI_no_use: ac-BarringforMO-Data is not used. The UE can
access the cell at service request.
- CI_use: ac-BarringforMO-Data is used. The UE controls cell
access according to the access barring data parameter value at
service request.
ACC_PROB_FAC_DATA Access probability factor of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a

random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand less than 0, access-

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
ProbabilityFactor, UE can access the cell; otherwise, access is

not possible.
ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_DATA Access barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a ran-
BAR_AC11_DATA Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the EHPLMN list is not

present; otherwise, any EHPLMN) in the eNB is barred at bar-
ring data.
- True: Barred.
BAR_AC12_DATA Whether AC 12 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home

the country of the MCC part of the IMSI) in the eNB is barred at
barring data.
- True: Barred.

barring data.
- True: Barred.

barring data.
- True: Barred.
BAR_AC15_DATA Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred.

- True: Barred.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
ACCESS_BARRING_EMERGENCY_CALLWhether to use emergency call barring for the cell in the

eNB.
- True: Barred.
BARRING_MMTELVOICE_USAGEWhether to use ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice of the cell in

the eNB.
- CI_no_use: ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is not used. The
UE can access the cell at service request.
- CI_use: ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice is used. The UE con-
trols cell access according to the access barring data parameter
ACC_PROB_FAC_MMTELVOICE Access probability factor of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a

not possible.
ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_MMTELVOICEAccess barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates

a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand value less than
accessProbabilityFactor, UE determines that the cell is barred,
and does not establish RRC connection until T305 timer termi-
nates. The expression used to calculate T305 timer value is
BAR_AC11_MMTELVOICE Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the EHPLMN list is not

ring data.
- True: Barred.
BAR_AC12_MMTELVOICE Whether AC 12 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home

barring data.
- True: Barred.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
barring data.
- True: Barred.

barring data.
- True: Barred.
BAR_AC15_MMTELVOICE Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred.

- True: Barred.
BARRING_MMTELVIDEO_USAGEWhether to use ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice of the cell in

the eNB.
ACC_PROB_FAC_MMTELVIDEO Access probability factor of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a

not possible.
ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_MMTELVIDEOAccess barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates

BAR_AC11_MMTELVIDEO Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the EHPLMN list is not

ring data.
- True: Barred.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
BAR_AC12_MMTELVIDEO Whether AC 12 (Home PLMN and visited PLMNs of home

barring data.
- True: Barred.

barring data.
- True: Barred.

barring data.
- True: Barred.
BAR_AC15_MMTELVIDEO Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred.

- True: Barred.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2481 RETRIEVE ACCESS BARRING PARAME-

TERS
Command Format
RTRV-BAR-PARA: [CELL_NUM], [BARRING_STATUS_TYPE];
Command Description
Retrieves the access barring parameters according to state of the CPU within the eNB. This com-
mand retrieves the access barring parameters transmitted to SIB (System Information Block) 2
according to the CPU overload state. The UE controls cell access according to the access barring
parameters value of SIB2 at service request.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
BARRING_STA The barring status to be changed or cpuNormal/cpuMinor/ NONE cpuNor-
TUS_TYPE retrieved. cpuMajor/cpuCritical/ mal
- cpuNormal : The main board CPU is in barManual/
Normal state.
- cpuMinor : The main board CPU is in
Minor state.
- cpuMajor : The main board CPU is in
Major state.
- cpuCritical: The main board CPU is in
Critical state.

BARRING_STATUS_TYPE The barring status to be changed or retrieved.

- cpuNormal : The main board CPU is in Normal state.
- cpuMinor : The main board CPU is in Minor state.
- cpuMajor : The main board CPU is in Major state.
- cpuCritical: The main board CPU is in Critical state.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
BARRING_SIGNAL_USAGE Whether to use ac-BarringforMO-Signaling of the cell in the

eNB.
- CI_no_use: ac-BarringforMO-Signaling is not used. UE can
access the cell when attaching.
- CI_use: ac-BarringforMO-Signaling is used. The UE controls
cell access according to the access barring signaling parameter
value.
ACC_PROB_FAC_SIGNAL UE generates a random value (rand) between 0 and 1. If rand

value less than accessProbabilityFactor, UE can access the cell;
otherwise, access is not possible.
ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_SIGNALAccess barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a ran-

BAR_AC11_SIGNAL Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the EHPLMN list is not

present; otherwise, any EHPLMN) in the eNB is barred.
- True: Barred.

- True: Barred.

- True: Barred.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

- True: Barred.
BAR_AC15_SIGNAL Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred.

- True: Barred.
BARRING_DATA_USAGE Whether to use ac-BarringforMO-Data of the cell in the eNB.

- CI_no_use: ac-BarringforMO-Data is not used. The UE can
access the cell at service request.
- CI_use: ac-BarringforMO-Data is used. The UE controls cell
access according to the access barring data parameter value at
service request.
ACC_PROB_FAC_DATA Access probability factor of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a

not possible.
ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_DATA Access barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a ran-
BAR_AC11_DATA Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the EHPLMN list is not

ring data.
- True: Barred.

barring data.
- True: Barred.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
barring data.
- True: Barred.

barring data.
- True: Barred.
BAR_AC15_DATA Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred.

- True: Barred.
ACCESS_BARRING_EMERGENCY_CALLWhether to use emergency call barring for the cell in the

eNB.
- True: Barred.
BARRING_MMTELVOICE_USAGEWhether to use ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice of the cell in

the eNB.
ACC_PROB_FAC_MMTELVOICE Access probability factor of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a

not possible.
ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_MMTELVOICEAccess barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
BAR_AC11_MMTELVOICE Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the EHPLMN list is not

ring data.
- True: Barred.

barring data.
- True: Barred.

barring data.
- True: Barred.

barring data.
- True: Barred.
BAR_AC15_MMTELVOICE Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred.

- True: Barred.
BARRING_MMTELVIDEO_USAGEWhether to use ssac-BarringForMMTEL-Voice of the cell in

the eNB.
ACC_PROB_FAC_MMTELVIDEO Access probability factor of the cell in the eNB. UE generates a


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

not possible.
ACC_CLASS_BAR_TIME_MMTELVIDEOAccess barring time of the cell in the eNB. UE generates

BAR_AC11_MMTELVIDEO Whether AC 11 (Home PLMN only if the EHPLMN list is not

ring data.
- True: Barred.

barring data.
- True: Barred.

barring data.
- True: Barred.

barring data.
- True: Barred.
BAR_AC15_MMTELVIDEO Whether AC15 in the eNB is barred.

- True: Barred.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2484 RETRIEVE QOS CAC QCI PARAM FUNC-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-QCACQ-PARA: CELL_NUM, [QCI];
Command Description
Retrieves the active QoS (Quality of Service) CAC (call admission control) parameter in the
eNB. QoS CAC is performed at the cell level, for QCI of each GBR bearer. Retrieves the thresh-
old by QCI for performing QoS CAC and retrieves the threshold for determining congestion state
of the active cell.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
ues 0 and 10-255.

DL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_NORMALThe threshold of Downlink calls that can be assigned per QoS

Class Identifier (QCI). It is used when a new call is requested. It
is calculated as PRB percentage. When a new call is requested, if
DL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_HO The threshold of Downlink Handover calls that can be assigned

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
per QoS Class Identifier (QCI). It is used when a Handover call

is requested. It is calculated as PRB percentage . When a Hando-
ver call is requested, if the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds
this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
UL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_NORMALThe threshold of Uplink calls that can be assigned per QoS

is calculated as PRB fpercentage. When a new call is requested,
if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the
UL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_HO The threshold of Uplink Handover calls that can be assigned per
QoS Class Identifier (QCI). It is used when a Handover call is
requested. It is calculated as PRB percentage . When a Handover
call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this
parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
UNIT_USAGE_MANUAL The value of PRB usage that can be caltuated manually.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2485 CHANGE QOS CAC QCI PARAM FUNC-

TION
Command Format
CHG-QCACQ-PARA: CELL_NUM, QCI, [DL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_NORMAL],
[DL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_HO], [UL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_NORMAL], [UL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_HO],
[UNIT_USAGE_MANUAL];
Command Description
Changes the active QoS (Quality of Service) CAC (call admission control) parameter in the eNB.
QoS CAC is performed at the cell level, for QCI of each GBR bearer. Changes the threshold by
QCI for performing QoS CAC and retrieves the threshold for determining congestion state of the
active cell.
TIMEOUT 10

retrieved.
ues 0 and 10-255.
DL_QCIUSAGE The threshold of Downlink calls that can be 0 ~ 100 % 80
_THRESH_NO assigned per QoS Class Identifier (QCI). It
RMAL is used when a new call is requested. It is
calculated as PRB percentage. When a
new call is requested, if the downlink GBR
DL_QCIUSAGE The threshold of Downlink Handover calls 0 ~ 100 % 100
_THRESH_HO that can be assigned per QoS Class Identi-
fier (QCI). It is used when a Handover call
is requested. It is calculated as PRB per-
centage . When a Handover call is
requested, if the downlink GBR PRB usage
exceeds this parameter value, the QoS

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

UL_QCIUSAGE The threshold of Uplink calls that can be 0 ~ 100 % 80
_THRESH_NO assigned per QoS Class Identifier (QCI). It
RMAL is used when a new call is requested. It is
calculated as PRB fpercentage. When a
new call is requested, if the uplink GBR
UL_QCIUSAGE The threshold of Uplink Handover calls that 0 ~ 100 % 100
_THRESH_HO can be assigned per QoS Class Identifier
(QCI). It is used when a Handover call is
requested. It is calculated as PRB percent-
age . When a Handover call is requested, if
the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this
parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is gen-
erated.
UNIT_USAGE_ The value of PRB usage that can be cal- 0.000000 ~ 100.000 NONE 0.00000
MANUAL tuated manually. 0

DL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_NORMALThe threshold of Downlink calls that can be assigned per QoS

is calculated as PRB percentage. When a new call is requested, if
DL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_HO The threshold of Downlink Handover calls that can be assigned

per QoS Class Identifier (QCI). It is used when a Handover call
is requested. It is calculated as PRB percentage . When a Hando-
ver call is requested, if the downlink GBR PRB usage exceeds
this parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
UL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_NORMALThe threshold of Uplink calls that can be assigned per QoS

is calculated as PRB fpercentage. When a new call is requested,
if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this parameter value, the
UL_QCIUSAGE_THRESH_HO The threshold of Uplink Handover calls that can be assigned per

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
QoS Class Identifier (QCI). It is used when a Handover call is

requested. It is calculated as PRB percentage . When a Handover
call is requested, if the uplink GBR PRB usage exceeds this
parameter value, the QoS CAC Fail is generated.
UNIT_USAGE_MANUAL The value of PRB usage that can be caltuated manually.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2499 RETRIEVE ENB INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-ENB-INF;
Command Description
Retrieves the basic information of the eNB. The user can retrieve the information whether the
eNB is a macro eNB or a Home eNB, the representative PLMN of the eNB, eNB ID, SCTP port,
and capacity of the backhaul link.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX Index for retrieving the eNB information. The default is 0.
ENB_TYPE This parameter defines eNB Type ( Macro eNB(0). Home

eNB(1) )

mation

mation
ENB_ID This parameter defines eNB ID ( Macro eNB : BIT

STRING(20), Home eNB : BIT STRING(28) )
SCTP_PORT_NUM_S1 The port number to be used in SCTP association configuration

for S1AP with the MME. (The port number is fixed at 36412.
SCTP association is possible only when the port value is the
same as SCTP of the MME.)
SCTP_PORT_NUM_X2 The port number to be used in SCTP association configuration

for X2AP with the neighbor eNB. (The port number is fixed at

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
36422. SCTP association is possible only when the port value is

the same as SCTP of the neighbor eNB.)
BH_LINK_CAPACITY Total backhaul link capacity of the eNB (in Kbps, 0-10G, default
1G).
DL_CRS_PORT_COUNT This parameter defines Downlink CRS Port Count

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2516 RETRIEVE RRH CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-RRH-CONF: [CONNECT_BOARD_ID], [CONNECT_PORT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the configuration information of RRH which is a remote RF unit. This information can
be retrieved by entering the board ID or port ID connected to the RRH according to the RRH ID
scheme. If a board ID is entered but not a port ID , the configuration information for all RRHs in
the board ID is displayed.The user can retrieve the RRH mounting status in the PLD, the cells
supported by the RRH, the RRH location, the maximum output value and the alarm threshold
value.
TIMEOUT 10

CONNECT_BO The ID of the channel card connected to 0~2 NONE 0
ARD_ID the RRH. For example, if the RRH is con-
nected to ECP #1, CONNECT_BOARD_ID
is 1. The user can enter the
CONNECT_BOARD_ID parameter value to
retrieve the ID of the RRH connected to the
channel card.
CONNECT_PO The port ID of the channel card connected 0~2 NONE 0
RT_ID to the RRH. For example, if the RRH is
connected to channel card port #1,
CONNECT_PORT_ID is 1. The user can
enter the CONNECT_PORT_ID parameter
value to retrieve the ID of the RRH con-
nected to the channel card port.

CONNECT_BOARD_TYPE The UnitType of the channel card connected to the RRH. For
example, if the RRH is connected to ECP,
CONNECT_BOARD_TYPE is ECP.
CONNECT_BOARD_ID The ID of the channel card connected to the RRH. For example,
if the RRH is connected to ECP #1, CONNECT_BOARD_ID is
1. The user can enter the CONNECT_BOARD_ID parameter

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
value to retrieve the ID of the RRH connected to the channel

card.
CONNECT_PORT_ID The port ID of the channel card connected to the RRH. For
example, if the RRH is connected to channel card port #1,
CONNECT_PORT_ID is 1. The user can enter the
CONNECT_PORT_ID parameter value to retrieve the ID of the
RRH connected to the channel card port.
CASCADE_RRH_ID The cascade ID of the channel card port connected to the RRH.
For example, if the RRH is the first RRH in the cascade connec-
tion, CASCADE_RRH_ID is 0, and if the RRH is the second
RRH in the cascade connection, CASCADE_RRH_ID is 1. The
user can enter the CASCADE_RRH_ID parameter value to
retrieve the ID of the RRH connected to the cascade of the chan-
nel card port.
STATUS The mounting status of the RRH in the PLD, which is a remote
RF unit.
CELL_NUM The cell number serviced by the RRH.
SUB_CELL_NUM It is SubCell Number served by this RRH.
LATITUDE The latitude of the RRH location. (A BBB:CC:DD.DDD : A :

hemisphere. N or S , BBB : degree. 0~90, CC : minutes. 0~59,
DD.DDD : milliseconds. 00.000~59.999)
LONGITUDE The longitude of the RRH location. (A BBB:CC:DD.DDD : A :

hemisphere. E or W, BBB : degree. 0~180, CC : minutes. 0~59,
HEIGHT The altitude of the RRH location. (AAAA.AAm : AAAA.AA :

water elevation.
-9999.99m ~ 9999.99m, Unit is m. ex) 53.85m)

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
DL_ANT_AZIMUTH The antenna azimuth of the RRH downlink.
DL_ANT_BEAMWIDTH It is antenna beamwidth for downlink.
DL_MAX_TX_POWER The maximum output power of the RRH downlink.
TX_ATTEN The Tx attenuation for the RRH.
RX_ATTEN The Rx attenuation for the RRH.
TX_DELAY The Tx time buffer for delay compensation between RRH and
DU.
RX_DELAY The Rx time buffer for delay compensation between RRH and
DU.
OVER_PWR_ALARM_TH The over-power alarm threshold used by the RRH for detecting
over power alarms.
LOW_PWR_ALARM_TH The low power alarm threshold used by the RRH for detecting
low power alarms.
PATH_A_ENABLE_STATE It is operational state of a resource.
PATH_B_ENABLE_STATE It is operational state of a resource.
PATH_C_ENABLE_STATE It is operational state of a resource.
PATH_D_ENABLE_STATE It is operational state of a resource.
NUM_OF_RET It is number of RET.
VSWR_FAIL_ALARM_THR The VSWR failure alarm threshold used by the RRH for detect-
ing VSWR alarms.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2517 CHANGE RRH CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-RRH-CONF: CONNECT_BOARD_ID, CONNECT_PORT_ID, [STATUS], [USER_LABEL], [LATI-
TUDE], [LONGITUDE], [HEIGHT], [DL_ANT_AZIMUTH], [DL_ANT_BEAMWIDTH], [TX_ATTEN],
[RX_ATTEN], [TX_DELAY], [RX_DELAY], [OVER_PWR_ALARM_TH], [LOW_PWR_ALARM_TH],
[PATH_A_ENABLE_STATE], [PATH_B_ENABLE_STATE], [PATH_C_ENABLE_STATE],
[PATH_D_ENABLE_STATE], [NUM_OF_RET], [VSWR_FAIL_ALARM_THR];
Command Description
Changes the RRH grow/degrow and configuration information. The user can enter the
CONNECT_BOARD_ID, CONNECT_PORT_ID, parameter values to select the RRH to be
changed.
TIMEOUT 10

CONNECT_BO The ID of the channel card connected to 0~2 NONE 0
ARD_ID the RRH. For example, if the RRH is con-
nected to ECP #1, CONNECT_BOARD_ID
is 1. The user can enter the
CONNECT_BOARD_ID parameter value to
retrieve the ID of the RRH connected to the
channel card.
CONNECT_PO The port ID of the channel card connected 0~2 NONE 0
RT_ID to the RRH. For example, if the RRH is
connected to channel card port #1,
CONNECT_PORT_ID is 1. The user can
enter the CONNECT_PORT_ID parameter
value to retrieve the ID of the RRH con-
nected to the channel card port.
STATUS The mounting status of the RRH in the N_EQUIP/EQUIP/ NONE N_EQUI
PLD, which is a remote RF unit. P
- EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is mounted
on the PLD and available in the system.
- N_EQUIP: Indicates that the unit is
unmounted on the PLD and unavailable in
the system.
USER_LABEL An additional system name given by the 96 NONE -
user.
LATITUDE The latitude of the RRH location. (A 20 NONE N
BBB:CC:DD.DDD : A : hemisphere. N or S 000:00:
, BBB : degree. 0~90, CC : minutes. 0~59, 00.000

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

LONGITUDE The longitude of the RRH location. (A 20 NONE E
BBB:CC:DD.DDD : A : hemisphere. E or W, 000:00:
BBB : degree. 0~180, CC : minutes. 0~59, 00.000
HEIGHT The altitude of the RRH location. 20 m 0000.00
(AAAA.AAm : AAAA.AA : water elevation. m
-9999.99m ~ 9999.99m, Unit is m. ex)
53.85m)
DL_ANT_AZIM The antenna azimuth of the RRH downlink. -1 ~ 3600 0.1degr -1
UTH ee
DL_ANT_BEA It is antenna beamwidth for downlink. 0 ~ 3600 0.1degr 700
MWIDTH ee
TX_ATTEN The Tx attenuation for the RRH. 1 0.1dB 20
RX_ATTEN The Rx attenuation for the RRH. 1 0.1dB 20
TX_DELAY The Tx time buffer for delay compensation 0 ~ 250000 ns 35000
between RRH and DU.
RX_DELAY The Rx time buffer for delay compensation 0 ~ 250000 ns 35000
between RRH and DU.
OVER_PWR_A The over-power alarm threshold used by 0 ~ 54000000 NONE 160882
LARM_TH the RRH for detecting over power alarms. 64
LOW_PWR_AL The low power alarm threshold used by the 0 ~ 54000000 NONE 299763
ARM_TH RRH for detecting low power alarms.
PATH_A_ENAB It is operational state of a resource. 0~1 NONE 1
LE_STATE
PATH_B_ENAB It is operational state of a resource. 0~1 NONE 1
LE_STATE
PATH_C_ENAB It is operational state of a resource. 0~1 NONE 1
LE_STATE
PATH_D_ENAB It is operational state of a resource. 0~1 NONE 1
LE_STATE
NUM_OF_RET It is number of RET. 0~2 NONE 0
VSWR_FAIL_A The VSWR failure alarm threshold used by 30 ~ 100 0.1dB 60
LARM_THR the RRH for detecting VSWR alarms.

CONNECT_BOARD_TYPE The UnitType of the channel card connected to the RRH. For
example, if the RRH is connected to ECP,
CONNECT_BOARD_TYPE is ECP.
CONNECT_BOARD_ID The ID of the channel card connected to the RRH. For example,
if the RRH is connected to ECP #1, CONNECT_BOARD_ID is
1. The user can enter the CONNECT_BOARD_ID parameter
value to retrieve the ID of the RRH connected to the channel
card.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
CONNECT_PORT_ID The port ID of the channel card connected to the RRH. For
example, if the RRH is connected to channel card port #1,
CONNECT_PORT_ID is 1. The user can enter the
CONNECT_PORT_ID parameter value to retrieve the ID of the
RRH connected to the channel card port.
CASCADE_RRH_ID The cascade ID of the channel card port connected to the RRH.
For example, if the RRH is the first RRH in the cascade connec-
tion, CASCADE_RRH_ID is 0, and if the RRH is the second
RRH in the cascade connection, CASCADE_RRH_ID is 1. The
user can enter the CASCADE_RRH_ID parameter value to
retrieve the ID of the RRH connected to the cascade of the chan-
nel card port.
STATUS The mounting status of the RRH in the PLD, which is a remote
RF unit.
LATITUDE The latitude of the RRH location. (A BBB:CC:DD.DDD : A :

hemisphere. N or S , BBB : degree. 0~90, CC : minutes. 0~59,
LONGITUDE The longitude of the RRH location. (A BBB:CC:DD.DDD : A :

hemisphere. E or W, BBB : degree. 0~180, CC : minutes. 0~59,
HEIGHT The altitude of the RRH location. (AAAA.AAm : AAAA.AA :

water elevation.
-9999.99m ~ 9999.99m, Unit is m. ex) 53.85m)
DL_ANT_AZIMUTH The antenna azimuth of the RRH downlink.
DL_ANT_BEAMWIDTH It is antenna beamwidth for downlink.
TX_ATTEN The Tx attenuation for the RRH.
RX_ATTEN The Rx attenuation for the RRH.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
TX_DELAY The Tx time buffer for delay compensation between RRH and
DU.
RX_DELAY The Rx time buffer for delay compensation between RRH and
DU.
OVER_PWR_ALARM_TH The over-power alarm threshold used by the RRH for detecting
over power alarms.
LOW_PWR_ALARM_TH The low power alarm threshold used by the RRH for detecting
low power alarms.
PATH_A_ENABLE_STATE It is operational state of a resource.
PATH_B_ENABLE_STATE It is operational state of a resource.
PATH_C_ENABLE_STATE It is operational state of a resource.
PATH_D_ENABLE_STATE It is operational state of a resource.
NUM_OF_RET It is number of RET.
VSWR_FAIL_ALARM_THR The VSWR failure alarm threshold used by the RRH for detect-
ing VSWR alarms.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2518 RETRIEVE DURU PORT CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-DURUPT-CONF: [BOARDID], [PORT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the port configuration information of the channel card (board) by channel card and port.
If a board ID or port ID is not entered, the configuration information for all ports is retrieved. If a
board ID is entered but not a port ID, the configuration information for all ports within the board
ID entered is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

BOARDID The unique board ID of the board type in 0~2 NONE 0
the system
PORT_ID The unique port ID in Board ID 0~2 NONE 0

BOARDTYPE The board type in the system.
BOARDID The unique board ID of the board type in the system
PORT_ID The unique port ID in Board ID
STATUS The mounting information in the PLD.

CONNECT_RU_TYPE The type of the RF unit connected to the board ID and port ID.
(Use CONNECT_RRH to retrieve it if the RRH is connected to
the port.)

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2530 RETRIEVE SYSTEM STATE/STATUS
Command Format
RTRV-SYS-STS;
Command Description
Retrieves the system's operational state. Displays whether the system's operational status is
Enable or Disable and whether calls are assigned (Act), calls cannot be assigned (Busy) or no
calls are assigned (Idle). This command also retrieves the number of calls if the system is in the
Act or Busy state. The number of calls in the Idle state is 0. The system information reflects all
cells.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

OPERATIONAL_STATE The system's operational state.
- enable: One or more cells are available to assign calls.
- disable: No cells are available to assign calls.
USAGE_STATE The current state of the system.

- act: There are one or more cells where calls are assigned.
- busy: All resources of the system are already allocated and no
- idle: No calls are assigned to the system (If
OPERATIONAL_STATE of the system is disable,
USAGE_STATE is also idle).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2531 RETRIEVE CELL STATE/STATUS
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-STS: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Displays whether the cell's operational status is Enable or Disable and whether calls are assigned
(Act), calls cannot be assigned (Busy) or no calls are assigned (Idle). This command also
retrieves the number of calls if the cell is in the Act or Busy state. The number of calls in the Idle
state is 0.
TIMEOUT 10

ported.

OPERATIONAL_STATE The operational state of the cell after it is set up.

- enable: Calls can be assigned to the cell.
- disable: Calls cannot be assigned to the cell because it is not set
up yet.
USAGE_STATE The current state of the cell.

- act: One or more calls are assigned to the cell.
- busy: All resources of the cell are already allocated and no

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
- idle: No calls are assigned to the cell (If

OPERATIONAL_STATE of the cell is disable, USAGE_STATE
is also idle).

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2532 CHANGE SUBCELL CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-SCELL-CONF: SUB_CELL_NUM, [ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE];
Command Description
The user can control the cell's service by changing the ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE parameter of
the subcell to LOCKED, UNLOCKED or SHUTTING DOWN. When a cell is set to LOCKED,
the subcell terminates the current call and stops servicing calls. When a subcell is set to
UNLOCKED, the cell starts call services. When a subcell is set to SHUTTING DOWN, the sub-
cell stops receiving further call service requests.
TIMEOUT 10

SUB_CELL_NU The subcell number. SUB_CELL_NUM is 0 ~ 17 NONE 0
M unique within the system. Sub cells are
supported by a smart cell system only.
ADMINISTRATI The administrative state of the subcell con- LOCKED/UNLOCKED/ NONE locked
VE_STATE figured by the user. The initial value is SHUTTING DOWN/
LOCKED when growing the system. This
- LOCKED: A transitional state in the sub-
cell grow/degrow process. In this state,
- UNLOCKED: The subcell growth is com-
plete. The grown resources are available in
the PLD to offer a call service.
the subcell degrowth process. In this state,
the grown resources in the PLD continue to
offer the call service of the previous
UNLOCKED state but does not offer any
new call services. When the current call

SUB_CELL_NUM The subcell number. SUB_CELL_NUM is unique within the

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
system. Sub cells are supported by a smart cell system only.
ADMINISTRATIVE_STATE The administrative state of the subcell configured by the user.

The initial value is LOCKED when growing the system. This
- LOCKED: A transitional state in the subcell grow/degrow pro-
- UNLOCKED: The subcell growth is complete. The grown
- SHUTTING DOWN: A transitional state in the subcell
degrowth process. In this state, the grown resources in the PLD
continue to offer the call service of the previous UNLOCKED
state but does not offer any new call services. When the current
call service is complete, the resources automatically change to
the LOCKED state.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2533 RETRIEVE CELL DATA
Command Format
RTRV-CELL-DATA: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves the data of the cells provided by the system. The user can enter CELL_NUM to select a
cell to be retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

ported.

CELL_TXPATH_TYPE The RRH Tx Path type for specifying Tx/Rx paths.

- SELECT_AB means using path A (1T case), path A and B (2T
case).
- SELECT_CD means using path C (1T case), path C and D
(2Tcase).
- SELECT_ABDC means using PATH A,B,C and D(4T case)

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2614 RETRIEVE REMOTE DEVICE ALARM INHI-

BITION CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-RDALM-INH: CONNECT_BD_ID, CONNECT_PORT_ID, [ALARM_TYPE];
Command Description
Retrieve the remote device alarm inhibition configuration information
TIMEOUT 30

CONNECT_BD This field indicates the connected board id 0~2 NONE 0
_ID of remote device.
CONNECT_PO This field indicates the connected port id of 0~2 NONE 0
RT_ID remote device.
ALARM_TYPE This field indicates alarm type that can be COMMUNICATION_FA NONE COM-
inhibited. IL/CLOCK_FAIL/ MUNIC
DC_INPUT_FAIL/DIS- ATION_
ABLED/LNA_FAIL/ FAIL
LOW_GAIN/
LOW_POWER/
OVER_POWER/
VSWR_FAIL/
TEMPERATURE_HIGH
/

UNIT_TYPE This field indicates the connected board id of remote Device.
CONNECT_BD_ID This field indicates the connected board id of remote device.
CONNECT_PORT_ID This field indicates the connected port id of remote device.
CASCADE_ID This field indicates the cascade id.
ALARM_TYPE This field indicates alarm type that can be inhibited.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
ALARM_CODE This field indicates alarm code that can be inhibited.
INHIBIT_STATUS This field indiccates the inhibit status of alarm.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2615 CHANGE REMOTE DEVICE ALARM INHI-

BITION CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-RDALM-INH: [CONNECT_BD_ID], [CONNECT_PORT_ID], [ALARM_TYPE],
INHIBIT_STATUS;
Command Description
Change the remote device alarm inhibition configuration information.
TIMEOUT 30

CONNECT_BD It is the connected board id of remote 0~2 NONE 0
_ID device.
CONNECT_PO It is the connected port id of remote device. 0~2 NONE 0
RT_ID
ALARM_TYPE This field describes an alarm type that can COMMUNICATION_FA NONE COM-
be inhibited. IL/CLOCK_FAIL/ MUNIC
DC_INPUT_FAIL/DIS- ATION_
ABLED/LNA_FAIL/ FAIL
LOW_GAIN/
LOW_POWER/
OVER_POWER/
VSWR_FAIL/
TEMPERATURE_HIGH
/
INHIBIT_STAT This field describes a status inhibited of an ALLOW/INHIBIT/ NONE ALLOW
US alarm.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2632 RETRIEVE RRH STATUS
Command Format
RTRV-RRH-STS: [CONNECT_BOARD_ID], [CONNECT_PORT_ID], [PATH_ID];
Command Description
Retireves the RRH state. This command retrieves where the RRH connected, the operational
state, path state, FW mode, alarm threshold and others.
TIMEOUT 20

CONNECT_BO It is board id that RRH is connected. 0~2 NONE 0
ARD_ID
CONNECT_PO It is port id that RRH is connected. 0~2 NONE 0
RT_ID
PATH_ID It is path id of RRH. 0~3 NONE 0

CONNECT_BOARD_ID It is board id that RRH is connected.
CONNECT_PORT_ID It is port id that RRH is connected.
CASCADE_RRH_ID It is cascade id of RRH.
PATH_ID It is path id of RRH.
OPERATIONAL_STATE It is operational state of a resource.
PATH_STATE It is operational state of a path.
FW_MODE It is current mode of the FW image.(0 : user mode, 1 : factory

mode)
NUM_OF_FA It is number of FA.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
FA0_ON_OFF It is FA0 On/Off .
FA0_CH_BANDWIDTH It is FA0 channel bandwith.
TX_DELAY It is TX delay.
RX_DELAY It is RX delay.
TX_ON_OFF It is TX On/Off configuration.
TX_CONTROL It is TX enable/disable configuration for path.
TEMP It is temperature.
TX_RF_POWER It is TX RF Power.
RETURN_LOSS It is Return Loss.
FA0_RSSI It is FA0 RSSI.
FA0_TSSI_IQ_LEVEL It is FA0 TSSI Digital IQ level.
FA0_TX_ATTEN It is FA0 TX attenuation.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2635 RETRIEVE GPSR STATUS
Command Format
RTRV-GPS-STS;
Command Description
Retrieves the state information of the GPS. The information retrieved includes the GPS antenna
delay value, electronic frequency control value, FFOM value, hold over state, GPS ID (GPS iden-
tifier), GPS locking state, location (latitude, longitude, altitude), number of satellites traced, list
of satellites traced, TFOM value, and TOD (time of day).
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

UNIT_ID It is index of GPS status table.
LOCK_STATE It is locking status.
HOLDOVER_STATE It is holdover status.
TOD It is TOD(Time Of Day).
POS It is location information(latitude, longitude, altitude(height)).
TFOM It is Time Figure Of Merit.
ANT_DLY It is GPS Anternna Delay in seconds.
SAT_C It is number of satellites being tracked.
SAT_N It is list of all satellites being tracked.
EFC It is electronic frequency control value.
TINT It is Difference or timing shift between the SmartClock 1PPS

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
and GPS 1 PPS signals.
FFOM It is Frequency Figure Of Merit.
IDN It is identification(Vendor name, Product part number, Product

serial number, F/W version, H/W revision).
SAT_ID It is satellite id string including S/N.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2637 RETRIEVE S1 STATUS
Command Format
RTRV-SSTS: [MME_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves the state information of the S1 interface. The S1 interface is responsible for connecting
the MME (mobility management entity) in the center of the system to the eNB. The S1 interface
exchanges signals with the MME to exchange the OAM (operation and management) information
required for supporting mobility of the UE. This command retrieves the MME ID, SCTP (Stream
Control Transmission Protocol) state, and S1 interface state (S1AP_STATE).
TIMEOUT 10

MME_INDEX It is index of MME. 0 ~ 15 NONE 0

MME_INDEX It is index of MME.
MME_ID It is id of MME.
SCTP_STATE It is SCTP state.
S1AP_STATE It is interface state.
MME_NAME It is MME Name
IP_VER The IP address version of the MME. Either IPv4 or IPv6 is

assigned.
MME_IP_V4 Information on the IPV4 address of the MME. This parameter

not used if the IP_VER parameter is set to IPv6

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
MME_IP_V6 Information on the IPV6 address of the eNB. This parameter


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2639 RETRIEVE PRB USAGE
Command Format
RTRV-PRB-USG: [SUB_CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves usage rate of the PRB (physical resource block). The user can retrieve total uplink
usage, usage per QCI (QoS class identifier), and total downlink usage for PRBs of each cell.
TIMEOUT 10

SUB_CELL_NU It is subcell number. 0 ~ 17 NONE 0
M

SUB_CELL_NUM It is subcell number.
TOT_PRB_DL It is total PRB usage of download.
TOT_PRB_UL It is total PRB usage of upload.
QCI_0_PRB_DL It is QCI 0 PRB usage of download.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
QCI_0_PRB_UL It is QCI 0 PRB usage of upload.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2641 RETRIEVE ANTENNA HDLC IF
Command Format
RTRV-ANT-HDLCIF: [CONNECT_BOARD_ID], [CONNECT_PORT_ID], [RET_ID];
Command Description
Inquire antenna HDLC interface information of RET.
TIMEOUT 10

ARD_ID
RT_ID
RET_ID It is RET id. 0~1 NONE 0

RET_ID It is RET id.
OPERATIONAL_STATE It is operational state of a resource.
SERIAL_NUMBER The serial number of RET device.
HDLC_ADDRESS It is HDLC address. It is assigned automatically during device

scan process.
VENDOR_CODE The vendor code of RET device.
HDLC_CONNECT_STATE It is HDLC connection state.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
DEVICE_TYPE It is antenna device type of RET. (Single/Multi)

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2647 RETRIEVE X2 STATUS
Command Format
RTRV-X2-STS: [NBR_ENB_INDEX];
Command Description
Retrieves the state information of the X2 interface. The X2 interface is responsible for providing
a direct path of communication with eNBs of other cells in the system. The X2 interface facili-
tates exchange of signals and the load indicator information between eNBs for fast handover and
the information required for self-optimization. This command retrieves the neighbor eNB ID,
SCTP (Stream Control Transmission Protocol) state (SCTP_STATE), and X2 interface state
(IF_STATE).
TIMEOUT 10

NBR_ENB_IND It is index of neighbor eNB. 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
EX

NBR_ENB_INDEX It is index of neighbor eNB.
NBR_ENB_ID It is id of neighbor eNB.
SCTP_STATE It is operational state.
X2AP_STATE It is interface state.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2651 RETRIEVE ACTIVE RET ALARMS
Command Format
RTRV-RET-ALM: [CONNECT_BOARD_ID], [CONNECT_PORT_ID], [RET_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the list of alarms currently active in RETs.
TIMEOUT 10

ARD_ID
RT_ID
RET_ID It is RET id. 0~1 NONE 0

RET_ID It is RET id.
ANTENNA_ID It is ANTENNA id.
ALARM It is alarm type of RET.
SERIAL_NUMBER The serial number of RET device.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2652 RETRIEVE M2 STATUS
Command Format
RTRV-M2-STS;
Command Description
Retrieves M2 Status information
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

MCE_INDEX It is index of MCE
MCE_ID It is id of MCE.
SCTP_STATE It is SCTP state.
M2_AP_STATE It is M2AP state.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2705 RETRIEVE ENB MCCH CONFIGURATION
Command Format
RTRV-ENBMCCH-CONF: [MBSFN_AREA_ID];
Command Description
Retrieve MCCH Releated BCCH Configuration
TIMEOUT 10

MBSFN_AREA Index for change and retrieve. 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
_ID

MBSFN_AREA_ID Index for change and retrieve.
NOTIFICATION_REPETITION_COEFFnotificationRepetitionCoeff
NOTIFICATION_OFFSET notificationOffset
NOTIFICATION_SF_INDEX notificationSfIndex
NOTIFICATION_INDICATOR notificationIndicator

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2706 CHANGE ENB MCCH CONFIGURATION
Command Format
CHG-ENBMCCH-CONF: MBSFN_AREA_ID, [NOTIFICATION_REPETITION_COEFF],
[NOTIFICATION_OFFSET], [NOTIFICATION_SF_INDEX], [NOTIFICATION_INDICATOR];
Command Description
Change MCCH Releated BCCH Configuration
TIMEOUT 10

MBSFN_AREA Index for change and retrieve. 0 ~ 255 NONE 0
_ID
NOTIFICATION notificationRepetitionCoeff notiRepetCoeff_r9_n2/ NONE notiRep
_REPETITION_ notiRepetCoeff_r9_n4/ etCoeff_
COEFF r9_n4
NOTIFICATION notificationOffset 0 ~ 10 NONE 0
_OFFSET
NOTIFICATION notificationSfIndex 1~6 NONE 1
_SF_INDEX
NOTIFICATION notificationIndicator 0~7 NONE 0
_INDICATOR

MBSFN_AREA_ID Index for change and retrieve.
NOTIFICATION_REPETITION_COEFFnotificationRepetitionCoeff
NOTIFICATION_OFFSET notificationOffset
NOTIFICATION_SF_INDEX notificationSfIndex
NOTIFICATION_INDICATOR notificationIndicator

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2718 ACTIVATE EEPROM FIRMWARE
Command Format
UDT-EEPROM-FW: FW_UNIT_NAME, BD_ID, [DSP_ID], [INVOCATION_ID];
Command Description
Activate EEPROM firmware that was already downloaded.
TIMEOUT 20

FW_UNIT_NA It carries firmware image name. 256 NONE -
ME
BD_ID It carries id of board that DSP to fuse is 0~2 NONE 0
belonged in.
DSP_ID It carries id of DSP to Fuse. 0~2 NONE 0
INVOCATION_I It carries firmware unit activation invocation 0 ~ NONE NONE NONE
D ID from IRP Manager. InvocationId shall
reusing when issuing notification after acti-
vation


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2719 RETRIEVE EXT FIRMWARE VERSION
Command Format
RTRV-EXT-FW: [PRC_UNIT_ID];
Command Description
List up the version information of the EEPROM or RFPAL.
TIMEOUT 20

PRC_UNIT_ID Indicates Unit ID from which the version 0~2 NONE 0
information of the firmware has to be
retrieved

ID List index.
FW_UNIT_TYPE Indicates Firmware Unit Type for which the version information
has to be retrieved
PRC_UNIT_ID Indicates Unit ID from which the version information of the

firmware has to be retrieved
DSP_ID It carries id of DSP
LOCATION The location of the firmware image
FILE_NAME The firmware file name
FW_VERSION The firmware image version
FW_REL_VERSION The firmware image release version
FILE_SIZE The firmware image file size

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
FILE_CHECKSUM The firmware image checksum
BUILD_TIME The firmware image buildTime

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2803 RETRIEVE CELL COMMON CHANNEL

STATE
Command Format
RTRV-CCCH-STS: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
This command supports function that confirm Cell's common channel state. Operator can confirm
following article.
- PBCH's normalcy/abnormality.
- PDCCH's normalcy/abnormality.
- PDCCH USAGE.
- PUCCH USAGE.
- RS DL USAGE
TIMEOUT 10

CELL_NUM The Number of the cell on which to retrieve 0~8 NONE 0
common channel state.

CELL_NUM Cell Number to request common channel state
PBCH_STATUS Cell PBCH(Physical Broadcast Channel) Status.

- normal : PBCH status is normal.
- abnormal: PBCH status is abnormal.
- disabled: Cell status is disabled.
- timeout : No response from DSP.
PDCCH_STATUS Cell PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel) Status.

- normal : PDCCH status is normal.
- abnormal: PDCCH status is abnormal.
- disabled: Cell status is disabled.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
PDCCH_USAGE Among PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel) resource,

average abundance of population that allocate to UE(%)
PUCCH_USAGE Among PUCCH(Physical Uplink Control Channel) resource,

RS_DL_USAGE Among PDSCH(Physical Downlink Shared Channel) resource,

average abundance of population that allocate in Reference Sig-
nal transfer(%)

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2807 RETRIEVE SUBCELL COMMON CHANNEL

STATE
Command Format
RTRV-SCCH-STS: [SUB_CELL_NUM];
Command Description
This command supports function that confirm subcell's common channel state. Operator can con-
firm following article.
- PBCH's normalcy/abnormality.
- PDCCH's normalcy/abnormality.
- PDCCH USAGE.
- PUCCH USAGE.
- RS DL USAGE
TIMEOUT 10

SUB_CELL_NU The Number of the subcell on which to 0 ~ 17 NONE 0
M retrieve common channel state.

SUB_CELL_NUM Subcell Number to request common channel state
PBCH_STATUS Subcell PBCH(Physical Broadcast Channel) Status.

- normal : PBCH status is normal.
- abnormal: PBCH status is abnormal.
- disabled: Subcell status is disabled.
PDCCH_STATUS Subcell PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel) Status.

- normal : PDCCH status is normal.
- abnormal: PDCCH status is abnormal.
- disabled: Subcell status is disabled.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
PDCCH_USAGE Among PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel) resource,

PUCCH_USAGE Among PUCCH(Physical Uplink Control Channel) resource,

RS_DL_USAGE Among PDSCH(Physical Downlink Shared Channel) resource,

average abundance of population that allocate in Reference Sig-
nal transfer(%)

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2808 RETRIEVE TX POWER ONLINE TEST

RESULT
Command Format
RTRV-TXPWR-RSLT: TI_ID, [RESULT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the Tx power online test results. It retrieves the results of the Tx power tests performed
by the test schedule added by the CHG-TEST-LIST command. Each test item ID (TI_ID) can
have up to 30 results. Lower the result ID, the more recent the results are. Even when the online
test scheduler is added, if the actual test has not been performed, the result retrieval returns
NO_DATA with NOK processing. The online test results are saved only after the actual test is
executed. If the test is interrupted by PAUSE_ONLINE, for example, the result is not updated.
TIMEOUT 10

for Tx power online test. Up to 10 can be
method of the Tx power online
test(TEST_ID). This is set by the user in
advance.
RESULT_ID The result ID in which order the Tx power 0 ~ 29 NONE 0
online test result is saved after the test is
executed. The smaller the result ID, the
deleted first.

TI_ID The ID for identifying the information added for Tx power tests.
RESULT_ID The result ID in which order the Tx power online test result is
more recent the result is. (Each ID can have up to 30 results. If

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
deleted first.)
TIME_STAMP The execution time of the Tx power online test.
BD_ID The board ID connected to the RRH on which the Tx power test
is to performed. (The eNB system works with the RRH through
the CPRI port of the ECP board.)
PORT_ID The port ID connected to the RRH on which the Tx power test is
to performed. (The eNB system works with the RRH through the
CPRI port of the ECP board.)
ERROR_REASON The error reason if the Tx power test result is NOK.
DL_PATH_CNT DL Path count
UL_PATH_CNT UL Path count
POWER_0 Path 0 power value of the RRH.
POWER_STATE_0 Path 0 output state of the RRH.

- RF_PWR_ABNORMAL: The RF output is 0 or less.
- RF_PWR_NORMAL: The RF output is normal.
- NOT_USE: Not use path.
POWER_STATE_1 Path 1 output state of the RRH.

POWER_STATE_2 Path 2 output state of the RRH (It is displayed as '-' if the number
of antennas defined in the PLD is 2).
POWER_STATE_3 Path 3 output state of the RRH (It is displayed as '-' if the number

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
of antennas defined in the PLD is 2).

FA0_RSSI_0 The 1st carrier RSSI level of RRH path 0 (Unit:dBm)

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2809 TERMINATE ONGOING TEST
Command Format
TERM-TEST: INVOCATION_ID;
Command Description
Terminates the on-going test in the eNB. Note that this command is not used for terminating
online tests because the CHG-TEST-LIST command can be used for terminating the active
scheduler. MON-TEST can be used for retrieving the active commands and their invocation IDs,
and then the invocation IDs can be used for terminating the active commands. [Related com-
mands] - MON-TEST
TIMEOUT 10

INVOCATION_I The ID assigned when the command is 0 ~ 128 NONE 0
D executed in the LSM or the CLI. At the time
the command is executed, the smallest
number among the invocation IDs man-
aged by the TM is assigned. When TERM-
TEST is performed, the command for the
invocation ID is terminated and the com-
mand termination is notified by the EMS.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2811 EXECUTE BER TEST
Command Format
TEST-BER: BD_TYPE, BD_ID, PORT_ID, BD_ID, PORT_ID, BD_ID, PORT_ID, UNIT_ID,
FPGA_ID, [ITERATION], [INTERVAL];
Command Description
Performs the BER (Bit Error Rate) on-demand test on the DU-RU CPRI section. The BER test
checks the error rate by calculating the BIP (Bit Interleaved Parity) at the CPRI port of the chan-
nel card. When the TEST_LB command starts successfully, the user can check the on-demand
test result and the Event notification. The test is performed for the iteration count over the interval
time (min) and the error count accumulates until the test is complete.
TIMEOUT 10

BD_TYPE The type of the target board on which the ECP/RRH/ NONE ECP
BER test is to be performed.
BD_ID The board ID connected to the CPRI port of 0~2 NONE 0
the DU and the Target Board to be tested.
PORT_ID The CPRI port ID on which the BER test to 0~2 NONE 0
be performed.
be performed.
be performed.
UNIT_ID It carries Id of IIU to be tested 0~1 NONE 0
FPGA_ID It carries Id of IIU to be tested 0~2 NONE 0
ITERATION The iteration count for the BER test. A 1 ~ 30 NONE 1
value between 1 and 30 can be entered for
iteration.
INTERVAL The BER test interval. A value between 1 1 ~ 60 NONE 1
and 60 (minutes) can be entered for test
interval.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2814 EXECUTE LOOPBACK TEST
Command Format
TEST-LB: BD_ID, PORT_ID, TYPE;
Command Description
Performs the on-demand test on DU-PAU loopback. The DU-PAU loopback test transmits pack-
ets from the CPRI port of the channel card to the PAU, receives a response, and compares it
against the packets transmitted to check the optical link for any problems. Before executing the
loopback command, the target cell must be in Lock state. (Loopback cannot be performed when
running services.) The cell state can be retrieved from the 'Cell Management' window in the
LSM. If the cell is in Unlock state, it must be changed to Lock before performing the test. When
the TEST_LB command starts successfully, the user can check the on-demand test result and the
notification in the 'Event' window of the LSM CLI.
TIMEOUT 10

the DU and the RU to be tested. The board
ID of the ECP mounted on Slot #1 is 0.
Additional ECP boards can be expanded
on Slot #2, Slot #3 and so on as the board
ID increases sequentially.
PORT_ID The CPRI port of the DU and the RU to be 0~2 NONE 0
tested. The port ID value can be from 0 to 5
or from 0 to 11 depending on the ECP
board type.
TYPE The loopback type to be tested. The avail- DU_MGT/RU_MGT/ NONE DU_MG
able loopback types are DU_MGT, RU_MAPPER/ T
RU_MGT, and RU_MAPPER.
- DU_MGT: Packets are looped back at the
MGT in the FPGA of the DU, which con-
verts the CPRI frame into the physical sig-
nal.
- RU_MGT: Packets are looped back at the
MGT in the FPGA of the RRH, which, in the
reverse order of the DU_MGT, converts the
physical signal into the CPRI frame.
- RU_MAPPER: Packets are looped back
at the MAPPER in the FPGA of the RRH,
which converts the CPRI signal into the I/Q
signal.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2815 EXECUTE MODEL TEST
Command Format
TEST-MODEL: [CELL_NUM], [SUB_CELL_NUM], MODEL_ID, SUBFRAME_ASSIGNMENT,
SPECIAL_SUBFRAME_PATTERNS;
Command Description
Performs the conformance test by artificially generating traffic and then measuring output proper-
ties. The DU (DSP) specifies the property items defined in the standard (E-UTRA test models)
for RF property tests and then the RF outputs are tested on the DSP. The model test can be per-
formed or terminated using the following commands:.
- TEST-MODEL: Performs the model test for a specific cell/subcell.
- MON-TEST: Retrieves the state of the on-going test.
- TERM-TEST: Terminates the on-going test. [Related commands].
- TEST-MODEL.
- MON-TEST.
- TERM-TEST.
TIMEOUT 10

CELL_NUM The cell number for which the model test is 0~8 NONE 0
to be performed.
SUB_CELL_NU The sub cell number for which the model 0 ~ 17 NONE 0
M test is to be performed.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

MODEL_ID The ID of the property item defined in the ETM_1_1/ETM_1_2/ NONE ETM_1_
standard for performing the model test. The ETM_2/ETM_3_1/ 1
following test types are available. The sig- ETM_3_2/ETM_3_3/
nals defined in LTE TS 36.141 are transmit-
ted to the eNB output according to the type
selected.
- ETM_1_1: Refer to Section 6.1.1.1 of TS
36.141.
36.141.
- ETM_2: Refer to Section 6.1.1.3 of TS
36.141.
36.141.
36.141.
36.141.
SUBFRAME_A TDD SA(subframe assignment) of the cell SA_2/SA_3/ NONE SA_2
SSIGNMENT in operation. The assignment is only valid if
the cell's duplex is TDD. See 4.2 of 3GPP
- SA2: TDD uses UL/DL Configuration 2.
- SA3: TDD uses UL/DL Configuration 3.
SPECIAL_SUB TDD SSP(special subframe patterns) of the SSP_7/SSP_8/ NONE SSP_7
FRAME_PATTE cell in operation. The information is only
RNS valid if the cell in operation's duplex is TDD.
See 4.2 in 3GPP TS 36.211 for the special
subframe configuration.
- SSP7: TDD uses Special Subframe Pat-
tern 7.
- SSP8: TDD uses Special Subframe Pat-
tern 8.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2816 EXECUTE OCNS TEST
Command Format
TEST-OCNS: [CELL_NUM], [SUB_CELL_NUM], MODULATION, CELL_LOAD;
Command Description
Sets virtual calls to generate the signals necessary for the eNB's cell planning and wireless envi-
ronment analysis of the forward link. The OCNS (orthogonal channel noise simulator) can be set
or cleared using the following commands:.
- TEST-OCNS: Sets the OCNS for a specific cell/subcell.
- MON-TEST: Retrieves the state of the on-going test.
- TERM-TEST: Terminates the on-going test. [Related commands].
- TEST-OCNS.
- MON-TEST.
- TERM-TEST.
TIMEOUT 10

CELL_NUM The cell number for which the OCNS is to 0~8 NONE 0
be set.
SUB_CELL_NU The sub cell number for which the OCNS is 0 ~ 17 NONE 0
M to be set.
MODULATION The modulation type. Available modulation QPSK/QAM_16/ NONE QPSK
types are QPSK, 16QAM and 64QAM. QAM_64/
CELL_LOAD The load ratio for the cell on which the PORTION_0/ NONE PORTI
OCNS is set. The range is between 0% and PORTION_10/ ON_0
100% in intervals of 10. If 100, the maxi- PORTION_20/
mum noise load is used. PORTION_30/
PORTION_40/
PORTION_50/
PORTION_60/
PORTION_70/
PORTION_80/
PORTION_90/
PORTION_100/


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2817 EXECUTE OPTIC DATA TEST
Command Format
TEST-OPT-DATA: BD_ID, PORT_ID;
Command Description
Status for the optical link between DU and RU. The optical link information for the first RRH
section on the DU port is obtained by the DU FPGA, and the RRH with the cascade connection is
processed by sending the request message and receiving its response.
TIMEOUT 10

BD_ID The ID of the board connected to the opti- 0~2 NONE 0
cal link to be tested.
PORT_ID The ID of the port connected to the optical 0~2 NONE 0
link to be tested.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2818 MEASURE THE CELL TRANSMITTED

POWER
Command Format
TEST-TXPWR: BD_ID, PORT_ID;
Command Description
Performs the on-demand test on Tx power. T x power test measures the transmission power
strength of the power amplifier unit (PAU). During the Tx power test, the user can test the Tx
path of the PAU by measuring the Tx RF power and the RSSI. The measuring point is the PAU
output line, where the RF power is checked and the normal operation status is reported to the
user. When the command starts successfully, the user can check the on-demand test result and the
notification (NOTIFY TEST RESULT) in the 'Event' tab of the LSM CLI. The test result is
returned as NOK when:.
- The cell tested is in 'Lock' state and the Tx output is off.
- At least one of the operating paths of the PAU is abnormal (The number of operating paths can
be checked by 'PATH_CNT' in result notification).
- The PAU is grown in the configuration but is not operating correctly because it is disconnected
or powered off. If the test result is NOK:.
- Check whether the PAU is correctly connected and powered on.
- Check whether the cell is in 'Unlock' state.
- Check the alarm state of the PAU.
- Check whether the PAU is in the Tx Enable, Tx On or Fa On state.
TIMEOUT 10

BD_ID The ID of the board connected to the target 0~2 NONE 0
PAU on which to perform the Tx power test.
The board ID of the channel card starts
from 0 at Slot_1 and increases in sequence
as the channel card grows.
PORT_ID The port ID of the board connected to the 0~2 NONE 0
target PAU on which to perform the Tx
power test. The port IDs are assigned in
sequence from the left.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

BOARD_TYPE The board type of the UnitType and UnitId. For the hardware
type of the unit, the same UnitType can have different types of
boards.
BOARD_ID The board ID connected to the RRH on which the Tx power test

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2819 MEASURE THE ANTENNA VSWR
Command Format
TEST-VSWR: BD_ID, PORT_ID;
Command Description
Performs the on-demand test on VSWR. The VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) test measures
return loss at the output line antenna of the PAU (power amplifier unit) RRH. During the VSWR
test, the user can check the matching state of the antenna by measuring the return loss (can be
converted into VSWR) at the final output line of the PAU. During the VSWR test, the return loss
is measured for each path of the PAU and the test results are reported to the user. Since the power
reflected is smaller than the input power, the return loss is always indicated as a negative (-) value
in dB. However, since this is a ratio measurement, the value is normally indicated as an absolute
value. The VSWR test compares the Tx RF power and the RF power reflected off the antenna. A
measurement can be taken only when the Tx RF power is above a certain level. When the com-
mand starts successfully, the user can check the on-demand test result and the notification
(NOTIFY TEST RESULT) in the 'Event' tab of the LSM CLI. The test result is returned as NOK
when:.
- The cell tested is in 'Lock' state and the Tx output is off.
- At least one of the operating paths of the PAU is abnormal. (The number of operating paths can
be checked by 'PATH_CNT' in result notification.).
- The PAU is grown in the configuration but is not operating correctly because it is disconnected
or powered off. If the test result is NOK:.
- Check whether the PAU is correctly connected and powered on.
- Check whether the RF power output is normal. (Check whether the cell is in 'Unlock' state.).
- Check whether the antenna connection is normal.
TIMEOUT 10

BD_ID The port ID of the board connected to the 0~2 NONE 0
target PAU (RRH) on which to perform the
VSWR test. The board ID of the channel
card starts from 0 at Slot_1 and increases
in sequence as the channel card grows.
PORT_ID The ID of the board connected to the target 0~2 NONE 0
PAU (RRH) on which to perform the VSWR
test. The port IDs are assigned in sequence
from the left.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2820 CALIBRATE RET
Command Format
TEST-ANT: BD_ID, PORT_ID, RET_ID, ANT_ID;
Command Description
Performs the calibration test on the RET device. When an antenna receives the calibrate ANT
command, it tests automatically moving the angles from minimum to maximum. At the start of
the antenna test, the start notification message is sent to the LSM and at the end, the test result
notification message is sent.
TIMEOUT 10

BD_ID The connect board ID of the RRH con- 0~2 NONE 0
nected to the RET on which the antenna
test is to be performed. The eNB system
works with the RRH through the CPRI port
of the ECP board. The board ID of the
channel card starts from 0 at Slot_1 and
increases in sequence as the channel card
grows.
PORT_ID The connect port ID of the RRH connected 0~2 NONE 0
to the RET on which the antenna test is to
be performed. The eNB system works with
the RRH through the CPRI port of the ECP
board. The port IDs are assigned in
RET_ID The ID of the RET connected to the RRH. 0~1 NONE 0
The default is 0.
- If multi antenna is supported, Enter 0 or 1.
- If single antenna is supported, Enter 0.
ANT_ID The antenna ID belonging to the RET. Up 1~2 NONE 1
to 2 antennas can be controlled. Enter 1 or
2. The default is 1.


2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2821 CHANGE TX POWER ONLINE TEST

INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-TXPWR-INF: TI_ID, [BOARD_ID], [PORT_ID];
Command Description
Sets or changes the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the Tx power online test. The test item
ID can set or change the parameter information used as a reference by the Tx power command.
Up to 10 test items can be added.
TIMEOUT 10

for Tx Power Online Test. Up to 10 can be
method of the Tx Power Online Test
advance.
BOARD_ID The board ID connected to the RRH on 0~2 NONE 0
which the Tx power test is to performed.
(The eNB system works with the Target
through the CPRI port of the ECP board.)
PORT_ID The port ID connected to the RRH on which 0~2 NONE 0
the Tx power test is to performed. (The
eNB system works with the RRH through

TI_ID The ID for identifying the information added for online Tx
power tests.
BOARD_TYPE

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2822 RETRIEVE TX POWER ONLINE TEST

INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-TXPWR-INF: [TI_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the test item ID (TI_ID) referenced during the Tx power online test. The test item ID
provides the parameter information used as a reference by the Tx power command. Entering a
TI_ID value displays the information corresponding to TI_ID. If none is entered, information for
all (10) test items is retrieved.
TIMEOUT 10

for Tx Power Online Test. Up to 10 can be
method of the Tx Power Online Test
advance.

TI_ID The ID for identifying the information added for tx power online
tests.
is to be performed.
to be performed.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2823 CHANGE RET INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-RET-INF: BD_ID, PORT_ID, RET_ID, ANT_ID, TILT;
Command Description
Changes the angles for the RET(Remote Electrical Tilting) device. An RET works with the RRH
to control the antennas.
TIMEOUT 10

nected to the RET for which the angles are
to be changed. The eNB system works with
board.
to the RET for which the angles are to be
changed. The eNB system works with the
RRH through the CPRI port of the ECP
RET_ID The ID of the RET connected to the RRH. 0~1 NONE 0
The default is 0.
- If multi antenna is supported, Enter 0 or 1.
- If single antenna is supported, Enter 0.
ANT_ID The antenna ID belonging to the RET. Up 1~2 NONE 1
to 2 antennas can be controlled. Enter 1 or
2. The default is 1.
TILT The tilt angle of the antenna. A value -32768 ~ 32767 NONE 0
between 0 and 100 can be entered, but the
angle between 0 and 10 degrees is valid.

BD_ID The connect board ID of the RRH connected to the RET for
which the angles are to be changed. The eNB system works with
the RRH through the CPRI port of the ECP board.
PORT_ID The cascade ID of the RRH connected to the RET for which the

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
angles are to be changed.
CASCADE_ID The connect port ID of the RRH connected to the RET for which
the angles are to be changed.
RET_ID The ID of the RET connected to the RRH.
ANT_ID The antenna ID belonging to the RET.
TILT The tilt angle of the antenna.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2824 RETRIEVE RET INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-RET-INF: [BD_ID], [PORT_ID], [RET_ID], [ANT_ID];
Command Description
Retrieves the angles for the RET(Remote Electrical Tilting) device. An RET works with the RRH
to control the antennas. If entered location, can inquire specification antenna tilt information. If
not entered, the information is retrieved for all antennas tilt connected to the RRH.
TIMEOUT 10

nected to the RET for which the angles are
to be retrieved. The eNB system works with
board.
to the RET for which the angles are to be
retrieved. The eNB system works with the
RRH through the CPRI port of the ECP
RET_ID RET ID to display the antenna information 0~1 NONE 0
of the specified RET. If not entered, the
information for all RETs connected to the
RRH is displayed.
ANT_ID If ANT_ID is entered, the angles for the 1~2 NONE 1
specified antenna are displayed. If not
entered, the angles for Antennas is dis-
played.

BD_ID The connect board ID of the RRH connected to the RET for
which the angles are to be retrieved. The eNB system works with
the RRH through the CPRI port of the ECP board. The board ID
of the channel card starts from 0 at Slot_1 and increases in
sequence as the channel card grows.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
PORT_ID The connect port ID of the RRH connected to the RET for which
the angles are to be retrieved. The eNB system works with the
RRH through the CPRI port of the ECP board. The port IDs are
assigned in sequence from the left.
CASCADE_ID The cascade ID of the RRH connected to the RET for which the
angles are to be retrieved. The cascade ID of the RRH connected
directly to the ECP board is 0, with increments by 1. The cascade
ID is assigned at the time of PAU (RRH) growth.
RET_ID The RET ID to display the antenna information of the specified

RET. If not entered, the information for all RETs connected to
the RRH is displayed.
ANT_ID If ANT_ID is entered, the angles for the specified antenna are
displayed. If not entered, the angles for Antennas is displayed.
TILT The tilt angle of the antenna. A value between 0 and 100 can be
entered, but the angle between 0 and 10 degrees is valid.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2870 RETRIEVE ENB MBMS INFORMATION
Command Format
RTRV-ENB-MBMSINFO: [CELL_NUM];
Command Description
Retrieves ENB MBMS Information.
TIMEOUT 10

CELL_NUM This parameter define cell number. 0~8 NONE 0

CELL_NUM This parameter define cell number.
MBMS_SERVICE_STATE This parameter defines MBMS service status.
MBSFN_SYNC_AREA_ID This parameter defines MBMS Sycn Area ID.
MBMS_SERVICE_AREA_ID This parameter defines MBMS Service Area ID.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2871 CHANGE ENB MBMS INFORMATION
Command Format
CHG-ENB-MBMSINFO: CELL_NUM, [MBMS_SERVICE_STATE], [MBSFN_SYNC_AREA_ID],
[MBMS_SERVICE_AREA_ID];
Command Description
Change ENB MBMS Information.
TIMEOUT 30

CELL_NUM This parameter define cell number. 0~8 NONE 0
MBMS_SERVI This parameter defines MBMS service sta- Inactive/Active/ NONE Inactive
CE_STATE tus.
MBSFN_SYNC This parameter defines MBMS Sycn Area 0 ~ 65535 NONE 0
_AREA_ID ID.
MBMS_SERVI This parameter defines MBMS Service 256 NONE -1
CE_AREA_ID Area ID.

CELL_NUM This parameter define cell number.
MBMS_SERVICE_STATE This parameter defines MBMS service status.
MBSFN_SYNC_AREA_ID This parameter defines MBMS Sycn Area ID.
MBMS_SERVICE_AREA_ID This parameter defines MBMS Service Area ID.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2872 RETRIEVE ENB MBMS TIMER INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
RTRV-MBMS-ENBTIMERINFO;
Command Description
Retrieves ENB MBMS TIMER Information.
TIMEOUT 10

No input parameter.

DB_INDEX DB index
M2_SETUP_REQUEST_TIME_OUTThis parameter defines m2SetupRequest Timer.
M2_SETUP_REQUEST_RETRY_COUNTThis parameter defines m2SetupRequest retry count.
ENB_CONFIG_UPDATE_ACK_TIME_OUTThis timer value starts after sending ENB CONFIGU-

RATION UPDATE. When it receives the ENB CONFIGURA-
TION UPDATE ACKNOWLEDGE message , the timer is
cleared.
ENB_CONFIG_UPDATE_ACK_RETRY_COUNTThe retry count for the ENB CONFIGURATION

UPDATE procedure when does not receive ENB CONFIGURA-
TION UPDATE Acknowledge.
MCE_CONFIG_UPDATE_FAIL_TIME_TO_WAITThe TimetoWait value included in MCE CON-

FIGURATION UPDATE FAILURE transmission.
RESET_ACK_TIME_OUT This timer value starts after sending RESET. When it receives
the RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message , the timer is cleared.
RESET_ACK_RETRY_COUNT The retry count for the RESET procedure when does not receive

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
RESET Acknowledge.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description
C2873 CHANGE ENB MBMS TIMER INFORMA-

TION
Command Format
CHG-MBMS-ENBTIMERINFO: [M2_SETUP_REQUEST_TIME_OUT],
[M2_SETUP_REQUEST_RETRY_COUNT], [ENB_CONFIG_UPDATE_ACK_TIME_OUT],
[ENB_CONFIG_UPDATE_ACK_RETRY_COUNT], [MCE_CONFIG_UPDATE_FAIL_TIME_TO_WAIT],
[RESET_ACK_TIME_OUT], [RESET_ACK_RETRY_COUNT];
Command Description
Change ENB MBMS TIMER Information.
TIMEOUT 10

M2_SETUP_R This parameter defines 10 ~ 65535 NONE 20
EQUEST_TIME m2SetupRequest Timer.
_OUT
M2_SETUP_R This parameter defines 0~5 NONE 1
EQUEST_RET m2SetupRequest retry count.
RY_COUNT
ENB_CONFIG_ This timer value starts after 10 ~ 65535 sec 20
UPDATE_ACK_ sending ENB CONFIGURA-
TIME_OUT TION UPDATE. When it
receives the ENB CONFIGU-
RATION UPDATE
ACKNOWLEDGE message ,
the timer is cleared.
ENB_CONFIG_ The retry count for the ENB ci_EnbConfigUpdateAckRetryZero/ NONE ci_EnbC
UPDATE_ACK_ CONFIGURATION UPDATE ci_EnbConfigUpdateAckRetryOne/ onfigUp-
RETRY_COUN procedure when does not ci_EnbConfigUpdateAckRetryTwo/ dateAck
T receive ENB CONFIGURA- ci_EnbConfigUpdateAckRetryThree/ Retry-
TION UPDATE Acknowl- ci_EnbConfigUpdateAckRetryTen/ One
edge. ci_EnbConfigUpdateAckRetryInfinity/
MCE_CONFIG The TimetoWait value ci_v1s/ci_v2s/ci_v5s/ci_v10s/ci_v20s/ NONE ci_v2s
_UPDATE_FAIL included in MCE CONFIGU- ci_v60s/
_TIME_TO_WA RATION UPDATE FAILURE
IT transmission.
RESET_ACK_T This timer value starts after 10 ~ 65535 NONE 20
IME_OUT sending RESET. When it
receives the RESET
ACKNOWLEDGE message ,
the timer is cleared.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
Command Description

RESET_ACK_ The retry count for the ci_EnbResetAckRetryZero/ NONE ci_EnbR
RETRY_COUN RESET procedure when ci_EnbResetAckRetryOne/ ese-
T does not receive RESET ci_EnbResetAckRetryTwo/ tAckRe-
Acknowledge. ci_EnbResetAckRetryThree/ tryOne
ci_EnbResetAckRetryTen/
ci_EnbResetAckRetryInfinity/

DB_INDEX DB index
M2_SETUP_REQUEST_TIME_OUTThis parameter defines m2SetupRequest Timer.
M2_SETUP_REQUEST_RETRY_COUNTThis parameter defines m2SetupRequest retry count.
ENB_CONFIG_UPDATE_ACK_TIME_OUTThis timer value starts after sending ENB CONFIGU-

RATION UPDATE. When it receives the ENB CONFIGURA-
TION UPDATE ACKNOWLEDGE message , the timer is
cleared.
ENB_CONFIG_UPDATE_ACK_RETRY_COUNTThe retry count for the ENB CONFIGURATION

UPDATE procedure when does not receive ENB CONFIGURA-
TION UPDATE Acknowledge.
MCE_CONFIG_UPDATE_FAIL_TIME_TO_WAITThe TimetoWait value included in MCE CON-

FIGURATION UPDATE FAILURE transmission.
RESET_ACK_TIME_OUT This timer value starts after sending RESET. When it receives
the RESET ACKNOWLEDGE message , the timer is cleared.
RESET_ACK_RETRY_COUNT The retry count for the RESET procedure when does not receive
RESET Acknowledge.

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.0
LTE eNB(Indoor Macro)

Command Description_
pkg2.0.0
©2013 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.

All rights reserved.
Information in this manual is proprietary to SAMSUNG

Electronics Co., Ltd.
No information contained here may be copied, translated,
transcribed or duplicated by any form without the prior written
consent of SAMSUNG.
Information in this manual is subject to change without notice.

LTE ENB (Indoor Macro) Command Description Pkg2.0.0 Ver.1.0 RIL en

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

LTE ENB (Indoor Macro) Command Description Pkg2.0.0 Ver.1.0 RIL en

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

2600-00FQ6QGA6 Ver.1.

LTE eNB(Indoor Macro)

©2013 SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd. All rights reserved.

Document Content and Organization

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd. page 3 of 813

C0062 RETRIEVE BULKCM SESSION STATUS ............................................................................ 17

C0063 RETRIEVE CALL STATE/STATUS ...................................................................................... 18

C0101 CHANGE CELL CONFIGURATION ...................................................................................... 19

C0102 CHANGE SYSTEM CONFIGURATION ................................................................................ 21

C0133 EXPORT AND UPLOAD PART OF CONFIGURATION ....................................................... 23

C0136 RESTORE PLD ...................................................................................................................... 24

C0137 BACKUP PLD ........................................................................................................................ 25

C0138 IMPORT CONFIGURATION FILE ......................................................................................... 27

C0139 EXPORT CONFIGURATION FILE ........................................................................................ 28

C0152 ACTIVATE FIRMWARE BATCH ........................................................................................... 29

C0153 ACTIVATE NE SOFTWARE PACKAGE ............................................................................... 30

C0154 ACTIVATE SOFTWARE UNIT .............................................................................................. 31

C0155 ACTIVATE SOFTWARE BATCH .......................................................................................... 32

C0156 RETRIEVE ALL THE ACTIVE SOFTWARE UNIT ................................................................ 33

C0157 CHANGE ENVIRONMENT DATA ......................................................................................... 35

C0158 DOWNLOAD FIRMWARE UNIT ........................................................................................... 36

C0159 DOWNLOAD FIRMWARE BATCH ....................................................................................... 37

C0160 DOWNLOAD SW PKG .......................................................................................................... 38

C0161 DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE .................................................................................................... 39

C0162 DOWNLOAD SOFTWARE BATCH ...................................................................................... 40

C0163 RETRIEVE ENVIRONMENT DATA ....................................................................................... 41

C0164 RETRIEVE PROCESSOR FIRMWARE LIST ........................................................................ 42

C0165 RETRIEVE PROCESSOR INVENTORY LIST ...................................................................... 44

C0166 UPLOAD INVENTORY .......................................................................................................... 46

C0167 LIST UP THE ACTIVE PACKAGE VERSION ....................................................................... 47

C0168 DELETE ALL THE PASSIVE PACKAGE VERSION ............................................................ 48

C0169 RESET THE SYSTEM ........................................................................................................... 49

C0170 RESET PROCESSOR UNIT .................................................................................................. 50

© SAMSUNG Electronics Co., Ltd. page 4 of 813

C0171 RESET SOFTWARE UNIT ..................................................................................................... 51

C0172 RETRIEVE ALL THE SOFTWARE UNIT'S INFORMATION ................................................. 52

C0173 LIST UP ALL THE DIRECTORY INFORMATION ................................................................. 54

C0174 LIST UP LOADING TIME INFORMATION ............................................................................ 56

C0176 PROCESSOR FIRMWARE UPDATE STATUS ..................................................................... 57

C0185 RETRIEVE RET DEVICE DATA LIST ................................................................................... 58

C0186 CHANGE RET DEVICE DATA .............................................................................................. 60

C0188 ACTIVATE FIRMWARE ......................................................................................................... 61

C0193 RESET RRH ........................................................................................................................... 63

C0198 RESET RET ........................................................................................................................... 64

C0204 ACTIVATE RET FIRMWARE ................................................................................................. 65

C0206 ACTIVATE RRH FIRMWARE ................................................................................................ 66

C0220 RETRIEVE RRH INVENTORY LIST ...................................................................................... 67

C0222 RETRIEVE GPS INVENTORY LIST ...................................................................................... 69

C0224 RETRIEVE SFP INVENTORY LIST ....................................................................................... 71

C0238 RETRIEVE RET INVENTORY LIST ....................................................................................... 73

C0246 RESET DSP ........................................................................................................................... 75

C0247 RESET GPS ........................................................................................................................... 76

C0249 RESET SCTP ......................................................................................................................... 77

C0300 RETRIEVE FILE LIST ............................................................................................................ 78

C0350 RESUME MEASUREMENT JOB ........................................................................................... 80

C0351 SUSPEND MEASUREMENT JOB ......................................................................................... 81

C0352 DISPLAY MEASUREMENT JOB INFORMATION ................................................................ 82

C0353 CHANGE MEASUREMENT JOB DATA ............................................................................... 83

C0356 RETRIEVE PM FILE DATA ................................................................................................... 86

C0357 CHANGE PM FILE DATA ...................................................................................................... 87

C0506 EXECUTE INTERNAL PING TEST ....................................................................................... 88

C0507 EXECUTE EXTERNAL PING TEST ...................................................................................... 89

C0508 MONITOR TEST STATUS ..................................................................................................... 91